1 

 

NOMINATION PROPOSAL

KENYA LAKES SYSTEM

IN

THE GREAT RIFT VALLEY

(ELEMENTAITA, NAKURU AND BOGORIA)

2010

REPUBLIC OF KENYA

2 

 

Executive Summary

State Party: Republic of Kenya

State, Province or Region: Rift Valley Province

Name of Property: Kenya Lakes System In the Great Rift Valley

Geographical Coordinates to the Nearest Second

Ref. No Name Location or Municipality

Coordinates of centre point

001 Lake

Elementaita

Gilgil 360 14’ 23.92” E

00 26’ 33.47” S

002 Lake Nakuru Nakuru 360 05’ 7.96” E

00 21’ 32.48” S

003 Lake Bogoria Baringo/

Koibatek

36° 05’ 51.82” E

0° 15’ 30.12” N

Lake Elementaita 001: Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary encompasses the

whole of Lake Elementaita and its riparian land. Lake Elementaita lies on the

floor of the Rift Valley at 1,776 m above sea level, in central part of Kenya some

20 km south-east of Nakuru Town. There are highlands in its 630 km² basin of

internal drainage that reach 2,668 m above sea level. At its southern end, it is

fed by the Kariandusi hot springs and two small streams, the Mereroni and

Kariandusi, flowing from the eastern plateau. Dramatic rocky faults, volcanic

outcrops and cones characterize the surrounding landscape, including the

‘Sleeping Warrior’ and what is commonly referred to as Delamere’s Nose or the

‘Horse Shoe Crater’. To the east, the lake is flanked by small-scale agricultural

holdings, while two large wildlife conservancies namely Ututu and Soysambu

surround the remainder of the lake.

3 

 

Lake Nakuru 002: Lake Nakuru is a shallow alkaline lake on the floor of the

Great Rift Valley on the edge of Nakuru town and about 160 Km from Nairobi.

The lake, which is in the middle of the park, is highly alkaline and shallow with

a maximum depth of 3 metres. The elevation of Lake Nakuru National Park

ranges from 1,760 to 2,080 m above sea level. The lake is surrounded by

escarpments including Mau ranges to the West, Eburru to the South, Bahati

Escarpment to the North-East and Menengai crater to the North. There exist

high elevation points from which viewpoints have been established. These

include: Lion hill, Baboon Cliffs and Out of Africa view points.

Lake Bogoria 003: Lake Bogoria, the deepest of the three lakes is a narrow,

alkaline lake on the Great Rift Valley floor. It is 17 km long, has a maximum

width of 4 km and a maximum depth of 14 meters. The lake is bordered by the

Siracho escarpment to the east while on the relatively flat western shore is a

series of spectacular hot springs and geysers. The lake covers an area of 3,800

ha and combined with the reserve, covers an area of 10,700 hectares. The lake’s

catchment area covers 93,000 hectares. Its surface recharge is from Sandai-

Waseges, Loboi and Emsos River. There are however other minor perennial

springs that discharge fresh water into the lake. The hot springs and geysers

found on the shores supplement water recharge for the lake. The lake’s level

fluctuates between 11 and 14 metres

4 

 

A4 size map of the Kenya Lakes System

5 

 

Justification Statement of Outstanding Universal Value

The Kenya Lakes System (Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria) are located within

the EARS which is a continental-scale tectonic structure that has evolved

through earth history to the present scenic and architectural beauty of the

geomorphological features. It is characterized by steep fault scarps, deep gorges,

step-faulted blocks, cinder cones and craters on the rift floor, horst and graben

structures, ramp, box faults, gushing geysers and hot springs.

The extensive rift system running north-south with several lakes has

established migratory habitats. The three lakes are hydrologically and

hydrogeologically connected as opposed to most other lakes worldwide, and are

essential to the hydrological cycle that contributes to geothermal energy. Heated

geothermal waters contribute to the lake waters and result in very unique

aquatic habitats that support unique assemblages of planktonic and benthic

flora and fauna.

The East African Rift Valley System (EARS) is characterized by scenic beauty of

the geomorphology: steep fault scarps, deep gorges, step-faulted blocks, cinder

cones and craters on the rift floor, horst and graben structures, ramp and box

faults and hot springs. Lake Bogoria has the highest concentration of geysers in

Africa. The EARS acts as sedimentary traps vital for preservation and

conservation of fossils and it provides a rich natural archive for

palaeoanthropology (hominin and other faunal materials and artefacts) and

palaeoecological study that has only begun to be explored. Lakes Elementaita,

Nakuru and Bogoria are part of a system of lakes in the Eastern Rift Valley

System that have a unique volcanic landscape, and share common geological

history, hydrological processes and associated ecological features.

These factors and associated features combine to create diverse habitats and

opportunities for conservation of globally significant biodiversity. The

6 

 

biodiversity includes diverse fauna and flora that is endemic, congregatory,

range-restricted, biome-restricted and globally threatened.

Bird Conservation

Congregations:

The proposed Kenya Lakes System property sustains 75% of the globally

significant threatened population of the Near-threatened Lesser Flamingo

(Phoeniconaias minor). This is exceeds the 1% global threshold for

congregations. This makes the Kenya Lakes System a critical site for the

conservation of Lesser Flamingos in the world. The lakes also host globally

significant populations of 11 congregatory waterbird species that meet or exceed

the 1% global thresholds. These globally significant congregations of birds

constitute a world heritage and therefore require international cooperation in

conservation. Lake Elementaita, one of the sites within the Kenya Lakes System

supports one of the major breeding colonies of the Great White Pelicans

(Pelecanus onocrotalus) in the world.

Globally threatened bird species:

The network of sites support 11 globally threatened bird species and 8

Regionally-threatened bird species. The presence of these species requires

strategic international cooperation for effective monitoring, management and

conservation.

African-Eurasian Migratory flyway

The network of sites serves as stop-over, wintering and summering sites for

millions of over 100 species of migratory water birds, soaring birds and other

terrestrial bird species that use the Great Rift Valley flyway. The migratory birds

originate from Europe and northern Asia as well as other parts of Africa.

International cooperation

The presence of these migratory birds provides a unique opportunity for the

protection and long-term monitoring of population changes in relation to

7 

 

changes in local habitat conditions and effects of global climate change. It also

offers a unique opportunity for north-south cooperation and collaborative

management within the framework of African-Eurasian Waterbird Agreement,

which is one of the agreements under the Bonn Convention (Convention on

Migratory Species), as well as other Multilateral Environmental Agreements.

Mammals and other species

The network of the proposed Kenya Lakes System constitutes the most

significant natural habitats for in-situ conservation of globally and regionally

threatened mammal species. These include the Critically Endangered Black

Rhino Diceros bicornis and Near-threatened White Rhino Ceratotherium simum,

the Endangered African Wild Dog, Lycaon pictus, the Vulnerable Lion Panthera

leo, the Vulnerable Cheetah, Acinonyx jubatus and the Near-threatened

Leopard, Panthera pardus. The terrestrial habitat of one of the sites, Lake

Elementaita supports the endemic Kenyan Horned Viper (Bitis worthingtonii).

Wetlands of national, regional and international recognition

The three sites are protected under the Kenyan national legislation as

biodiversity conservation areas. They have also been designated as Important

Bird Areas by BirdLife International and also constitute wetlands of regional

and international significance as recognized under the Ramsar Convention.

Criteria under which property is nominated:

Criteria met vii, ix, and x

Criterion vii:

The Kenya Lakes System combines geological and biological processes of

exceptional natural beauty that is un-matched anywhere else. The birds that

congregate in millions on the shores of the lake with their pink flamingo colour

and with the backdrop of faulted scarps hot springs and geysers are a

combination of what can only be described as phenomenal described by a

8 

 

famous ornithologist Sir Peter Scott as “A sight of incredible beauty and interest

and there can be no more remarkable ornithological spectacle in the world”; and

the abundant terrestrial plants and animal species that abound with the

animals roaming the adjacent grounds provide a natural setting of superlative

natural phenomenon.

Criterion ix:

The three lakes are outstanding examples representing ongoing ecological and

biological processes in the evolution and development of saline lake ecosystems

and communities of plants and animals. Bird migration phenomenon is a

historical, biological and ecological process that are represent adaptation of

birds to seasonal changes in the environment as well as breeding cycles. The

systematic annual and seasonal migration processes provide us with an

evolutionary window to understand the evolution of adaptations by species for

survival under extreme and variable environments. The East African flamingo

populations have been observed to fly within the Rift valley lakes in Kenya and

Tanzania breeding and foraging. Breeding attempts by the Lesser Flamingos

have been recorded in the three lakes although they are known to breed in Lake

Natron in Tanzania. There is frequent movement of flamingos between the

Kenya Lakes System.

The lakes are rich in birdlife with 373, 400 and 450 species recorded for lakes

Bogoria, Elementaita and Nakuru respectively. Lake Elementaita is a key

breeding site of the Great White Pelican population. Up to 8,000 pairs of Great

White Pelican have bred there when the water levels are high and the rocky

outcrops in the eastern sector are flooded to form islets on which the birds can

safely nest.

Criterion x:

The Kenya Lakes System constitute most important and significant natural

habitats for in-situ conservation of biological diversity including globally and

regionally threatened species of outstanding universal value from the point of

view of science and conservation. The proposed Kenya Lakes System Property is

9 

 

a key feeding ground for the itinerant Rift Valley congregations of the Near-

threatened Lesser Flamingo (Phoeniconaias minor). It sustains 75% of the

globally threatened Lesser Flamingo population. Spectacular congregations

estimated at between 1.5 and 2 million Lesser Flamingos occur at times,

together with several hundred thousand of other congregatory waterbird

species. The sites support several thousands of large congregations of

Palaearctic migrants that winter or stop over in Kenya. Over 100 migratory

species use the lakes system during their annual complex pattern of movement

between Europe, northern Asia and Africa. The property is a key habitat in the

Eastern Rift Valley migratory flyway and in recognition of this critical role they

play, the respective lakes have been designated as Important Bird Areas by

BirdLife International.

Globally threatened bird species found within the Kenya Lakes System include,

the Lesser flamingo (Near-threatened), Lesser Kestrel, Falco naumanni

(Vulnerable), Pallid Harrier, Circus macrourus (Near-Threatened), Maccoa Duck

Oxyura maccoa (Near-Threatened), White-headed Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis

(Vulnerable), and Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus (Near-Threatened), the

vagrant Greater Spotted Eagle, Aquila clanga (Vulnerable), the Grey-crested

Helmet-shrike, Prionops poliolophus (Near-Threatened), Jackson’s Widowbird,

Euplectes jacksoni (Near-threatened), Madagascar Pond Heron, Ardeola ralloides

(Endangered) and the Grey-crowned Crane, Balearica regulorum (Vulnerable).

Over 450 species of birds have been recorded at the proposed Kenya Lakes

System Property.

The presence of diverse aquatic communities of microflora including Spirulina

platensis and Arthrospira fusiformis provide stable food base for the Lesser

Flamingo population. They are an important component of the food chain and

the overall ecology of the East African alkaline lakes system. The extremophile

bacteria found within the Kenya Lakes System has immense potential for the

development of pharmaceutical products among other products needed for

socio-economic development.

The terrestrial zone supports significant populations of threatened mammal

10 

 

species. These include the Black Rhino Diceros bicornis (Critically Endangered),

and White Rhino Ceratotherium simum (Near-threatened), the African Wild dog,

Lycaon pictus (Endangered), Lion, Panthera leo (Vulnerable), Cheetah, Acinonyx

jubatus (Vulnerable) and Leopard, Panthera pardus (Near-threatened). The

Kenyan Horned Viper (Bitis worthingtonii), which is endemic to the central Rift

Valley is found within the Lake Elementaita terrestrial habitat.

The globally important concentrations of residents and migratory bird species,

the presence of globally threatened and endemic species is a clear indication of

the international significance of the proposed Kenya Lakes System property.

These concentrations of waterbirds and the presence of globally threatened

species contribute to the scenic beauty of the landscape, unmatched anywhere

else.

Name and Contact information of Official Local Institution/Agency:

Kenya Wildlife Service

P.O. Box 40241-00100, Nairobi

Kenya

Tel: +254 (20) 600800, +254 (20) 602345

Fax: +254 (20) 607024

E-mail: kws@kws.go.ke

Web address: www.kws.go.ke

National Museums of Kenya

P.O. Box 40658-00100, Nairobi

Kenya

Tel +254 (20) 3742161/4, +254 (20) 4448930/3

11 

 

Fax +254 (20) 3741424

E-mail dg@museums.or.ke

Web address: www.museums.or.ke

Lake Bogoria National Reserve

P.O. Box 64 Marigat,

Kenya

Tel: +254-(051) 40746

Marigat, Kenya

E-mail: greatrift.outdoors@gmail.com

www.lake-baringo.com/LakeBogoriaKWS.htm

12 

 

Table of Contents

Executive Summary ............................................................................................................................... 2 

Criterion vii ........................................................................................................................................... 7 

Criterion ix ............................................................................................................................................ 8 

Criterion x.............................................................................................................................................. 8 

Table of Contents ..................................................................................................................................12 

List of Tables...........................................................................................................................................15 

List of Figures.........................................................................................................................................16 

List of Acronyms ....................................................................................................................................18 

Preamble ..................................................................................................................................................19 

Kenya Lakes System in the Great Rift Valley (Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria) .........21 

Identification of the property.........................................................................................................21 

2. Description .........................................................................................................................................28 

2. (a) Description of property.........................................................................................................28 

2. a.1 Lake Elementaita ..............................................................................................................35 

2. a.2 Lake Nakuru.......................................................................................................................37 

2. a.3 Lake Bogoria.......................................................................................................................39 

2.b i. History and Development ....................................................................................................44 

2 b ii. Evolution of the East African Great Rift Valley System ...........................................47 

Lake Elementaita ..........................................................................................................................48 

Lake Nakuru ...................................................................................................................................49 

Lake Bogoria ...................................................................................................................................49 

2 c. Significance of the geological development of the Eastern Rift Valley System (EARS) to the existing avian habitat ...........................................................................................51 

History of Conservation of Lake Nakuru: ..............................................................................52 

History of the Conservation of Lake Bogoria........................................................................53 

History of the Conservation of Lake Elementaita ...............................................................54 

13 

 

3. Justification for inscription ..........................................................................................................54 

3. (a)Criteria under which inscription is proposed ....................................................................57 

Criterion vii .........................................................................................................................................57 

Criterion ix ..........................................................................................................................................58 

Criterion x............................................................................................................................................60 

3. (b) Proposed Statement of Outstanding Universal Value....................................................61 

3. (c) Comparative analysis (including state of conservation of similar properties) ........62 

3. (d) Integrity .........................................................................................................................................69 

4. State of conservation and factors affecting the property ....................................................72 

4. (a) Present state of conservation .............................................................................................73 

4.(b) Factors affecting the property .............................................................................................81 

(i) Development pressures (e.g. encroachment, adaptation, agriculture and mining)............................................................................................................................................................81 

(ii). Environmental Pressures (e.g., pollution, climate change)......................................82 

(iii). Natural disasters and preparedness ..............................................................................84 

(iv). Visitor/tourism pressures..................................................................................................84 

(v).Number of inhabitants within site, buffer zone.............................................................85 

5.  Protection and Management of the Property........................................................................86 

5.(a) Ownership..................................................................................................................................86 

5. (b) Protective designation...........................................................................................................86 

5. (c) Means of implementing protective measures ................................................................87 

5.(d) Existing plans related to municipality and region in which the proposed property is located ............................................................................................................................92 

5 (e) Property management plan or other management system ........................................93 

5(f) Sources and levels of finance.................................................................................................95 

5.(g) Sources of expertise and training in conservation and management techniques................................................................................................................................................................95 

5.(h) Visitor facilities and statistics.............................................................................................96 

14 

 

5. (i) Policies and programmes related to the presentation and promotion of the property ................................................................................................................................................97 

5. (j) Staffing levels (professional, technical, maintenance) ................................................98 

6. Monitoring ..........................................................................................................................................99 

6.(a) Key indicators for measuring state of conservation .....................................................99 

6.(b) Administrative arrangement for monitoring property ...............................................100 

6.(c) Results of previous reporting exercises ..........................................................................101 

7. Documentation ............................................................................................................................... 102 

7.(a) Photographs, slides, image inventory and authorization table and other audiovisual materials.....................................................................................................................102 

7.(b) Texts relating to protective designation, copies of property management plans or documented management systems and extracts of other plans relevant to the property ..............................................................................................................................................104 

7. (c) Form and date of most recent records or inventory of property ...........................105 

7. (d) Address where the inventory, records and archives are held................................105 

7. (e) Bibliography ...........................................................................................................................108 

8. Contact Information of responsible authorities ...................................................................113 

8. (a) Preparer...................................................................................................................................114 

9. Signature on behalf of the State Party ....................................................................................115 

Appendix 1: Checklist of mammals in the Lake Bogoria .......................................................116 

Appendix 2: Migratory Soaring Birds that Use the Great Rift Valley/ Red Sea Flyway..................................................................................................................................................................117 

 

15 

 

List of Tables

Table 1: Serial Nomination for the “Kenya Lakes System” in the Great Rift Valley ........21 

Table 2: Area of Nominated Property ..............................................................................................28 

Table 3: Globally threatened bird species found in the proposed Kenya Lakes System30 

Table 4: Regionally threatened bird species found in the proposed Kenya Lakes System. .....................................................................................................................................................31 

Table 5: Features of the lake Basins of the Central Kenya Rift (Modified from Olago et al., 2009) ..................................................................................................................................................48 

Table 6: A comparison of selected climatic variables of the three lakes .............................50 

Table 7: Visitors statistics for Kenya Lakes System from January 2005-May 2009 ......97 

Table 8: Key indicators, frequency of monitoring and data depository ...............................99 

Table 9: Large Mammal Counts in Lake Nakuru National Park 1998-2000 ...................101 

16 

 

List of Figures

Figure 1: Locator map showing the Great Rift Valley through Africa ..................................22 

Figure 2: Locator map of the all the Kenyan lakes within the Great Rift Valley ..............22 

Figure 3: Map showing the Kenya Lakes System: Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria......................................................................................................................................................23 

Figure 4 Map of Lake Elementaita ..................................................................................................25 

Figure 5: Map of Lake Nakuru..........................................................................................................26 

Figure 6 Map of Lake Bogoria ...........................................................................................................27 

Figure 7 Lesser flamingo feeding in Lake Bogoria......................................................................42 

Figure 8: One of the gushing geysers at Lake Bogoria .............................................................42 

Figure 9: A panoramic view from the Flamingo View point of part of Lake Bogoria also showing hot springs and geysers in the foreground..................................................................43 

Figure 10: Evolution of the lake basins of the East African Rift System from 2Ma to present (Source: Tiercelin and Lezzar, 2002)...............................................................................45 

Figure 11: Climate and vegetation change from 3Ma to present as reconstructed from palaeolake beds and palaeosols of the East African Rift Valley System (Source: Gasse 2005, Cerling 1992 and Hay 1988, Trauth et al 2005) ............................................................47 

Figure 12: Movements of four of seven individual Lesser Flamingos (named Safari, Imara, and Bendera) that were affixed with satellite in L. Bogoria and tracked between October 2002 and July 2003 (Source: Childress et al 2004). ................................................59 

Figure 13: Congregations of the Flamingos at Lake Bogoria ..................................................70 

Figure 14: The Great White Pelicans and the Flamingos in the background at Lake Nakuru......................................................................................................................................................71 

Figure 15: Trends in species diversity at the three Rift Valley lakes based on January counts of 1999-2009. Data for 2005 is missing (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, NMK)..........................................................................................................................................................73 

Figure 16: Total number of Birds in the Kenya Lakes System from 1999-2009. Data for 2003 was missing. ................................................................................................................................74 

Figure 17: Trends in Lesser Flamingo numbers in Kenya 1992-2007 The data is estimated using counts done in the months of January. (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, NMK). .......................................................................................................................................74 

17 

 

Figure 18: Trends in the population of the Lesser Flamingo at Lakes Nakuru, Elementaita and Bogoria (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya). ....................................75 

Figure 19: Trends in the population of the Greater Flamingo at Lakes Nakuru, Elementaita and Bogoria (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source Waterfowl Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya).......................................75 

Figure 20: Trends in the population of the Great White Pelican at Lakes Nakuru and Elementaita (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source Waterfowl Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya).......................................................76 

Figure 21: Showing several bee hives coloured yellow in Koibatek District near Lake Bogoria......................................................................................................................................................82 

Figure 22: The management organogram for the Kenya Lakes System property. The National Steering Committee comprises of the above and the National Museums of Kenya ........................................................................................................................................................95 

Figure 23: Graph showing visitors’ statistics at the Kenya Lakes Systems from January 2005 to May 2009 ...............................................................................................................97 

Figure 24: Weir for monitoring water flow of the Fig Tree River along the shores of Lake Bogoria....................................................................................................................................................100 

18 

 

List of Acronyms

CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna

EARs East African Rift System

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMCA Environmental Management and Coordination Act

ENSO El Niño Southern Oscillation

GLECA Greater Lake Elementaita Conservation Area

IBA Important Bird Areas

ILEC International Lake Environmental Committee

ITCZ Inter Tropical Convergence Zone

IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature

KFS Kenya Forest Service

KTB Kenya Tourist Board

KWS Kenya Wildlife Service

NAWASSCO Nakuru Water and Sanitation Services Company

NBSAP National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan

NEMA National Environmental Management Authority

NMK National Museums of Kenya

NT Near Threatened

TTF Tourist Trust Fund

UNCCD United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification

VU Vulnerable

WRMA Water Resource Management Authority

WRUA Water Resource Users Association

WWF World Wildlife Fund

19 

 

Preamble

This is a nomination for inscription on the World Heritage List of three Kenyan

Lakes in the Great Rift Valley namely; Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria

(herein referred to as Kenya Lakes System in the Great Rift Valley). In this

document they will be referred to as the Kenyan Lakes System. This is the first

phase of a serial national and trans-national nomination of sites within the

Great Rift Valley.

The Great Rift Valley is a geological feature of global magnitude that is 7,000

Kilometres long and extends from Syria in the Middle East to Mozambique in

Southern Africa, cutting across two continents and twenty two countries. This

geological phenomenon splits into two arms, the western arm commonly known

as the Albertine Rift and the eastern arm, the Gregory Rift. The Kenya Lakes

System is part of the Great Rift Valley which cuts across seven biomes namely;

Mediterranean, Sahel, Sahara-Sindian, Sudan-Guinea Savannah, Afrotropical

highlands, Somali-Masai and Zambezian biomes.

The Western Rift, extends along the western boundary of Tanzania, Rwanda ,

Burundi, into the boundary of Uganda with Democratic Republic of Congo and

through to Sudan. The Eastern Rift (Gregory Rift) extends from Mozambique

into Malawi, Tanzania, Kenya, Ethiopia, Red Sea, into the Middle East. Both

Rifts have several lakes within them.

Within Kenya, there are several lakes located on the Rift Valley floor. These are

Lakes Turkana, Kamnarok, Solai, Baringo, Bogoria, Nakuru, Elementaita,

Naivasha, Magadi and Natron (the larger part of the latter is located in

Tanzania and is the major breeding site for the Lesser Flamingo in the Rift

Valley). These lakes are alkaline except for Baringo and Naivasha, which have

fresh water.

The Kenya Lakes System is not only geologically and hydrologically connected,

but share similar, ecological zones, is an international bird area, and is a key

area of waterfowl of global importance, as well as Ramsar sites. The system is

20 

 

part of global network of Important Bird Areas, migratory flyway and wetlands

of global significance.

The lakes support significant populations of globally threatened bird species

such as Lesser Flamingo (Near-threatened), Lesser Kestrel, Falco naumanni

(Vulnerable), Pallid Harrier, Circus macrourus (Near-Threatened), Maccoa Duck

Oxyura maccoa (Near-Threatened), White-headed Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis

(Vulnerable), and Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus (Near-Threatened), the

vagrant Greater Spotted Eagle, Aquila clanga (Vulnerable), the Grey-crested

Helmet-shrike, Prionops poliolophus (Near-Threatened), Jackson’s Widowbird,

Euplectes jacksoni (Near-threatened), Madagascar Pond Heron, Ardeola idae

(Endangered), the Grey-crowned Crane, Balearica regulorum (Vulnerable),

Bateleur Terathopius ecaudatus (Near-threatened) and the Egyptian vulture

Neophron percnopterus (Endangered).

The properties’ terrestrial reserves are areas of intense conservation of globally

threatened mammal species. These are the Critically Endangered Black Rhino

Diceros bicornis, the Near-threatened White Rhino Ceratotherium simum, the

Endangered African Wild dog, Lycaon pictus, the Vulnerable Lion Panthera leo,

the Vulnerable Cheetah, Acinonyx jubatus and the Near-threatened Leopard,

Panthera pardus.

21 

 

Kenya Lakes System in the Great Rift Valley (Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria)

Identification of the property 1. (a) Country

Republic of Kenya

1. (b) Province or Region

Rift Valley Province

1. (c) Name of Property

Kenya Lakes System in the Great Rift Valley (Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria)

1. (d) Geographical coordinates to the nearest second.

Table 1: Serial Nomination for the “Kenya Lakes System” in the Great Rift Valley

Ref. No

Name Location or Municipality

Coordinates of centre point

001 Lake Elementaita Gilgil 360 14’ 23.92” E 00 26’ 33.47” S

002 Lake Nakuru Nakuru 360 05’ 7.96” E 00 21’ 32.48” S

003 Lake Bogoria Baringo/ Koibatek

36° 05’ 51.82” E 0° 15’ 30.12” N

(e) Maps and plans showing the boundaries of the nominated property and buffer zone

22 

 

Figure 1: Locator map showing the Great Rift Valley through Africa

Figure 2: Locator map of all the Kenyan lakes within the Great Rift Valley

23 

 

Figure 3: Map showing the Kenya Lakes System: Lakes Elementaita,

Nakuru and Bogoria

24 

 

25 

 

Figure 4 Map of Lake Elementaita

26 

 

Figure 5: Map of Lake Nakuru

27 

 

Figure 6 Map of Lake Bogoria

28 

 

(f) Area of nominated property (ha.) and proposed buffer zone (ha.)

Table 2: Area of Nominated Property

*These two properties are protected areas with wide terrestrial zones that are

marked and gazetted hence have high level of legal protection that will serve as

the buffer zones

†This area is part of the Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary, Ututu Wildlife

Conservancy and the settled area (Use zones, hotels, camp sites and farms)

2. Description

2. (a) Description of property The current nomination of the Kenya Lakes System within the Great Rift Valley

comprises three Lakes that are ecologically, geologically and hydrologically

inter-linked. These are lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria with a

combined total core area of 32,034 hectares. These include the area covered by

the water bodies of the three lakes, together with the riparian area of Lake

Elementaita and all that area covered by Lake Nakuru National Park and Lake

Bogoria National Reserve. Except for Bogoria that has a maximum water depth

of 13 meters, both Elementaita and Nakuru are shallow lakes with the deepest

parts being 1.5 and 3 metres respectively. Their surface areas fluctuate

depending on the weather conditions and have been recorded to dry out during

extreme dry seasons (Vareschi, E 1978).

Ref. No

Name Area of core zone (ha)

Buffer zone (ha) Map Annex

001 Lake Elementaita 2,534 3,581† 3

002 Lake Nakuru 18,800 * 4

003 Lake Bogoria 10,700 * 5

Total area 32,034

29 

 

The three lakes are within protected areas of similar ecosystem types that are

part of a series of alkaline lakes in the Eastern Rift Valley. The lakes and the

surrounding land and river systems constitute extremely rich and diverse

habitats for birds and other wildlife. The habitats include open water, long and

highly indented shore lines, alkaline and fresh water springs, marshes,

woodlands, bush lands and grasslands. These habitats support about 500

species of birds, 70 species of mammals and scores of amphibian and reptile

species. These species constitute an important national and international

heritage.

The proposed Kenya Lakes System property support globally important

populations of waterbirds. According to the classification of Ramsar Convention

(Ramsar 1999), ‘a water body that regularly supports 1% of the individuals in a

population of one species should be considered internationally important’. They

host a congregation of between 1.5 and 2 million Lesser Flamingo which

exceeds the 1% global threshold of biogeographic population of the species. The

congregation of Lesser Flamingo in Lake Nakuru alone has been described by a

famous ornithologist Sir Peter Scott, as “a sight of incredible beauty and

interest and that there can be no more remarkable ornithological spectacle in

the world”. The lakes also host globally significant populations of the Greater

Flamingo, Black-necked Grebe, Great White Pelican, African Spoonbill, Pied

Avocet, Little Grebe, Yellow-billed Stork, Black-winged Stilt, Grey-headed Gull

and Gull-billed Tern. These extremely large concentrations of waterbirds are a

testament of the lakes’ importance nationally, regionally and globally for

biodiversity conservation.

The Kenya Lakes System hosts globally and regionally threatened species. A

total of 13 globally threatened bird species found in Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru

and Bogoria are summarized in Table 3 while the regionally-threatened species

are presented in Table 4. Globally, the primary cause of the declining

populations of waterbirds and land birds are natural fluctuations and land use

changes that influence the habitats. The property is one of the few strongholds

of congregations of Lesser Flamingo at a global level.

30 

 

Table 3: Globally threatened bird species found in the proposed Kenya Lakes System

No. Common name Scientific name IUCN Red List Status

1. Lesser Flamingo Phoeniconaias minor Near-Threatened

2. Grey-crowned crane Balearica regulorum Vulnerable

3. Grey-Crested Helmet-shrike Prionops poliolophus Near-Threatened

4. Jackson’s Widowbird Euplectes jacksoni Near-Threatened

5. Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni Vulnerable

6. Pallid Harrier Circus macrourus Near-Threatened

7. Madagascar Pond Heron Ardeola idae Endangered

8. Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga Vulnerable

9. Maccoa Duck Oxyura maccoa Near-Threatened

10. White-headed Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis Vulnerable

11. Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus Near-Threatened

12. Bateleur Terathopius ecaudatus Near-Threatened

13. Egyptian Vulture Neophron percnopterus Endangered

31 

 

Table 4: Regionally threatened bird species found in the proposed Kenya Lakes

System.

No. Common name Scientific name IUCN Red List Status (2009)

1. Great Crested Grebe Podiceps cristatus Critically Endangered

2. Great White Egret Ardea alba Vulnerable

3. Ayres’s Hawk Eagle Aquila ayresii Vulnerable

4. Crowned Eagle Stephanoaetus coronatus Vulnerable

5. Yellow-billed Oxpecker Buphagus africanus Vulnerable

6. Long-tailed widowbird Euplectes progne Vulnerable

7. African Darter Anhinga rufa Vulnerable

8. White-backed Duck Anas sparsa Vulnerable

The Great Rift Valley is a major African-Eurasian migratory flyway supporting

about 5,000,000,000 (five billion) of palaearctic migrant individual birds

annually according to BirdLife International (2007). The three lakes lie within

the Kenyan Segment of the Great Rift Valley and are an essential part of the

flyway. They serve as stopover and wintering grounds for over 100 migratory

waterbird and land birds species during their annual migration. The three

lakes also support a large number of other resident and afrotropical migrant

bird species. The presence of these large concentrations of biogeographic and

global populations of congregatory waterbirds and terrestrial bird species

within this proposed property is of global importance.

Due to their unique aquatic and terrestrial habitats, rich diversity of avifauna

and presence of globally threatened, range restricted and biome restricted

species, the three Lakes have been designated as Important Bird Areas by

BirdLife International. Important Bird Areas are places of international

significance for conservation of birds at global, regional or sub-regional levels.

They are identified using standardized and internationally agreed four criteria.

32 

 

These are presence of globally threatened species, range-restricted species,

biome-restricted species and congregations.

The terrestrial zone of the Lakes System property supports globally significant

populations of mammals, including the Critically Endangered Black Rhino

Diceros bicornis and Near-threatened White Rhino Ceratotherium simum. Lake

Nakuru, for example is a sanctuary for a total of 125 free ranging rhinos

making it one of the largest concentrations in the region. Several globally

threatened carnivore species are resident within the terrestrial zone of the

Kenya Lakes System. These include the Endangered African Wild dog, Lycaon

pictus, the Vulnerable Lion Panthera leo, the Vulnerable Cheetah, Acinonyx

jubatus and the Near-threatened Leopard, Panthera pardus.

The property also hosts significant resident population of the charismatic

herbivore community such Rothschild giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis

rothschildi), Greater Kudu Tragelaphus strepsiceros, Bohor Reedbuck (Redunca

redunca), Defassa Waterbuck (Kobus ellipsiprymnus), Bushbuck (Tragelaphus

scriptus) and African Buffallo (Syncerus caffer). The rare Large-eared Leaf-nosed

bat Hipposideros megalotis is resident.

The Kenyan Horned Viper (Bitis worthingtonii), which is endemic to the central

Rift Valley is found within the Lake Elementaita terrestrial habitat.

The three lakes have been internationally recognized as wetlands of

international importance under the Convention on Wetlands (Ramsar 1971).

This recognition emphasizes the importance of the proposed property as a

priority area for conservation of unique and threatened species and habitats.

Under national law, Lake Elementaita is protected as a National Wildlife

Sanctuary while Lake Nakuru is a National Park and Lake Bogoria is a National

Reserve. The three sites have additional protection as Ramsar sites. The listing

of the three sites as World Heritage Property would significantly enhance the

ecological integrity and improve conservation status.

33 

 

The property is also significant for the diversity of its flora. The distribution of

the plant communities has been influenced by a combination of factors, such

as topography, soil type and moisture, land elevation and drainage systems.

The hypersaline aquatic zones are characterized by a cyanophytes Spirulina

platensis and Arthrospira fusiformis, which form the foundation of the lakes’

simple food chain. The lakeside vegetation is dominated by alkaline tolerant

grass species such as Sporobolus spicatus and Sporobolus ioclados followed by

other plain grassland species in succession.

Marshes which are dominated by reeds of Cyperus laevigatus and Typha spp

occur at the freshwater springs and river mouths. The terrestrial zones away

from the lake shore are covered by Acacia woodland comprising of Acacia

xanthophloea, Acacia tortilis, Terminalia spp, Ficus spp, Balanites aegyptica and

Eurphobia candelabrum. The shrub vegetation is dominated by Tarconathus

camphroratus, Combretum sp, Grewia tenax, G. bicolor, Acalypha fruticosa and

Acacia mellifera.

Lake Nakuru for example, with 556 plant species from 305 genera and 85

families recorded has the greatest diversity of floral communities. Biodiversity

inventories have shown that Lake Bogoria has 210 plant species belonging to

53 plant families. This high diversity of plant species and the associated

habitats accounts for the high diversity of fauna in the three lakes and

surrounding buffer zones.

Temperatures in the Kenya Lakes System range from 10°C in the highland

areas to 32°C in the lowlands with a daily mean of 25°C. The mean annual

rainfall ranges from 500-1,000 mm occurring in two seasons, April-May and

October-November. The temperature and rainfall regimes of the region combine

to give the sites a hot and arid to semi-arid climate characteristic of agro-

ecological zones v and vi.

Lake Elementaita is gazetted as a National Wildlife Sanctuary and covers an

area of 2,534 hectares and is bordered by the Soysambu and Ututu Wildlife

Conservancies on the Western and Southern shores. The latter two

conservancies combined cover 75% of the lakes’ shoreline, while the Northern

34 

 

shore covers only 25%. The North-Eastern shore is set aside as the high-use

zone characterized by tourist facilities and farms. (See attached management

plan) The lake’s catchment area is bounded by the Dundori highlands,

Kariandusi escarpment and the Eburru Hills, Split Crater (Sleeping Warrior)

and Horse Shoe Crater, to the south. The lake is notably fed by two rivers,

surface runoff and direct rainfall, as well as through the underground water

movements between the lakes within the Rift Valley. Thus the Lake receives

water through underground recharge that emerges at the hot springs on the

Southern shores and fresh water springs on the Eastern shores. The presence

of fresh water plant species (Typha sp) is an indicator of this fresh water inflow.

The two streams namely; Mereroni (joined by Mbaruk streams about one

kilometre from the lakeshore) and the Kariandusi drain into the lake.

Lake Nakuru is set in a picturesque landscape and covers an area of 18,800

hectares. The area of the lake and its adjacent park is secured by a fence. The

National Park’s terrestrial area serves as the buffer. The lake is located

adjacent to Nakuru Town, an important and expanding agricultural and

industrial town. The lake’s catchment is bounded by Menengai Crater to the

north, Bahati-Dundori Hills to the northeast and the Mau Escarpment to the

west. The main sources of water for Lake Nakuru are the Njoro River, Makalia

River, and Nderit River. Treated waste water from the treatment plants also

adds to the water volume. Underground recharge is also present as evidenced

by the presence of the Baharini Springs on the Northern shores and Lion Hill

springs on the South-Eastern shores.

Lake Bogoria is the northernmost of the three lakes with a core nominated area

of 10,700 hectares. The Lake Bogoria National Reserve’s terrestrial area also

serves as the buffer for the lake. Its riparian area is bounded by the Siracho

escarpment to the east. The lake has geologic manifestations of ongoing

volcanic processes in the form of fumaroles, hot springs and geysers within the

lake, along the lake shores and various points in the surrounding areas.

A series of spectacular hot springs and gushing geysers on the western shore

represents the greatest concentration of geysers in Africa. The Lake is fed by

35 

 

both seasonal, as well as permanent rivers. These are Loboi, Sandai-Waseges,

and Emsos. A few perennial springs discharge fresh water into the lake and a

series of subsurface water connect Lake Bogoria with Lakes Naivasha,

Elementaita and Nakuru, all defined by the presence of springs and/or geysers

(Kuria and Woldai, 2008, in press).

2. a.1 Lake Elementaita Abiotic conditions

Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary encompasses the whole of Lake

Elementaita and its riparian land. The Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary and Ututu

Wildlife Conservancy form part of the buffer to the lake. Lake Elementaita lies

on the floor of the Rift Valley at 1,776 m above sea level, in central part of

Kenya some 20 km south-east of Nakuru Town. There are highlands in its 630

km² basin of internal drainage that reach 2,668 m above sea level. The shallow

lake has an area of 2,000 ha and ranges in depth from 0.9 to 1.5 m. The

electrical conductivity ranges between 8.7 to 51.8µScm-1 and the pH ranges

between 9.0 and 10.2. At its southern end, it is fed by the Kariandusi hot

springs and two small streams, the Mereroni and Kariandusi, flowing from the

eastern plateau. Dramatic rocky faults, volcanic outcrops and cones

characterize the surrounding landscape, including the ‘Sleeping Warrior’ and

what is commonly referred to as Delamere’s Nose or the ‘Horse Shoe Crater’.

Lord Delamere was the first white settler to inhabit the area and put it under

ranching in the late 19th – early 20th Century. To the east, the lake is flanked

by small-scale agricultural holdings, while two large wildlife conservancies

namely Ututu and Soysambu surround the remainder of the lake.

Biotic conditions

Flora

The terrestrial vegetation in the environs of Lake Elementaita is mainly Acacia

spp and Tarchonanthus camphoratus bush-land interspersed with Themeda

triandra grassland. Patches of Acacia xanthophloea woodland occur near the

shore, and formerly covered a large area south of the lake. The woodlands are

36 

 

concentrated around the mouth of rivers with Acacia xanthophloea, as the

dominant tree species rising up to 25 meters high with clear vertical

stratification. Below the upper canopy are various climbers including Senecio

petitianus, Commicarpus pedunculosus and Ipomea cairica. The herbaceous

layer is dominated by Acyranthus aspera, Hypoestes verticillaris, Conyza

foribunda, Solanum incanum, Urtrica maasaica and Gutenbergia cordifolia.

Grasses of the ground layer include Cynodon dactylon, Pennisetum

clandestinum and Pannicum spp. among others.

Dry bush land cover parts of the eastern, southern and western parts of the

lake where dominant tree species include Acacia xanthophloea and Eurphobia

candelabrum. Bush species include Rhus natalensis, Sesbania sesban, Lantana

trifolia and Vernonia spp. Ututu scrubland located south of the lake is

dominated by Olea sp. and Tarchonanthus camphoratus.

The grasses include Cynodon dactylon, Chloris gayana and Panicum spp.

Grasslands have been categorized into two groups. Lakeside grasslands are

dominated by Sporobolus spicatus and Chloris gayana. Other grasslands are

dominated by Themeda triandra, Sporobolus fibriatus, Eragrostis spp.,

Pennisetum catabasis and Cynodon dactylon. Marshes that are located in the

southern part of the lake are dominated by Cyperus laevigatus and Typha spp.

Fauna

Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary consists of the lake and its surrounding

riparian shoreline. The lake consistently holds internationally important

populations of Greater and Lesser Flamingo, Great White Pelican, African

Spoonbill, Pied Avocet as well as other waterbird species that occur is smaller

populations. The first two migrate between Lakes Magadi, Elementaita, Nakuru

and Bogoria and to Lake Natron in northern Tanzania during their breeding

season.

Lake Elementaita is a key breeding site for the Great White Pelican, with over

8,000 breeding pairs, the largest in Africa. The terrestrial zone of the lake is

37 

 

rich in birdlife with over 400 species recorded. It hosts several globally

threatened bird species, notably Lesser Flamingo (Phoeniconaias minor), Grey-

crested Helmet-Shrike (Prionops poliolophus), Jackson’s Widowbird (Euplectes

jacksoni), Lesser Kestrel (Falco naumanni), and the Greater Spotted Eagle,

(Aquila clanga). The lake’s riparian habitat has populations of Burchell’s Zebras

(Equus burchelli), Thomson’s Gazelles (Gazella thomsoni) and the Rothschild’s

Giraffes (Giraffa camelopardalis rothschildi). Other animals common around the

lake are, African buffalo (Syncerus caffer), Spotted hyena (Crocuta crocuta) and

Dik dik (Rhynochotrogus kirkii). Most of these animals are concentrated around

the northern woodlands where human influence is minimal. The lake was

designated a Ramsar site on 5th September 2005.

2. a.2 Lake Nakuru Abiotic Conditions

Lake Nakuru is a shallow alkaline lake on the floor of the Great Rift Valley on

the edge of Nakuru town and about 160 Km from Nairobi. The lake, which is in

the middle of the park, is highly alkaline and shallow with a maximum depth of

3 metres. The elevation of Lake Nakuru National Park ranges from 1,760 to

2,080 m above sea level. The soils in the area are alluvial in origin, while the

rocks are basaltic in formation and are part of the western wall of the Great

Rift Valley. The lake is surrounded by escarpments including Mau ranges to

the West, Eburru to the South, Bahati Escarpment to the North-East and

Menengai crater to the North. There exist high elevation points from which view

points have been established. These include: Lion hill, Baboon Cliffs and Out of

Africa view points

The area has fault lines run in North-South direction thereby opening weak

points through which subsurface water drains. The soil in most areas is highly

permeable and very little surface water is noticeable after the rains. The lake

bottom has been filled with weathered material from the catchment areas. The

soil type is mainly sandy alluvial, of volcanic origin indicated by soda ash and

fine sandy/loam soils and its immediate surrounding areas.

38 

 

The lake’s water chemistry considerably influences the species diversity and

abundance as well as the levels of productivity resulting in the lake’s unique

ecosystem. Three major rivers drain into the lake that include Njoro, Makalia

and Nderit, while the seasonal stream Lamudiak also drains into the lake

during the rainy season. The electrical conductivity in Lake Nakuru ranges

from 13.0 to 55.4 µScm-1, while the pH range is between 8.8 and 10.4.

The Ngosur and Naishi are surface streams that become influent, disappearing

along the fault lines as re-charge to deep aquifers. There is inflow from several

alkaline springs along the shore. These include Baharini and the Lionhill

Springs, the former of which is linked to the Ngosur stream. Treated waste

water from the Njoro and Nakuru Town’s sewerage works also drain into the

lake and is part of the surface recharge.

There are swamps around the lake and alkaline mudflats that are exposed

around the shores at low water level. The open water surface varies between

3,500 and 4,900 ha, depending upon water level fluctuations over cycles of a

few years. The lake has been known to dry out completely during periods of

extreme drought.

Flora

The aquatic zone of Lake Nakuru is characterized by a cyanophyte Arthrospira

fusiformis, which is the foundation of the lake’s simple food chain. The

terrestrial zone is predominantly woodland, bush thickets and grassland

communities. The plant communities around the lake include alkaline

grassland dominated by Sporobolus spicatus, plain grasslands, plain

woodlands, Tarchonanthus camphoratus bushlands, Euphorbia-Teclea forest,

Olea forest, and Acacia forest. The site is famous for having the largest

Euphorbia candelabrum forest stand in East Africa, however part of the

Euphorbia forest had burnt down and efforts to rehabilitate it is ongoing. Lake

Nakuru is rich in plant diversity with 556 plant species from 305 genera and

85 families recorded. The lake’s catchment areas are a unique ecosystem

39 

 

containing a kaleidoscope of geological formations and associated plant

communities.

Fauna

Lake Nakuru National Park is home to millions of flamingos, numbers that

have been noted as representing one of the greatest ornithological spectacles

on earth. Lake Nakuru is home to globally important congregations of Greater

Flamingo, Lesser Flamingo, Black-necked Grebe, Little Grebe, Great White

Pelican, Yellow-billed Stork, African Spoonbill; Black winged Stilt, Grey-headed

Gull and Gull-billed Tern. Globally threatened species include Lesser Flamingo,

Madagascar Pond Heron, Lesser Kestrel, Grey-crested Helmet-shrike, Grey-

crowned Crane, Martial Eagle, Egyptian Vulture and Bateleur. In addition to

other resident bird species, the lake also serves as a critical wintering and

stopover site for other migratory birds.

Lake Nakuru National Park is home to globally-threatened White rhino

(Ceratotherium simum) and Black rhino (Diceros bicornis). The site is a

sanctuary for a total of 125 rhinos making it one of the largest concentrations

of Rhino in the region. There exists a significant resident population of the

charismatic Rothschild giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis rothschildi). The rare

Large-eared Leaf-nosed bat Hipposideros megalotis is resident. There is also a

high concentration of large mammal carnivore and herbivore species in the

park. These include Lion (Panthera leo) and Leopard (Panthera pardus) and a

small number of Cheetah Acinonyx jubatus, Bohor Reedbuck (Redunca redunca)

Defassa Waterbuck (Kobus ellipsiprymnus), Bushbuck (Tragelaphus scriptus),

Spotted Hyena (Crocuta crocuta), and African Buffalo (Syncerus caffer). The lake

was designated as Kenya’s first Ramsar site on 5th June 1990.

2. a.3 Lake Bogoria Abiotic conditions

Lake Bogoria, the deepest of the three lakes is a narrow, alkaline lake on the

Great Rift Valley floor. It is 17 km long, has a maximum width of 4 km and a

maximum depth of 14 metres. The lake is bordered by the Siracho escarpment

to the east while on the relatively flat western shore is a series of spectacular

40 

 

hot springs and geysers. The lake covers an area of 3,800 ha and combined

with the reserve, covers an area of 10,700 hectares. The lake’s catchment area

covers 93,000 hectares.

Lake Bogoria is famous for its spectacular and extraordinary hot springs,

geysers, baths from the natural spas and the rugged faulted landscape. Its

surface recharge is from Sandai-Waseges, Loboi and Emsos River. There are

however other minor perennial springs that discharge fresh water into the lake.

The hot springs and geysers found on the shores supplement water recharge

for the lake. The lake’s level fluctuates between 11 and 14 metres. The

electrical conductivity ranges between 45,000-85,000 µScm-1, while the pH

range is between 9.8 and 10.6.

Flora

Although hyper-saline, the lake is highly productive with high concentration of

a cyanophyte (Arthrospira fusiformis) from which the Lesser Flamingoes feed;

few other micro-organisms including extremophile inhabit the lake.

Biodiversity inventories have identified 210 plant species belonging to 53 plant

families in the reserve and neighbouring wetlands. Amongst these, are 38

species of Graminae and 15 of Acanthaceae. These species are distributed in

six broad vegetation types in the Lake National Reserve which includes,

riverine forest, wooded bush-land, bushed thicket, wooded grassland, and

swamps. These are further described into ten vegetation communities on the

basis of dominance. Dominant grasses include; Sporobolus ioclados,

Dactyolectenium aegyptium, Chlonis virgata and Dagitaria velutina. Shrubs

include: Grewia tenax, G. bicolor, Acalypha fruticosa and Acacia mellifera. The

most dominant tree species is Acacia tortilis. Other community types include

mixtures of Balanites aegyptica, Combretum spp, Ficus spp, and Terminalia spp.

Evergreen and semi deciduous bush land cover large areas along the stream

valley. The distribution of the vegetation types strongly correlates to

combinations of factors such as topography, elevation, drainage systems,

edaphic and soil moisture content.

41 

 

Fauna

The lake and its terrestrial habitat are rich in a diversity of wildlife species. In

terms of avifauna, over 373 species of birds have been recorded including over

50 migratory species. It is a key feeding ground for the Near-Threatened Lesser

Flamingo (Phoeniconaias minor), and spectacular populations of as many as 2

million have been recorded. Lake Bogoria also at times supports the highest

population of Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus ruber) in the entire Great Rift

Valley alkaline lakes. Other congregatory species is the Black-necked Grebe.

The lake shore configuration and fresh water points provide suitable

environment for these avian assemblages. In addition, the zoogeographical

location of the reserve between the Ethiopian and the Maasai zoo-regions

contributes to the region’s high species diversity. Globally threatened species

found at the lake and its terrestrial land include Pallid Harrier (Near-

Threatened), Maccoa Duck (Near Threatened), White-headed Vulture(

Vulnerable), Grey-crowned Crane (Vulnerable), Martial Eagle (Near

Threatened), Egyptian Vulture (Endangered) and Lesser Kestrel (Vulnerable).

The reserve has thus been designated as an Important Bird Area (IBA) by

BirdLife International and was designated a Ramsar Site on 27th August 2001.

42 

 

Figure 7 Lesser flamingo feeding in Lake Bogoria

 

Figure 8: One of the gushing geysers at Lake Bogoria

43 

 

 

Figure 9: A panoramic view from the Flamingo View point of part of Lake Bogoria also showing hot springs and geysers in the foreground

The area is rich in wildlife species characterized by high diversity at low

densities. Animals found in the area include the Greater Kudu (Tragelaphus

strepsiceros), Impala (Aepyceros melampus), Bat-eared fox (Otocyon megalotis),

Grant’s gazelle (Nanger granti), Dikdik (Rhynchotragus kirkii.), Klipspringer

(Oreotragus oreotragus), Blue Duiker (Philantomba monticola), Yellow backed

duiker (Cephalophus silvicultor), Olive Baboon (Papio anubis), Patas Monkey

(Erythrocebus patas), Aardvark (Orycteropeus afer), Common Waterbuck (Kobus

ellipsiprymnus), Leopard (Panthera pardus), Warthog (Phacochoerus africanus)

among others (See Appendix 1 for a mammal checklist for Lake Bogoria). Lake

Bogoria hosts a large number of the Greater Kudu (Tragelaphus strepsiceros),

one of the large members of the spiral-horned antelope family. At a global level

the species is confined within East, Central and Southern Africa with a total

44 

 

population of c. 482,000. 15% of this population is found in protected areas,

Lake Bogoria National Reserve being one of them.

2.b i. History and Development The Great Rift Valley is an intercontinental-scale tectonic structure that is

7,000 kilometers long extending from the Levantine Rift in the Middle East

through the Red Sea and Eastern Africa to Mozambique and Namibia in

Southern Africa. The present day general architecture of the East Africa Rift

System (EARS) is made of a series of relatively narrow (40-70 km-wide) faulted

troughs that are distributed in two distinct branches, Eastern and Western

(Albertine), all over a length of more than 4,000 kilometers. These troughs are

generally half-grabens bounded by major high angles boundary faults on one

side and a faulted flexural margin on the other. The rift floor is underlain by

flood basalts (Miocene), phonolites (Pleistocene), trachytes (Quarternary),

volcaniclastics, Quaternary deposits, and their weathering products (McCall,

1967), while the boundary faults generate spectacular geomorphological

structures as a result of the steep, very large and several kilometers long

escarpments. The tectonically controlled morphological barriers, coupled with

volcanic dams related to mainly basaltic outpourings on the Rift floor, have led

to the development, through geological time, of more than 35 tectonic lakes

that occupy these faulted depressions/troughs (Tiercelin and Lezzar, 2002).

Prior to the evolution of the EARS which begun in the Eocene, about 45 Ma

(million years) ago, the East African region was a lowland area. Volcanic

outpouring preceded initial and major faulting, both processes beginning

earlier in Ethiopia (volcanism at ~45 Ma and faulting at ~30 Ma) and then in

Kenya (volcanism and faulting from ~30 Ma) (Davidson and Rex, 1980; Ebinger

et al., 1993). The EARS lakes have been formed as a result of combination of

interacting forcing factors such as major rifting processes (faulting and volcanic

activities).

45 

 

 

Figure 10: Evolution of the lake basins of the East African Rift System from 2Ma to present (Source: Tiercelin and Lezzar, 2002)

Much of the history of eastern Africa is set in the context of major tectonic

and/or volcanic events between 2 and 0.5 Ma, creating new lake basins, or

bringing basins formed during Mio-Pliocene times to their final morphology

(Tiercelin, 2002). Present-day lakes such as Lakes Baringo, Bogoria, Nakuru,

Elementaita and Naivasha are the remnants of largest lake domains developed

during Lower-Middle Pleistocene times and represented by rare sedimentary

deposits sometimes uplifted or down-faulted along the inner trough margins

(Richardson, 1966; Richardson, 1972; Tiercelin, 2002). In addition to the

palaeolake sediments accumulated by the evolving lake basins, there are also

synsedimentary volcaniclastic, alluvial and other types of deposits that contain

46 

 

or archive important palaeoanthropological and palaeoecological fossils and

artefacts. For example, the Chemeron Formation, which is close to Lake

Bogoria, has forty one documented fossil vertebrate localities, including three

hominin sites (Bishop et al., 1971; Bishop and Pickford, 1975; Pickford,

1975a,b, 1978; Hill, 1985, 1994, 1995; Hill et al., 1985, 1992, 2002, 2003;

Kingston et al., 2002; Hill et al., 2002; Hill and Ward, 1988; Senut et al., 2001;

Sherwood et al., 2002; Ward et al., 1999).

The palaeoclimate and paleoenvironmental history of the area from 3Ma to

present has been reconstructed from the sedimentary record (Figure 10).

Tectonic uplift and downwarping associated with rifting, erosion and

sedimentation resulted in significant landscape changes over time that varied

the climate of the area from 2Ma to present. These changes were superimposed

over orbitally forced climate changes that are driven primarily by the

precession cycles of 23,000 years in eastern Africa (Trauth et al., 2001) and its

higher precessional harmonics (Olago et al., 2000; Olago et al., 2007), primarily

effecting major changes in precipitation and hydrology of lakes. The effect of

these changes from 3Ma to present, in a nutshell, was a gradual change in the

vegetation of the region changed gradually from woodland to grassland, against

a backdrop of an aridifying trend, with impacts on fauna and aquatic

ecosystems.

47 

 

 

Figure 11: Climate and vegetation change from 3Ma to present as reconstructed from palaeolake beds and palaeosols of the East African Rift Valley System (Source: Gasse

2005, Cerling 1992 and Hay 1988, Trauth et al 2005)

2 b ii. Evolution of the East African Great Rift Valley System The Central Kenya Rift contains small soda lakes such as Nakuru, Elementaita

and Bogoria, freshwater lake Naivasha, and the partly (spatially) freshwater

lake Baringo. The lakes are recharged by rainfall, perennial and/or ephemeral

streams, unchannelled runoff and, in the case of Lake Bogoria, hot springs

(Renaut and Tiercelin, 1994). Other controls on Lake Hydrology are

temperature (evaporation), tectonically controlled morphological and volcanic

barriers, faults, and local water-table variations. Much of the area relies on

groundwater for human and industrial use, though there are widespread

quality issues particularly in relation to fluoride. However, the waters of the

Central Kenya Rift are of the Na-HCO3-Cl type, with the lakes being the most

highly mineralised and alkaline, and rivers the least; the largest variability in

chemical profile is seen in the rivers (some with dominant Mg rather than Na)

(Olago et al., 2009). The hydrochemical facies that are exhibited are a function

48 

 

of: P/E, solution kinetics, groundwater flow patterns, and lithology. The Na/Cl

ratios suggest that the river and lake waters resemble each other in terms of

water source, and that the evolution of lake waters occurs principally by

evaporation. The groundwater enrichment in Na, F, and SO4 is through

leaching of soda-rich volcanic rocks and pyroclastics.

Table 5: Features of the lake Basins of the Central Kenya Rift (Modified from Olago et al., 2009)

Lake Basin

Altitude (m)

Basin area (km2)

aLake area (km2)

pH aDepth (m)

Land Use bPopulation Density

(km-2)

Elementaita

1776 590 20 9.00-10.00

Max: 1.2

Mean: 0.9

Ranching Low

Nakuru 1800

1760 45 10.49 Max: 2.8

Mean: 2.3

Town, farmland

222

Bogoria 960 1110 34 10.30-10.70

Max: 10.0

Mean: 5.4

pastoralism

Low

a) Lake area and depth is highly variable both seasonally and interannually; Max and Mean values based on various time slices (Melack, 1976; World Lakes Database; Millbrink, 1977; Aloo, P.A., 2002; ILEC, 2005). b) ILEC, 2005; Low (<100 km-2), Medium (<100-200 /km-2).

Lake Elementaita Lake Elementaita lies on the floor of the Rift Valley at 1,776 m above sea level

in central part of Kenya, some 20 km south-east of Nakuru Town. Highlands in

its 630 km² basin of internal drainage reach 2,668 m above sea level. The

shallow lake has an area of 2,000 ha and ranges in maximum depth from 0.9

to 1.5 m. At its southern end is Kikopey Hot Springs that together with two

small streams, the Mereroni and Kariandusi, flowing from the eastern plateau,

feed the lake. The surrounding landscape is characterized by dramatic rocky

faults, volcanic outcrops and cones, including what is commonly referred to as

Delamere’s Nose. To the east, the lake is flanked by small-scale agricultural

49 

 

holdings, while large ranches surround the remainder of the lake. Lake

Elementaita receives some water input from regional water tables (McCall,

1967), and more recent studies indicate that water balance, hydrogeological

and stable isotope considerations all favour a considerable distribution of

Naivasha water to the recharge of Lake Elementaita (Becht et al., 2005b). The

groundwater potential around this area appears to be low.

Lake Nakuru The lake’s catchment is bounded by Menengai Crater to the north, Bahati-

Dundori Hills to the northeast, Eburru Crater to the south, and the Mau

Escarpment to the west. The main sources of water for Lake Nakuru are the

Njoro River, Makalia River, and Nderit River. Underground recharge is also

present as evidenced by the presence of the Baharini Springs on the Eastern

shores. The lake undergoes major lake fluctuations, sometimes drying up

completely. The bulk of the groundwater in Nakuru area flows in linear fissure

zones linking gently dipping, perched water tables in an open system that

extends under Lake Nakuru’s salt-impregnated clay pan.

Lake Bogoria Lake Bogoria is a perennial, saline-alkaline, meromictic lake that lies in a

narrow, strongly asymmetric north-south trending half-graben in the

seismically active, semi-arid central Kenya Rift. It is the northernmost of the

three lakes with a core nominated area of 10,800 hectares. The lake consists of

three sub-basins: north, central and south, respectively (Renaut and Tiercelin,

1994). The Waseges River (termed Sandai River in its lower course) drains 70%

of the catchment and is the main affluent, discharging into the lake at the

Sandai Delta in the northern part (Renaut and Tiercelin, 1994).

Four types of aquifers are found in the Baringo-Bogoria drainage area, namely:

fractured and fissured rocks, weathered volcanic rocks, fractured and

weathered volcanic rocks, and sediments of either lacustrine or volcanic origin

(McCall, 1967; Kuria and Woldai, 2008, in press). The lake is linked to the

50 

 

subsurface groundwater network that connects with Lakes Naivasha,

Elementaita and Nakuru, all defined by the presence of springs or geysers.

Climate and features

As a consequence of the twice-yearly passage of the Inter Tropical Convergence

Zone (ITCZ), this area experiences two rainfall seasons (March to May and

October to November). The main causes of inter-annual variability in eastern

Africa appear to be fluctuations in sea-surface temperatures in the tropical

Atlantic and Indian Oceans, which in turn are loosely coupled to ENSO (Ogallo,

1989; Nicholson, 1996). In general, there is a decrease of rainfall from the rift

shoulder escarpments (1000 to 1400 mm per annum, p.a.) into the rift floor

(<700mm p.a.) and from the highest part in the rift floor at Menengai to the

south and north. In the Lake Baringo basin, El Niño events appear to result in

5–7 year cycles of rainfall variability (Ashley et al., 2004) that bring about lake-

level fluctuations of one to 3 m (Owen et al., 2008).

Table 6: A comparison of selected climatic variables of the three lakes

Basin Name Precipitation (mm)

Mean Annual Temperature (°C)

Mean Annual Evaporation (mm)

References

Lake Bogoria Basin

450 (lowlands) to 2700 (highlands)

24 (lowlands) to 10 (highlands)

2300 (lowlands) to 1200 (highlands)

Sombroek et al., 1982

Lake Nakuru Basin

600 (lowlands)

2200 (highlands)

24 (lowlands)

12(highlands)

1500 Bennun & Njoroge 1999

Lake Elementaita Basin

600 average 24 1450 Bennun & Njoroge 1999

51 

 

2 c. Significance of the geological development of the Eastern Rift Valley System (EARS) to the existing avian habitat

The geological features of the EARS present today have been forming since

rifting and volcanism, uplifting and downwarping, begun 45 Million years ago

(Ma), culminating in the present topographical configuration of the still

tectonically active rift. The resulting features (lakes, mountains, rivers, cliffs,

deserts and plains) have resulted in diverse habitats within which a variety of

species are found, thereby making the Kenya Rift Valley lakes important sites

for biodiversity conservation.

The Great Rift Valley System is the most important route of the Africa-Eurasia

flyway system. An estimated 5,000,000,000 birds travel 7-8,000 km from

northern breeding grounds to African wintering grounds. The system is thus

known for being the largest bird migration route on earth with the billions of

migratory birds using it as a flyway every year.

Migration is a complex pattern of movement but critical sites identifiable within

each flyway where most of these species either make stopovers or winter

feeding grounds are known. Over 1.2 million birds of prey and 300,000 storks

migrate along this corridor between their breeding grounds in Europe and West

Asia and wintering areas in Africa each year. The Great Rift Valley is a

renowned flyway hosting huge flocks of soaring birds, numbering about 52

species, an estimated 189 water bird species (wader, waterfowl and flamingos)

and 193 land bird species (comprising of passerines and non-passerines).

The Great Rift Valley provides ideal conditions for soaring birds due to its

geomorphological structure and close proximity to large water bodies (including

the Mediterranean and Red Sea). The Great Rift Valley and the adjacent land

features provide a steep elevational gradient, with a range between 1000m to

over 5000m at Mount Kilimanjaro, which creates adiabatic warming of the air

and combines with the sea breeze that is displaced upward as it hits the

bordering mountain ranges. The rising air currents aids the soaring birds in

52 

 

gliding over long distances using minimum wing beats, hence conserving

energy while flying. This has made the flyway the most important route of the

Africa-Eurasia flyway system being the largest bird migration route on earth, a

phenomenon of un-matched proportion.

History of Conservation of Lake Nakuru: Initially, the area that is presently Lake Nakuru National Park was more of an

open grazing land frequented by the Maasai pastoralists. However long before

that, like the area between Naivasha and Nakuru basin, there were Neolithic

pastoralists dating over three thousand years followed by iron -age groups.

Thus numerous archaeological sites abound in this area and around Lake

Nakuru itself there are numerous sites including, Hyrax Hill Prehistoric Site

that has evidence of pastoral Neolithic as well as iron using communities from

three thousand years ago.

In the 19th century with colonization of Kenya and the settlement of settlers of

European origins, the area around the lake became private farmland. These

were mostly wheat growing large scale farming that were common in the Rift

Valley Region of Kenya at the time referred to as the White Highlands.

Consequently, the area that is presently Lake Nakuru National Park was

private farmland. The southern end of Lake Nakuru was designated a bird

sanctuary under the management of the Kenya Royal National Parks in 1961.

In 1964, the bird sanctuary was extended to cover the whole lake and a small

strip of land around it with an area of 4,200 ha. The whole area of the lake and

the surrounding shore covering 6,000 ha was officially gazetted as a National

Park in 1968.

There subsequent expansion of the area to the south of the lake in 1974

increased the park area to 18,800 ha. In 1987, Lake Nakuru National Park was

established as Kenya’s first rhinoceros sanctuary. On 5th June 1990, Lake

Nakuru National Park was designated Kenya’s first Ramsar Site or a Wetland of

International Importance. It has also been designated as an Important Bird

Area (IBAs are sites of international significance for the conservation of birds)

53 

 

by BirdLife International. A ten-year management plan (2000-2012) is being

implemented to manage the lake by the Kenya Wildlife Service, the government

body corporate mandated by law to manage all national parks. The lake is

popular with both local as well as international tourists. More so it is a prime

research are for those interested in bird and bird migration, biodiversity of

nature as well as school groups who use it as a research venue.

History of the Conservation of Lake Bogoria Lake Bogoria is located north of Lake Nakuru and was gazetted as a wildlife

protection area vides legal notice number 270 of 01/11/1970. It is therefore

one of the early protected areas in the country. It was declared a national

reserve due its rich biodiversity, scenic beauty and for its hydrological features

that includes hot springs and geysers of a type and magnitude found nowhere

else in the African continent.

The area around the lake has a long history and is associated with prehistoric

people who worked, used and possibly traded in obsidian. This is evidenced by

the numerous surface scatter of obsidian microliths found in different parts of

the park. Subsequently, these must have been replaced by the pastoral

Neolithic group in the region and responsible for what has commonly become

known as the Sirikwa culture, also found around Naivasha- Nakuru - Eldoret

region of the Great Rift (Gregory) Valley, including the Hyrax Hill Prehistoric

Site mentioned above.

In the latter periods, the site became associated with the Kalenjin group of

Tugen, who are pastoralists but also plant crops and who today inhabit the

area around the park. In the period of European exploration beginning in the

late nineteenth century, the lake was seen by Bishop Hannington from England

of which it was named after as the first white-man to see it. The name was

however changed at independence to Lake Bogoria as per the Kenya

government’s commitment to indigenization of place names. The lake remained

a popular place with those interested in biodiversity, especially bird studies as

well as those visitors interested in the healing powers of the hot springs and

54 

 

geysers. It is therefore not uncommon to find people around the geysers

steaming themselves. Its ultimate value however has remained as a park of

great biodiversity and ongoing geologic occurrences.

It was designated Kenya’s third Ramsar Site on 27th August 2001. A 5 year

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012) is being implemented jointly by two

local authorities, Baringo and Koibatek County Councils. It has also been

designated as an Important Bird Area by BirdLife International.

History of the Conservation of Lake Elementaita The area of Elementaita is a continuation of the Lake Nakuru Basin, Sharing

the same history. However the basin has one of the oldest archeological sites

belong to the Oldowan period with stone tools dating to 700,000 years ago

found at the site of Kariandusi. The same basin (Nakuru-Elementaita) was also

at one time occupied by people who worked and traded in Obsidian dating to

over 3000 years ago as evidenced by the Obsidian mines at the Eburru

mountains. Subsequently the region was occupied by pastoral Neolithic and

subsequently by the Maasai pastoral community who called it “Elmenteita”

During the colonial occupation, the whole area between Elementaita and

Naivasha was taken over and used for ranching by Lord Delamere one of the

pioneer white settlers in the country. It served both domestic cattle as well as

wild animals.

The area around Lake Elementaita was designated an Important Bird Area

(IBA), a site of global significance for bird and biodiversity conservation, in

1999. The lake was designated a Ramsar site (wetland of international

importance) on 5th September 2005. Lake Elementaita has been gazetted as a

National Wildlife Sanctuary vide boundary plan number 216/67 and legal

notice number 05/2010.

3. Justification for inscription

55 

 

The Kenya Lakes System (Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria) are located within

the EARS which is a continental-scale tectonic structure that has evolved

through earth history to the present scenic and architectural beauty of the

geomorphological features. It is characterized by steep fault scarps, deep

gorges, step-faulted blocks, cinder cones and craters on the rift floor, horst and

graben structures, ramp, box faults, gushing geysers and hot springs.

The extensive rift system running north-south with several lakes has

established migratory habitats. The three lakes are hydrologically and

hydrogeologically connected as opposed to most other lakes worldwide, and are

essential to the hydrological cycle that contributes to geothermal energy.

Heated geothermal waters contribute to the lake waters and result in very

unique aquatic habitats that support unique assemblages of planktonic and

benthic flora and fauna.

The East African Rift Valley System (EARS) is characterized by scenic beauty of

the geomorphology: steep fault scarps, deep gorges, step-faulted blocks, cinder

cones and craters on the rift floor, horst and graben structures, ramp and box

faults and hot springs. Lake Bogoria has the highest concentration of geysers

in Africa.

The EARS acts as sedimentary traps vital for preservation and conservation of

fossils and it provides a rich natural archive for palaeoanthropology (hominin

and other faunal materials and artefacts) and palaeoecological study that has

only begun to be explored.

Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria are part of a system of lakes in the

Eastern Rift Valley System that have a unique volcanic landscape, and share

common geological history, hydrological processes and associated ecological

features.

These factors and associated features combine to create diverse habitats and

opportunities for conservation of globally significant biodiversity. The

56 

 

biodiversity includes diverse fauna and flora that is endemic, congregatory,

range-restricted, biome-restricted and globally threatened.

Bird Conservation

Congregations:

The proposed Kenya Lakes System property sustains 75% of the globally

significant threatened population of the Near-threatened Lesser Flamingo

(Phoeniconaias minor). This is exceeds the 1% global threshold for

congregations. This makes the Kenya Lakes System a critical site for the

conservation of Lesser Flamingos in the world. The lakes also host globally

significant populations of 11 congregatory waterbird species that meet or

exceed the 1% global thresholds. These globally significant congregations of

birds constitute a world heritage and therefore require international

cooperation in conservation. Lake Elementaita, one of the sites within the

Kenya Lakes System supports one of the major breeding colonies of the Great

White Pelicans (Pelecanus onocrotalus) in the world.

Globally threatened bird species:

The network of sites support 11 globally threatened bird species and 8

Regionally-threatened bird species (Table 4). The presence of these species

requires strategic international cooperation for effective monitoring,

management and conservation.

African-Eurasian Migratory flyway

The network of sites serves as stop-over, wintering and summering sites for

millions of over 100 species of migratory waterbirds, soaring birds and other

terrestrial bird species that use the Great Rift Valley flyway. The migratory

birds originate from Europe and northern Asia as well as other parts of Africa.

International cooperation

The presence of these migratory birds provides a unique opportunity for the

protection and long-term monitoring of population changes in relation to

changes in local habitat conditions and effects of global climate change. It also

57 

 

offers a unique opportunity for north-south cooperation and collaborative

management within the framework of African-Eurasian Waterbird Agreement,

which is one of the agreements under the Bonn Convention (Convention on

Migratory Species), as well as other Multilateral Environmental Agreements.

Mammals and other species

The network of the proposed Kenya Lakes System constitutes the most

significant natural habitats for in-situ conservation of globally and regionally

threatened mammal species. These include the Critically Endangered Black

Rhino Diceros bicornis and Near-threatened White Rhino Ceratotherium simum,

the Endangered African Wild Dog, Lycaon pictus, the Vulnerable Lion Panthera

leo, the Vulnerable Cheetah, Acinonyx jubatus and the Near-threatened

Leopard, Panthera pardus. The terrestrial habitat of one of the sites, Lake

Elementaita supports the endemic Kenyan Horned Viper (Bitis worthingtonii).

Wetlands of national, regional and international recognition

The three sites are protected under the Kenyan national legislation as

biodiversity conservation areas. They have also been designated as Important

Bird Areas by BirdLife International and also constitute wetlands of regional

and international significance as recognized under the Ramsar Convention.

3. (a)Criteria under which inscription is proposed

Criteria met vii ix and x

Criterion vii

The Kenya Lakes System combines geological and biological processes of

exceptional natural beauty that is un-matched anywhere else. The birds that

congregate in millions on the shores of the lake with their pink flamingo colour

and with the backdrop of faulted scarps, hot springs and geysers are a

combination of what can only be described as phenomenal described by a

famous ornithologist Sir Peter Scott as “A sight of incredible beauty and

58 

 

interest and there can be no more remarkable ornithological spectacle in the

world”; and the abundant terrestrial plants and animal species that abound

with the animals roaming the adjacent grounds provide a natural setting of

superlative natural phenomenon.

Criterion ix:

The three lakes are outstanding examples representing ongoing ecological and

biological processes in the evolution and development of saline lake ecosystems

and communities of plants and animals.

Bird migration phenomenon is a historical, biological and ecological process

that are represent adaptation of birds to seasonal changes in the environment

as well as breeding cycles. The systematic annual and seasonal migration

processes provide us with an evolutionary window to understand the evolution

of adaptations by species for survival under extreme and variable

environments. The East African flamingo populations have been observed to fly

within the Rift valley lakes in Kenya and Tanzania breeding and foraging.

Breeding attempts by the Lesser Flamingos have been recorded in the three

lakes although they are known to breed in Lake Natron in Tanzania.

There is frequent movement of flamingos between the Kenya Lakes System.

Figure 6 shows the movements of four individual Lesser Flamingos that were

fitted with satellite transmitters in Lake Bogoria and tracked between October

2002 and July 2003. The figure illustrates the flamingo movement between the

three lakes and beyond.

59 

 

Figure 12: Movements of four of seven individual Lesser Flamingos (named Safari, Imara, and Bendera) that were affixed with satellite in L. Bogoria and tracked between October 2002 and July 2003 (Source: Childress et al 2004).

60 

 

The lakes are rich in birdlife with 373, 400 and 450 species recorded for lakes

Bogoria, Elementaita and Nakuru respectively. Lake Elementaita is a key

breeding site of the Great White Pelican population. Up to 8,000 pairs of Great

White Pelican have bred there when the water levels are high and the rocky

outcrops in the eastern sector are flooded to form islets on which the birds can

safely nest.

Criterion x:

The Kenya Lakes System constitute most important and significant natural

habitats for in-situ conservation of biological diversity including globally and

regionally threatened species of outstanding universal value from the point of

view of science and conservation.

The proposed Kenya Lakes System Property is a key feeding ground for the

itinerant Rift Valley congregations of the Near-threatened Lesser Flamingo

(Phoeniconaias minor). It sustains 75% of the globally threatened Lesser

Flamingo population. Spectacular congregations estimated at between 1.5 and

2 million Lesser Flamingos occur at times, together with several hundred

thousand of other congregatory waterbird species.

The sites support thousands of large congregations of Palaearctic migrants that

winter or stop over in Kenya. Over 100 migratory species use the lakes system

during their annual complex pattern of movement between Europe, northern

Asia and Africa. Therefore, the property is a key habitat in the Eastern Rift

Valley migratory flyway and in recognition of this critical role they play, the

respective lakes have been designated as Important Bird Areas by BirdLife

International.

Globally threatened bird species found within the Kenya Lakes System include,

the Lesser flamingo (Near-threatened), Lesser Kestrel, Falco naumanni

(Vulnerable), Pallid Harrier, Circus macrourus (Near-Threatened), Maccoa Duck

Oxyura maccoa (Near-Threatened), White-headed Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis

(Vulnerable), and Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus (Near-Threatened), the

vagrant Greater Spotted Eagle, Aquila clanga (Vulnerable), the Grey-crested

Helmet-shrike, Prionops poliolophus (Near-Threatened), Jackson’s Widowbird,

61 

 

Euplectes jacksoni (Near-threatened), Madagascar Pond Heron, Ardeola

ralloides (Endangered) and the Grey-crowned Crane, Balearica regulorum

(Vulnerable). Over 450 species of birds have been recorded at the proposed

Kenya Lakes System Property.

The presence of diverse aquatic communities of microflora including Spirulina

platensis and Arthrospira fusiformis provide stable food base for the Lesser

Flamingo population. They are an important component of the food chain and

the overall ecology of the East African alkaline lakes system. The extremophile

bacteria found within the Kenya Lakes System has immense potential for the

development of pharmaceutical products among other products needed for

socio-economic development.

The terrestrial zone supports significant populations of threatened mammal

species. These include the Black Rhino Diceros bicornis (Critically Endangered),

and White Rhino Ceratotherium simum (Near-threatened), the African Wild dog,

Lycaon pictus (Endangered), Lion, Panthera leo (Vulnerable), Cheetah, Acinonyx

jubatus (Vulnerable) and Leopard, Panthera pardus (Near-threatened). The

Kenyan Horned Viper (Bitis worthingtonii), which is endemic to the central Rift

Valley is found within the Lake Elementaita terrestrial habitat.

The globally important concentrations of residents and migratory bird species,

the presence of globally threatened and endemic species is a clear indication of

the international significance of the proposed Kenya Lakes System property.

These concentrations of waterbirds and the presence of globally threatened

species contribute to the scenic beauty of the landscape, unmatched anywhere

else.

3. (b) Proposed Statement of Outstanding Universal Value

The Kenya Lakes System is found within the Great Rift Valley which is the

largest single geological land form in the world. It is an unmatched

representation of the bio-physical development which involved tectonic

activities that interplayed with hydrological regimes. These subsequently

resulted in basins that were later filled with water to form lakes that are now

62 

 

habitat for the most diverse and spectacular avifaunal assemblages in the

world. Over 5, 000,000,000 birds use the lakes as migratory passage, stop over

or wintering sites during their annual cycles. The lakes’ terrestrial zones have

also evolved to be safe havens for mammals and other bird species that are

globally threatened.

The Kenya Lakes System is the single most important foraging site for the

Lesser Flamingo in the world which ranges from 1.5million to 2 million

individuals, a feature described by a famous ornithologist, Sir Peter Scott as an

ornithological spectacle found nowhere else on earth. The black lava islands of

Lake Elementaita provide the only suitable nesting and breeding grounds for

the Great White Pelicans in the Great Rift Valley (Diagana & Dodman 2006).

These habitats support significant populations of threatened mammals and

bird species, such the Black Rhino, White Rhino, African Wild dog, Lion,

Cheetah and Leopard. Threatened birds include, the Lesser Flamingo, Lesser

Kestrel, the Great Spotted Eagle, the Red-throated tit, the Grey- crested

Helmet-shrike, Jacksons widow bird, Madagascar Squacco Heron.

The Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria’s basins continue to experience

significant geological activities evidenced by geysers and hot springs.

Subsurface water connects the three lakes in which case dissolved minerals

which are beneficial to the eco-system have created the similar habitat types

that water fowl has found niches.

The Kenya Lakes System is well managed by government authorities who co-

operate with the local authorities and communities for assurance of

sustainability. They benefit from the highest level of legal protection as they are

gazzetted National Conservation Areas, with updated management plans being

implemented. It is for this reason that the congregations of birds, abundance of

terrestrial globally threatened mammal species and the other flora and fauna

within the protected areas have remained in relatively undisturbed state.

3. (c) Comparative analysis (including state of conservation of similar properties)

63 

 

Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria are alkaline and are among the world's

most productive natural ecosystems with a large diversity of bird species

occurring in congregations. Globally, there are five species of flamingo namely;

Lesser Flamingo (Phoeniconaias minor), Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus

ruber), Chilean Flamingo (Phoenicopterus chilensis), Andean Flamingo

(Phoenicopterus andinus) and James Flamingo (Phoenicopterus jamesi). The

total global population of the latter four species numbers no more than half a

million birds (IUCN 1997). In comparison, the total global population of the

Lesser Flamingo species alone ranges from 2,220,000 to 3,240,000 (BirdLife

International 2009). The Lesser Flamingo is a flagship species because of its

colour, size, and numbers. It has become a symbol of the sodic and saline

wetlands of Eastern Africa and is considered an indicator of wetlands health.

The largest population within the Kenya Lakes System ranges from 1.5 to 2.5

million individuals. Flamingos exist elsewhere in Africa (Ethiopia, Namibia,

South Africa, Botswana and Uganda) but in nowhere near the concentrations

found within the Kenya Lakes System, with the exception of Lake Natron in

Tanzania during the breeding season.

Monarch Butterfly Biosphere Reserve World Heritage Site, Mexico

The Monarch Butterfly Biosphere Reserve World Heritage was inscribed under

criteria vii on the basis of its ability to protect key overwintering sites for the

monarch butterfly. Just as the overwintering concentration of butterflies at the

Monarch Butterfly Reserve is a superlative natural phenomenon, equally, the

huge concentrations of waterbirds both wintering waterbirds and the itinerant

Lesser Flamingo and other resident bird species represents a unique

phenomenon and a spectacle at the Kenya Lakes System. Most of these

migrants return to the Kenya Lakes System annually just as the millions of

monarch butterflies return to the property every year. The butterflies bend tree

branches by their weight, fill the sky when they take flight, and make a sound

like light rain with the beating of their wings. At the Kenya Lakes System,

waterbirds fill the lakes, their pink colouration, the hooting and snorting sound

produced by the birds and flight formation during take off adds to the beauty.

64 

 

Witnessing these represents a unique phenomenon of exceptional experience of

nature. The Kenya Lakes System is also different from the Monarch Butterfly

Biosphere Reserve in that the former has unique geologic features and

formations such as hot springs and geysers.

Pantanal Conservation Area World Heritage Site, Brazil

Pantanal Conservation Area qualified as World Heritage Site under criteria vii,

ix and x because it representative of the Greater Pantanal region. It

demonstrates the on-going ecological and biological processes that occur in the

Pantanal. The Kenya Lakes System is part of the Great Rift Valley which is a

unique geomorphologic feature. The lakes lie at the foot the escarpments and

undulating hills and a rugged terrain makes a unique panorama and dramatic

landscape. This can be compared to the Pantanal Conservation Areas and the

association of the Amolar Mountains with the dominant freshwater wetland

ecosystems confers to the site a uniquely important ecological gradient as well

as a dramatic landscape.

The site plays a key role in the dispersion of nutrients to the entire basin and is

the most important reserve for maintaining fish stocks in the Pantanal. The

area preserves habitats representative of the Pantanal that contain a number of

globally threatened species. The area is a refuge for fauna as it is the only area

of the Pantanal that remains partially inundated during the dry season.

Equally the Kenya Lakes System is important for globally important

populations and assemblages of fauna and flora including hundreds of

thousands of migratory birds as well as other resident and itinerant

congregations.

Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary World Heritage Site, Senegal

This site was inscribed under criteria vii and x. As an endemic bird area, it

forms a living but fragile sanctuary provides a range of wetland habitats which

prove very popular with migrating birds, many of which have just crossed the

Sahara. It supports between 1.5 million and 3million water birds, is one of the

main West African sanctuaries for Palaearctic migrants. Almost 400 species of

65 

 

birds, such as the Great White Pelican, the Purple Heron, the African

Spoonbill, the Great Egret and the Cormorants have been recorded as well as a

wide range of wildlife also inhabits the park. In terms of comparison, the

property is similar to the Kenya Lakes System in terms of hosting high

concentrations of migrants mostly migrants. The Kenya Lakes System has

however higher concentrations of the Lesser flamingos numbering only in

thousands only compared to the Kenya Lakes System which has between 1.5

and 2.5million Lesser Flamingos. In terms of breeding of globally important

waterbird populations, only 5,000 Great White Pelicans breed at Djoudj

National Bird Sanctuary. This is less than the 8,000 pairs (16,000 birds) that

have been recorded to breed at Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary, a

component of the proposed Kenya Lakes System property. Also, in terms of

bird species diversity, the combined list of birds for the Kenya Lakes System

exceeds the 450 recorded therefore being more diverse than Djoudj Bird

Sanctuary. The populations of the Great White Pelican in Europe has declined

a lot and therefore protecting sites where this species breed, winter and feed is

crucial in conserving the global population.

Greater St Lucia Wetland Park (Simangaliso Wetland Park) World Heritage

Site South Africa

The St Lucia site was inscribed onto the World Heritage List under criteria vii,

ix mainly because the site contains a combination of on-going fluvial, marine

and aeolian processes that have resulted in a variety of landforms and

ecosystems. The key features include among others a mosaic of wetlands,

grasslands, forests, lakes and savanna. The variety of morphology as well as

major flood and storm events contribute to ongoing evolutionary processes in

the area. Natural phenomena large numbers of nesting turtles on the beaches,

the migration of whales, dolphins and whale-sharks off-shore; and huge

numbers of waterfowl including large breeding colonies of pelicans, storks,

herons and terns. The Kenya Lakes System can be compared to the St. Lucia

World Heritage site because of the ongoing geologic and hydrologic processes

that have also resulted in the current landforms, a mosaic of habitat types that

account for high species diversity and natural phenomena such as the large

66 

 

colonies of breeding Great White Pelicans. Even though the Pelicans also breed

at one of the Kenya lakes, the numbers exceed those recorded to breed at St.

Lucia. For example, a total of up to 8000 pairs nest at Lake Elementaita as

compared to only 600 pairs within the series of breeding sites in the St. Lucia

system.

Lake Malawi (Malawi) Within the Great Rift Valley is fresh water Lakes of

eastern Africa there are over 300 protected areas. A number of these centre

around alkaline endorheic lakes such as Lake Manyara National Park in

Tanzania. Existing World Heritage Site (WHS) that is found in the Rift Valley

include Lake Malawi National Park which is a fresh water lake. Lake Malawi

National Park was inscribed on the World Heritage List in 1984 on criteria vii

and x due to its natural beauty, high endemism and diversity of cichlid fish

species. Lake Malawi contains over 500 species of fish, 350 of which are

endemic cichlid species. However, the harvest of large quantities of fish has

altered the ecological balance in the lake, reducing the numbers of and species

of fish and affecting other wildlife such as birds which feed on fish (Nyambose

1997). Unlike Lake Malawi National Park World Heritage Site where fishing is

allowed, only non-intrusive activities such as tourism are allowed in the

Kenyan Lakes System.

Abiajiata-Shalla Lakes, Ethiopia

The main soda lakes in the region are the three nominated areas as well as

Magadi and Logipi in Kenya; Natron and Eyasi in Tanzania and Langano Awass

and Abijatta-Shalla in Ethiopia. Like the Kenya Lakes System, the Abijatta-

Shalla lakes are alkaline and within the Great Rift Valley. They are rich in

avifauna with over 360 species of aquatic and terrestrial birds (Kebede 1988).

However, the Kenya Lakes System has the most diverse avifauna populations

with 450 species recorded.

Uvs Nuur Basin (Mongolia/Russia). Uvs Nuur Lake which is part of Uvs Nuur

Basin World Heritage List shared by Mongolia and the Russian Federation and

inscribed under criteria ix and x is a large shallow and very alkaline lake

67 

 

important for migrating birds, waterfowl and seabirds. The ecosystem of the

property supports a rich diversity of birds and other species of global

conservation concern. Likewise, the Kenya Lakes System comprises of saline

lakes that supports congregations of migrating birds, waterfowl and other

species of global conservation concern and therefore satisfying criteria x and ix.

Both the Kenya Lakes System and the Uvs Nuur Basin WHS are part of the

Eurasian-African Palaearctic migratory flyway. Most of these migrating birds

move from the northern hemisphere to Africa and back during migration

process. Hundreds of thousands of over 100 species are known to winter at the

Kenya Lakes System alone.

Rann of Kachchh, India

Even though there are other populations of Lesser Flamingo in Rann of

Kachchh, India (390,000 birds), Southern Africa (55,000-65,000 birds) and

West Africa (15,000-25,000 birds), these populations are comparatively too

small to match the Kenya Lakes System population. Thus, the Kenya Lakes

System is a stronghold of the global population of the Lesser Flamingo. In

terms of conservation status, the Lesser Flamingo population at the Rann of

Kachchh in India is under serious human threats. This is due to construction

of irrigation canals, chemical pollution, disturbance of breeding sites through

collection of eggs by fishermen, and collection of fledglings for zoos. In contrast,

the Kenyan population is relatively one of the best protected and monitored

and thus continues to hold the largest non-breeding congregations of the

Lesser Flamingo.

The spontaneous and unpredictable large scale movements of the Near-

threatened Lesser Flamingo, the Greater Flamingo and other waterbirds

between these lakes make their conservation a priority action. In recognition of

the biodiversity significance of the Kenya Lakes System, the constituent lakes

are designated as protected areas.

Saryarka-Steppe and lakes of Northern Kazakhstan

This is a serial property comprising of two protected areas designated under

criteria ix and x. The wetlands of Saryarka are important cross roads of Central

68 

 

Asian migratory flyways. This is similar to the Kenya Lakes System which also

supports significant population of migratory birds including globally threatened

species such as such as the Lesser Kestrel (Vulnerable) and other migratory

species such as Eurasian Widgeon (Anas penelope), Southern Pochard (Netta

erythrophthalma) and Ruff (Philomachus pugnax) which winter at the Kenya

Lakes System. The Kenyan sites are still undergoing geological process and

have huge population numbers of birds.

Lake Baikal (Russia) The Kenya Lakes System is comparable to the uniformity

of the volcanic rocks of the Baikal rift system. Both are structurally and

petrographically similar. However, the volcanic rocks associated with the

Kenyan Rift Valley show great variety in marked contrast to the Baikal Rift

System. Both are nonetheless alkaline and typically soda-rich but two generic

series have been distinguished; one strongly alkaline and nepheline- bearing

(melanephelinite-nephelinite); the other mildly alkaline and without modal

nepheline (alkali basalt-trachybasalt-trachyte-soda rhyolite). The series show

extensive ranges in composition from melanocratic to leucocratic or basic to

acid. With increase in available chemical data the contrast between the two

series is becoming apparent and it is possible that there are a number of

intermediate trends more or less strongly alkaline in character.

In conclusion, the Kenya Lakes System of the Great Rift Valley is of

extraordinary interest from the biological, geological and aesthetic value.

Within the relatively small size (32,034ha. in total) exists one of the most

diverse and spectacular avifaunal assemblages in the world occurring in water

bodies surrounded by geological features that are endowed with awe-inspiring

viewpoints. The Kenya Lakes System is an important wintering as well as

stopover site for the migratory birds. The migratory birds move from other sites

in Europe some already inscribed on the World Heritage List. These include the

Saryarka-Steppe and lakes of Northern Kazakhstan that are part of the

African-Eurasian migratory flyway.

69 

 

Soda lakes in the Rift Valley of eastern Africa are among the world’s most

productive natural ecosystems. A conspicuous feature of these lakes is

enormous flocks of Lesser Flamingos foraging on the thick green suspensions

of Cyanophyte Arthrospira fusiformis. In contrast to such prolific biological

activity are the harsh physical and chemical conditions of the lakes system.

The system therefore represents an important example of specialized ecological

adaption by species.

3. (d) Integrity

The Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria have remained preserved with

minimal interference from human activities. Tourist access roads do not pass

through fragile spots within the lakes. For example, in Lake Bogoria National

Reserve and Lake Nakuru National Park, zonation done was based on intensity

of use. There are areas designated as ecologically fragile (Marshes, springs, lake

shore, open lake, river mouth, breeding sites, hot springs) and habitats for rare

species where intense access and use is restricted. Other zones include Climax

Forest Vegetation and reserve administration and visitors facilities where

intensity of use is low and high respectively. In addition for the case of Lake

Nakuru there is a forth zone, Secondary vegetation where only medium level of

intensity use is allowed. Therefore tourism impact on the integrity of the two

sites is quite minimal.

Lake Elementaita also has zones that are recognized as fragile spots. There is

the open water zone where both the Lesser and Greater Flamingo forage, Hot

springs zone where the Tilapia Grahami, Alcolapia grahami breed, the Pelican

islands and Kariandusi hot springs. These zones are areas where access is

controlled (See attached management plan).

In order to maintain the integrity of the site and ensure the protection of the

fauna and flora, Lake Nakuru which is adjacent to Nakuru Town has a 70 km

perimeter electric fence. This buffers the lake from any external intrusion,

encroachment or any other human activities. Various management measures

70 

 

are being implemented. These include a fire break, zonation and to ensure the

safety of both flora and fauna found within its terrestrial zone.

In addition, all the three lakes are gazetted as protected areas. The lakes have

as a result continued being areas rich in biodiversity and in particular birdlife

with 450 resident species recorded. The lakes’ habitats have also continued to

be key feeding grounds for the itinerant Rift Valley population of the Near-

threatened Lesser Flamingo. Spectacular congregations estimated at up to 2

million birds occur, and several hundred thousand other birds are often

present. Lake Elementaita is a major breeding site for large numbers of the

Great White Pelican. Up to 8,000 pairs of Great White Pelican breed when the

water levels are high and the rocky outcrops in the eastern sector are flooded to

form islets on which the birds can safely nest. The Great White Pelicans

frequently migrate to Lake Nakuru to feed on fish and fly back to nest at Lake

Elementaita. Lake (Elementaita) also serves as an undisturbed nesting ground

for the Greater Flamingo.

Figure 13: Congregations of the Flamingos at Lake Bogoria

71 

 

Figure 14: The Great White Pelicans and the Flamingos in the background at Lake Nakuru

Furthermore, large numbers of palaearctic waders, soaring birds and

passerines stop-over or winter at the Kenya Lakes System during their

migration period. Therefore, the Lakes System is a key site in the Eurasian-

Africa migratory flyway. All the three lakes have been designated Important

Bird Areas (IBAs). Woodland and bushland surrounding the three lakes being

part of the Rift Valley Lakes System are rich in birdlife. As already mentioned,

over 373 species of birdlife have been recorded. The terrestrial areas also hold

diverse populations of large mammals including the Black Rhino, Buffalo,

Rothschild’s giraffe, Waterbuck, Greater Kudu, Impala, Zebra, Vervet Monkey,

Thompson Gazelle, Grant’s gazelle and, Eland.

Sound protection of the three Kenya Rift Valley Lakes has helped in

maintaining the lakes in their natural setting. Lake Elementaita is a protected

area managed by the KWS in collaboration with a local community who have

formed a group known as the Great Lake Elementaita Conservation Area

(GLECA). In addition, natural adaptation of species is a key factor in protection

of the same. For instance, the choice of location of the Lake Elementaita’s bare

islands as the key breeding spots for the Great White Pelicans is strategic in

72 

 

the sense that the latter are naturally protected from predators as the islands

are off the shores which makes it difficult for predatory species such as jackals

and snakes to access the eggs and hatchlings.

Lake Nakuru’s area of influence (catchment) contains several conservation

areas. These are Bahati Forest, Menengai Crater, Dundori, Eburru Crater and

the Mau Escarpment Forest reserve. These conservation areas not only allow

for the protection of water sources but also species diversification and

protection. Lake Nakuru is managed by the Kenya Wildlife Service who is the

custodians of wildlife (Flora and Fauna). The park is managed along the

guidelines outlined in the Lake Nakuru Ecosystem Integrated management

plan (2002-2012).

Lake Bogoria National Reserve is jointly managed by the Baringo and Koibatek

County Councils and fully protected by national as well as the local authority

legal framework. Eighty per cent (80%) of the reserve is in Koibatek District.

Baringo and Koibatek County Councils are legally mandated management

authorities for the Lake Bogoria National Reserve. In 1996, a Joint

Management Committee, including Kenya Wildlife Service was formed to

manage the reserve. The Joint Management Committee approved the listing of

Lake Bogoria as a Ramsar Site under the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of

International Importance early in 2001. Lake Bogoria was subsequently

designated a Ramsar Site in April 2001. Its state of conservation is intact and

this is further enhanced by regular counts of water fowl, research and water

quality monitoring.

National and international mechanisms are in place for biodiversity

conservation in the three Kenya Rift Lakes. These mechanisms include:

protected area status of the three lakes that constitute the proposed property;

the designation of all the three lakes as Important Bird Areas (IBA’s); and their

designation as Ramsar Sites. Kenya has also ratified the nature-related the

African-Eurasian Water birds Agreement of the Bonn Convention (Convention

on Migratory Species), and the Convention on Biological Diversity.

4. State of conservation and factors affecting the property

73 

 

4. (a) Present state of conservation The Kenya Lakes System consistently holds internationally important

populations of waterbirds. Since 1991 to date consistent monitoring of the

status and trends of waterbirds at key wetlands in Kenya including the Kenya

Lake System has been going on. For example, the mean of the Kenyan

population of the Lesser Flamingo (1991-2001) based on January water counts

was 140,300. In the period 1992 to 2007 the population fluctuated between

279,620 and 1,452,513 birds with a mean of 937,249 birds (Figure 9, and

figure 10 below).

Figure 15: Trends in species diversity at the three Rift Valley lakes based on January counts of 1999-2009. Data for 2005 is missing (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, NMK)

74 

 

Figure 16: Total number of Birds in the Kenya Lakes System from 1999-2009. Data for 2003 was missing.

Figure 17: Trends in Lesser Flamingo numbers in Kenya 1992-2007 The data is estimated using counts done in the months of January. (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, NMK).

75 

 

Figure 18: Trends in the population of the Lesser Flamingo at Lakes Nakuru, Elementaita and Bogoria (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source: Waterbird Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya).

 

Figure 19: Trends in the population of the Greater Flamingo at Lakes Nakuru, Elementaita and Bogoria (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source Waterfowl Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya)

76 

 

Figure 20: Trends in the population of the Great White Pelican at Lakes Nakuru and Elementaita (2000-2009) based on the January Waterfowl Census Data (Source Waterfowl Census Reports, National Museums of Kenya)

*Data for 2003 and 2005 is not included.

Lake Elementaita

In January 2009 a total of 150,090 Lesser Flamingo individuals were recorded

at the Kenya Lake System during the waterfowl census. Greater Flamingo

(1991-2001 January mean: 5,600) and Pied Avocet ecurvirostra avosetta (1991-

2001 January mean: 1,440). At least 29 species of Palearctic migrants have

been recorded in the lake. Globally threatened species recorded include Lesser

Kestrel Falco naumanni, which occurs on passage, and the vagrant Greater

Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga (globally vulnerable).

In January 2006, the lake had a total of 66,913 water birds of 51 species. The

dominant groups were Flamingos (49,661) followed by Plovers & Sandpipers

(7,696).

77 

 

The Lesser Flamingo was the most abundant individual species (49,233)

followed by Little Stint Calidris minuta (6,211) and Pied Avocet Recurvirostra

avocetta (4,613).

In January 2007, a total of 46,922 water birds were recorded. These included

6,914 flamingos, 5562 grebes, 21,094 Pelicans, 7,454 palaearctic calidridinae

and 2,424 gulls among others.

In January 2008, the following palearctic migrants were recorded in the lake:

Northern Shoveller (67), Curlew Sandpiper (11), Little Stint (6,110), Ruff

(1,333), Ringed Plover (122), Common Greenshank (60), Common Sandpiper

(30), Green Sandpiper (12), Marsh Sandpiper (38), Spotted Redshank (21) and

Wood Sandpiper (19) (Ndithia and Warui, 2009).

In March 2008, 46,922 water birds of 52 species were recorded at Lake

Elementaita. Pelican was the largest group with 21,094 water birds, followed by

Flamingos having 6,914 individuals (6,091 Lesser Flamingos, 823 Greater

Flamingos). There were 5,562 Little grebes at the site and 12 Chestnut-banded

Plovers.

In January 2009, a total of 32,045 water birds consisting of 56 species were

recorded. Lesser Flamingo, Great White Pelicans and Greater Flamingo were

the most abundant species with 6325, 4,229 and 3,146 respectively being

recorded. The main palaearctic migrants included Garganey (2), curlew

sandpiper (1), little stint (1,778), ruff (1,201), ringed plover (98), common

greenshank (36), common sandpiper (25), green sandpiper (3), marsh

sandpiper (91) and wood sandpiper (60) (Ndithia et al, 2009).

Lake Nakuru

In January 2001, a total of 281,350 water birds belonging to 48 species were

counted. These included flamingos (272,690), pelicans (4,599), terns (768),

Afrotropical Charadriidae (656) and ibises and spoonbills (576). The Great

White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus occasionally visits the lake from the

78 

 

nearby Lake Elementaita to feed. Lake Nakuru has been a key site in the

eastern Rift Valley flyway, and large numbers of Palearctic waders winter at

Nakuru or use it on passage. A total of 450 bird species have been recorded,

which include globally threatened species such as Madagascar Pond Heron

Ardeola idae (a non-breeding visitor, May to October); Lesser Kestrel Falco

naumanni (a passage migrant, relatively common in the past); and Grey-crested

Helmet-Shrike Prionops poliolophus (resident in the Acacia woodland, where it

nests). Regionally threatened species include Great Crested Grebe Podiceps

cristatus (used to occur in numbers, but no recent records), Maccoa Duck

Oxyura maccoa (no recent records), Great Egret Casmerodius albus (up to 84

recorded, numbers have declined in recent years), Martial eagle Polemaetus

bellicosus (sparse resident), African Skimmer Rynchops flavirostris (no recent

records) and Long-tailed Widowbird Euplectes progne (seasonal visitor, in long

grassland).

In July 2005, the Lake had 633,968 water birds of 50 species. These included

Flamingos (624,426) were the dominant group followed by Pelicans (5,858) and

Grebes (1,128). Lesser Flamingo (641,996) was the dominant individual species

followed by Greater Flamingo, (5,130).

In January 2006; The Lake had 1,373,480 water birds of 60 species. The

dominant group of birds was the Flamingos (1,353,330) followed by Pelicans

(12,690) and Plovers (2,228). The Lesser Flamingo (1,346,984) and Great White

Pelican (12,676) were the most abundant individual species.

In January 2007, a total of 161,896 birds of 65 species were counted. The most

dominant were Flamingos (129,105), Grebes (1995), Herons and egrets (1,177),

Stilts and avocets (4,371) and Gulls (1,732).

In January 2008, a total of 161,894 water birds of 70 species were recorded.

The most dominant species or groups of species were little grebes (1,125),

Greater Flamingo (17,741), Great Pelican (9,126), Lesser Flamingo (119,979),

Black-winged stilt (4,333), Ruff (833) and Grey-headed gulls (1,726).

79 

 

In January 2009, a total of 126, 519 water birds were recorded consisting of 64

species. The most abundant species were Lesser Flamingos (15,340), Greater

Flamingos (2,535), Great White Pelicans (73,062), Pink-backed Pelicans (3372),

Little grebes (5,475), Northern Shoveller (3,000), Pied Avocet (2,783), Black-

winged stilt (2,087), Ruffs (2,029), Grey-headed Gulls (4,140), Gull-billed tern

(2,420). The palaearctic species in January 2009 included Northern pintail

(36), Northern Shoveller (3,000), Curlew sandpiper (1,030), Little stint (1,671),

Ruff (2,029), Ringed plover (296), Common greenshank (89), Common

sandpiper (798), Green Sandpiper (3), Marsh sandpiper (49) and Wood

sandpiper (40). The numbers are not only high but the counts are regular and

consistent.

Lake Bogoria

The bird species of global conservation concern recorded at the lake include

Pallid Harrier Circus macrourus (NT) and Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni (VU).

Regionally threatened species have also been recorded, and include Great

Crested Grebe Podiceps cristatus, African Darter Anhinga rufa; Maccoa duck

Oxyura maccoa, White-backed Duck Thalassornis leuconotus, White-headed

Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis (status uncertain); and Martial Eagle Polemaetus

bellicosus.

In January 2002, Lake Bogoria had a total of 197,128 water birds of 26

species. These included grebes (31), Afrotropical ducks and geese (57) and

pelicans (2), flamingos (196,119), Calidris sandpipers (361) and stilts and

avocets (272) being the dominant groups. The Lesser Flamingo (195,879),

black-winged stilt Himantopus himantopus (245), Greater Flamingo (240), Little

Stint (184) and Ruff (174) were the most abundant species (Diagana and

Dodman, 2006).

In January 2003, the lake had the following birds; Flamingos (83,791), calidrid

sandpipers (6,148), stilts and avocets (1,066) as dominant groups. Lesser

80 

 

Flamingo Phoeniconaias minor (83,616) and little stint Calidris minuta (3,589)

were the most numerous species. In the same month of the year, 8 individuals

of Garganey Anas querquedula along with several species other species of

palaearctic migrants were recorded. These include, Little Stint (1,463), Ruff

(681), Ringed Plover (22) Common Sandpiper (162), Marsh Sandpiper (116) and

Wood Sandpiper (5) (Ndithia and Warui, 2008).

In January 2006, The lake had a total of 23,536 water birds of 32 species. The

dominant groups were Flamingos (15,640), followed by Plovers and Sandpipers

(4,081) and Grebes (1,608). The Lesser Flamingo (14,645) was the dominant

species.

In January 2007, the lake had 83,362 waterbirds including 69,847 flamingos,

8,727 grebes, 1,447 stilts and Avocets, 2,144 palaearctic calidridinae among

other species.

In January 2008, a total of 83,361 water birds were recorded. These included

7,943 Little grebes, 3,120 Greater flamingos, 66,727 Lesser flamingos, 1,425

Blackwinged stilts, 2,144 Palaearctic Calidridinae among other.

In January 2009, a total of 133,033 water birds consisting of 33 species were

recorded. Of these, 128,515 were Lesser flamingos, 1,402 Greater flamingos

and 1,072 Little grebes. The lake recorded Curlew Sandpiper (1), Little Stint

(382), Ruff (274), Ringed Plover (15), Common Greenshank (13), Common

Sandpiper (188), Green Sandpiper (3), Marsh Sandpiper (34) and Spotted

Redshank (3) (Ndithia et. al, 2009). A total of 128,515 Lesser flamingos were

recorded.

While the above numbers of birds when literally read, may indicate an

apparent drop in numbers, this is not the case as, research has indicated that

there is a shift in the peaks of population of the bird species recorded. Initially

the waterfowl counts were carried out in January and July however the peak

numbers of the birds are now being observed during the months of March and

September. This has been associated with changes in the weather patterns and

81 

 

may be an indication of climate change which is a global phenomenon. The

present state of the properties show stable numbers, with changes in peak

periods that is expected due to the possible effects of climate change.

4.(b) Factors affecting the property

(i) Development pressures (e.g. encroachment, adaptation, agriculture and mining)

Subsistence farming on the eastern side of Lake Elementaita has lead to

increased siltation of the lake from soil erosion. Further, increased abstraction

of water from the Mereroni and Kariandusi streams has reduced water inflows.

There has been some destruction of the Acacia xanthophloea woodland on the

southeastern shores which has however now been controlled. Soda extraction

and sand mining on the eastern shores are limited in scale at present but may

be a serious problem in future if there was to be any commercial mining. These

negative effects are however reversible and, many are being addressed by the

Kenya government as part of a larger environmental conservation and

reduction on the effects of climate change.

Development pressures that affect the Kenya Lakes System include

degradation of land in the catchment areas due to the unsustainable

abstraction of water. Increasing areas of forest and woodland cover have been

lost to agriculture and human settlements in the catchment areas of Lake

Nakuru during the last two and a half decades. This affects the water supply to

the lake and enhances soil erosion. Small irrigation dams have also been

constructed along rivers flowing into the lake. The dams store water and

control water supply downstream. However, these are being mitigated by the

management plans of the lakes.

Availability of water is a critical issue for wildlife, livestock, agriculture and

domestic use. Abstraction of water in the upper catchment of Lake Bogoria for

irrigation and the creation of dams in the middle courses of the influent rivers

result in less water reaching the valley wetlands and the lake. Formerly there

was selective poaching of the Greater Kudu in Lake Bogoria National Reserve

82 

 

for its horn and meat that was causing a decline in the species population, but

this has been addressed through provision of stricter security regimes. .

(ii). Environmental Pressures (e.g., pollution, climate change)

The environmental pressures threatening the Kenya Lakes System include

pollution, declining lake levels and overgrazing. In Lake Elementaita,

overgrazing by livestock on the ranch land during periods of drought,

particularly in the southeastern sector, accelerates erosion after heavy rains.

The establishment of a pole treatment yard near the lake may also affect the

ground water. However the National Environmental Management Authority

(NEMA) has been making periodic and impromptu monitoring of the

establishment to ensure that EMCA Act of the Laws of Kenya is not violated.

The Ministry of Livestock has provided mitigation measures in the Koibatek-

Baringo rangelands through the introduction of bee keeping using modern

methods as an alternative livestock. This minimises the need for over stocking

cattle that leads to overgrazing and increase in soil erosion. To encourage bee

keeping, the local Koibatek-Baringo County Councils waived off cess charges

for the honey trade.

Figure 21: Showing several bee hives coloured yellow in Koibatek District near Lake

Bogoria

83 

 

Pollution from agricultural chemicals such as fertilizers, pesticides and

herbicides as well as industrial and domestic effluents from Nakuru Town

threaten the biodiversity of Lake Nakuru National Park. Field and laboratory

studies indicate considerable increase of chemical and organic pollutants in

the lake sediments, lake water, sewage discharges, storm water and influent

streams.

Records of lake levels dating back to 1930s show periods of minimum water

levels in Lake Nakuru or complete drying out of the lake in the years 1933,

1939, 1947, 1961, 1988 and 1996. A comprehensive time series analysis is

being carried out to establish if this drying out phase phenomenon can be

linked to climate change.

Records of lake levels dating back to 1930s show periods of minimum water

levels in Lake Nakuru or complete drying out of the lake in the years 1933,

1939, 1947, 1961, 1988 and 1996. A comprehensive time series analysis is

being carried out to establish this drying out phase phenomenon can be linked

to climate change. In Lake Elementaita, overgrazing by livestock on the ranch

land during periods of drought, particularly in the south-eastern sector,

accelerates erosion after heavy rains. The establishment of a pole treatment

yard near the lake may also affect the ground water. However the National

Environmental Management Authority (NEMA) has been making periodic and

impromptu monitoring of the establishment to ensure that EMCA Act of the

Laws of Kenya is not violated. The Nakuru Municipal Council has also

published a reference document referred to as the ‘Manual for Wastewater

Compliance Inspection 2009’ for Municipal Council of Nakuru and the

surrounding areas. The manual establishes the thresholds that any industry is

prohibited to surpass in terms of release of chemical residues in waste water. It

also establishes inspection procedures such as sample collections, selection of

pollution parameters, frequency of inspection, and reporting. This manual is

designed and used to enforce pollution regulations. The manual also provides

84 

 

guidelines on best practices to the industrial manufacturers in their production

operations.

(iii). Natural disasters and preparedness (earthquakes, floods, fires, etc.)

In the environs of Lake Bogoria National Reserve, about 100 persons were

displaced by the El Nino induced flooding that occurred in 1997/1998. Lake

Elementaita dried up completely in 1995/1996 due to a long drought that

preceded the El Nino rains. A little amount of water was only confined to the

hot springs at the southeastern end of the lake. The lake filled up again during

the El Nino rains of 1997/1998. These are however natural phenomenon that,

occur with little effect on the biodiversity of the said lakes. In the case of the

floods from the Elnino, there are no people staying around the lake to be

affected. However in cases of upstream river floods, the government has

responded to emergencies before the floods by informing the people concerned

and addressing the problem accordingly. There are no serious threats therefore

both to humanity as well as the lake and its biodiversity.

(iv). Visitor/tourism pressures The land adjacent to the south eastern part of Lake Elementaita has been

developed by building a number of tourist lodges which however do not

negatively impact on the lake although any more additions may impact through

more extraction of ground water for use in the facilities. Nevertheless, tourism

in general exerts little pressure on the Kenya Lakes System Tourism is seen as

a positive force for the conservation of the property. Occasionally, off-road

driving has been reported but with the local authorities taking immediate and

appropriate action against errant drivers who contravene the local park rules

and regulations. Sensitization of the visitors has been raised by production of

materials that give caution on expected conduct by visitors and drivers. For

instance, road signs have been erected along the Mogotio- Bogoria road

warning drivers about crossing tortoises which may pose danger to the

motorists and to the reptiles themselves. No-dumping signs have also been

85 

 

placed in park gates entrances at Lake Nakuru and Lake Bogoria among other

measures.

(v).Number of inhabitants within site, buffer zone There are no permanent inhabitants within the Kenya Lakes System. However,

the population density in Nakuru District is high at 190 persons per square km

and a high mean annual growth rate of 4.9%. Despite this fact Lake Nakuru is

a protected area.

However, the rapid population growth rate in Nakuru District is causing a

population overspill from high and medium potential areas to low potential

areas and rangelands especially in areas around Lake Elementaita and

Naivasha, which may in the long term cause damage to natural vegetation

through bush clearance and overgrazing.

In the environs of Lake Bogoria National Reserve, the pastoral Tugen ethnic

group is concentrated in four major settlements of Loboi, Emsos, Maji Moto

and Sandai. The land tenure in the area is largely under communal ownership

characterized by rights endowed within clans and families. The human

populations of Baringo and Koibatek Districts in 1999 were 379,100 and

217,480 respectively. Average population densities in the same year were 43

and 86 persons per km2 respectively. This has increased though at slow rate

compared to the other two properties. Average population densities in the same

year were 43 and 86 persons per km2 respectively. This poses no danger to the

lake.

86 

 

5. Protection and Management of the Property

5.(a) Ownership The Government of Kenya wholly owns the Kenya Lakes System. Lake

Elementaita and the riparian land are owned by the Government of Kenya.

Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary, which is part of the Lake Elementaita buffer

zone, is a wildlife sanctuary under private ownership.

Kenya Wildlife Service, a government body corporate owns and manages Lake

Nakuru National Park

Lake Bogoria National Reserve is managed by Baringo and Koibatek County

Councils with the assistance of Kenya Wildlife Service which is a government

parastatal. Kenya Wildlife Service manages Lake Nakuru National Park. Lake

Elementaita and the riparian land are owned by the Government of Kenya.

5. (b) Protective designation There are laws that protect the property under nomination. There is the

Wildlife Conservation and Management (Amendment) Act of 1989, Cap 376,

the Water Act of 2002, the Forest Act of 2005, the Local Government Act Cap

265 of 1963, the National Environment and Coordination Act Number 8 of

1999 (also known as the EMCA Act) and the Physical Planning Act of 1996 Cap

286.

Protection of the core of the Kenya Lakes System

The Wildlife Conservation and Management (Amendment) Act of 1989, Cap 376

of the Laws of Kenya is the principal Act that regulates the conservation and

protection of the Kenya Lakes System. Under the Wildlife Conservation and

Management (Amendment) Act Section 3 the Kenya Wildlife Service is

established as a body corporate.

The legal status for protection of the Lakes Elementaita, Nakuru and Bogoria

that constitute the Kenya Lakes System is as follows: Lake Bogoria National

Reserve was established by Legal Notice No. 270 of 12 October 1974 and a

87 

 

boundary plan No. 216/26. The reserve is protected within a protected area of

10,700 ha. Lake Nakuru National Park was gazetted by legal notice No. 137 of

12 June 1986 and has a boundary plan 204/57 which delineates a total

protected area of 18,800 ha. Lake Elementaita and the riparian land are owned

by the Government of Kenya under the Kenya Government Land Act Cap 280.

Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary has been gazetted vide legal notice 5 of

2010 under boundary plan No. 216/67.

Protection of catchment areas

The Water Act of 2002 was formulated to repeal an earlier act known as the

Water Act, Cap 372. The act was enacted to control all water systems in Kenya

and therefore, it currently establishes rules for management of catchment

areas from which emanates rivers and streams and all the water bodies in

Kenya. The Act recognizes six major catchment areas in Kenya. These are; Lake

Victoria North Basin, Lake Victoria South Basin, Ewaso Nyiro North Basin,

Tana River Basin, Athi River Basin and the Rift Valley Basin. The Kenya Lakes

System falls within the Rift Valley Basin where streams and rivers draining into

the lakes flow from the escarpments on the edges of the Rift Valley. The

conservation of the rivers is thus a means to the conservation of the lakes. The

Act ensures sustainable use of the water resource so that there is no over

abstraction of water which would impede the river flow to the lakes.

5. (c) Means of implementing protective measures The Kenya Lakes System is managed through a work force of 177 members of

Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS) staff. KWS manages protected areas in

accordance with its legislative mandate. The Wildlife Conservation and

Management (Amendment) Act of 1989 Cap 376 of the Laws of Kenya (annexed)

is the principal Act regulating wildlife conservation and management in Kenya.

KWS is mandated to manage wildlife within and outside protected areas. The

Act also authorizes the Director of Kenya Wildlife Service, to enter into

agreement with other competent authorities for the purpose of ensuring that

animal migration patterns essential for the continued viability of protected

areas.

88 

 

The Wildlife Conservation and Management (Amendment) Act acknowledges

and encourages community participation in conservation of wildlife. In Kenya,

there have been established, therefore, wildlife conservancies operated and

managed by communities but under the supervision of the KWS. Around Lake

Elementaita, there is the Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy which has been

managing the wildlife in the terrestrial area.

There are other legal establishments that directly relate to conservation and

protection of the bio-physical environment as regards the Kenya Lakes System.

These are:

A. Forest Act of 2005

B. Environmental Management and Co-ordination Act (EMCA) of 1999

C. Kenya National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) of

2000

D. Water Act of 2002

Water Act of 2002

The Water Act of 2002 also established frameworks for efficient water

management. Examples of these are the Water Resource Management

Authority (WRMA) and the Water Resource Users Associations (WRUAs). A

WRUA is an association of water users, riparian land owners, or other

stakeholders who have formally and voluntarily associated for the purposes of

cooperatively sharing, managing and conserving a common water resource.

Therefore, stakeholder ccommunities benefiting from one river drainage basin

or common underground aquifer are encouraged to join together to form the

organs called Water Resource Users Associations (WRUAs). This is for the

purpose of effective management of their respective water projects.

Section 15 (5) of the Water Act of 2002 states that Catchment Management

Strategy (CMS) shall encourage and facilitate the establishment and operations

of WRUAs as a platform for conflict resolution and cooperative management of

water resources in a sub-catchment.

The role of WRUAs are; to mobilize water users to identify with common goal, to

assist in familiarizing upstream and downstream users (recognition of

89 

 

competitive interest in common resource), to assist in policing the resource

(monitor water use and abuse), to assist in monitoring water quality and

availability in resource, to support catchment rehabilitation plans and

problems, to deliberate on permits applications, to support data collection and

maintenance of the Water Resource monitoring stations, to oversee protection

of river banks and riparian areas/wetlands and to provide early warnings on

water scarcity, water use conflicts.

Water Act 2002 provides the legal framework for implementing the national

water policy. The principles of Water Act 2002 are:

a) State ownership of resources

b) Stakeholder participation

c) Decentralized management of water services

d) Water as an economic good for efficient and equitable use

e) Equitable allocation of water resources

f) Ring-fencing of water revenues

g) Social objectives addressed through special mechanisms supported by

Government

There are institutional set-ups under the Water Act 2002. These includes,

separation of water resources management from water and sewerage service;

decentralization of services to regional level; direct provision of water and

sewerage by water services providers; Catchment Area Advisory Committees to

provide advisory functions for management of water resources at catchment

level; Water Resource Users Associations (WRUAs) at sub-catchment level as a

fora for co-operative management and resource conflict resolution; Water

Services Trust Fund to support financing of services in underserved areas;

National Water Corporation for construction of water storage and service

infrastructure; Water Appeals Board for dispute resolution and the the Water

Resources Management Authority (WRMA). The WRMA was established as a

corporate body vides gazette notice no. 8140 of 14th November 2003 pursuant

to the Water Act 2002.

90 

 

WRMA’s specific responsibilities are; water allocation and apportionment,

monitoring and assessment of all water resources, gathering and publishing

information on water resources, receiving and determining water permits

applications, regulation and protection of water quality, management and

protection of water catchments and wetlands, water conservation and control,

registration of water professionals, determine and collect water use charges

and co-ordination with other bodies for better water resources management

The water sector reform is three pronged to ensure efficiency, equity and

environment protection. Permit System is used for access of the water resource

where the same system is used for all regions, the same price all regions and

different class of permit based on different thresholds for different sub-

catchments and aquifers depending on complexity and potential impact on

water body. The water permit covers a maximum of 5 years after which Permit

issuance/renewal is pro-rata depending on number of years of permit.

Forest Act of 2005

The Forest Act of 2005 designates the role of the Kenya Forest Service in

conserving forests and reforesting depleted areas. The Act also establishes

modalities for community participation in conservation. This is done through

Community Forest Associations (CFAs) as a way of involving public in

participatory forest management. The Act’s main area of operation as regards

the Kenya Lakes System is at the catchment areas where there is forest cover

which comprises of both the natural and the plantation forests. The forest

areas from which the rivers drain into the Kenya Lakes System are Mau Forest

Complex where the government is currently evicting people who have

encroached into the forest area. The parts of the forest that have been degraded

are set for reforestation. Other forest areas important to the conservation of the

Kenya Lakes System are Subukia, Dundori, Bahati and Eburu forests.

Environmental Management and Co-ordination Act of 1999

The government of Kenya through the National Assembly established in 1999,

an Environmental Act known as the Environmental Management and Co-

ordination Act of 1999 popularly referred to as the EMCA Act. The Act

established and gave powers to the National Environmental Management

91 

 

Authority (NEMA) to co-ordinate environmental conservation through vetting of

activities and operations that may impede negatively on the environment.

NEMA has authority to demand for comprehensive Environmental Impact

Assessments (EIAs) before the Authority can approve major developments that

can harm the environment. Therefore, before a developer can be cleared to start

operation, he/she must obtain a license from NEMA upon satisfaction by the

latter of the EIA study report. NEMA also has powers to demand for

Environmental Audits to running projects such as industrial plants. The NEMA

thus controls development in all regions of Kenya and have established offices

in all districts in the country to monitor such activities.

Kenya National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP)

The Kenya National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) of 2000 was

formulated by the Ministry of Environmental and Natural Resources with an

overall objective to ensure that the rate of biodiversity loss is reversed and for

maintaining the present levels of biological resources at sustainable levels for

posterity. It therefore outlines the issues that threaten biodiversity and what

needs to be done, how it should be done and the time frame within which it

should be done. Kenya has signed and ratified the following international

Conventions which relate to the goals of the National Biodiversity Strategy and

Action Plan. These include the Convention on International Trade in

Endangered Species of Wild Fauna (CITES) and Convention on the

Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals; Convention on Wetlands of

International Importance especially as waterfowl habitats (the Ramsar

Convention); the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change

(UNFCCC); Vienna Convention on the Protection the Ozone Layer; the United

Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD) and the United Nations

Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD).

All these legislation and government policies positively affects the conservation

of the Kenya Lakes System with the Great Rift Valley since they control

development by ensuring that there is sustainable resource use. Lake Nakuru’s

92 

 

catchment contains several conservation areas namely, Bahati Forest,

Menengai Crater, Dundori Forest, Eburu Crater and the Mau Escarpment

Forest Reserves. Lake Elementaita is owned by the government. Soysambu

Wildlife sanctuary, which together with the lake constitutes the Lake

Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary, is part of Delamere Estate. Soysambu Wildlife

sanctuary covering about 75% of the shoreline, and the lake are well protected.

The Kariandusi hot springs which are a major source of water for Lake

Elementaita are well protected where 100 acres have been set aside as a

conservation area. Uncontrolled water abstraction has been addressed by the

Water Resource Management Authority (WRMA) by construction of a common

water storage tank near the Kariandusi hot springs. The water is then supplied

in controlled way to the farms in the area. The other two streams that feed

Lake Elementaita: Meroroni and Mbaruk flow from the Bahati and Dundori

forests which are protected by the Kenya Forest Service. Kenya Wildlife Service

assists in the management of Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary.

Lake Bogoria also benefits from the conservation of water at the catchment

area. The Subukia highlands from which the River Waiseges flow have

benefitted from reforestation initiated by the Kenya Forest Service and through

local community groups. WWF has also initiated projects in the highlands that

include establishment of tree nurseries for establishment of wood lots in farms.

5.(d) Existing plans related to municipality and region in which the

proposed property is located (e.g.) regional or local plan, conservation plan, tourism development plan.

The Physical Planning Act of 1996 Cap 286 is the major Act that controls

development in the catchment area and the part of the buffer zone for the

Lakes System. The director of physical planning is empowered by the Act to

formulate national, regional and local physical development policies, guidelines

and strategies. It is also the duty of the director to ensure compliance by the

local authorities in execution of proper physical development control and

preservation orders.

93 

 

A provisional Kenya Lakes System Management structure has been prepared. A

comprehensive management plan will subsequently be formulated. The plan

promotes wider stakeholder participation in the conservation of biodiversity

within and outside the property. It advocates a participatory approach that

facilitates horizontal and vertical dialogue, and agreements between all parties

directly or indirectly involved in the management of the Kenya Lakes System.

The three lakes will be beneficiary of the plan when it takes effect. The

management will have only positive effects on the lakes, as it will ensure their

sustainability through continuous good conservation practices as well as

involving the community as protectors of the heritage.

5 (e) Property management plan or other management system There has been established a national steering committee to enhance the

management of the Kenya Lakes System. The National Steering Committee

supervises the three local management committees of Elementaita, Nakuru and

Bogoria (See figure 22). The goal of the Kenya Lakes System National Steering

Committee is to ensure that the different management plans and their action

plans conserve the lakes its biodiversity and its environs in perpetuity,

ensuring sustainable development and ecological stability.

The objectives are: to conserve and manage the biological diversity of the

Reserve and its catchments; promote environmental conservation awareness

and education for sustainable development through stakeholder mobilization;

minimize human-wildlife conflicts through the promotion of compatible land-

use practices; strengthen scientific research and monitoring in the Reserve and

its catchments; enhance local, national, and international stakeholder

collaboration in the conservation of the Kenya Lakes System and its

catchments and to provide a basis for diversification of tourism through

stakeholder participation; and improve the livelihoods of the local communities

through the promotion of sustainable land-use practices and environmental

conservation.

94 

 

However currently there are respective management plans for the three lakes

properties that are implemented by the authorities concerned under the

supervision of the top management organ for the three lakes. The Lake

Elementaita Management plan runs from 2010 to 2020, while the Lakes

Nakuru and Bogoria Management plans run from 2002-2012 and 2007-2012

respectively.

The overall management of the properties of the three properties forms a

consortium comprising of Kenya Wildlife Service, National Museums of Kenya,

Bogoria County Council. These will be meeting three times year to review the

implementation of the management of Kenya Lakes System based on the

strategic objectives and goals as clearly spelt out in the management plan

documents. The National Coordination Committee whose role include offering

technical advice to the management of respective sites, ensure the Outstanding

Universal Value and ecological integrity of each site and entire property is

maintained and mobilize resources for the management of the sites. This will

be achieved through application of internationally sound management systems

and accepted conservation strategies. These internationally accepted

conservation strategies include the implementation of existing International,

Regional and National Species Action Plans. Examples of the species plans

referred to are International and National Lesser Flamingo Action Plan,

International Madagascar Pond Heron Species Action Plan and International

Maccoa Duck Species Action Plan. The overall management body will have the

authority to oversee and supervise the strict application of the management

regimes as specified in the management documents. The overall management

arrangement will be chaired by the Director of KWS.

The Management Organogram for the Kenya Lakes System Property

95 

 

 

Figure 22: The management organogram for the Kenya Lakes System property. The National Steering Committee comprises of the above and the National Museums of Kenya

5(f) Sources and levels of finance The sources of finance for the conservation of the Kenya Lakes System come

from the Government of Kenya, donors, NGOs, Kenya Wildlife Service which

manages the Lakes Nakuru and Elementaita and the Koibatek/Baringo County

Councils which manages the Lake Bogoria National Reserve. The latter two

entities source their finances from tourism revenue collected as entrance fees

at the gates, camping and lease fees for lodges particularly within the Lake

Nakuru National Park. The amount of funds allocated for Lake Nakuru

National Park for the financial year 2007/2008 was approximately Ksh

35,000,000 (Approx. US $ 450,000) while that of the Lake Bogoria National

Reserve Ksh 15,000,000 (US $ 200,000). The Lake Elementaita has been

gazetted in 2010 and therefore no official figures are available from the private

sector.

5.(g) Sources of expertise and training in conservation and management techniques

The Kenya Wildlife Service Training Institute in Naivasha and Mweka African

College of Wildlife Management, in Moshi, Tanzania, conduct training for

various cadres including Rangers, Non-Commissioned Officers and Wardens for

KWS and other organizations. There is also the Manyani Field Training School

for Rangers and Officers. The public and private universities provide expertise

in research, monitoring and impact assessments.

96 

 

5.(h) Visitor facilities and statistics Visitor facilities

The Kenya Lakes System is an important local and international tourist

destination. Visitor facilities are well established in Lake Nakuru National Park.

There are two existing lodges, Sarova Lion Hill and Lake Nakuru Lodge within

the park. There are also nine camp sites strategically located within the park.

The main circuit road of 75 km is an all weather road. In addition there are 200

km of unimproved roads.

An existing airstrip located at Naishi, next to the Rhino Surveillance Camp is

1.2 km long. It is used for tourist aircraft landing as well as for management

and records an average of 120 landings per year. Other facilities within the

park include the park headquarters, and education centre, two hostels, and a

water quality laboratory. The education centre has received over 10.000 paying

visitors since its inception in 1996.

In Lake Bogoria National Reserve, accommodation within the Reserve includes

Acacia campsite, Riverside Campsite, Fig tree Campsite, and the Lake Bogoria

Dry land Environmental Education Centre Campsite. Outside the Reserve there

is the Lake Bogoria Spa Resort, a three-star hotel, Zakayo’s Inn and Papyrus

Inn. The latter two cater for low budget visitors to the reserve. These two tourist

accommodation facilities are located just outside the reserve. In addition there

are three community-run campsites and one picnic site outside the reserve.

These are Loboi River Camp and Picnic site, NETBON Camping site and Emsos

Community Campsite.

Other infrastructure includes a 10 km tarmac road from the main gate to the

geysers and hot springs on the western side and an airstrip is located near the

main gate. Accessibility to the eastern side is limited to walking and cycling.

Tourism at Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary is increasing. There are several

a tourist lodges. These are; Lake Elementaita Lodge, Lake Elementaita Country

Lodge, Pink Lake Man Eco-lodge, Flamingo Camp and tented camp, Sunbird

Hotel, Sleeping Warrior, Mawe Mbili Camp and Delamere's Camp, within

97 

 

Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary. There are several other proposed

accommodation facilities within the Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy.

Visitor statistics for Lake Nakuru National Park and Lake Bogoria National

Reserve are presented in the tables below.

Table 7: Visitors statistics for Kenya Lakes System from January 2005-May

2009

2005* 2006* 2007 2008 2009 None Resident 151,632 154,063 159,366 70,949 34,129 Resident 15,532 12,975 12,711 13,956 7,249 Citizens 222,436 229,620 255,178 125,070 40,200 TOTAL 389,600 396,658 427,255 209,975 81,578

*Does not include statistics for Lake Elementaita.

Figure 23: Graph showing visitors’ trends at the Kenya Lakes Systems from January 2005 to May 2009

5. (i) Policies and programmes related to the presentation and promotion of the property

Information about the site is presented in various basic research and Park

publications. This includes tourist maps, video documentaries, brochures and

pamphlets that seek to inform the public about the wildlife areas and the need

98 

 

for their conservation. The Kenya Wildlife Service has a website;

www.kws.go.ke that also has publications and information about the wildlife.

The Kenya Tourist Board (KTB) and the Tourist Trust Fund (TTF) have

programmes for promoting the wildlife areas to potential tourists in nationally

and internationally. The insistence of the marketing agencies has been for low

impact tourism which affords appreciation of nature while minimally

interfering with the wilderness areas.

The Koibatek/Baringo County Councils have come up with a plan to revive an

old historical trail used by long distance trade caravans across the Kenyan Rift

Valley. The itinerary route has been made and donkey transport will be used to

relive the old times and to ensure that the transport mode will be

environmentally friendly. Communities around Lake Bogoria have come up

with a proposal to open up five wildlife conservancies which will serve as

wildlife dispersal areas to the Northern rangelands to reduce stress on the

national reserve.

The Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy adjacent to Lake Elementaita has planned

to establish a research centre within the conservancy. This expected to provide

among others research facilities and accommodation for researchers, students

and volunteers. It is also expected to provide a reference library, a natural

history and wildlife museum as well as a wildlife orphanage centre.

5. (j) Staffing levels (professional, technical, maintenance) The three sites that constitute the Kenya Lakes System have a total staffing

level of 222 persons deployed as follows:

Lake Nakuru National Park is managed by a work force of 130 staff, including,

1 Warden in Charge, 1 Deputy Warden, 4 Assistant Wardens, 1 Research

scientist, 1 Education Officer, 40 Rangers and 80 support staff.

Lake Bogoria National Reserve is managed by a work force of 28 staff

including, 1 Senior Warden, 14 Rangers and 13 support staff.

99 

 

Lake Elementaita Wildlife Sanctuary is managed by Kenya Wildlife Service

from Nakuru District Warden’s Office. The new Management Plan will

decentralize the administration and management of the Property at Lake

Elementaita and include the local stakeholders (Greater Lake Elementaita

Conservation Area).

6. Monitoring

6.(a) Key indicators for measuring state of conservation Table 8: Key indicators, frequency of monitoring and data depository

Indicator Periodicity Location of Records

Waterfowl (Lesser flamingo, Greater Flamingo, Great White Pelican and all other water birds)

Biannual counts (done each January and July)

Ornithology Section, National Museums of Kenya

Nature Kenya

KWS Nakuru Research Centre

BirdLife International

Wetlands International

Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy

Water quantity and quality Water samples taken and tested monthly

KWS Nakuru Research Centre

Municipal Council of Nakuru

Nakuru Water and Sanitation Services Company (NAWASSCO)

University of Leicester

Large mammal census Quarterly mammal counts in L.N.N.P

Biannual mammal counts in Nakuru and Elementaita

No systematic mammal count for Lake Bogoria

KWS Nakuru Research Centre

WWF Nakuru Office

Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy

Phytoplankton and terrestrial vegetation dynamics

KWS Nakuru Research Centre

100 

 

The key indicators for measuring the state of conservation in the Kenya Lakes

System include: (1) Environmental indicators (e.g., water quantity and quality);

(it) Ecosystem indictors (e.g. phytoplankton and terrestrial vegetation

dynamics); (ill) Species indicators (demographic trends of the Lesser Flamingo,

other water birds and large mammals); (iv) Protected area management

indicators (e.g., integrated conservation and management plan, zoning,

infrastructure development, and rules enforcement).

Figure 24: Weir for monitoring water flow of the Fig Tree River along the shores of Lake Bogoria

6.(b) Administrative arrangement for monitoring property The Kenya Wildlife Service, the National Museums of Kenya the Department of

Resource Surveys and Remote Sensing, the World Wide Fund for Nature, and

Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary undertake monitoring of the Kenya Lakes

System. In addition to the twice yearly water-bird counts, monthly water

quality monitoring is undertaken by the Kenya Wildlife Service, the Municipal

Council of Nakuru and the Nakuru Water and Sanitation Services Company. In

addition there is a quarterly mammal counts carried out within the lake

Nakuru National Park as well as the biannual mammal counts undertaken in

the Naivasha/Elementaita area. There is no other systematic mammal

monitoring programme for the Lake Bogoria National Reserve.

101 

 

6.(c) Results of previous reporting exercises

Table 9: Large Mammal Counts in Lake Nakuru National Park 1998-2000

Species

Year Zebra Waterbuck Impala Warthog African Buffalo

Thompson Gazelle

Rothschild Giraffe

1998 538 852 2939 634 2055 471 40 1999 709 766 3384 840 2002 629 104 2000 836 697 3840 272 2080 502 64

Source: Kenya Wildlife Service, Census Report, 1998-2000.

Also see previous graphs for bird populations refer to exact figures

Enclosed IBA Status and Trends reports for Kenya for 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,

2008 prepared by nature Kenya

African Waterfowl Census Reports by Ornithology Section, National Museums

of Kenya

102 

 

7. Documentation

7.(a) Photographs, slides, image inventory and authorization table and other audiovisual materials

 

Table 10: List of slides

ID No. 

Format slide/ 

print/ 

video 

Caption  Date of Photo(mo/yr) 

Photographer/Director of photo 

Copyright Owner (if different than the photographer) 

Contact details of copyright owner 

Non exclusive cession of rights 

01 Slide Pelicans at Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK n/a nmk@museums.or.ke granted

02 Slide  Pelicans and Sacred Ibis Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

03 Slide  Sacred Ibis, Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

04 Slide  Lesser flamingos Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

05 Slide  Lesser flamingos Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

06 Slide  African Buffalo lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

07 Slide  Lone white Rhino with Buffalo Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

08 Slide  Female Water bucks, Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

09 Slide  White Rhinos

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

103 

 

Lake Nakuru

10 Slide  Mouth of Njoro River Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

11 Slide  Pelican in flight

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

12 Slide  Pelicans Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

13 Slide  Pelican with flamingos Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

14 Slide  Hot water springs Lake Elementaita

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

15 Slide  Acacia wood land Lake Elementaita

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

16 Slide  Faulted scarps in the back ground of Lake Elementaita

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

17 Slide  Faulted scarps in the back ground of Lake Elementaita

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

18 Slide  Flamingo congregation in Lake Bogoria

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

19 Slide  Flamingos feeding Lake Bogoria

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

104 

 

20 Slide  Geyser spewing super hot water Lake Bogoria

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

21 Slide  Series of geyser Lake Bogoria

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

22 Slide  Flamingo in Lake Bogoria

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

23 Slide  Split crater (Sleeping warrior) Lake Elementaita

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

24 Slide  Panoramic view of Lake Nakuru

2009 NMK  n/a  nmk@museums.or.ke  granted 

7.(b) Texts relating to protective designation, copies of property management plans or documented management systems and extracts of other plans relevant to the property

Appendix 1: Checklist of mammals in the Lake Bogoria

Appendix 2: Migratory Soaring Birds that Use the Great Rift Valley/ Red Sea Flyway

Appendix 3: Bird species of global conservation concern at the Kenya Lakes System

Annex 1-5: Map Annexes

Annex 6: Management plan for the Greater Lake Elementaita Conservation

Area

Annex 7: Lake Nakuru Integrated Ecosystem Management Plan

Annex 8: Management Plan for Lake Bogoria National Reserve

Annex 9: International Species Action Plans for the Lesser Flamingo

105 

 

Annex 10: International Species Action Plans for the Madagascar Pond Heron

Annex 11: International Species Action Plans for the Maccoa Duck

Annex 12: Kenya National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan

Annex 13: Kenya’s Important Bird Areas Status and Trends 2007

Annex 14: Kenya’s Important Bird Areas Status and Trends 2008

Annex 15: Manual for Wasterwater Compliance Inspection 2009

Annex 16: The Physical Planning Act Chapter 286 of 1996

Annex 17: The Water Act 2002

Annex 18: The Forest Act 2005

Annex 19: The Wildlife (Conservation and Management) Act Chapter 376

Annex 20: The Environmental Management and Coordination Act 1999 No 8

7. (c) Form and date of most recent records or inventory of property This data is available from 1990 to 2009. These are biannual counts held in

January and July of every year. The Waterfowl data is held at the National

Museums of Kenya Ornithology Department. The data is available in reports.

The data of lake water quality is available from January 2005 to December

2009. This is held at KWS Nakuru Research Center.

Visitor statistics are held at the Lake Nakuru National Park and Lake Bogoria

National Reserve respectively. Lake Elementaita visitor data is held by the

Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy.

7. (d) Address where the inventory, records and archives are held i) Kenya Wildlife Service

P.O. Box 40241-00100

Nairobi

Kenya

Tel: +254 (20) 600800, +254 (20) 602345

Fax: +254 (20) 607024

106 

 

E-mail: kws@kws.go.ke

ii) National Museums of Kenya

P.O. Box 40658-00100

Nairobi

Tel +254(20) 3712161/4

Fax +254 (20) 3741424

E-mail: nmk@museums.or.ke

iii) Lake Nakuru National Park Offices,

P.O. Box 539

Nakuru,

Kenya.

E-mail: lakenakurunationalpark@kws.go.ke

iv) Koibatek /Baringo County

Council Office

P.O. Box 64 Marigat, Kenya

Tel: +254-(051) 40746

Marigat, Kenya

v) Soysambu Conservancy Ltd.,

Private Bag, Nakuru 20100,

Kenya

Tel: +254 (0) 50 50622

vi) BirdLife International

P.O 3502-00100

Nairobi, Kenya

Tel: +254 (20) 8562246

Fax: +254 (20) 8562246

107 

 

E-mail: birdlife.birdlife.or.ke

vii. Nature Kenya

P.O Box 44486-00100

Nairobi

Email: office@naturekenya.org

108 

 

7. (e) Bibliography Aloo, P. A. (2002) Effects of climate change and human activities on the

ecosystem of Lake Baringo, Kenya. In: The East African Great Lakes:

Limnology, Palaeolimnology and Biodiversity (ed. by E. O. Odada & D. O.

Olago), 335–347. Advances in Global Change Research. Kluwer, Dordrecht,

The Netherlands.

Adhola, T., Ng’weno, F., Matiku, P., Mulwa, R., Ngari, A., Barasa, F., Madindou,

I., Wanyiri, M., Adanje, S., Ogoma, M., Machekele, J. and Musila, S. (2009).

Kenya’s Important Bird Areas Status and Trends 2008. Nature Kenya,

Nairobi

Bennun L. A,& Njoroge, P. 1999. Important Bird Areas in Kenya. East African

Natural History Society.

Bishop, W.W., Chapman, G.R., Hill, A., Miller, J.A. 1971. Succession of

Cenozoic vertebrate assemblages from the northern Kenya Rift Valley.

Nature 233:389‐394.

Bishop, W.W., and Pickford, M. 1975. Geology, fauna and paleoenvironment of

the Ngorora Formation, Kenya Rift Valley. Nature 254:185‐192.

BirdLife International (2009) Species factsheet: Phoeniconaias minor.

Downloaded from http://www.birdlife.org on 8/1/2010

BirdLife International (2009) Important Bird Area factsheet: Lake Elementaita,

Kenya. Downloaded from the Data Zone at http://www.birdlife.org on

8/1/2010

BirdLife International (2009) Important Bird Area factsheet: Lake Nakuru

National Park, Kenya. Downloaded from the Data Zone at

http://www.birdlife.org on 8/1/2010

BirdLife International (2009) Important Bird Area factsheet: Lake Bogoria

National Reserve, Kenya. Downloaded from the Data Zone at

http://www.birdlife.org on 8/1/2010

109 

 

Cerling, T. E. 1992, Development of grasslands and savannas in East Africa

during the Neogene. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology

(Global and Planetary Change Section) 5: 241-247.

Childress, B., Nagy, S. & Hughes, B. (compilers) 2008. International Single

Species Action Plan for the Conservation of the Lesser Flamingo

(Phoeniconaias minor). CMC Technical Series No. 18, Iowa Technical Series

No. 34. Bonn, Germany.

Davidson, A. and Rex, D.C., 1980. Age of volcanism and rifting in southwestern

Ethiopia Rift. Nature 283: 657-658.

Diagana C.H. & Dodman, T. 2006. Numbers and Distribution of Water Birds in

Africa: Results of the African water birds census 2002, 2003 and 2004

Wetlands International. Hill A. 1985. Early hominid from Baringo, Kenya.

Nature 315:222‐224.

Ebinger, C.J., Deino, A.L., Tesha, A., Becker, T. and Ring, U., 1993. Tectonic

controls of rift basin morphology: evolution of the northern Malawi (Nyasa)

Rift. J. Geophysical Res., 98: B10: 17821-17836.

Gasse, F. (2000). Hydrological changes in the African tropics since the Last

Glacial maximum. Quaternary Science Reviews 19, 189 - 211.

Hill A, Wark S, Dein A, Garniss C, Drake R., 1992. Earliest Homo. Nature

355:719‐722.

Hill A. 1985. Early hominid from Baringo, Kenya. Nature 315:222‐224.

Hill A. 1994. Late Miocene and Early Pliocene hominoids from Africa. In:

Corruccini R.S. and Ciochon R.L. (eds) Integrative paths to the past. Prentice

Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, pp 123‐145.

Hill A. 1995. Faunal and environmental change in the Neogene of East Africa:

Evidence from the Tugen Hills Sequence, Baringo District, Kenya. In: Vrba

ES, Denton GH, Partridge TC, Burckle LH (eds) Paleoclimate and evolution,

110 

 

with emphasis on human origins. Yale University Press, New Haven, pp

178‐193.

Hill A., Deino A.L., and Kingston J.D. 2003. Hominids and paleoenvironments:

the view from the Tugen Hills, Kenya. Geological Society of America,

Abstracts with Programs 35(6):185.

Hill A., Drake R., Tauxe L., Monaghan M., Barry J.C., Behrensmeyer A.K.,

Curtis G., Jacobs B.F., Jacobs L., Johnson N., and Pilbeam, D. 1985.

Neogene palaeontology and geochronology of the Baringo Basin, Kenya.

Jour. Human Evol. 14:759‐773.

Hill A., Leakey M., Kingston J.D., and Ward S., 2002. New cercopithecoids and

a hominoid from 12.5 Ma in the Tugen Hills succession, Kenya. Jour.

Human Evol. 42:75‐93.

ILEC (International Lake Environment Committee) (2005) Managing lakes and

their basins for sustainable use: a report for lake basin managers and

stakeholders. International Lake Environment Committee Foundation,

Kusatsu, Japan.

IUCN 1997. Conservation of the Lesser Flamingo in Eastern Africa and beyond:

Proceedings of a workshop at Lake Bogoria, Kenya, 26th to 29th August 1997.

Kebede, E & Hillman, J.C. 1988. The conservation status of birds at Lake

Abijata and Shala, Ethiopia. Proceedings of the seventh Pan-African

Ornithological Congress, Nairobi Kenya 28thAugust-5th September 1988. (p.13-

21)

Kingston J.D., Jacobs B.F., Hill A., and Deino A. 2002. Stratigraphy, age and

environments of the late Miocene Mpesida Beds, Tugen Hills, Kenya. Jour.

Human Evol. 42:95‐116.

McCall, G.J.H., 1967. Geology of the Nakuru-Thompson's Falls-Lake

Hannington Area. Geol. Surv. Kenya Rep. 78, 122 pp.

Melack, J.M. 1996. Saline and Fresh Water Lakes of the Kenyan Rift Valley.

111 

 

Millbrink, G. (1977). On the limnology of two alkaline lakes (Nakuru and

Naivasha) in the East Rift Valley System in Kenya. Int. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol.

62, 1–17.

Morris, P., Barrett, A., Murray, A., Smits van Oyen, M. 1998. Wild Africa.

British Broadcasting Corporation.

Mundkur, T. 1997. The Lesser Flamingo- A summary of its current distribution

and conservation in Asia. Proceedings of a workshop at Lake Bogoria,

Kenya, 26th to 29th August 1997.

Ndang’ang’a, P.K., Nasirwa, O., Kotut K., and Koyo A. (Eds). 2009. National

Single Species Action Plan for the Conservation of the Lesser Flamingo

Phoeniconaias minor in Kenya. Nairobi: East African Wild Life Society.

Nyambose, J. 1997. Preserving the Future for Lake Malawi. African Technology

Forum.

Olago D.O., Umer, M., Ringrose, S., Huntsman-Mapila, P., Sow, E.H. and

Damnati, B. 2007 Palaeoclimate of Africa: An overview since the last glacial

maximum. Otter, L., Olago, D.O., and Niang, I. (Eds.) (2007). Global Change

Processes and Impacts in Africa: A Synthesis. East African Educational

Publishers Ltd., Nairobi.

Olago, D.O., Odada, E.O., Street-Perrott, F.A., Perrott, R.A., Ivanovich, M., and

Harkness, D.D. 2000. Long-term temporal characteristics of

palaeomonsoon dynamics in equatorial Africa. Global and Planetary

Change, 26 (1-3): 159-171.

Olago, D.O., Opere, A. and Barongo, J. Holocene palaeohydrology, groundwater

and climate change in the lake basins of the Central Kenya Rift.

Hydrological Sciences Journal, 54(4): 765-780.

Pickford M. 1975a. Late Miocene sediments and fossils from the northern

Kenya Rift Valley. Nature 256:279‐284.

Pickford M. 1975b. Stratigraphy and palaeoecology of five late Cainozoid

formations in the Kenya Rift Valley. University of London.

112 

 

Pickford M. 1978 Geology, paleoenvironments and vertebrate faunas of the

mid‐Miocene Ngorora Formation, Kenya. In: Bishop WW (ed) Geological

background to fossil man. Geological Society of London: Scottish Academic

Press, London.

Renaut, R. W. & J. J. Tiercelin, 1994. Lake Bogoria, Kenya Rift Valley – A

sedimentological overview. In Renaut, R. W & W. M. Last (eds),

Sedimentology and Geochemistry of Modern and Ancient Saline Lakes.

SEPM Special Publication 50: 101–123.

Senut, B., Pickford, M., Gommery, D., Mein, P., Cheboi, K., and Coppens, Y.

2001. First hominid from the Miocene (Lukeino formation, Kenya). CR Acad

Sci Paris, Ser IIa 332:137-144.

Sherwood, R.J., Ward, S., Hill, A., Duren D.L., Brown, B., Downs, W. 2002.

Preliminary description of the Equatorius africanus partial skeleton (KNM-

TH 28860) from Kipsaramon, Tugen Hills, Baringo District, Kenya. Jour.

Human Evol. 42:63-73.

Tiercelin, J.J., Lezzar, K.-E., 2002. A 300 million years history of rift lakes in

Central and East Africa: an updated broad review. In: E.O. Odada, Olago,

D.O. (Editor), The East African Great Lakes: Limnology, Paleolimnology and

Biodiversity. Advances in Global Change Research, Vol. 12. Kluwer

Academic Publishers, Dordrecht/Boston/London, pp. 3 - 60.

Trauth, M.H., Deino, A., Strecker, M.R. 2001. Response of the East African

climate to orbital forcing during the Last Interglacial (130-117 kyr BP) and

the early Last Glacial (117-60 kyr BP).- Geology, 29 (6), 499-502.

Trauth, M.H., Maslin, M.A., Deino, A., Strecker, M.R. (2005): Late Cenozoic

Moisture History of East Africa. Science, 309, 2051-2053.

Vareschi, E. 1978. “The Ecology of Lake Nakuru (Kenya). I-Abundance and

feeding of the Lesser Flamingo”. Ecology 37: 321-335

Ward S., Brown, B., Hill, A., Kelley, J., and Downs, W. 1999. Equatorius: a new

hominoid genus from the Middle Miocene of Kenya. Science 285:1382-1386.

113 

 

8. Contact Information of responsible authorities

Kenya Wildlife Service, National Museums of Kenya, Baringo & Koibatek

County Councils, and Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary Unit effect the

management of the Kenya Lakes System on site.

Names and addresses of responsible persons are as follows:

i) Mr. Julius Kipng’etich, Director,

Kenya Wildlife Service

P.O. Box 40241-00100, Nairobi

Kenya

Tel: +254 (20) 600800, +254 (20) 602345

Fax: +254 (20) 607024

E-mail: kws@kws.go.ke

Website: www.kws.go.ke

ii) Dr. Idle Omar Farah

Director-General

National Museums of Kenya

P.O. Box 40658-00100, Nairobi

Kenya

Tel +254 (20) 3742161/4, +254 (20) 4448930/3

Fax +254 (20) 3741424

E-mail dg@museums.or.ke

www.museums.or.ke

iii) Mr. William Kimosop,

Chief Game Warden

Lake Bogoria National Reserve

P.O. Box 64 Marigat,

Kenya

Tel: +254-(051) 40746

114 

 

Marigat, Kenya

E-mail: greatrift.outdoors@gmail.com

Website: www.lake-baringo/LakeBogoriaKWS.htm

8. (a) Preparer Name: Kenya Wildlife Service and National Museums of Kenya

Address:

Kenya Wildlife Service

P.O. Box 40241-00100, Nairobi

Kenya

Tel: +254 (20) 600800, +254 (20) 602345

Fax: +254 (20) 607024

E-mail: kws@kws.go.ke

Website: www.kws.go.ke

National Museums of Kenya

P.O. Box 40658-00100, Nairobi

Kenya

Tel +254 (20) 3742161/4, +254 (20) 4448930/3

Fax +254 (20) 3741424

E-mail dg@museums.or.ke

www.museums.or.ke

City, Province, Country

Nairobi, Kenya

8. (b) Official Local Institution/Agency

Kenya Wildlife Services

Website: http://www.kws.go.ke

National Museums of Kenya

Website: http://www.museums.or.ke

Lake Bogoria National Reserve

115 

 

Website: http://www.lake-baringo.com/LakeBogoriaKWS.htm

9. Signature on behalf of the State Party

Director, Kenya Wildlife service

Director, National Museums of Kenya

116 

 

Appendix 1: Checklist of mammals in the Lake Bogoria

Common name Scientific name Remarks

1. Greater kudu Tragelaphus strepsiceros Threatened 2. Cape buffalo Syncerus caffer Rarely seen 3. Impala Aepyceros melampus rendilis Common 4. Grants gazelle Gazella granti Common 5. Dikdik Rhynchotragus kirki Common 6. Klipspringer Oreotragus oreotragus Rare 7. Blue duiker Cephalophus caeruleus Rare 8. Yellow – backed duiker Cephalophus silvicultor Rare 9. Anubis baboon Papio anubis Common 10. Leopard Panthera pardus Very rare 11. Serval cat Felis (Leptailurus) serval Very rare 12. Wildcat Felis (Sylvestris) libyca Very rare 13. Common waterbuck Kobus ellipsiprymnus Rare 14. Wart hog Phacochoerus aethiopicus Common 15. Bush pig Potamochoerus porcus Common 16. Common jackal Canis aureus Common 17. Spotted hyena Crocuta crocuta Rare 18. Stripped hyena Hyaena hyaena Rare 19. Bat-eared fox Otocyon megalotis Rare 20. Burchell’s zebra Equus (Hippotigris) burchelli Common 21. Patas monkey Erythrocebus patas Rare 22. Vervet monkey Cercopithecus pygerythrus Common 23. Cheetah Acinonyx jubatus Rare 24. Aardvark Orycteropus afer Rare

117 

 

Appendix 2: Migratory Soaring Birds that Use the Great Rift Valley/ Red Sea Flyway

English Name Scientific Name IUCN Red List status 2008

1. White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus Least Concern

2. Black Stork Ciconia nigra Least Concern

3. White Stork Ciconia ciconia Least Concern

4. Northern Bald Ibis Geronticus eremita Critically Endangered

5. European Honey Buzzard

Pernis apivorus Least Concern

6. Crested Honey Buzzard

Pernis ptilorhyncus Least Concern

7. Black Kite Milvus migrans Least Concern

8. Red Kite Milvus milvus Least Concern

9. White-tailed Eagle Haliaeetus albicilla Least Concern

10. Egyptian Vulture Neophron percnopterus

Endangered

11. Eurasian Griffon Gyps fulvus Near Threatened

12. Short-toed Snake-eagle

Circaetus gallicus Least Concern

13. Western Marsh-harrier

Circus aeruginosus Least Concern

14. Marsh Harrier Circus cyaneus Least Concern

15. Pallid Harrier Circus macrourus Near Threatened

16. Montagu's Harrier Circus pygargus Least Concern

17. Levant Sparrowhawk Accipiter brevipes Least Concern

18. Eurasian Sparrowhawk

Accipiter nisus Least Concern

19. Goshawk Accipiter gentilis Least Concern

20. Common Buzzard Buteo buteo Least Concern

21. Long-legged Buzzard Buteo rufinus Least Concern

22. Lesser Spotted Eagle Aquila pomarina (pomarina)

Least Concern

118 

 

23. Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga Vulnerable

24. Steppe Eagle Aquila nipalensis Least Concern

25. Imperial Eagle Aquila heliaca ?

26. Booted Eagle Hieraaetus pennatus Least Concern

27. Osprey Pandion haliaetus Least Concern

28. Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni Vulnerable

29. Common Kestrel Falco tinnunculus Least Concern

30. Red-footed Falcon Falco vespertinus Near Threatened

31. Eleonora's Falcon Falco eleonorae Least Concern

32. Sooty Falcon Falco concolor Near Threatened

33. Eurasian Hobby Falco subbuteo Least Concern

34. Lanner Falcon Falco biarmicus Least Concern

35. Saker Falcon Falco cherrug Endangered

36. Peregrine Falcon Falco peregrinus Least Concern

37. Common Crane Grus grus Least Concern

119 

 

Appendix 3: Bird species of global conservation concern at the Kenya Lakes System

Locality Species Pallid Harrier Circus macrourus (Near-Threatened) Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni (Vulnerable) African Darter Anhinga rufa Maccoa Duck Oxyura maccoa (Near-Threatened) White-headed Vulture Trigonoceps occipitalis (Vulnerable)

Lake Bogoria

Martial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosus (Near-Threatened) Greater Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber (Congregatory)

Lesser Flamingo Phoeniconaias minor (Near-Threatened) Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus (Congregatory) African Spoonbill Platea alba (Congregatory) Grey-crested Helmet-Shrike Prionops poliolophus (Near-Threatened) Pied Avocet Recurvirostra avosetta (Congregatory) Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni, (Vulnerable)

Lake Elementaita

Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga (Vulnerable) The Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus (Congregatory)

Greater Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber (Congregatory)

Lesser Flamingo Phoeniconaias minor (Near-Threatened)

Black-necked Grebe Podiceps nigricollis( Congregatory)

Madagascar Pond Heron Ardeola idae (Endangered) Lesser Kestrel Falco naumanni (a passage migrant, and Vulnerable) Grey-crested Helmet-Shrike Prionops poliolophus (Near-Threatened) Martial eagle Polemaetus bellicosus (sparse resident) (Near-Threatened) Gull-billed Tern, Sterna nilotica (Congregatory) Little Grebe, Tachybaptus ruficollis ( Congregatory) Yellow-billed Stork Mycteria ibis (Congregatory) African Spoonbill Platea alba (Congregatory) Black-winged Stilt, Himantopus himantopus (Congregatory)

Lake Nakuru

Maccoa Duck Oxyura maccoa (no recent records) (Near-Threatened)

THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND CO-ORDINATION ACT, 1999No 8 of 1999 THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND CO-ORDINATION ACT, 1999 No 8 of 1999 Date of Assent: 6th January, 2000. Date of commencement: 14th January, 2000. ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS Sections PART I – PRELIMINARY 1 – Short title. 2 – Interpretation. PART II – GENERAL PRINCIPLES 3 – Entitlement to a clean and healthy environment. PART III – ADMINISTRATION The National Environment Council 4 – Establishment of the National Environment Council. 5 – Functions of the Council. 6 – Procedure of the Council. The Authority 7 – Establishment of the National Environment Management Authority. 8 – Headquarters. 9 – Objects and functions of the Authority. 10 – Board of Authority. 11 – Powers of the Authority. 12 – Powers in respect of lead agencies. 13 – Conduct of business and affairs of the Authority. 14 – Remuneration of Director General and Directors. 15 – Delegation by the Authority. 16 – Staff of the Authority. 17 – The common seal of the Authority. 18 – Protection from personal liability. 19 – Liability of the Authority for damages. 20 – General Fund. 21 – Financial year. 22 – Annual estimates. 23 – Accounts and audit. 24 – National Environment Trust Fund.

25 – National Environment Restoration Fund. 26 – Investment of funds and disposal of assets. 27 – Annual Financial Report. 28 – Deposit Bonds. Provisional and District Environment Committees 29 – Provincial and District Environment Committees. 30 – Functions of Provincial and District Environment Committees. 31 – Public Complaints Committees. 32 – Functions of the Complaints Committee. 33 – Powers of the Complaints Committee. 34 – Proceedings of the Complaints Committee priviledged. 35 – Disclosure of interest. 36 – Remuneration and other expenses of the Complaints Committee. PART IV – ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING 37 – National Environment Action Plan Committee. 38 – Provisions of the National Environment Action Plan. 39 – Provisional Environment Action Plans. 40 – District Environment Action Plans. 41 – Contents of Provisional and District Environment Action Plans. PART V – PROTECTION AND CONSERVATION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 42 – Protection of rivers, lakes and wetlands. 43 – Protection of traditional interests. 44 – Protection of hill tops, hill sides, mountain areas and forests. 45 – Identification of hilly and mountainous areas. 46 – Re-forestation and afforestation of hill tops, hill slopes and mountainous areas. 47 – Other measures for management for hill tops, hill sides and mountainous areas. 48 – Protection of forests. 49 – Conservation of energy and planting of trees or woodlots. 50 – Conservation of biological diversity. 51 – Conservation of biological resources in situ. 52 – Conservation of biological resources ex situ. 53 – Access to genetic resources of Kenya. 54 – Protection of environmentally significant areas. 55 – Protection of the coastal zone. 56 – Protection of the ozone layer. 57 – Fiscal incentives.

PART VI – ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 58 – Application for an Environmental Impact Assessment Licence. 59 – Publication of Environmental Impact Assessment. 60 – Comments on Environmental Impact Assessment report by Lead Agencies. 61 – Technical Advisory Committee on Environmental Impact Assessment. 62 – Further Environmental Impact Assessment. 63 – Environmental Impact Licence. 64 – Submission of fresh Environmental Impact Assessment report after Environmental Impact Assessment Licence issued. 65 – Transfer of Environmental Impact Assessment Licence. 66 – Protection in respect of an Environmental Impact Assessment Licence. 67 – Revocation, suspension or cancellation of Environmental Impact Assessment Licence. PART VII – ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT AND MONITORING 68 – Environmental Audit. 69 – Environmental monitoring. PART VIII – ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS 70 – Establishment of Standards and Enforcement Review Committee. 71 – Function of Standards and Enforcement Review Committee. 72 – Water pollution prohibition. 73 – Duty to supply plant information to the Authority. 74 – Effluents to be discharged only into sewerage system. 75 – Licence to discharge effluents. 76 – Cancellation of effluent discharge licence. 77 – Register of effluent discharge licences. 78 – Air quality standards. 79 – Controlled areas. 80 – Licensing emissions. 81 – Issue of emission licence. 82 – Emissions by motor vehicles and other conveyances. 83 – Additional licensing procedures. 84 – Cancellation of emission licence. 85 – Register of emission of licences. 86 – Standards for waste. 87 – Prohibition against dangerous handling and disposal of wastes. 88 – Application for waste licences. 89 – Licences for existing wastes disposal sites and plants. 90 – Court Orders to cease operation. 91 – Hazardous Wastes. 92 – Regulations of toxic and hazardous materials etc.

93 – Prohibition of discharge of hazardous substances, chemicals and materials or oil into the environment and spiller’s liability. 94 – Standards of pesticides and toxic substances. 95 – Application for registration of pesticides and toxic substances. 96 – Application for registration of existing operations involving pesticides and toxic substances. 97 – Registration of pesticides and toxic substances. 98 – Offences relating to pesticides and toxic substances. 99 – Seizure of pesticides and toxic substances. 100 – Regulations regarding registration of pesticides and toxic substances. 101 – Standards for noise. 102 – Noise in excess of established standards prohibited. 103 – Exemptions in respect of noise standards. 104 – Standards for ionising and other radiation. 105 – Powers of inspectors relating to ionising radiation. 106 – Offences relating to ionising radiation. 107 – Standards for the control of noxious smells. PART IX – ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION ORDERS, ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION ORDERS AND ENVIRONMENTAL EASEMENTS 108 – Issues of environmental restoration orders. 109 – Contents of environmental restoration orders. 110 – Reconsideration of environmental restoration order. 111- Issue of environmental restoration order by a court. 112 – Environmental easements and environmental conservation orders. 113 – Application for environmental easement. 114 – Enforcement of environmental easements. 115 – Registration of environmental easements. 116 – Compensation for environmental easements. PART X – INSPECTION, ANALYSIS AND RECORDS 117 – Appointment of Environmental Inspectors. 118 – Environmental Inspector’s powers to prosecute. 119 – Procedures for laboratory analysis of samples. 120 – Certificate of analysis and its effect. 121 – Records to be kept. 122 – Transmission of records to the Authority. 123 – Public Access to records transmitted to the Authority. PART XI – INTERNATIONAL TREATIES, CONVENTIONS AND AGREEMENTS 124 – Conventions, agreements and treaties on environment. PART XII – NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT TRIBUNAL 125 – Establishment of the National Environment Tribunal.

2

126 – Proceedings of the Tribunal. 127 – Awards of the Tribunal. 128 – Quorum of the Tribunal for determination. 129 – Appeals to the Tribunal. 130 – Appeals to the High Court. 131 – Power to appoint Environment Assessors. 132 – Immunity. 134 – Remuneration of members of the Tribunal. 135 – Appointment of a secretary of the Tribunal. 136 – Powers to establish other Tribunals. PART XIII – ENVIRONMENTAL OFFENCES 137 – Offences relating to inspection. 138 – Offences relating to environmental impact assessment. 139 – Offences relating to records. 140 – Offences relating to standards. 141 – Offences relating to hazardous wastes, materials, chemicals and radioactive substances. 142 – Offences relating to pollution. 143 – Offences relating to environmental restoration orders, easements, and conservation orders. 144 – General Penalty. 145 – Offences by bodies corporate, partnership, principals and employees. 146 – Forfeiture, cancellation and other orders. 147 – Regulations. 148 – Existing laws relative to the environment. FIRST SCHEDULE SECOND SCHEDULE THIRD SCHEDULE An ACT of Parliament to provide for the establishment of an appropriate legal and institutional framework for the management of the environment and for the matters connected therewith and incidental thereto WHEREAS it is desirable that a framework environment legislation be promulgated so as to establish an appropriate legal and institutional framework for the management of the environment; AND WHEREAS it is recognised that improved legal and administrative co-ordination of the diverse sectoral initiatives is necessary in order to improve the national capacity for the management of the environment; AND WHEREAS the environment constitutes the foundation of national economic, social, cultural and spiritual advancement;

NOW THEREFORE BE IT ENACTED by the Parliament of Kenya, as follows:-

PART I - PRELIMINARY

1. This Act may be cited as the Environmental Management and Co-ordination Act, 1999.

2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires –

“air quality” means the concentration prescribed under or pursuant to this Act of a pollutant in the atmosphere at the point of measurement; “ambient air” means the atmosphere surrounding the earth but does not include the atmosphere within a structure or within any underground space; “analysis” means the testing or examination of any matter, substance or process for the purpose of determining its composition or qualities or its effect (whether physical, chemical or biological) on any segment of the environment or examination of emissions or recording of noise or sub-sonic vibrations to determine the level or other characteristics of the noise or sub-sonic vibration or its effect on any segments of the environment; “Analyst” means an analyst appointed or designated under section 119; “annual report on the state of the environment” means the report prepared and issued under section 9; “Authority” means the National Environment Management Authority established under section 7; “beneficial use” means a use of the environment or any element or segment of the environment that is conducive to public health, welfare or safety and which requires protection from the effects of wastes, discharges, emissions and deposits; “benefited environment” means that environment which has benefited through the imposition of one or more obligations on the burdened land; “biological diversity” means the variability among living organisms from all sources including, terrestrial ecosystems, aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, among species and of ecosystems; “biological resources” include genetic resources organisms or parts thereof, populations, or any other biotic component or ecosystem with actual or potential use or value for humanity “burdened land” means any land upon which an environmental easement has been imposed;

3

“chemical” means a chemical substance in any form whether by itself or in a mixture or preparation, whether manufactured or derived from nature and for the purposes of this Act includes industrial chemicals, pesticides, fertilizers and drugs; “Coastal zone” means any area declared to be a protected coastal zone under section 55; “Continental Shelf” means the exclusive economic zone established under section 4 of the Maritime Zones Act; “controlled area” means any area designated as such by the Minister under this Act; “Deposit Bond” means a deposit bond paid under section 28; “developer” means a person who is developing a project which is subject to an environmental impact assessment process under this Act; “Director” means a Director appointed under section 10; “Director-General” means the Director-General of the Authority appointed under section 10; “District Environment Action Plan” means the District Environment Action Plan prepared under section 40; “District Environment Committee” means the District Environment Committee appointed under section 29; “Ecosystem” means a dynamic complex of plant, animal, micro-organism communities and their non-living environment interacting as a functional unit; “effluent” means gaseous waste, water or liquid or other fluid of domestic, agricultural, trade or industrial origin treated or untreated and discharged directly or indirectly into the aquatic environment; “element” in relation to the environment means any of the principal constituent parts of the environment including water, atmosphere, soil, vegetation, climate, sound, odour, aesthetics, fish and wildlife; “environment” includes the physical factors of the surroundings of human beings including land, water, atmosphere, climate, sound, odour, taste, the biological factors of animals and plants and the social factor of aesthetics and includes both the natural and the built environment; “environmental audit” means the systematic, documented, periodic and objective evaluation of how well environmental organisation, management and equipment are performing in conserving or preserving the environment; “environmental education” includes the process of recognising values and clarifying concepts in order to develop skills and attitudes necessary to understand and appreciate the inter-relatedness among man, his culture and his biophysical surroundings; “environmental impact assessment” means a systematic examination conducted to determine whether or not a programme, activity or project will have any adverse impacts on the environment;

“Environmental Inspector” means any environmental inspector appointed or designated under section 117; “environmental management” includes the protection, conservation and sustainable use of the various elements or components of the environment; “environmental monitoring” means the continuous or periodic determination of actual and potential effects of any activity or phenomenon on the environment whether short-term or long-term; “environmental planning” means both long-term and short-term planning that takes into account environmental exigencies; “environmental resources” includes the resources of the air, land, flora, fauna and water together with their aesthetical qualities; “environmental restoration order” means an order issued under section 108; “environmentally friendly” includes any phenomenon or activity that does not cause harm or degradation to the environment; “ex-situ conservation” means conservation outside the natural ecosystem and habitat of the biological organism; “exclusive economic zone” means the exclusive economic zone established and delimited under section 4 of the Maritime Zones Act; “financial year” means the period of twelve months ending on the thirtieth June in every year; “General Fund” means the General Fund established under section 20; “genetic resources” means genetic material of actual or potential value; “good environmental practice” means practice that is in accordance with the provisions of this Act or any other relevant law; “hazardous substance” means any chemical, waste, gas, medicine, drug, plant, animal or micro-organism which is likely to be injurious to human health or the environment; “hazardous waste” means any waste which has been determined by the Authority to be hazardous waste or to belong to any other category of waste provided for in section 91; “in-situ conservation” means conservation within the natural ecosystem and habitat of the biological organism; “intergenerational equity” means that the present generation should ensure that in exercising its right to beneficial use of the environment, the health, diversity and productivity of the environment is maintained or enhanced for the benefit of future generations;

4

“intragenerational equity” means that all people within the present generation have the right to benefit equally from the exploitation of the environment, and that they have an equal entitlement to a clean and healthy environment; “lead agency” means any Government ministry, department, parastatal, state corporation or local authority, in which any law vests functions of control or management of any element of the environment or natural resource; “local authority” has the meaning assigned to it in section 2 of the Local Government Act; “Minister” means the Minster for the time being responsible for matters relating to the environment; “mixture containing oil” means a mixture of substances or liquids with such oil content as may be specified under this Act or, if such oil content is not specified, a mixture with an oil content of one hundred parts or more in one million parts of the mixture; “National Council of Non-Governmental Organisations” means the Council established by section 23 of the Non-Governmental Organizations Co-ordination Act, 1990; “National Environment Action Plan” means the plan referred to in section 37; “natural resources” includes resources of the air, land, water, animals and plants including their aesthetic qualities; “noise” means any undesirable sound that is intrinsically objectionable or that may cause adverse effect on human health or the environment; “occupational air quality” means the concentration prescribed under or pursuant to this Act of a substance or energy in the atmosphere within a structure or under-ground space in which human activities take place; “occupier” means a person in occupation or control of premises, and in relation to premises different parts of which are occupied by different persons, means the respective persons in occupation or control of each part; “oil” includes – (a) crude oil, refined oil, diesel oil, fuel oil and lubricating oil; and (b) any other description of oil which may be prescribed;

“owner” in relation to any premises means – (a) the registered proprietor of the premises; (b) the lessee, including a sub-lessee of the premises;

(c) the agent or trustee of any other owners described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this interpretation section or where such owner as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) cannot be traced or has died, his legal personal representative;

(d) the person for the time being receiving the rent of the premises whether on his

own account or as agent or trustee for any other person or as receiver or who would receive the rent if such premises were let to a tenant; and

in relation to any ship means the person registered as the owner of the ship or in the absence of registration, the person owning the ship; except that in the case of a ship owned by any country and operated by a company which in that country is registered as the ship’s operator, “owner” shall include such country and the master of the ship; “ozone layer” means the layer of the atmospheric zone above the planetary boundary layer as defined in the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer, 1985; “pollutant” includes any substance whether liquid, solid or gaseous which – (a) may directly or indirectly alter the quality of any element of the receiving

environment; (b) is hazardous or potentially hazardous to human health or the environment; and includes objectionable odours, radio-activity, noise, temperature change or physical, chemical or biological change to any segment or element of the environment; “polluter-pays principle” means that the cost of cleaning up any element of the environment damaged by pollution, compensating victims of pollution, cost of beneficial uses lost as a result of an act of pollution and other costs that are connected with or incidental to the foregoing, is to be paid or borne by the person convicted of pollution under this Act or any other applicable law; “pollution” means any direct or indirect alteration of the physical, thermal, chemical, biological, or radio-active properties of any part of the environment by discharging, emitting, or depositing wastes so as to affect any beneficial use adversely, to cause a condition which is hazardous or potentially hazardous to public health, safety or welfare, or to animals, birds, wildlife, fish or aquatic life, or to plants or to cause contravention of any condition, limitation, or restriction which is subject to a licence under this Act; “practicable” means reasonably practicable having regard, among other things, to local conditions and knowledge and the term “practicable means” include the provision and the efficient maintenance of plants and the proper use thereof, and the supervision by or on behalf of the occupier of any process or operation;

5

“precautionary principle” is the principle that where there are threats of damage to the environment, whether serious or irreversible, lack of full scientific certainty shall not be used as a reason for postponing cost-effective measures to prevent environmental degradation; “premises” include measures, buildings, lands, and hereditaments in every tenure and machinery, plant or vehicle used in connection with any trade carried on at any premises; “project” includes any project, programme or policy that leads to projects which may have an impact on the environment; “project report” means a summary statement of the likely environmental effect of a proposed development referred to in section 58; “proponent” means a person proposing or executing a project, programme or an undertaking specified in the Second Schedule; “proprietary information” means information relating to any manufacturing process, trade secret, trade mark, copyright, patent or formula protected by law in Kenya or by any international treaty to which Kenya is a party; “Provincial Director of Environment” means the Provincial Director of Environment appointed under section 16; “Provincial Environment Committee” means the Provincial Environment Committee established under section 29; “Public Complaints Committee” means the Public Complaints Committee established under section 31; “radiation” includes ionising radiation and any other radiation likely to have adverse effects on human health and the environment; “Regional development authority” means a regional development authority established by an Act of Parliament; “regulations” mean regulations made under this Act; “Restoration Fund” means the National Environment Restoration Fund established under section 25; “segment” in relation to the environment means any portion or portions of the environment expressed in terms of volume, space, area, quantity, quality or time or any combination thereof; “ship” includes every description of vessel or craft or floating structure; “soil” includes earth, sand, rock, shales, minerals, vegetation, and the flora and fauna in the soil and derivatives thereof such as dust; “standard” means the limits of discharge or emissions established under this Act or under regulations made pursuant to this Act or any other written law;

“sustainable development” means development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs by maintaining the carrying capacity of the supporting ecosystems; “sustainable use” means present use of the environment or natural resources which does not compromise the ability to use the same by future generations or degrade the carrying capacity of supporting ecosystems; “territorial waters” means territorial waters provided for under section 3 of the Maritime Zones Act; “trade” means any trade, business or undertaking whether originally carried on a fixed premises or at varying places which may result in discharge of substances and energy and includes any activity prescribed to be a trade, business or undertaking for the purpose of this Act; “Tribunal” means the National Environment Tribunal established under section 125; “Trust Fund” means the National Environment Trust Fund established under section 24; “waste” includes any matter prescribed to be waste and any matter, whether liquid, solid, gaseous, or radioactive, which is discharged, emitted, or deposited in the environment in such volume composition or manner likely to cause an alteration of the environment; “water” includes drinking water, river, stream, water-course, reservoir, well, dam, canal, channel, lake, swamp, open drain, or underground water; “wetland” means areas permanently or seasonally flooded by water where plants and animals have become adapted;

PART II – GENERAL PRINCIPLES

3. (1) Every person in Kenya is entitled to a clean and healthy environment and had the duty to safeguard and enhance the environment. (2) The entitlement to a clean and healthy environment under subsection (1)

includes the access by any person in Kenya to the various public elements or segments of the environment for recreational, educational, health, spiritual and cultural purposes.

(3) If a person alleges that the entitlement conferred under subsection (1) has been, is being or is likely to be contravened in relation to him, then without prejudice to any other action with respect to the same matter which is lawfully available, that person may apply to the High Court for redress and the High Court may take such orders, issue such writs or give such directions as it may deem appropriate to –

6

(a) prevent, stop or discontinue any act or omission deleterious to the environment;

(b) compel any public officer (c) to take measures to prevent or discontinue any act or omission

deleterious to the environment; (d) require that any on-going activity be subjected to an environment

audit in accordance with the provisions of this Act; (e) compel the persons responsible for the environmental degradation to

restore the degraded environment as far as practicable to its immediate condition prior to the damage; and

(f) provide compensation for any victims of pollution and the cost of beneficial uses lost as a result of an act of pollution and other losses that are connected with or incidental to the foregoing.

(4) A person proceeding under subsection (3) of this section shall have the capacity to bring an action notwithstanding that such a person cannot show that the defendant’s act or omission has caused or is likely to cause him any personal loss or injury provided that such action –

(a) is not frivolous or vexations; or (b) is not an abuse of the court process. (5) In exercising the jurisdiction conferred upon it under subsection (3), the

High Court shall be guided by the following principles of sustainable development;

(a) the principle of public participation in the development of policies, plans

and processes for the management of the environment;

(b) the cultural and social principle traditionally applied by any community in Kenya for the management of the environment or natural resources in so far as the same are relevant and are not repugnant to justice and morality or inconsistent with any written law;

(c) the principle of international co-operation in the management of

environmental resources shared by two or more states;

(d) the principles of intergenerational and intragenerational equity;

(e) the polluter-pays principle; and

(f) the pre-cautionary principle.

PART III – ADMINISTRATION The National Environment Council

4. (1) There is established a council to be known as the National Environment Council (hereinafter referred to as the “Council”) which shall consist of-

(a) the Minister who shall be the chairman;

(b) the Permanent Secretaries in the Ministries for the time being responsible

for the matters specified in the First Schedule;

(c) two representatives of public universities in Kenya to be appointed by the Minister;

(d) two representatives of specified research institutions in Kenya to be

appointed by the Minister;

(e) three representatives of the business community, to be appointed by the Minister, one of whom shall be a representative of oil marketing companies;

(f) two representatives of Non-Governmental Organisations active in the environmental field to be appointed by the Minister;

(g) the Director-General who shall be the secretary; and (h) such number of other members as may, from time, be co-opted by the

Minister to be members of the Council. (2) Every appointment under paragraph (f) of subsection (1) shall be made from a

list of nominees submitted by the Non-Governmental Organizations Council. (3) Every appointment under paragraph (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) of subsection (1)

shall be by name and by notice in the Gazette and shall be for a renewable period of three years, but shall cease if the appointee – (a) serves the Minister with a written notice of resignation; or (b) is absent from three consecutive meetings of the Council without the

permission of the Minister; or (c) is convicted of an offence and sentenced to imprisonment for a term

exceeding six months or to a fine exceeding ten thousand shillings; or (d) is incapacitated by prolonged physical or mental illness from performing

his duties as a member of the Council; or (e) conducts himself in a manner deemed by the Minister, in consultation with

the Council, to be inconsistent with membership of the Council; or

7

(f) is adjudged bankrupt or has entered into a scheme or arrangement with his creditors.

5. The Council shall – (a) be responsible for policy formulation and directions for purposes of this

Act; (b) set national goals and objectives and determine policies and priorities for

the protection of the environment; (c) promote co-operation among public departments, local authorities, private

sector, Non-Governmental Organisations and such other organisations engaged in environmental protection programmes; and

(d) perform such other functions as are assigned under this Act. 6. (1) The Council shall meet at least three times in every financial year, at such place as it may deem appropriate for the transaction of its business.

(2) The Minister shall preside at all meetings of the Council but in his absence a person appointed by him shall preside on his behalf at such a meeting.

(3) The secretary to the Council shall prepare and keep all the records of the business conducted at the meetings of the Council.

(4) The powers of the Council shall not be affected by any vacancy in the membership thereof nor by any defect in the appointment of a person purporting to be a member of the Council.

(5) Subject to this section, the Council shall regulate its own procedure. The Authority

7. (1) There is established an Authority to be known as the National Environment

Management Authority.

(2) The Authority shall be a body corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal and shall, in its corporate name, be capable of –

(a) suing and being sued;

(b) taking, purchasing, charging and disposing of movable and immovable

property;

(c) borrowing money;

(d) entering into contracts; and

(e) doing or performing all such other things or acts for the proper administration of this Act, which may lawfully be performed by a body corporate.

8. The Headquarters of the Authority shall be in Nairobi. 9. (1) The object and purpose for which the Authority is established is to exercise

general supervision and co-ordination over all matters relating to the environment and to be the principal instrument of Government in the implementation of all policies relating to the environment. (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Authority shall –

(a) co-ordinate the various environmental management activities being

undertaken by the lead agencies and promote the integration of environmental considerations into development policies, plans, programmes and projects with a view to ensuring the proper management and rational utilization of environmental resources on a sustainable yield basis for the improvement of the quality of human life in Kenya;

(b) take stock of the natural resources in Kenya and their utilisation and

conservation;

(c) establish and review in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, land use guidelines;

(d) examine land use patterns to determine their impact on the quality and

quantity of natural resources; (e) carry out surveys which will assist in the proper management and

conservation of the environment; (f) advise the Government on legislative and other measures for the

management of the environment or the implementation of relevant international conventions, treaties and agreements in the field of environment, as the case may be;

(g) advise the Government on regional and international environmental conventions, treaties and agreements to which Kenya should be a party and follow up the implementation of such agreements where Kenya is a party;

(h) undertake and co-ordinate research, investigation and surveys in the field of environment and collect, collate and disseminate information about the findings of such research, investigation or survey;

(i) mobilise and monitor the use of financial and human resources for environmental management;

8

(j) identify projects and programmes or types of projects and programme, plans and policies for which environmental audit or environmental monitoring must be conducted under this Act;

(k) initiate and evolve procedures and safeguard for the prevention of accidents which may cause environmental degradation and evolve remedial measures where accidents occur;

(l) monitor and assess activities, including activities being carried out by relevant lead agencies, in order to ensure that the environment is not degraded by such activities, environmental management objectives are adhered to and adequate early warning on impending environmental emergencies is given;

(m) undertake, in co-operation with relevant lead agencies, programmes intended to enhance environmental education and public awareness about the need for sound environmental management as well as for enlisting public support and encouraging the effort made by other entities in that regard;

(n) publish and disseminate manuals, codes or guidelines relating to environmental management and prevention or abatement of environmental degradation;

(o) render advice and technical support, where possible, to entities engaged in natural resources management and environmental protection so as to enable them to carry out their responsibilities satisfactorily;

(p) prepare and issue an annual report on the state of the environment in Kenya and in this regard may direct any lead agency to prepare and submit to it a report on the state of the sector of the environment under the administration of that lead agency;

(q) perform such other functions as the Government may assign to the

Authority or as are incidental or conducive to the exercise by the Authority of any or all of the functions provided under this Act.

(3) The Minister shall lay every annual report on the state of the environment prepared

under subsection (2) (p) before the National Assembly as soon as reasonably practicable after its publication.

10. (1) The Authority shall be managed by a Board which shall consist of –

(a) a chairman appointed by the President; and

(b) the Permanent Secretary of the Ministry for the time being responsible for matters relating to the authourity or an officer of that Ministry designated in writing by the Permanent Secretary.

(c) a Director-General appointed by the President:

(d) three Directors who shall be officers of the Authority;

(e) seven members, not being public officers appointed by the Minister in

consultation with the Council; and

(f) the Secretary of the Board, who shall be appointed by the Authority.

(2) No person shall be appointed under subsections (1) (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) unless such person holds at least a post-graduate degree from a recognised university in the field of environmental law, environmental science or natural resource management or a relevant social science and in the case of the Director-General, has at least fifteen years’ working experience in the relevant field.

(3) The members referred to under section (1) (a) and (e) should be appointed at

different times so that the respective expiry dates of their terms of office shall fall at different times.

(4) The members appointed under paragraphs (a), (c) and (e) of subsection (1) shall hold office for a term of four years and shall be eligible for reappointment for one further term of four years.

(5) The Board shall elect a vice-chairman from among the members appointed under paragraph (e) of subsection (1).

(6) The Board shall meet at least four time in every financial year. (7) The Chairman shall preside at every meeting of the Board at which he is

present, but in his absence the vice-chairman shall preside, and in his absence, the members present shall elect one of their member who shall, with respect to that meeting and the business transacted thereat have all the powers of the Chairman.

(8) Unless a unanimous decision is reached, a decision on any matter before the Board shall be by a majority of votes of the members present and in the case of an equality of votes, the Chairman or person presiding shall have a casting vote.

(9) The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Board shall be seven members including the person presiding; and all acts, matters or things

9

authorized or required to be done by the Board, shall be effected by a resolution passed by a majority of the members present and voting.

(10) The Secretary to the Board shall not be entitled to vote on any matter before the Board. (11) Appointment of a member of the Board may be terminated by the appointing

authority where the member - (a) is adjudged bankrupt or enters into a composition or scheme of

arrangement with his creditors; (b) is convicted of an offence and sentenced to imprisonment for a term of six

months or more without the option of a fine; (c) is incapacitated by prolonged physical or mental illness from performing

his duties as a member of the Board; or (d) becomes, for any reason, incapable or incompetent of properly performing

the functions of his office. (12) Where a member of the Board dies or resigns or otherwise vacates office

before the expiry of his term of office, the appointing authority shall appoint another person in the place of such member.

(13) Where the Director-General is unable to perform the functions of his office due to any temporary incapacity which is likely to be prolonged, the President may appoint a substitute therefore to act with the full powers of the Director-General until such time as the President determines that the incapacity has ceased.

(14) (a) The Director-General shall be the chief executive of the Authority and shall, subject to this Act, be responsible for the day to day management of the affairs of the Authority.

(b) A Director shall perform such functions as are conferred by this Act and

such additional duties as may be assigned by the Director-General.

(c ) The Director-General and the Directors of the Authority shall be paid such salaries and allowances as may, from time to time, be determined by the President.

(15) Subject to subsections (6), (7), (8) and (9) the Board shall regulate its own

Procedure. 11. The Authority shall have all powers necessary for the proper performance of its

functions under this Act and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Authority shall have power to – control, supervise and administer the assets of the Authority in such manner as best promotes the purpose for which the Authority is established;

(a) determine the provisions to be made for capital and recurrent expenditure and for reserves of the Authority;

(b) receive any grants, gifts, donations or endowments and make legitimate disbursements there from;

(c) enter into association with other bodies or organisations within or outside Kenya as the Authority may consider desirable or appropriate and in furtherance of the purpose for which the Authority is established;

(d) open a banking account or banking accounts for the funds of the Authority; and

(e) invest any funds of the Authority not immediately required for its purposes in the manner provided in section 26.

12. The Authority may, after giving reasonable notice of its intention so to do, direct any lead agency to perform, within such time and in such manner as it shall specify, any of the duties imposed upon the lead agency by or under this Act or any other written law, in the field of environment and if the lead agency fails to comply with such directions, the Authority may itself perform or cause to be performed the duties in question, and the expense incurred by it in so doing shall be a civil debt recoverable by the Authority from the lead agency.

13.(1) Subject to this Act, the Authority shall regulate its own procedure. 14. The Authority shall pay the Director-General and the Directors such salaries

and allowances as may, from time, be determined by the President, but those salaries and allowances shall not be altered to their detriment during their term of office.

15. Subject to this Act, the Authority may, by resolution either generally or in any particular case, delegate to any committee of the Authority or to any member, officer, employee or agent of the Authority, the exercise of any of the powers or the performance of any of the functions or duties of the Authority under this Act.

16. The Authority may appoint such officers or other staff of the Authority as are necessary for the proper discharge of its functions under this Act or any other written law, upon such terms and conditions of service as the Authority may determine.

17. The common seal of the Authority shall be kept in such custody as the Authority may direct and shall not be used except on the order of the Authority.

18. No matter or thing done by a member of the Authority or any officer, employee or agent of the Authority shall, if the matter or thing is done bona fide for executing the functions, powers or duties of the Authority, render the member, officer, employee or agent or any person acting on his directions personally liable to any action, claim or demand whatsoever.

19. The Provisions of section 18 shall not relieve the Authority of the liability to pay compensation or damages to any person for any injury to him, his property or

10

any of his interests caused by the exercise of the powers conferred on the Authority by this Act or by any other written law or by the failure, whether wholly or partially, or any works.

20.(1) There shall be a general fund of the Authority which shall vest in the Authority. (2) There shall be paid into the general fund –

(a) such monies or assets as may accrue to or vest in the Authority in the course of the exercise of its powers or the performance of its functions under this Act;

(b) such sums as may be granted to the Authority by the Minister pursuant to subsection (3); and

(c) all monies from other source provided for or donated or lent to the Authority.

(3) There shall be made to the Authority out of monies provided by Parliament for that purpose, grants towards the expenditure incurred by the Authority in the exercise of its powers or the performance of its functions under this Act.

(4) There shall be paid out of the general fund all sums required to defray the expenditure incurred by the Authority in the exercise, discharge and performance of its objectives, functions and duties.

21. The financial year of the Authority shall be the period of twelve months ending on

the thirtieth June in each year.

22.(1) At least three months before the commencement of each financial year, the Authority shall cause to be prepared estimates of the revenue and expenditure of the Authority for that year.

(2) The annual estimates shall make provisions for the estimated expenditure of

the Authority for the financial year and in particular, the estimates shall provide for –

(a) the payment of the salaries, allowances and other charges in respect of

the staff of the Authority; (b) the payment of pensions, gratuities and other charges in respect of the

staff of the Authority; (c) the proper maintenance of the buildings and grounds of the Authority; (d) the maintenance, repair and replacement of the equipment and other

property of the Authority; and (e) the creation of such reserve funds to meet future contingent liabilities in

respect of retirement benefits, insurance or replacement of buildings or

equipment, or in respect of such other matter as the Authority may deem appropriate.

(3) The annual estimates shall be approved by the Authority before the commencement of the financial year to which they relate and shall be submitted to the Minister for approval and after the Minister’s approval, the Authority shall not increase the annual estimates without the consent of the Minister.

23.(1) The Authority shall cause to be kept all proper books and records of accounts of the income, expenditure and assets of the Authority.

(2) Within a period of four months from the end of each financial year, the Authority shall submit to the Auditor-General (Corporations) or to an auditor appointed under this section, the accounts of the Authority together with –

(a) a statement of the income and expenditure of the Authority during that year; and

(b) a statement of the assets and liabilities of the Authority on the last day of that year.

(5) The accounts of the Authority shall be audited and reported upon in accordance with section 29 and 30A of the Exchequer and Audit Act, by the Auditor-General (Corporations), or by an auditor appointed by the Authority with the approval of the Auditor-General (Corporations) given in accordance with section 29(2) (b) of the Exchequer and Audit Act.

24.(1) There is hereby established a fund to be known as the National Environment Trust Fund, (hereinafter referred to as the “Trust Fund”).

(2) The Trust Fund shall consist of – (a) such sums of money as may be received by the Trust Fund in the form of

donations, endowments, grants and gifts from whatever source and specifically designated for the Trust Fund;

(b) such sums of money or other assets as may be specifically designated to the Trust Fund by the Authority out of its General Fund.

(3) The Trust Fund shall be vested in the Authority and subject to this Act, shall be administered by a Board of five Trustees to be appointed by the Minister by a notice in the Gazette on such terms and conditions as he deems fit. The trustees shall be persons holding at least post-graduate degree from a recognised university in the field of environmental law, economics, environmental science or natural resource management at the time of their appointment. The object of the Trust Fund shall be to facilitate research intended to further the requirements of the environmental management, capacity building, environmental awards, environmental publications, scholarships and grants.

11

(4) The Board of Trustees may, on the recommendation of the Council, determine that certain donations to the Trust Fund shall be applied specifically and reserved only for prizes and awards for exemplary services to the environment. Such prizes and awards shall be applied by the recipient exclusively to the management of the environment.

25.(1) There is hereby established a fund to be known as the National Environment

Restoration Fund, (hereinafter referred to as “The Restoration Fund”). (2) The Restoration Fund shall consist of:-

(a) such proportion of fees or deposit bonds as may be determined by the

Authority from time to time; (b) such sums as may be donated or levied from industries and other projects

proponents as a contribution towards the Restoration Fund.

(3) The Restoration Fund shall be vested in the Authority and, subject to this Act, shall be administered by the Director-General. The object of the Restoration Fund shall be as supplementary insurance for the mitigation of environmental degradation where the perpetrator is not identifiable or where exceptional circumstances require the Authority to intervene towards the control or mitigation of environmental degradation.

(4) The Minster may, by notice in the Gazette, issue orders for the levying of funds from project proponents towards the Restoration Fund.

26.(1) Subject to this Act, the Authority may, invest any of its funds in securities in which trustees may, for the time being, invest trust funds or in any other securities which the Treasury may, from time to time, approve for that purpose.

(2) Subject to this Act, the Authority may place on deposit with such bank or banks

as it may determine, any moneys not immediately required for its purposes. (3) The assets of the Authority may be disposed of:-

(a) if they are current assets, in the normal course of business carried on by the Authority;

(b) where the disposal and utilization of the proceeds have been taken into account in an annual estimate prepared and approved in accordance with section 22;

(c) by way of sale or otherwise with the approval of the Minister and the Treasury where such disposal has not been taken into account in the estimates.

27.(1) As soon as practicable and not later than three months after the expiry of the financial year, the Director-General shall submit to the Council a financial report concerning the activities of the Authority during such financial year.

(2) The Report of the Director-General under subsection (1) shall include information on the financial affairs of the Authority and shall be appended to the Report:- (a) an audited statement of income and expenditure of the previous financial

year; (b) estimates of income and expenditure of the Authority for the next ensuing

financial year. (3) The Minister shall not later than fourteen days after the sitting of the National

Assembly next after receipt of the Report referred to in subsection (1) lay it before the National Assembly.

28.(1) The Authority shall create a register of those activities and industrial plants and undertakings which have or are most likely to have significant adverse effects on the environment when operated in a manner that is not in conformity with good environmental practices.

(2) The Minister responsible for finance may, on the recommendations of the Council, prescribe that persons engaged in activities or operating industrial plants and other undertakings identified under subsection (1) pay such deposit bonds as may constitute appropriate security for good environmental practice.

(3) The deposit bond determined in accordance with subsection (2) shall be refunded to the operator of the activity, industrial plant or any other undertaking by the Authority after such duration not exceeding twenty-four months without interest where the operator has observed good environmental practices to the satisfaction of the Authority.

(4) The Authority may, after giving the operator an opportunity to be heard, confiscate a deposit bond where the operator is responsible for environmental practice that is in breach if the provisions of this Act, and the Authority may in addition cancel any licence issued to the operator under this Act if the Authority is satisfied that the operator has become an habitual offender.

(5) Where an operator is dissatisfied with the confiscation of his deposit bond under this Act, he may refer the matter to a competent court of law.

(6) The proceeds of every refundable deposit bond levied under this section shall be paid into the Restoration Fund and shall be treated as part of the Restoration Fund until refunded to the depositor subject to subsection (3) or confiscated by the Authority.

(7) Any interest accruing from monies deposited into the Restoration Fund under this section shall be for the benefit of the Authority.

Provincial and District Environment Committees

12

29.(1) The Minister shall by notice in the Gazette, appoint Provincial and District Environment Committees of the Authority in respect of every province and district respectively.

(2) Every Provincial Environment Committee shall consist of –

(a) the Provincial Commissioner of the Province who shall be the chairman;

(b) the Provincial Director of Environment of the Province who shall be the

Secretary;

(c) one representative each of the Ministries responsible for the matters specified in the First Schedule at the provincial level;

(d) a representative of every local authority whose area of jurisdiction falls

wholly or partly within the province;

(e) two representatives of farmers or pastoralists within the province to be appointed by the Minister;

(f) two representatives of the business community operating within the concerned province appointed by the Minister;

(g) two representatives of the non-governmental organisations engaged in environmental management programmes within the province appointed by the Minister in consultation with the National Council of Non-Governmental Organisations; and

(h) a representative of every regional development authority whose area of jurisdiction falls wholly or partially within the province.

(1) Every District Environment Committee shall consist of – (a) the District Commissioner of the district who shall be the chairman; (b) the District Environment Officer of the district who shall be the secretary; (c) one representative each of the Ministries for the time being responsible for

the matters specified in the First Schedule at the district level; (d) a representative of every local authority whose area of jurisdiction falls

wholly or partially within the district; (e) two representatives of farmers or pastoralists within the district to be

appointed by the Minister; (f) two representatives of the business community in the district to be

appointed by the Minister; (g) two representatives of the non-governmental organisations engaged in

environmental management programmes, operating in the district, to be

appointed by the Minister in consultation with the National Council of Non-Governmental Organisation; and

(h) two representatives of the community-based organizations engaged in environmental programmes operating in the district, to be appointed by the Minister.

30. The Provincial and District Environment Committee shall – (a) be responsible for the proper management of the environment within the

province or district in respect of which they are appointed. (b) perform such additional functions as are prescribed by this Act or as may,

from time to time, be assigned by the Minister by notice in the Gazette. 31. (1) There is hereby established a committee of the Authority to be known as

the Public Complaints Committee (hereinafter referred to as “the Complaints Committee”) which shall consist of – (a) a Chairman appointed by the Minister and who shall be a person

qualified for appointment as a Judge of the High Court of Kenya; (b) a representative of the Attorney-General; (c) a representative of the Law Society of Kenya; (d) a representative of non-governmental organisations appointed by the

National Council of Non-Governmental Organisations and who shall be the secretary of the Complaints Committee;

(e) a representative of the business community appointed by the Minister; (f) two members appointed by the Minister for their active role in

environmental management. (2) The members of the Complaints Committee, other than the chairman, shall

hold office for a period of three years but shall be eligible for reappointment: Provided that no member shall hold office for more than two terms.

(3) A member of the Complaints Committee other than the member appointed under subsection (1) (b) may – (a) at anytime resign from office by notice in writing to the Minister through the

chairman; (b) be removed from office by the Minister if the member –

(i) has been absent from three consecutive meetings of the Committee without permission from the chairman; (ii) is convicted of a criminal offence and sentenced to imprisonment for a term exceeding six months or to a fine exceeding ten thousand shillings; (iii) is incapacitated by prolonged physical or mental illness; or (iv) is otherwise unable or unfit to discharge his functions.

(4) If a member of the Complaints Committee vacates office before the expiry of his term, the appointing authority shall appoint a suitable replacement thereof. Where a member of the Complaints Committee is unable to perform the

13

functions of his office due to any temporary incapacity which may be prolonged, the appointing authority may appoint a substitute for the member until such time as the Minister determines the incapacity has ceased.

(6) Subject to this Act, the Complaints Committee shall regulate its own procedure.

32. The functions of the Complaints Committee shall be – (a) to investigate –

(i) any allegations or complaints against any person or against the Authority in relation to the condition of the environment in Kenya; (ii) on its own motion, any suspected case of environmental degradation, and to make a report of its findings together with its recommendation thereon to the Council;

(b) to prepare and submit to the Council, periodic reports of its activities which report shall form part of the annual report on the state of the environment under section 9 (3); and

(c) to perform such other functions and exercise such powers as may be

assigned to it by the Council. 33.(1) The Complaints Committee may, by notice in writing, require any person to –

(a) give to the Complaints Committee all reasonable assistance in connection with the investigation of any complaint under section 32; or

(b) appear before the Complaints Committee for examination concerning matters relevant to the investigation of any complaint under section 32.

(2) A Person who – (a) refuses or fails to comply with the requirement of the Complaints

Committee which is applicable to him, to the extent to which he is able to comply with it; or

(b) obstructs or hinders the Complaints Committee in the exercise of his powers under this Act; or

(c) furnishes information or makes a statement to the Complaints Committee which he knows to be false or misleading in any material particular; or

(d) when appearing before the Complaints Committee for examination, makes a statement which he knows to be false or misleading in any material particular

commits an offence. A person convicted of an offence under subsection (2) shall be liable to a fine not exceeding fifty thousand shillings.

(3) Where an offence under subsection (2) is a continuing offence, the person convicted shall, in addition to the penalty prescribed in subsection (3), be liable

to a fine of one thousand shillings for each day during which the offence continues.

34. No proceedings shall lie against the chairman or any member of the Complaints Committee in respect of anything done bona fide in the performance of the duties of the Complaints Committee under this Act.

35. (1)If a member of the Complaints Committee is directly or indirectly interested in any matter before the Complaints Committee and is present at a meeting of the

Complaints Committee at which the matter is the subject of investigation, he shall, at the meeting and as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement thereof, disclose the fact and shall not take part in the consideration or discussion of, or vote on, any questions in respect of the matter, or be counted in the quorum of the meeting during the consideration of the matter. (4) A disclosure of interest made under subsection (1) shall be recorded in the

minutes of the meeting at which it is made. 36.(1) There shall be paid to the chairman and members of the Complaints

Committee, such remuneration, fees or allowances for expenses as the Council may determine.

(2) The remuneration fees or allowances referred to in subsection (1) together with any other expenses incurred by the Complaints Committee in the execution of its functions under this Act shall be paid out of monies provided by Parliament for that purpose.

PART IV – ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING

37.(1) There is established a committee of the Authority to be known as the National Environment Action Plan Committee and which shall consist of –

(a) the Permanent Secretary in the Ministry for the time being responsible for

national economic planning and development who shall be the chairman; (b) the Permanent Secretaries in the Ministries responsible for the matters

specified in the First Schedule or their duly nominated representatives; (c) four representatives of the business community to be appointed by the

Minister; (d) representatives of each of the institutions specified in the Third Schedule; (e) five representatives of non-governmental organisations nominated by the

National Council of Non-Governmental Organizations; (f) representatives of specialised research institutions that are engaged in

environmental matters as may be determined by the Minister; and (g) a Director of the Authority who shall be the secretary.

14

(2) The National Environment Action Plan Committee shall, after every five years,

prepare a national environment action plan for consideration and adoption by the National Assembly.

38. The national environment action plan shall – (a) contain an analysis of the natural resources of Kenya with an indication as

to any pattern of change in their distribution and quantity over time; (b) contain an analytical profile of the various uses and value of the natural

resources incorporating considerations of intergenerational and intragenerational equity;

(c) recommend appropriate legal and fiscal incentives that may be used to encourage the business community to incorporate environmental requirements into their planning and operational processes;

(d) recommend methods for building national awareness through environmental education on the importance of sustainable use of the environment and natural resources for national development;

(e) set out operational guidelines for the planning and management of the environment and natural resources;

(f) identify actual or likely problems as may affect the natural resources and the broader environment context in which they exist;

(g) identify and appraise trends in the development of urban and rural settlements, their impacts on the environment, and strategies for the amelioration of their negative impacts;

(h) propose guidelines for the integration of standards of environmental protection into development planning and management;

(i) identify and recommend policy and legislative approaches for preventing, controlling or mitigating specific as well as general adverse impacts on the environment;

(j) prioritise areas of environmental research and outline methods of using such research findings;

(k) without prejudice to the foregoing, be reviewed and modified from time to time to incorporate emerging knowledge and realities; and

(l) be binding on all persons and all government departments, agencies, state corporations or other organs of Government upon adoption by the National Assembly.

39. Every Provincial Environment Committee shall every five years, prepare a provincial environment action plan in respect of the province for which it is appointed, incorporating the elements of the relevant district environment action plans prepared under section 40 and shall submit such plan to the chairman of the National Environment Action Plan Committee for incorporation into the national environment action plan.

40. Every District Environment Committee shall, every five years, prepare a district environment action plan in respect of the district environment for which it is appointed and shall submit such plan to the chairman of the Provincial Environment Action Plan Committee for incorporation into the provincial environment action plan proposed under section 39.

41. Every provincial environment action plan and every district environment action plan prepared under section 39 and 40 respectively shall contain provisions dealing with matters contained in section 38 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), and (j) in relation to their respective province or district.

PART V – PROTECTION AND CONSERVATION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

42.(1) No person shall, without prior written approval of the Director-General given after an environmental impact assessment, in relation to a river, lake or wetland in Kenya, carry out any of the following activities – (a) erect, reconstruct, place, alter, extend, remove or demolish any structure

or part of any structure in, or under the river, lake or wetland; (b) excavate, drill, tunnel or disturb the river, lake or wetland; (c) introduce any animal whether alien or indigenous in a lake, river or

wetland; (d) introduce or plant any part of a plant specimen, whether alien or

indigenous, dead or alive, in any river, lake or wetland; (e) deposit any substance in a lake, river or wetland or in, on, or under its bed,

if that substance would or is likely to have adverse environmental effects on the river, lake or wetland;

(f) direct or block any river, lake or wetland from its natural and normal course; or

(g) drain any lake, river or wetland. (2) The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, declare a lake shore, wetland,

coastal zone or river bank to be protected area and impose such restrictions as he considers necessary, to protect the lake shore, wetlands, coastal zone and river bank from environmental degradation. In declaring a lake shore, wetland, coastal zone or river bank a protected area, the Minister shall take into consideration the following factors – (a) the geographical size of the lake shore, wetland, coastal zone or river

bank; and (b) the interests of the communities resident around the lake shore, wetland,

coastal zone or river bank concerned.

15

(3) The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, issue general and specific orders, regulations or standards for the management of river banks, lake shores, wetlands or coastal zones and such orders, regulations or standards may include management, protection, or conservation measures in respect of any area at risk of environmental degradation and shall provide for – (a) the development of an overall environmental management plan for a lake,

river, wetland or coastal area, taking into account the relevant sectoral interests;

(b) measures for the prevention or control of coastal erosion; (c) the conservation of mangrove and coral reef ecosystems; (d) plans for the harvesting of minerals within the coastal zone, including

strategies for the restoration of mineral sites; (e) contingency plans for the prevention and control of all deliberate and

accidental discharge of pollutants into the sea, lakes or rivers; (f) plans for the protection of wetlands; (g) the regulations of harvesting of aquatic living and non-living resources to

ensure optimism sustainable yield; (h) special guidelines for access to and exploitation of living and non-living

resources in the continental shelf, territorial sea and the Exclusive Economic Zone;

(i) promotion of environmentally friendly tourism; and (j) the management of biological resources;

(4) The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, issue guidelines for the management of the environment of lakes and rivers.

(5) Any person who contravenes or fails to comply with any orders, regulations or standards issued under this section shall be guilty of an offence.

43. The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, declare the traditional interests of indigenous communities customarily resident within or around a lake shore, wetland, coastal zone or river bank to be protected interests.

44. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, develop issue and implement regulations, procedures, guidelines and measures for the sustainable use of hill sides, hill tops, mountain areas and forests and such regulations, guidelines, procedures and measures shall control the harvesting of forests and any natural resources located in or on a hill side, hill top or mountain areas so as to protect water catchment areas, prevent soil erosion and regulate human settlement.

45.(1) Every District Environment Committee shall identify the hilly and mountainous

areas under their jurisdiction which are at risk from environmental degradation. (2) A hilly or mountainous area is at risk from environmental degradation if –

(a) it is prone to soil erosion;

(b) landslides have occurred in such an area;

(c) vegetation cover has been removed or is likely to be removed from the

area at a rate faster than it is being replaced; or

(d) any other land use activity in such an area is likely to lead to environmental degradation. Each District Environment Committee shall notify the Director-General of the hilly and mountainous areas it has identified as being at risk from environmental degradation under subsection (1).

(3) The Director-General shall maintain a register of hilly and mountainous areas identified under subsection (1) to be at risk from environmental degradation.

46.(1) Every District Environment Committee shall specify which of the areas identified in accordance with section 45 (1) are to be targeted for afforestation or reforestation.

(2) Every District Environment Committee shall take measures, through encouraging voluntary self-help activities in their respective local community, to plant trees or other vegetation in any areas specified under subsection (1) which are within the limits of its jurisdiction.

(3) Where the areas specified under subsection (1) are subject to leasehold or any

other interest in land including customary tenure, the holder of that interest shall implement measures required to be implemented by the District Environment Committee including measures to plant trees and other vegetation in those areas.

47.(1) The Authority shall, in consultant with the relevant lead agencies, issue guidelines and prescribe measures for the sustainable use of hill tops, hill slides and mountainous areas.

(2) The guidelines issued and measures prescribed by the Authority under subsection (1) shall be by way of Gazette Notice and shall include those relating to – (a) appropriate farming methods; (b) carrying capacity of the areas described in subsection (1) in relation to

animal husbandry; (c) measures to curb soil erosion; (d) disaster preparedness in areas prone to landslides; (e) the protection of areas referred to in subsection (1) from human

settlements; 16

(f) the protection of water catchment areas; and (g) any other measures the Authority considers necessary.

(3) The District Environment Committees shall be responsible for ensuring that the guidelines issued and measures prescribed under subsection (2) in respect of their districts are implemented.

(4) Any person who contravenes any measure prescribed by the Authority under this section or who fails to comply with a lawful direction issued by a District Environment Committee under this section shall be guilty of an offence.

48.(1) Subject to subsection (2) the Director-General may, with the approval of the Director of Forestry, enter into any contractual arrangement with a private owner of any land on such terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed for the purposes of registering such land as forest land.

(2) The Director-General shall not take any action, in respect of any forest or mountain area, which is prejudicial to the traditional interests of the indigenous communities customarily resident within or around such forest or mountain area.

49. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, promote the use of renewable sources of energy by –

(a) promoting research in appropriate renewable sources of energy; (b) creating incentives for the promotion of renewable sources of energy; (c) promoting measures for the conservation of non-renewable sources of

energy; and (d) taking measures to encourage the planning of trees and woodlots by

individual land users, institutions and by community groups. 50. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, prescribe

measures necessary to ensure the conservation of biological diversity in Kenya and in this respect the Authority shall –

(a) identify, prepare and maintain an inventory of biological diversity of Kenya;

(b) determine which components of biological diversity are endangered, rare

or threatened with extinction;

(c) identify potential threats to biological diversity and devise measures to remove or arrest their effects;

(d) undertake measures intended to integrate the conservation and

sustainable utilisation ethic in relation to biological diversity in existing government activities and activities by private persons;

(e) specify national strategies, plans and government programmes for conservation and sustainable use of biological diversity;

(f) protect indigenous property rights of local communities in respect of

biological diversity; and

(g) measure the value of unexploited natural resources in terms of watershed protection, influence on climate, cultural and aesthetic value, as well as actual and potential genetic value thereof.

51. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, prescribe

measures adequate to ensure the conservation of biological resources in-situ and in this regard shall issue guidelines for – (a) land use methods that are compatible with conservation of biological

diversity; (b) the selection and management of protected areas so as to promote the

conservation of the various terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems under the jurisdiction of Kenya;

(c) selection and management of buffer zones near protected areas; (d) special arrangement for the protection of species, ecosystems and

habitats threatened with extinction; (e) prohibiting and controlling the introduction of alien species into natural

habitats; and (f) integrating traditional knowledge for the conservation of biological diversity

with mainstream scientific knowledge. 52. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies –

(a) prescribe measures for the conservation of biological resources ex-situ especially for those species threatened with extinction;

(b) issue guidelines for the management of:- (i) germplasm banks; (ii) botanical gardens; (iii) zoos or aquaria; (iv) animal orphanages; and (v) any other facilities recommended to the Authority by any of its Committees or considered necessary by the Authority.

(c) ensure that species threatened with extinction which are conserved ex-situ are re-introduced into their native habitats and ecosystems where:- (i) the threat to the species has been terminated; or (ii) a viable population of the threatened species has been achieved.

17

53.(1) The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, issue guidelines and prescribe measures for the sustainable management and utilisation of genetic resources of Kenya for the benefit of the people of Kenya.

(2) Without prejudice to the general effect of subsection (1), the guidelines issued or measures prescribed under that subsection shall specify – (a) appropriate arrangement for access to genetic resources of Kenya by non-

citizens of Kenya including the issue of licences and fees to be paid for that access;

(b) measures for regulating the import or export of germplasm; (c) the sharing of benefits derived from genetic resources of Kenya; (d) biosafety measures necessary to regulate biotechnology; (e) measures necessary to regulate the development, access to and transfer

of biotechnology; and (f) any other matter that the Authority considers necessary for the better

management of the genetic resources of Kenya. 54.(1) The Minister may, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, by notice in

the Gazette, declare any area of land, sea, lake or river to be a protected natural environment for the purpose of promoting and preserving specific ecological processes, natural environment systems, natural beauty or species of indigenous wildlife or the preservation of biological diversity in general.

(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the Authority may, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, issue guidelines and prescribe measures for the management and protection of any area of environmental significance declared to be a protected natural environment area under this section.

55. (1) The Minster may, by notice in the Gazette, declare an area to be a protected

coastal zone. (2) As soon as practicable upon the commencement of this Act, the Authority shall,

in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, prepare a survey of the coastal zone and prepare an integrated national coastal zone management plan based on the report of such survey.

(3) The Authority shall, from time to time, not exceeding every two years, review

the national coastal zone management plan prepared under subsection (2).

(4) The report of the survey of the coastal zone shall contain:-

(a) an inventory of all structures, roads, excavations, harbours, outfalls, dumping sites and other works located in the coastal zone;

(b) an inventory of the state of the coral reefs, mangroves and marshes found

within the coastal zone;

(c) an inventory of all areas within the coastal zone of scenic value or of value for recreational and cultural purposes;

(d) an inventory of areas within the coastal zone of special value for research

in respect of fisheries, erosion, littorals movement and such other similar subjects;

(e) an estimate of the quantities of sand, coral sea shells and other

substances being removed from the coastal zone; (f) an estimate of the impacts of erosion on the coastal zone; and (g) an estimate of the extent, nature, cause and sources of coastal pollution

and degradation; (h) an estimate of freshwater resources available in the coastal zone; and (i) any other relevant data or information that may be deemed appropriate.

(5) Any person who releases or causes to be released into the coastal zone any polluting or hazardous substances contrary to the provisions of this Act shall be guilty of an offence and liable upon conviction to a fine of not less than one million shillings or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding two years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

(6) The Minister shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, issue appropriate regulations to prevent, reduce and control pollution or other form of environmental damage in the coastal zone.

(7) Notwithstanding the generality of subsection (6) of this section, the regulations made thereunder shall provide for the control and prevention of pollution – (a) of the marine environment from land based sources including rivers,

estuaries, pipelines and outfall structures; (b) from vessels, aircrafts and other engines used in the coastal zone; (c) from installations and devices used in the exploration or exploitation of the

natural resources of the seabed and subsoil of the exclusive economic zone; and

(d) of the marine environment arising from or in connection with seabed activities and from artificial islands installations and other structures in the exclusive economic zone.

56.(1) The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, undertake or commission other persons to undertake national studies and give due recognition to developments in scientific knowledge relating to substances,

18

activities and practices that deplete the ozone layer to the detriment of public health and the environment.

(2) The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, issue guidelines and institute programmes concerning the:- (a) elimination of substances that deplete the stratospheric ozone layer; (b) controlling of activities and practices likely to lead to the degradation of the

ozone layer and the stratosphere; (c) reduction and minimisation of risks to human health created by the

degradation of the ozone layer and the stratosphere; and (d) formulate strategies, prepare and evaluate programmes for phasing out

ozone depleting substances. 57.(1) Notwithstanding the provision of any relevant revenue Act, the Minister

responsible for finance may, on the recommendation of the Council, propose to Government tax and other fiscal incentives, disincentives or fees to induce or promote the proper management of the environment and natural resources or the prevention or abatement of environmental degradation.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) the tax and fiscal incentives, disincentives or fees may include –

(a) customs and excise waiver in respect of imported capital goods which

prevent or substantially reduce environmental degradation caused by an undertaking;

(b) tax rebates to industries or other establishments that invest in plants,

equipment and machinery for pollution control, re-cycling of wastes, water harvesting and conservation, prevention of floods and for using other energy resources as substitutes for hydrocarbons;

(c) tax disincentives to deter bad environmental behavior that leads to

depletion of environmental resources or that cause pollution; or

(d) user fees to ensure that those who use environmental resources pay proper value for the utilisation of such resources.

PART VI – ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 58.(1) Notwithstanding any approval, permit or licence granted under this Act or any

other law in force in Kenya, any person, being a proponent of a project, shall, before financing, commencing, proceeding with, carried out, executing or conducting or causing to be financed, commenced, proceeded with, carried out, executed or conducted by another person any undertaking specified in the

Second Schedule to this Act, submit a project report to the Authority, in the prescribed form, giving the prescribed information and which shall be accompanied by the prescribed fee.

(2) The proponent of a project shall undertake or cause to be undertaken at his own expense and environmental impact assessment study and prepare a report thereof where the Authority, being satisfied, after studying the project report submitted under subsection (1), that the intended project may or is likely to have or will have a significant impact on the environment, so directs.

(3) The environmental impact assessment study report prepared under this subsection shall be submitted to the Authority in the prescribed form, giving the prescribed information and shall be accompanied by the prescribed fee..

(4) The Minister may, on the advice of the Authority given after consultation with the relevant lead agencies, amend the Second Schedule to this Act by notice in the Gazette.

(5) Environmental Impact Assessment studies and reports required under this Act shall be conducted or prepared respectively by individual experts or a firm of experts authorised in that behalf by the Authority. The Authority shall maintain a register of all individual experts or firms of all experts duly authorized by it to conduct or prepare environmental impact assessment studies and reports respectively. The register shall be a public document and may be inspected at reasonable hours by any person on the payment of a prescribed fee.

(6) The Director-General may, in consultation with the Standards Enforcement and Review Committee, approve any application by an expert wishing to be authorised to undertake Environmental Impact Assessment. Such application shall be made in the prescribed manner and accompanied by any fees that may be required.

(7) Environmental impact assessment shall be conducted in accordance with the environmental impact assessment regulations, guidelines and procedures issued under this Act.

(8) The Director-General shall respond to the applications for environmental impact assessment licence within six months.

(9) Any person who upon submitting his application does not receive any communication from the Director-General within the stipulated time may within nine months of such submission start his undertaking.

59.(1) Upon receipt of an environmental impact assessment study report from any proponent under section 58(2), the Authority shall cause to be published in each of two successive weeks in the Gazette and newspaper circulating in the area or proposed area of the project once at least in each of two successive weeks in some one and the same a notice which shall state:-

19

(a) a summary description of the project; (b) the place where the project is to be carried out; (c) the place where the environmental impact assessment study, evaluation

or review report may be inspected; and (d) a time limit of not exceeding ninety days for the submission of oral or

written comments by any member of the public on the environmental impact assessment study, evaluation or review report.

(2) The Authority may, on application by any person extend the period stipulated in sub-paragraph (d) so as to afford reasonable opportunity for such person to submit oral or written comments on the environmental impact assessment report.

60. A lead agency shall, upon the written request of the Director-General, submit written comments on an environmental impact assessment study, evaluation and review report within thirty days from the date of the written request.

61. The Authority may set up a technical advisory committee to advise it on

environmental impact assessment related reports and the Director-General shall prescribe the terms of reference and rules of procedure for the technical advisory committee appointed hereunder.

62. The Authority may require any proponent of a project to carry out at his own

expense further evaluation or environmental impact assessment study, review or submit additional information for the purpose of ensuring that the environmental impact assessment study, review or evaluation report is as accurate and exhaustive as possible.

63. The Authority may, after being satisfied as to the adequacy of an

environmental impact assessment study, evaluation or review report, issue an environmental impact assessment licence on such terms and conditions as may be appropriate and necessary to facilitate sustainable development and sound environmental management.

64.(1) The Authority may, at any time after the issue of an environmental impact

assessment licence direct the holder of such licence to submit at his own expense a fresh environmental impact assessment study, evaluation or review report within such time as the Authority may specify where –

(a) there is a substantial change or modification in the project or in the

manner in which the project is being operated;

(b) the project poses environmental threat which could not be reasonably foreseen at the time of the study, evaluation or review; or

(c) it is established that the information or data given by the proponent in

support of his application for an environmental impact assessment licence under section 58 was false, inaccurate or intended to mislead.

(2) Any person who fails, neglects or refuses to comply with the directions of the

Authority issued under subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence.

65.(1) An environmental impact assessment licence may be transferred by the holder to another person only in respect of the project in relation to which such licence was issued.

(2) Where an environmental impact assessment licence is transferred under this section, the person to whom it is transferred and the person transferring it shall jointly notify the Director-General in writing of the transfer, not later than thirty days after the transfer.

(3) Where no joint notification of a transfer is given in accordance with subsection (2), the registered holder of the licence shall be deemed for the purposes of this Act to be the owner or the person having charge or management or control of the project as the case may be.

(4) Any transfer of an environmental impact assessment licence, under this section shall take effect on the date the Director-General is notified of the transfer.

(5) Any person who contravenes any provisions of this section, shall be guilty of an offence.

66.(1) No civil or criminal liability in respect of a project or consequences resulting from a project shall be incurred by the Government, the Authority or any public officer by reason of the approval of an environmental impact assessment study, evaluation or review report or grant of an environmental impact assessment licence or by reason of any condition attached to such licence.

(2) The issuance of an environmental impact assessment licence in respect of a project shall afford no defense to any civil action or to a prosecution that may be brought or preferred against a proponent in respect of the manner in which the project is executed, managed or operated.

67.(1) The Authority shall, on the advice of the Standards and Enforcement Review Committee, cancel, revoke or suspend any environmental impact assessment licence for such time not exceeding twenty four months where the licensee contravenes the provisions of the licence.

(2) Whenever an environmental impact assessment licence is revoked, suspended or cancelled, the holder thereof shall not proceed with the project which is the subject of the licence until a new licence is issued by the Authority.

20

(3) The Authority shall maintain a register of all environmental impact assessment licences issued under this Act. The register shall be a public document and may be inspected at reasonable hours by any person on the payment of a prescribed fee.

PART VII – ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT AND MONITORING 68.(1) The Authority shall be responsible for carrying out environmental audit of all

activities that are likely to have significant effect on the environment. An environmental inspector appointed under this Act may enter any land or premises for the purposes of determining how far the activities carried out on that land or premises conform with the statements made in the environmental impact assessment study report issued in respect of that land or those premises under section 58(2).

(2) The owner of the premises or the operator of a project for which an environmental impact assessment study report has been made shall keep accurate records and make annual reports to the Authority describing how far the project conforms in operation with the statements made in the environmental impact assessment study report submitted under section 58(2).

(3) The owner of premises or the operator of a project shall take all reasonable

measures to mitigate any undesirable effects not contemplated in the environmental impact assessment study report submitted under section 58(2) and shall prepare and submit an environmental audit report on those measures to the Authority annually or as the Authority may, in writing, require.

69.(1) The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, monitor:-

(a) all environmental phenomena with a view to making an assessment of any possible changes in the environment and their possible impacts; or

(b) the operation of any industry, project or activity with a view of determining its immediate and long-term effects on the environment.

(2) An environmental inspector appointed under this Act may enter upon any land

or premises for the purposes of monitoring the effects upon the environment of any activities carried on that land or premises.

PART VIII – ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS

70.(1) There is hereby established a Standards and Enforcement Review Committee to be a committee of the Authority.

(2) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall consist of the members set out in the Third Schedule to this Act.

(3) The permanent secretary under the Minister shall be the Chairman of the Standards and Enforcement Review Committee.

(4) The Director-General shall appoint a Director of the Authority to be a member of the Standards and Enforcement Review Committee who shall be the secretary to the Committee and shall provide the secretarial services to the Committee.

(5) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall regulate its own proceedings.

(6) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee may co-opt any person to attend its meetings and a person so co-opted shall participate at the deliberations of the Committee but shall have no vote.

(7) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall meet at least once every three months for the transaction of its business.

71. The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies:-

(a) advise the Authority on how to establish criteria and procedures for the measurement of water quality;

(b) recommend to the Authority minimum water quality standards for all the waters of Kenya and for different uses, including – (i) drinking water; (ii) water for industrial purposes; (iii) water for agricultural purposes; (iv) water for recreational purposes; (v) water for fisheries and wildlife; (vi) and any other prescribed water use.

(c) analyse and submit to the Director-General conditions for discharge of effluents into the environment.

(d) prepare and recommend to the Director-General guidelines or regulations for the preservation of fishing areas, aquatic areas, water sources and reservoirs and other areas where water may need special protection.

(e) identify and recommend to the Authority areas of research on the effects of water pollution on the environment, human beings flora and fauna;

(f) advise the Authority to carry out investigations of actual or suspected water pollution including the collection of data;

(g) advise the Authority to take steps or authorise any works to be carried out which appear to be necessary to prevent or abate water pollution from natural causes or from abandoned works or undertakings;

(h) document the analytical methods by which water quality and pollution control standards can be determined and appoint laboratories for the

21

analytical services required or request the Director-General to establish such laboratories;

(i) collect, maintain and interpret data from industries and local authorities on the pretreatment nature and levels of effluents;

(j) recommend to the Director-General measures necessary for the treatment of effluents before being discharged into the sewerage system;

(k) recommend to the Director-General works necessary for the treatment of

effluents before being discharged into the water; (l) submit to the Director-General all such recommendations as may appear

necessary for the monitoring and control of water pollution. 72.(1) Any person who upon the coming into force of this Act, discharge or applies

any poison, toxic, noxious or obstructing matter, radioactive waste or other pollutants or permits any person to dump or discharge such matter into the aquatic environment in contravention of water pollution control standards established under this Part shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or to a fine not exceeding one million shillings or to both such imprisonment and fine.

(2) A person found guilty under subsection (1) shall, in addition to any sentence or fine imposed on him:- (a) pay the cost of the removal of any poison, toxic, noxious or obstructing

matter, radioactive waste or other pollutants, including the costs of restoration of the damaged environment, which may be incurred by a Government agency or organ in that respect;

(b) pay third parties reparation, cost of restoration, restitution or compensation as may be determined by a court of law on application by such third parties.

73. All owners or operators of irrigation project schemes, sewage systems, industrial production workshops or any other undertaking which may discharge effluents or other pollutants or have been discharging effluents or other pollutants shall within ninety days upon the coming into force of this Act or as may be demanded from time to time by the Authority, submit on demand, to the Authority accurate information about the quantity and quality of such effluent or other pollutant.

74.(1) Every owner or operator of a trade or industrial undertaking shall discharge any

effluents or other pollutants originating from the trade or industrial undertaking only into existing sewerage systems and the relevant Local Authority operating or supervising such sewerage system shall issue, at a prescribed fee, the necessary licence for discharge.

(2) The proponent or owner of a trade or an industrial undertaking shall, prior to being granted a licence to discharge effluents into the environment, install an appropriate plant for the treatment of such effluents before they are discharged into the environment.

75.(1) No Local Authority operating a sewerage system or owner or operator of any trade or industrial undertaking shall discharge any effluents or other pollutants into the environment without an effluent discharge licence issued by the Authority.

(2) Every owner or operator of a trade or an industrial undertaking discharging any effluents or other pollutants into the environment before the commencement of this Act shall, within twelve months of such commencement apply to the Authority for an effluent discharge licence.

(3) Every application for an effluent discharge licence shall be in the prescribed form and accompanied by the prescribed fee.

(4) Before the issuance of a licence under subsection (1) and (2), the Authority shall – (a) solicit the comments of local authorities concerned and organisations and

persons as he may deem fit; (b) take into consideration the possible effects of effluents or pollutants to be

discharged on the quality of an affected water course or other source of water;

(c) take into consideration the existing licences affecting the concerned water course or other source; and

(d) take into consideration the water requirements of riparian residents and ecosystems, human settlements, and agricultural schemes which depend on the affected water course.

(5) Where the Authority rejects an application for the grant of an effluent discharge licence it shall within twenty one days notify the applicant of its decision and state in writing its reasons for so rejecting the application.

(6) An effluent discharge licence issued under this Act shall be in a prescribed form, be subject to such conditions as may be prescribed or as may be specified in the licence and shall remain valid for such period and may be renewed for such further periods as may be prescribed or specified in the licence.

76.(1) The Authority may in writing, cancel any effluent discharge licence:- (a) if the holder of the licence contravenes any provision of this Act or any

regulations made thereunder; (b) if the holder fails to comply with any condition specified in the licence; or (c) if the Authority considers it in the interest of the environment or in the

public interest so to do. 77. The Authority shall maintain a register of all effluent discharge

22

licences issued under this Act. The register shall be a public document and may be inspected at any reasonable hour by any person on the payment of the prescribed fee.

78.(1) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies:-

(a) advise the Authority on how to establish criteria and procedures for the

measurement of air quality; (b) recommend to the Authority –

(i) ambient air quality standards; (ii) occupational air quality standards; (iii) emission standards for various sources; (iv) criteria and guidelines for air pollution control for both mobile and stationary sources; (v) any other air quality standards;

(c) advise the Authority on measures necessary to reduce existing sources of air pollution by requiring the redesign of plants or the installation of new technology or both, to meet the requirements of standards established under this section;

(d) recommend to the Authority guidelines to minimize emissions of green house gases and identify suitable technologies to minimize air pollution;

(e) advise the Authority on emissions concentration and nature of pollutants emitted;

(f) recommend to the Authority the best practicable technology available in controlling pollutants during the emission process;

(g) determine for consideration by the Authority the analytical methods for monitoring air contaminants and recommend to the Director-General the establishment of such number of laboratories for analytical services as may be needed;

(h) request the Authority to carry out investigations of actual or suspected air pollution including pollution produced by aircrafts and other self propelled vehicles and by factories and power generating stations;

(i) request the Authority to order any industry or other source of air pollution to file such returns and provide such information as it may require; and

(j) do all such things as appear necessary for the monitoring and controlling of air pollution.

(2) Any person who emits any substances which cause air pollution in contravention of emission standards established under this Part shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for a term of not more than two years

or to a fine of not more than five hundred thousand shillings or to both such fine and imprisonment.

(3) A person found guilty under subsection (2) shall, in addition to any sentence or fine imposed on him; (a) pay the cost of the removal of the pollution, including any costs which may

be incurred by any Government agency or organ in the restoration of the environment damaged or destroyed as a result of the emission; and

(b) the cost of third parties in the forms of reparation, restoration, restitution or compensation as may be determined by a competent court upon application by such third parties.

79.(1) The Minister, may on the advice of the Authority, by the Gazette Notice, declare any area to be a controlled area for the purposes of this Part.

(2) The Minister may, on the advice of the Authority, in regulations, prescribe the air emission standards in respect of any controlled areas. 80.(1) An owner or operator of a trade, industrial undertaking or an establishment which after the commencement of this Act, is emitting a substance or energy which is causing or is likely to cause air pollution shall apply to the Authority for an emission licence.

(2) In the case of any trade, industrial undertaking or establishment existing before the commencement of this Act, such application shall be made within twelve months after this Act has come into operation.

(3) Every application for an emission licence shall be in the prescribed form and be accompanied by the prescribed fee.

81.(1) Before issuing a licence in respect of emissions, the Authority shall:- (a) consider the possible effects of the emissions on the quality of ambient air; (b) consider existing licences affecting the same air resource; (c) give due regard to the requirements for the residents, human settlements

and other industrial and commercial activities; (d) solicit the comments of relevant Local Authorities and concerned

organisations; (e) where the information accompanying the application appears inadequate,

require the applicant to furnish further information relating to the undertaking in question, its location, materials, technology design or other appropriate matters;

(f) where it appears necessary to conduct an environmental impact study, require the applicant to conduct an environmental impact assessment study in respect of the undertaking in question in accordance with the provisions of Part VI.

(2) An emission licence issued under this Act shall be in a prescribed form, be subject to such conditions as may be prescribed or as may be specified in the

23

licence and shall remain valid for such period and may be renewed for such further periods as may be prescribed or specified in the licence.

(3) Where the Authority rejects an application for the grant of an emission licence, it shall within twenty one days of its decision, notify the applicant in writing of its reasons for such refusal.

82. No owner or operator of a motor-vehicle, train, ship, aircraft or other similar conveyance shall –

(a) operate it in such a manner as to cause air pollution in contravention of the established emission standards; or

(b) import any machinery, equipment, device or similar thing that will cause

emissions into the ambient air in contravention of prescribed emission standards.

83. The Authority may establish additional procedures for the application and grant of any licence under this Act and impose such conditions as it may deem appropriate.

84. The Authority may, in writing, cancel any emission licence:- (a) if the holder of the licence contravenes any provisions of this Act or of any

regulations made under it; (b) if the holder fails to comply with any conditions specified in the licence; or (c) if the Authority considers it in the interest of the environment or in the

public interest so to do; 85. The Authority shall maintain a register of all emission licences issued under

this Act. The register shall be a public document and may be inspected at reasonable hours by any person on the payment of a prescribed fee.

86. The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, recommend to the Authority measures necessary to:-

(1) identify materials and processes that are dangerous to human health and the environment; issue guidelines and prescribe measures for the management of the materials and processes identified under subsection (1);

(2) prescribe standards for waste, their classification and analysis, and formulate and advise on standards of disposal methods and means for such wastes; or

(3) issue regulations for the handling, storage, transportation, segregation and destruction of any waste.

87.(1) No person shall discharge or dispose of any wastes, whether generated within or outside Kenya, in such manner as to cause pollution to the environment or ill health to any person.

(2) No person shall transport any waste other than –

(a) in accordance with a valid licence to transport wastes issued by the Authority; and

(b) to a wastes disposal site established in accordance with a licence issue by the Authority.

(4) No person shall operate a wastes disposal site or plant without a licence issued by the Authority.

(5) Every person whose activities generate wastes shall employ measures essential to minimize wastes through treatment, reclamation and recycling.

(6) Any person who contravenes any provisions of this section shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for a term of not more than two years or to a fine of not more than one million shillings or to both such imprisonment and fine.

88.(1) Any person intending to transport wastes within Kenya, operate a wastes disposal site or plant or to generate hazardous waste, shall prior to transporting the wastes, commencing with the operation of a wastes disposal site or plant or generating hazardous wastes, as the case may be, apply to the Authority in writing for the grant of an appropriate licence.

(2) A licence to operate a waste disposal site or plant may only be granted subject to the payment of the appropriate fee and any other licence that may be required by the relevant Local Authority.

(3) Where the Authority rejects an application made under this section, it shall within twenty one days of its decision, notify the applicant of the decision

specifying the reasons thereof. 89. Any person who, at the commencement of this Act, owns or operates a waste

disposal site or plant or generated hazardous waste, shall apply to the Authority for a licence under this Part, within six months after the commencement of this Act.

90. The Authority may apply to a competent court for orders compelling any person to immediately stop the generation, handling, transportation, storage or disposal of any wastes where such generation, handling, transportation, storage or disposal presents an imminent and substantial danger to public health, the environment or natural resources.

91.(1) The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, recommend to the Authority standard criteria for the classification of hazardous wastes with regard to determining – (a) hazardous waste; (b) corrosive waste; (c) carcinogenic waste; (d) flammable waste; (e) persistent waste; (f) toxic waste;

24

(g) explosive waste; (h) radioactive waste; (i) wastes, reactive otherwise than as described in the forgoing paragraphs of

this subsection; (j) any other category of waste the Authority may consider necessary.

(2) The Authority shall, on the recommendation of the Standards and Enforcement Review Committee issue guidelines and regulations for the management of each category of hazardous wastes determined under subsection (1).

(3) No person shall import into Kenya any hazardous waste falling under any category determined under subsection (1).

(4) No hazardous waste shall be exported to any country from Kenya without a valid permit granted by the Authority and written consent given by a competent authority of the receiving country.

(5) No hazardous waste shall be transported within or through Kenya without a valid permit granted by the Authority.

(6) Any person who contravenes any provision of this section or who withholds, falsifies or otherwise tampers with information relating to trafficking in hazardous or other waste shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for a term of not less than two years or to a fine of not less than one million shillings or to both such imprisonment and fine.

(7) A person found guilty under subsection (6) shall be responsible for the removal of the waste from Kenya and for its safe disposal.

92. The Minister may, on the advice of the Authority make regulations prescribing the procedure and criteria for –

(a) classification of toxic and hazardous chemicals and materials in accordance with their toxicity and the hazard they present to the human health and to the environment;

(b) registration of chemicals and materials; (c) labelling of chemicals and materials; (d) packaging for chemicals and materials; (e) advertising of chemicals and materials; (f) control of imports and exports of toxic and hazardous chemicals and

materials permitted to be so imported or exported; (g) distribution, storage, transportation and handling of chemicals and

materials; (h) monitoring of the effect of chemicals and their residue on human health

and the environment; (i) disposal of expired and surplus chemicals and materials; and (j) restriction and banning of toxic and hazardous substances and energy.

93.(1) No person shall discharge any hazardous substance, chemical, oil or mixture containing oil into any waters or any other segments of the environment contrary to the provisions of this Act or any regulations thereunder.

(2) A person who discharges a hazardous substance, chemical, oil or a mixture containing oil into any waters or other segments of the environment contrary to subsection (1) commits an offence.

(3) A person convicted of an offence under subsection (2) shall, in addition to any other sentence imposed by the court:- (a) pay the cost of the removal of the hazardous substance, chemical, oil or a

mixture containing oil including any costs which may be incurred by any Government agency or organ in the restoration of the environment damaged or destroyed as a result of the discharge; and

(b) the costs of third parties in the form of reparation, restoration, restitution or

compensation as may be determined by a competent court on application by such third parties.

(4) The owner or operator of a production or storage facility, motor vehicle or vessel from which a discharge occurs contrary to this section shall mitigate the impact of the discharge by – (a) giving immediate notice of the discharge to the Authority and other

relevant Government officers; (b) immediately beginning clean-up operations using the best available clean-

up methods; (c) complying with such directions as the Authority may, from time to time,

prescribe. (5) Where the owner or operator of a production or storage facility, motor vehicle

or vessel has refused, neglected and/or failed to take the mitigation measures prescribed in subsection (4), the Authority may seize the production or storage facility, motor vehicle or vessel.

(6) Where the owner or operator fails to take the necessary measures under subsection (4) after the passage of a reasonable time not exceeding six months in all the circumstances, the Authority may, upon an order of court, dispose of the production or storage facility, motor vehicle or vessel to meet the costs of taking necessary measures under subsection (4) and other remedial and restoration measures.

(7) The Court in convicting a person of an offence under this section shall take into account the measures taken by that person to comply with subsection (4).

94. The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies shall –

(a) prepare and submit to the Authority draft standards for the concentration of pesticides residues in raw agricultural commodities, processed foods

25

and animal feed and for the purposes of this paragraph raw agricultural commodities:-

(i) include fresh or frozen fruit and vegetables in their raw state, grains, nuts, eggs, raw milk, meat and other agricultural produce; (ii) do not include any agricultural produce or good which is processed, fabricated or manufactured by cooking, dehydrating, milling, or by any other similar means;

(b) establish, revisit, modify and submit to the Authority draft standards to regulate the importation, exportation, manufacture, storage, distribution, sale, use, packaging, transportation, disposal and advertisement of pesticides and toxic substances with the relevant organisations;

(c) establish and submit to the Authority draft procedures for the registration of pesticides and toxic substances;

(d) establish and submit to the Authority draft measures to ensure proper labelling and packaging of pesticides and toxic substances;

(e) constantly review the use and efficacy of pesticides and toxic substances and submit the findings of such review to the Authority.

(f) recommend to the Authority measures for monitoring the effects of pesticides and toxic substances on the environment;

(g) recommend to the Authority measures for the establishment and maintenance of laboratories to operate as standards laboratories for pesticides and toxic substances;

(h) recommend to the Authority measures for the establishment of enforcement procedures and regulations for the storage, packaging and transportation of pesticides and toxic substances;

(i) constantly collect data from industries on the production, use and health effects of pesticides and toxic substances and avail such data to the Authority;

(j) keep up-to-date records and reports necessary for the proper regulations of the administration of pesticides and toxic substances;

(k) do all other things as appear necessary for the monitoring and control of pesticides and toxic substances;

95.(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act or any other written law applicable in Kenya, any person who intends to manufacture, import or process a new pesticide or toxic substance or who intends to reprocess an existing pesticide or toxic substance for a significantly new use, must apply to the Authority for the registration of the pesticide or toxic substance, before importing, manufacturing, processing or reprocessing such pesticides or toxic substance.

(2) The application referred to in subsection (1) shall include the name, trade mark, and the molecular structure, proposed categories of use, an estimate of

the quantity of the pesticides or toxic substances and any data related to health and other environmental effects thereof that the Authority may require.

96. Any person who, being in Kenya, has been manufacturing, importing or

processing a pesticide or toxic substance before the coming into force of this Act, shall apply to the Authority for registration of such pesticides or toxic substance within one year after the commencement of this Act.

97.(1) The Authority may, upon application, register a pesticide or toxic substance

subject to such existing conditions and any other conditions that the Authority may determine.

(2) Every pesticide or toxic substance shall be registered for ten years unless some

other period is specified by the Authority, and may be renewed for a like period. (3) Where the Authority refuses to register any pesticide or toxic substance, the notice

of refusal shall state the reasons for such refusal. 98.(1) No person shall –

(a) detach, alter or destroy any labelling on a pesticide or toxic substance contrary to the provisions of this Act;

(b) change the composition of a pesticide or toxic substance, contrary to the provisions of this Act; or

(c) use or dispose into the environment a pesticide or toxic substance in contravention of the provisions of this Act.

(2) No person shall distribute, sell, offer for sale, hold for sale, import, deliver for importation to, or receive from, deliver or offer to deliver to any other person any unregistered pesticide or toxic substance.

(3) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of this section shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable upon conviction to a fine of not more than one million shillings or to imprisonment for a term of not more than two years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

99.(1) Any pesticide or toxic substance which the Authority reasonably suspects to be the subject matter of an offence under this Act shall be liable to seizure by the Authority.

(2)Whenever any pesticide or toxic substance is seized under subsection (1), the Authority shall serve a notice of seizure on the owner of the pesticide or toxic substance as soon as practicable.

(8) Where any pesticide or toxic substance is seized under this section, the

pesticide or toxic substance shall be placed under the custody of the Authority. (9) Any pesticide or toxic substance placed under the custody of the Authority

under subsection (3) shall be released, if after six months –

26

(a) no prosecution under this Act has been instituted with regard to the pesticide or toxic substance;

(b) no person is convicted of an offence under this Act. 100. The Minister shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, make

regulations prescribing the contents of any application and the conditions for the registration of pesticides and toxic substances under this Act.

101. The Standards and Enforcement Review Committee shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies – (a) recommend to the Authority minimum standards for emissions of noise

and vibration pollution into the environment as are necessary to preserve and maintain public health and the environment;

(b) establish and submit to the Authority criteria and procedures for the measurement of noise and vibration pollution into the environment;

(c) establish and submit to the Authority criteria and procedures for the measurement of sub-sonic vibrations;

(d) establish and submit to the Authority standards of the emission of sub-sonic vibrations which are likely to have a significant impact on the environment;

(e) recommend to the Authority guidelines for the minimisation of sub-sonic vibrations, referred to in paragraph (d) from existing and future sources;

(f) establish and submit to the Authority noise level and noise emission standards applicable to construction sites, plants, machinery, motor vehicles, aircraft including sonic bonus, industrial and commercial activities;

(g) recommend to the Authority measures necessary to ensure the abatement and control of noise from sources referred to in paragraph (f);

(h) measure the levels of noise emanating from the sources referred to in paragraph (f) details of which measurements shall be given to the owner or occupier of the premises from which the measurement was taken; and

(i) recommend to the Authority guidelines for the abatement of unreasonable noise and vibration pollution emitted into the environment from any source.

102. Subject to the provisions of the Civil Aviation Act, any person who emits noise in excess of the noise emission standards established under this Part commits an offence.

103.(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 102, the Authority may on request grant a temporary permit not exceeding three months, allowing emission of noise in excess of established standards for such activities as fireworks, demolitions, firing ranges, and specific heavy industry on such terms and conditions as the Authority may determine.

(2) Where an exemption has been granted under subsection (1), workers exposed to excessive levels of noise shall be adequately protected in accordance with the directives issued by the Authority.

104. Subject to the provisions of the Radiation Protection Act, the Authority, on the advice of the Standards and Enforcement Review Committee and in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, shall – (a) establish the standards for the setting of acceptable levels of ionising and

other radiation in the environment; (b) establish criteria and procedures for the measurement of ionising and

other radiation; (c) inspect and examine any area, place or premises or any vehicle, vessel,

boat or any carrier of any description in or upon which the Authority has reasonable cause to believe that radioactive material or any source of ionising radiation is stored, used, transported or disposed of;

(d) examine any person with respect to matters under this Act, where there is reasonable cause to believe that that person is contaminated with radioactive material or is unlawfully in possession of an ionising radiation source;

(e) provide information, warn and protect the public in case of actual or potential public exposure to radioactive material or ionising radiation;

(f) in collaboration with the Radiation Protection Board, conduct an ionising radiation monitoring programme and advise on ionising radiation control and protection measures;

(g) maintain records of release of radioactive contaminants into the environment;

(h) keep records of baseline data of radiation in the environment; (i) maintain a register of all radioactive substances imported into Kenya; and (j) do all such things as may be necessary for the monitoring and control of

pollution from radiation. 105. An inspector of the Authority at any reasonable time may –

(a) enter, inspect and examine any place, area, premises or any vehicle, vessel, boat, aircraft or any carriage of any description on which he has reasonable grounds to believe that radioactive materials or any source of ionising radiation is stored, used, transported or disposed of provided that no entry shall be made into any private dwelling house except with a court warrant;

(b) order presentation of – (i) a licence authorising the possession or use of radioactive material or sources of dangerous ionising radiation; (ii) a licence authorising the mining and processing of radioactive materials; and

27

(iii) a register, certificate, notice or document kept under the control of the Radiation Protection Board.

106.(1) A person who imports, processes, mines, exports, possess, transports, uses, or disposes radioactive materials or other source of dangerous ionising radiation without a licence issued under this Act or regulation made thereunder, shall be guilty of an offence and liable upon conviction to a fine of not less than five hundred and fifty thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term of not less than two years or to both such fine and imprisonment.

(2) In addition to the penalties provided in subsection (1) of this section, the radioactive material or other source of dangerous ionising radiation may be seized, impounded, destroyed or disposed of in such a manner as the Court may consider necessary to protect the public and the environment or may only be returned to the owner on order of the Court and under any other conditions set out in the licence issued by the Authority.

107. The Authority shall, in consultation with the relevant lead agencies, establish – (a) procedures for the measurement and determination of noxious smells; (b) minimum standards for the control of pollution of the environment by

noxious smell; or (c) guidelines for measures leading to the abatement of noxious smells,

whether from human activities or from naturally occurring phenomena.

PART IX – ENVIRONMENTAL RESTORATION ORDERS, ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION ORDERS AND ENVIRONMENTAL EASEMENTS

108.(1) Subject to any other provisions of this Act, the Authority may issue and serve on any person in respect of any matter relating to the management of the environment an order in this Part referred to as an environmental restoration order.

(2) An environmental restoration order issued under subsection (1) or section 111

shall be issued to – (a) require the person on whom it is served to restore the environment as

near as it may be to the state in which it was before the taking of the action which is the subject of the order; prevent the person on whom it is served from taking any action which would or is reasonably likely to cause harm to the environment;

(b) award compensation to be paid by the person on whom it is served to

other persons whose environment or livelihood has been harmed by the action which is the subject of the order;

(c) levy a charge on the person on whom it is served which in the opinion of

the Authority represents a reasonable estimate of the costs of any action taken by an authorised person or organisation to restore the environment to the state in which it was before the taking of the action which is the subject of the order.

(3) An environmental restoration order may contain such terms and conditions and

impose such obligations on the persons on whom it is served as will, in the opinion of the Authority, enable the order to achieve all or any of the purposes set out in subsection (2).

(4) Without prejudice to the general effect of the purpose set out in subsection (2) an environmental restoration order may require a person on whom it is served to – (a) take such action as will prevent the commencement or continuation or

cause of pollution; (b) restore land, including the replacement of soil, the replanting of trees and

other flora and the restoration as far as may be, of outstanding geological, archaeological or historical features of the land or the area contiguous to the land or sea as may be specified in the particular order;

(c) take such action to prevent the commencement or continuation or cause of environmental hazard;

(d) cease to take any action which is causing or may contribute to causing pollution or an environmental hazard;

(e) remove or alleviate any injury to land or the environment or to the amenities of the area;

(f) prevent damage to the land or the environment, aquifers beneath the land and flora and fauna in, on or under or about the land or sea specified in the order or land or the environment contiguous to the land or sea specified in the order;

(g) remove any waste or refuse deposited on the land or sea specified in the order and dispose of the same in accordance with the provisions of the order;

(h) pay any compensation specified in the order; (5) In exercising the powers under this section, the Authority shall –

(a) be guided by the principles of good environmental management in accordance with the provisions of this Act; and

(b) explain the right of appeal of the persons against whom the order is issued to the Tribunal or if dissatisfied with the decision of the Tribunal, to superior courts.

28

109.(1) An environmental restoration order shall specify clearly and in a manner which may be easily understood:- (a) the activity to which it relates; (b) the person or persons to whom it is addressed; (c) the time at which it comes into effect; (d) the action which must be taken to remedy the harm to the environment

and the time, being not more than thirty days or such further period as may be prescribed in the order within which the action must be taken;

(e) the powers of the Authority to enter any land and undertake the action specified in paragraph (d);

(f) the penalties which may be imposed if the action specified in paragraph (d) is not undertaken;

(g) the right of the person served with an environmental restoration order to appeal to the Tribunal against that order, except where the order is issued by a court of competent jurisdiction, in which case the right of appeal shall lie with superior courts.

(2) An Environmental Inspector of the Authority may inspect or cause to be

inspected any activity to determine whether that activity is harmful to the environment and may take into account the evidence obtained from that inspection in any decision on whether or not to serve an environmental restoration order.

(3) The Authority may seek and take into account any technical, professional and scientific advice which it considers to be desirable for a satisfactory decision to be made on an environmental restoration order.

(4) An environmental restoration order shall continue to apply to the activity in respect of which it was served notwithstanding that it has been complied with.

(5) A person served with an environmental restoration order shall, subject to the provisions of this Act, comply with all the terms and conditions of the order that has been served on him.

(6) It shall not be necessary for the Authority or its Inspectors in exercising the powers under subsection (2), to give any person conducting or involved in the activity which is the subject of the inspection or residing or working on or developing land on which the activity which is the subject of the inspection is taking place, an opportunity of being heard by or making representations to the person conducting the inspection.

110.(1) At any time within twenty-one days after the service of an environmental restoration order, a person upon whom the order has been served may, by giving reasons in writing, request the Authority to re-consider that order.

(2) Where the Authority exercises the power under subsection (1), the expenses necessarily incurred by it in the exercise of that power shall be a civil debt recoverable summarily by it from the person referred to in subsection (1).

111.(1) Without prejudice to the powers of the Authority under this Act, a court of competent jurisdiction may, in proceedings brought by any person, issue an environmental restoration order against a person who has harmed, is harming or is reasonably likely to harm the environment.

(2) For the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be necessary for a plaintiff under this

section to show that he has a right or interest in the property, environment or land alleged to have been or likely to be harmed.

112.(1) A court may, on an application made under this Part, grant an environmental easement or an environmental conservation order subject to the provisions of this Act.

(2) The object of an environmental easement is to further the principles of environmental management set out in this Act by facilitating the conservation and enhancement if the environment, in this Act referred to as the benefited environment, through the imposition of one or more obligations in respect of the use of land, in this Act referred to as the burdened land, being the land in the vicinity of the benefited environment.

(3) An environmental easement may be imposed on and shall thereafter attach to the burdened land in perpetuity or for a term of years or for an equivalent interest under customary law as the court may determine.

(4) Without prejudice to the general effect of subsection (2), an environmental conservation order may be imposed on burdened land so as to – (a) preserve flora and fauna; (b) preserve the quality and flow of water in a dam, lake, river or acquifer; (c) preserve any outstanding geological, physiological, ecological,

archeological, or historical features of the burdened land; (d) preserve scenic view; (e) preserve open space; (f) permit persons to walk in a defined path across the burdened land; (g) preserve the natural contours and features of the burdened land; (h) prevent or restrict the scope of any activity on the burdened land which

has as its object the mining and working of minerals or aggregates; (i) prevents or restrict the scope of any agricultural activity on the burdened

land; (j) create and maintain works on burdened land so as to limit or prevent harm

to the environment; or (k) create or maintain migration corridors for wildlife.

29

(5) Where an environmental easement is imposed on burdened land on which any person has at the time of the imposition of the easement, any existing right or interest to the land and that environmental easement will restrict that right or interest, there shall be paid to that person, by the applicant for the environmental easement such compensation as may be determined in accordance with section 116.

(6) As environmental easement may exist in gross; that is to say, the validity and enforceability of the easement shall not be dependent on the existence of a plot of land in the vicinity of the burdened land which can be benefited or, of a person with an interest in that plot of land who can be benefited by the environmental easement.

113.(1) A person or a group of persons may make an application to the court for the

grant of one or more environmental easements. (2) The court may impose such conditions on the grant of an environmental

easement as it considers to be best calculated to advance the object of an environmental easement.

114.(1) Proceedings to enforce an environmental easement may be commenced only

by the person in whose name the environmental easement has been issued. Proceedings to enforce an environmental easement may request the court to:-

(a) grant an environmental restoration order; (b) grant any remedy available under the law relating to easements in respect

of land. (2) The court shall have a discretion to adapt and adjust, so far as seems

necessary to it, the law and procedures relating to the enforcement of the requirements of an environmental easement.

115.(1) Where an environmental easement is imposed on land, the title of which is registered under a particular system of land registration, the environmental easement shall be registered in accordance with the provisions of the Act applicable to that particular system of registration for easements.

(2) Where an environmental easement is imposed on any land other than land referred to in subsection (1), the District Environment Committee of the area in which that land is situated shall register the environmental easement on a register maintained for that purpose in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

(3) In addition to any matter which may be required by any law relating to the registration of easements in respect of land, the registration of an environmental easement shall include the name of the applicant for the environmental easement as the person in whose name the environmental easement is registered.

116.(1) Any person who has a legal interest in the land which is the subject of an environmental easement, shall, in accordance with the provisions of this Act, be entitled to compensation commensurate with the lost value of the use of the land.

(2) A person described in subsection (1) may apply to the court that granted the environmental easement for compensation stating the nature of his legal interest in the burdened land and the compensation sought.

(3) The court may require the applicant for the environmental easement to bear the cost of compensating the person described in subsection (1).

(4) The court may, if satisfied that the environmental easement sought is of national importance, order that the Government compensates the person described in subsection (1).

(5) The court in determining the compensation due under this section shall take into account the relevant provisions of the Constitution and any other laws relating to compulsory acquisition of land.

PART X – INSPECTION, ANALYSIS AND RECORDS 117.(1) The Director-General shall, by Gazette Notice, appoint duly qualified persons

whether public officers or otherwise whether by name or by title of office, to be environmental inspectors of the Authority for such jurisdiction units as shall be specified in the Gazette Notice appointing them.

(2) An environmental inspector shall:- (a) monitor compliance with the environmental standards established under

this Act; (b) monitor the activities of other sector-specific environmental inspectorates; (c) monitor the pattern of use of environmental resources; (d) conduct environmental audits; and (e) perform such other functions as may be required under this Act or under

the Gazette Notice appointing him. (3) An environmental inspector may, in the performance of his duties under this

Act or any regulations made thereunder, at all reasonable times and without a warrant – (a) enter any land, premises, vessel, motor vehicle or ox-drawn trailer and

make examinations and enquiries to determine whether the provisions of this Act are being complied with;

(b) require the production of, inspect, examine and copy licences, registers, records and other documents relating to this Act or any other law relating to the environment and the management of natural resources;

(c) take samples of any article and substances to which this Act relates and, as may be prescribed, submit such samples for test and analysis;

30

(d) carry out periodic inspections of all establishments and undertakings within their respective jurisdictional limits which manufacture, produce as by-products, import, export, store, sell, distribute or use any substances that are likely to have significant impact on the environment, to ensure that the provisions of this Act are complied with;

(e) seize any article, vessel, motor vehicle, plant, equipment, substance or any other thing which he reasonably believes has been used in the commission of an offence under this Act or the regulations made thereunder;

(f) with the written approval of the Director-General order the immediate

closure of any manufacturing plant or other establishment or undertaking which pollutes or is likely to pollute the environment contrary to the provisions of this Act and to require the owner or operator of such establishment or undertaking to implement any remedial measures that the environmental inspector may direct in the notice closing down the establishment or undertaking closed down under this paragraph may resume its operations only with the written approval of the Director-General;

(g) with the approval of the Director-General issue an improvement notice

requiring the owner or operator of any manufacturing plant, vessel, motor vehicle or other establishment or undertaking to cease any activities deleterious to the environment and to take appropriate remedial measures, including the installation of new plant and machinery if necessary, within such reasonable time as the Director-General may determine;

(h) with an arrest warrant and the assistance of a police officer, arrest any person whom he reasonably believes has committed an offence under this Act; and

(i) install any equipment on any land, premise, vessel or motor-vehicle for purposes of monitoring compliance with the provisions of this Act, or the regulations made thereunder upon giving the owner or occupier of the land three months written notice.

(4) In exercising his powers under this Act, the environmental inspector shall suitably identify himself.

118. Subject to the Constitution and the directions and control of the Attorney-General, an environmental inspector may, in any case in which he considers it desirable so to do:- (a) institute and undertake criminal proceedings against any person before a

court of competent jurisdiction (other than a court-martial) in respect of

any offence alleged to have been committed by that person under this Act; and

(b) discontinue at any stage with the approval of the Attorney-General, before judgement is delivered any such proceedings instituted or undertaken by himself.

119.(1) The Director-General may, by Notice in the Gazette, designate such number of laboratories as he may consider necessary, analytical or reference laboratories for the purposes of this Act.

(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall state the specific functions of the laboratory, local limits or subject matter which the laboratory shall serve and the persons appointed as analysts in respect of that laboratory.

(3) The Authority shall, on the advice of the Standards Enforcement Review Committee, prescribe the form and manner in which samples will be taken for analysis.

120.(1) A laboratory designated as an analytical or reference laboratory under section 119 shall issue a certificate of analysis of any substance submitted to it under this Act.

(2) The certificate of analysis shall state the methods of analysis followed and shall be signed by the analyst or the reference analyst, as the case may be.

(3) A certificate issued under subsection (1) and complying with subsection (2) shall be sufficient evidence of the facts stated in the certificate for all purposes under this Act.

(4) The results of any analysis made by the laboratory shall be open to inspection by all interested parties.

121.(1) The Director-General shall, by notice in the Gazette, prescribe the activities for which records shall be kept for the purposes of this Act, the contents of such records and the manner in which they shall be kept. The records kept in accordance with subsection (1) of this section and any other records available at the site of an establishment or undertaking shall be made available at such reasonable time to any environmental inspector for the purpose of – (a) an environmental audit; (b) environmental monitoring and evaluation; (c) pollution control; (d) inspection; (e) any other purpose that may be prescribed by the Director-General from

time to time. 122. The records kept under section 121 shall be transmitted annually to the

Authority or its designated representative to be received not later than one month after the end of each calendar year. The Authority shall keep all records

31

transmitted hereunder and may maintain their confidentiality if the applicable circumstances so require.

123.(1) Subject to the provisions of section 122, any person may have access to any

records transmitted to the Authority under this Act.

(2) A person desiring access to such records referred to in subsection (1) may on application to the Authority, be granted access to the said records on the payment of a fee prescribed by the Authority.

PART XI – INTERNATIONAL TREATIES, CONVENTIONS AND AGREEMENTS 124.(1) Where Kenya is a party to an international treaty, convention or agreement,

whether bilateral or multilateral, concerning the management of the environment, the Authority shall, subject to the direction and control of the Council, in consultation with relevant lead agencies:- (a) initiate legislative proposals for consideration by the Attorney-General, for

purposes of giving effect to such treaty, convention or agreement in Kenya or for enabling Kenya to perform her obligations or exercise her rights under such treaty, convention or agreement; and

(b) identify other appropriate measures necessary for the national implementation of such treaty, convention or agreement.

(2) The Authority shall, in relation to the formation of international treaties, conventions or agreements on the environment, assist the relevant lead agencies negotiating such treaties, conventions or agreements.

(3) The Authority shall keep a register of all international treaties, agreements or conventions in the field of the environment to which Kenya is a party.

PART XII – NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT TRIBUNAL 125.(1) There is established a Tribunal to be known as the National Environment

Tribunal which shall consist of the following members – (a) a chairman nominated by the Judicial Service Commission, who shall be a

person qualified for appointment as a judge of the High Court of Kenya; (b) an advocate of the High Court of Kenya nominated by the Law Society of

Kenya; (c) a lawyer with professional qualifications in environmental law appointed by

the Minister; and (d) two persons who have demonstrated exemplary academic competence in

the field of environmental management appointed by the Minister. (2) All appointments to the Tribunal shall be by name and by the Gazette Notice

issued by the Minister.

(3) The members of the Tribunal shall be appointed at different times so that the respective expiry dates of their, terms of office shall fall at different times.

(4) The office of a member of the Tribunal shall become vacant:- (a) at the expiration of three years from the date of his appointment; (b) if he accepts any office the holding of which, if he were not a member of

the Tribunal, would make him ineligible for appointment to the office of a member of the Tribunal;

(c) if he is removed from the membership of the Tribunal by the Minister for failure to discharge the functions of his office (whether arising from infirmity of body or mind or from any other cause) or for misbehaviour; and

(d) if he resigns the office of member of the Tribunal. 126.(1) The Tribunal shall not be bound by the rules of Evidence Act.

(2) The Tribunal shall, upon an appeal made to it in writing by any party or a referral made to it by the Authority on any matter relating to this Act, inquire into the matter and make an award, give directions, make orders or make decisions thereon, and every award, direction, order or decision made shall be notified by the Tribunal to the parties concerned, the Authority or any relevant committee thereof, as the case may be.

(3) The Tribunal shall sit at such times and in such places as it may appoint. (4) The proceedings of the Tribunal shall be open to the public save where the

Tribunal, for good cause, otherwise directs. (5) Except as expressly provided in this Act or any regulations made thereunder,

the Tribunal shall regulate its proceedings as it deems fit. 127.(1) The Tribunal may:-

(a) make such orders for the purposes of securing the attendance of any person at any place where the Tribunal is sitting, discovery or production of any document concerning a matter before the Tribunal or the investigation of any contravention of this Act as it deems necessary or expedient;

(b) take evidence on oath and may for that purpose administer oaths; or (c) on its own motion summon and hear any person as witness;

(2) Any person who – (a) fails to attend the Tribunal after having been required to do so under

subsection (1) (a); (b) refuses to take oath or affirmation before the Tribunal or being a public

officer refuses to produce any article or document when lawfully required to do so by the Tribunal;

(c) knowingly gives false evidence or information which he knows to be misleading before the Tribunal; or

(d) at any sitting of the Tribunal – (i) willfully insults any member or officer of the Tribunal;

32

(ii) willfully interrupts the proceedings or commits any contempt of the Tribunal;

(e) fails or neglects to comply with a decision order, direction or notice confirmed by the Tribunal commits an offence under this Act.

128.(1) For the purposes of hearing and determining any cause or matter under this Act, the Chairman and two members of the Tribunal shall form a quorum.

(2) A member of the Tribunal who has a direct interest in any matter which is the subject of the proceedings before the Tribunal shall not take part in those proceedings.

129.(1) Any person who is aggrieved by:-

(a) a refusal to grant a licence or to the transfer of his licence under this Act or regulations made thereunder;

(b) the imposition of any condition, limitation or restriction on his licence under this act or regulations made thereunder;

(c) the revocation, suspension or variation of his licence under this Act or regulations made thereunder;

(d) the amount of money which he is required to pay as a fee under this Act or regulations made thereunder;

(e) the imposition against him of an environmental restoration order or environmental improvement order by the Authority under this Act or regulations made thereunder;

may within sixty days after the occurrence of the event against which he is dissatisfied, appeal to the Tribunal in such manner as may be prescribed by the Tribunal. (2) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Act, where this Act empowers the

Director-General, the Authority or Committees of the Authority to make decisions, such decisions may be subject to an appeal to the Tribunal in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the Tribunal for that purpose.

(3) Upon any appeal, the Tribunal may:- (a) confirm, set aside or vary the order or decision in question; (b) exercise any of the powers which could have been exercised by the

Authority in the proceedings in connection with which the appeal is brought; or

(c) make such other order, including an order for costs, as it may deem just. (4) Upon any appeal to the Tribunal under this section, the status quo of any

matter or activity, which is the subject of the appeal, shall be maintained until the appeal is determined.

130.(1) Any person aggrieved by a decision or order of the Tribunal may, within thirty days of such decision or order, appeal against such decision or order to the High Court.

(2) No decision or order of the Tribunal shall be enforced until the time for lodging an appeal has expired or, where the appeal has been commenced until the appeal has been determined.

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (2), where the Director-General is satisfied that immediate action must be taken to avert serious injuries to the environment, the Director-General shall have the power to take such reasonable action to stop, alleviate or reduce such injury, including the powers to close down any undertaking, until the appeal is finalised or the time for appeal has expired.

(4) Upon the hearing of an appeal under this section, the High Court may:- (a) confirm, set aside or vary the decision or order in question; (b) remit the proceedings to the Tribunal with such instructions for further

consideration, report, proceedings or evidence as the court may deem fit to give;

(c) exercise any of the powers which could have been exercised by the Tribunal in the proceedings in connection with which the appeal is brought; or

(d) make such other order as it may deem just, including an order as to costs of the appeal or of earlier proceedings in the matter before the Tribunal.

(5) The decision of the High Court on any appeal under this section shall be final. 131. The Chairman of the Tribunal may appoint any persons with special skills or

knowledge on environmental issues which are the subject matter of any proceedings or inquiry before the Tribunal to act as assessors in an advisory capacity in any case where it appears to the Tribunal that such special skills or knowledge are required for proper determination of the matter.

132.(1)When any matter to be determined by the Authority under this Act appears to it to involve a point of law or to be of unusual importance or complexity, it may, after giving notice to the concerned parties, refer the matter to the Tribunal for direction. Where any matter has been referred to the Tribunal under subsection (1), the Authority and the parties thereto shall be entitled to be heard by the Tribunal before any decision is made in respect of such matter and may appear personally or be represented by an Advocate.

(2) Any person who is a party to proceedings before the Tribunal may appear in person or be represented by an Advocate before the Tribunal.

133.(1) The Chairman or other members of the Tribunal shall not be liable to be sued in a civil court for an act done or omitted to be done or ordered to be done by them in the discharge of their duty as members of the Tribunal, whether or not within the limits of their jurisdiction, provided they, at the time, in good faith, believed

33

themselves to have jurisdiction to do or order the act complained of and no officer of the Tribunal or other person bound to execute the lawful warrants, orders or other process of the Tribunal shall be liable to be sued in any court for the execution of a warrant, order or process which he would have been bound to execute if within the jurisdiction of the Tribunal. (1) It shall be an offence for any person to engage in acts or make omissions

amounting to contempt of the Tribunal and the Tribunal may punish such person for contempt in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

134. There shall be paid to the Chairman and the members of the Tribunal such remuneration and allowances as the Minister shall determine.

135. The Minister shall appoint a public officer to be the Secretary to the Tribunal who shall be paid such allowances as the Minister shall determine.

136.(1) The Minister may establish such other Tribunals in any part of Kenya as he deems appropriate.

(2) The provisions of section 126-135 shall apply mutatis mutandis to any Tribunal established under subsection (1).

PART XIII – ENVIRONMENTAL OFFENCES 137. Any person who –

(a) hinders or obstructs an environmental inspector in the exercise of his duties under this Act or regulations made thereunder;

(b) fails to comply with a lawful order or requirement made by an environmental inspector in accordance with this Act or regulations made thereunder;

(c) refuses an environmental inspector entry upon any land or into any premises, vessel or motor vehicle which he is empowered to enter under this Act or regulations made thereunder;

(d) impersonates an environmental inspector; (e) refuses an environmental inspector access to records or documents kept

pursuant to the provisions of this Act or regulations made thereunder; (f) fails to state or wrongly states his name or address to an environmental

inspector in the cause of his duties under this Act or regulations made thereunder;

(g) misleads or gives wrongful information to an environmental inspector under this Act or regulations made thereunder;

(h) fails, neglects or refuses to carry out an improvement order issued under this Act by an environmental inspector;

commits an offence and shall, on conviction be liable to imprisonment for a term not exceeding twenty four months, or to a fine of not more than five hundred thousand shillings, or both.

138. Any person who – (a) fails to submit a project report contrary to the requirements of section 58 of

this Act; (b) fails to prepare an environmental impact assessment report in accordance

with the requirements of this Act or regulations made thereunder; (c) fraudulently makes false statements in an environmental impact

assessment report submitted under this Act or regulations made thereunder;

commits an offence and is liable on conviction to imprisonment for a term not exceeding twenty four months or to a fine of not more than two million shillings or to both such imprisonment and fine.

139. Any person who – (a) fails to keep records required to be kept under this Act; (b) fraudulently alters any records required to be kept under this Act; (c) fraudulently makes false statements in any records required to be kept

under this Act; commits an offence and is liable upon conviction to a fine of not more than five hundred thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term of not more than eighteen months or to both such fine and imprisonment.

140. Any person who – (a) contravenes any environmental standard prescribed under this Act; (b) contravenes any measure prescribed under this Act; (c) uses the environment or natural resources in a wasteful and destructive

manner contrary to measures prescribed under this Act; commits an offence and shall be liable upon conviction, to a fine of not more than five hundred thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term of not more than twenty four months or to both such fine and imprisonment.

141. Any person who – (a) fails to manage any hazardous waste and materials in accordance with

this Act; (b) imports any hazardous waste contrary to this Act; (c) knowingly mislabels any waste, pesticide, chemical, toxic substance or

radioactive matter; (d) fails to manage any chemical or radioactive substance in accordance with

this Act; (e) aids or abets illegal trafficking in hazardous waste, chemicals, toxic

substances and pesticides or hazardous substances; (f) disposes of any chemical contrary to this Act or hazardous waste within

Kenya;

34

(g) withholds information or provides false information about the management of hazardous wastes, chemicals or radioactive substances;

commits an offence and shall, on conviction, be liable to a fine of not less than one million shillings, or to imprisonment for a term of not less than tow years, or to both. 142.(1) Any person who –

(a) discharges any dangerous materials, substances, oil, oil mixtures into land, water, air, or aquatic environment contrary to the provisions of this Act;

(b) pollutes the environment contrary to the provisions of this Act; (c) discharges any pollutant into the environment contrary to the provisions of

this Act; commits an offence and shall on conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding five hundred thousand shillings. (2) In addition to any sentence that the Court may impose upon a polluter under

subsection (1) of this Section, the Court may direct that person to – (a) pay the full cost of cleaning up the polluted environment and of removing

the pollution; (b) clean up the polluted environment and remove the effects of pollution to

the satisfaction of the Authority. (3) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsections (1) (2) of this section, the

court may direct the polluter to meet the cost of the pollution to any third parties through adequate compensation, restoration or restitution.

143. Any person who – (a) Fails, neglects or refuses to comply with an environmental restoration

order made under this Act; (b) fails, neglects or refuses to comply with an environmental easement,

issued under this Act; (c) fails, neglects or refuses to comply with an environmental conservation

order made under this Act;

commits an offence and shall on conviction, be liable to imprisonment for a term not exceeding twelve months, or to a fine not exceeding five hundred thousand shillings, or to both.

144. Any person who commits an offence against any provision of this Act or of regulations made thereunder for which no other penalty is specifically provided is liable, upon conviction, to imprisonment for a term of not more than eighteen months or to a fine of not more than three hundred and fifty thousand shillings or to both such fine and imprisonment.

145.(1) When an offence against this Act, is committed by a body corporate, the body

corporate and every director or office of the body corporate who had knowledge of the commission of the offence and who did not exercise due diligence, efficiency and economy to ensure compliance with this Act, shall be guilty of an offence.

(2) Where an offence is committed under this Act by a partnership, every partner

or officer of the partnership who had knowledge or who should have had knowledge of the commission of the offence and who did not exercise due diligence, efficiency and economy to ensure compliance with this Act, commits an offence.

(3) A person shall be personally liable for an offence against this Act, whether

committed by him on his own account or as an agent or servant of another person.

(4) An employer or principal shall be liable for an offence committed by an employee or agent against this Act, unless the employer or principal proves that the offence was committed against his express or standing directions.

146.(1) The Court before which a person is charged for an offence under this Act or any regulations made thereunder may, in addition to any other order:- (a) upon the conviction of the accused; or

(b) if it is satisfied that an offence was committed notwithstanding that no

person has been convicted of the offence; order that the substance, motor vehicle, equipment and appliance or other thing by means whereof the offence concerned was committed or which was used in the commission of the offence be forfeited to the State and be disposed of as the court may direct. (2) In making the order to forfeit under subsection (1) the Court may also order

that the cost of disposing of the substance, motor vehicle, equipment, appliance or any other thing provided for in that subsection be borne by the person convicted thereunder.

(3) The Court may further order that any licence, permit or any authorisation given under this Act, and to which the offence relates, be cancelled.

(4) The Court may further issue an order requiring that a convicted person restores at his own cost, the environment to as near as it may be to its original state prior to the offence.

(5) The Court may in addition issue an environmental restoration order against the person convicted in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

PART XIV – REGULATIONS 147.(1) The Minister may, on the recommendation of the Authority and upon

consultation with the relevant lead agencies, make regulations prescribing for 35

matters that are required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed or are necessary or convenient to be prescribed for giving full effect to the provisions of this Act.Regulations made under subsection (2) may –

2. Urban Development including:-

(a) make provisions for the issue, amendment and revocation of any licence; (b) provide for the charging of fees and levying of charges; (c) adopt wholly or in part or with modifications any rules, standards,

guidelines, regulations, by-laws, codes, instructions, specifications, or administrative procedures prescribed by any lead agency either in force at the time of prescription or publication or as amended from time.

148. Any written law, in force immediately before the coming into force of this Act, relating to the management of the environment shall have effect subject to modifications as may be necessary to give effect to this Act, and where the provisions of any such law conflict with any provisions of this Act, the provisions of this Act shall prevail.

FIRST SCHEDULE (s.4(1)(b), 29(1)(c), (3)(b), 37(1)(b)) Agriculture. Economic Planning and Development. Education. Energy. Environment. Finance. Fisheries. Foreign Affairs. Health. Industry. Law or Law Enforcement. Local Government. Natural Resources. Public Administration. Public Works. Research and Technology. Tourism. Water Resources. SECOND SCHEDULE (s.58(1), (4)) PROJECTS TO UNDERGO ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 1. General –

(a) an activity out of character with its surrounding;

(b) any structure of a scale not in keeping with its surrounding; (c) major changes in land use.

(a) designation of new townships; (b) establishment of industrial estates; (c) establishment or expansion of recreational areas; (d) establishment or expansion of recreational townships in mountain areas,

national parks and game reserves; (e) shopping centres and complexes.

3. Transportation including – (a) all major roads; (b) all roads in scenic, wooded or mountainous areas and wetlands; (c) railway lines; (d) airports and airfields; (e) oil and gas pipelines; (f) water transport.

4. Dams, rivers and water resources including – (a) storage dams, barrages and piers; (b) river diversions and water transfer between catchments; (c) flood control schemes; (d) drilling for the purpose of utilising ground water resources including geothermal

energy. 5. Aerial spraying. 6. Mining, including quarrying and open-cast extraction of –

(a) precious metals; (b) gemstones; (c) metalliferous ores; (d) coal; (e) phosphates; (f) limestone and dolomite; (g) stone and slate; (h) aggregates, sand and gravel; (i) clay; (j) exploitation for the production of petroleum in any form; (k) extracting alluvial gold with use of mercury.

Forestry related activities including – (a) timber harvesting; (b) clearance of forest areas; (c) reforestation and afforestation.

7. Agriculture including – (a) large-scale agriculture;

36

(b) use of pesticide; (c) introduction of new crops and animals; (d) use of fertilizers; (e) irrigation.

8. Processing and manufacturing industries including – (a) mineral processing, reduction of ores and minerals; (b) smelting and refining of ores and minerals; (c) foundries; (d) brick and earthware manufacture; (e) cement works and lime processing; (f) glass works; (g) fertilizer manufacture or processing; (h) explosive plants; (i) oil refineries and petro-chemical works; (j) tanning and dressing of hides and skins; (k) abattoirs and meat-processing plants; (l) chemical works and process plants; (m) brewing and malting; (n) bulk grain processing plants; (o) fish-processing plants; (p) pulp and paper mills; (q) food-processing plants; (r) plants for the manufacture of assembly of motor vehicles; (s) plants for the construction or repair of aircraft or railway equipment; (t) plants for the manufacture or assembly of motor vehicles; (u) plants for the manufacture of tanks, reservoirs and sheet-metal containers; (v) plants for the manufacture of coal briquettes; (w) plant for manufacturing batteries;

9. Electrical infrastructure including – (a) electricity generation stations; (b) electrical transmission lines; (c) electrical sub-stations; (d) pumped-storage schemes.

10. Management of hydrocarbons including – the storage of natural gas and combustible or explosive fuels.

11. Waste disposal including –sites for solid waste disposal;

Representatives of the following institutions:-

(a) sites for hazardous waste disposal; (b) sewage disposal works; (c) works involving major atmospheric emissions;

(d) works emitting offensive odours. 12. Natural conservation areas including –

(a) creation of national parks, game reserves and buffer zones; (b) establishment of wilderness areas; (c) formulation or modification of forest management policies; (d) formulation or modification of water catchment management policies; (e) policies for the management of ecosystems, especially by use of fire; (f) commercial exploitation of natural fauna and flora; (g) introduction of alien species of fauna and flora into ecosystems.

13. Nuclear Reactors. 14. Major developments in biotechnology including the introduction and testing of

genetically modified organisms. THIRD SCHEDULE (s. 37(1)(d), 70(2)) Representatives of the Government Ministries responsible for the following matters:- Agriculture; Economic Planning and Development; Education; Energy; Environment; Finance; Fisheries; Health; Industry; Law and Law Enforcement; Local Government/Authority; Natural Resources; Public Administration; Public Works; Research and Technology; Tourism; Water Resources; Lands and settlement; Labour; Information;

Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology; Kenya Agricultural Research Institute; Kenya Bureau of Standards; Kenya Forestry Research Institute;

37

Kenya Marine Research Institute; Kenya Medical Research Institute; Kenya Wildlife Service; Kenyatta University; Moi University; National Council of Sciences; National Museums of Kenya; University of Nairobi; Radiation Protection Board; Pesticides Products Control Board.

38

KENYA THE FORESTS ACT, 2005

ARRANGEMENT OF CLAUSES PART 1 – PRELIMINARY 1- Short title and commencement. 2- Application 3- Interpretation PART II – ADMINISTRATION 4- Establishment of the Service 5- Functions of the Service 6- Forests Board 7- Functions of the Board 8- Powers of the Board 9- Committees of the Board 10- Appointment of the Director of Forest Service 11- Officers of the Service 12- Meetings of the Board 13- Forest Conservancy areas and Committees 14- Funds of the Service 15- Financial year 16- Annual Estimates 17- Accounts and audit 18- Forest Management and Conservation Fund 19- Sources of Fund 20- Management of the Fund PART III – CREATION AND MANAGEMENT OF FORESTS 21- Forests to vest in the State 22- Customary rights 23- Creation of State Forests 24- Creation of Local Authority Forests

1

25- Private and farm forestry 26- Declaration of provisional forests 27- Reversion of provisional forests 28- Variation of boundaries or revocation of State or local authority

Forests 29- Exchange of forest area with private land 30- Arboreta, Recreational Parks, Mini-forests 31- Donations and Bequests 32- Declaration of a nature reserve 33- Special use of nature reserve 34- Presidential protection of trees 35- Management plans 36- Joint management of forests 37- Management of plantation forests owned by the State 38- Management of local authority forests 39- Local authority forest management agreements 40- Concession over state forests 41- Management of indigenous forests 42- Consent for mining and quarrying 43- Requirement for re-vegetation 44- Offences in relation to mining, quarrying or re-vegetation 45- Activities outside management plans PART IV – COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION 46- Application for community participation 47- Functions of a forest association 48- Assignment of forest user rights 49- Termination or variation of a management agreement PART V – ENFORCEMENT 50- Powers of officers 51- Use of firearms 52- Prohibited activities in forests 53- Counterfeiting or unlawfully affixing marks 54- Other offences 55- Compensation for loss or damage 56- Prosecutorial powers 57- General penalty

2

58- Restraint of breaches of the Act PART VI – MISCELLANEOUS 59- Act to bind Government 60- Rules 61- Director to maintain register 62- International obligations 63- Cooperation regarding cross-border forests and forest produce 64- Environmental impact assessment PART VII – TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS 65- Repeal of Cap. 385 66- Savings 67- Vesting of Assets and transfer of liabilities 68- Transfer of Employees First Schedule - Provisions relating to the Officers of the Service Second Schedule - Provisions relating to the conduct of business and affairs of the Board Third Schedule - Provisions as to public participation

3

AN ACT of Parliament to provide for the establishment, development and sustainable management, including conservation and rational utilization of forest resources for the socio-economic development of the country: RECOGNIZING that forests play a vital role in the stabilization of soils and ground water, thereby supporting the conduct of reliable agricultural activity, and that they play a crucial role in protecting water catchments in Kenya and moderating climate by absorbing greenhouse gases; AND FURTHER recognizing that forests provide the main locus of Kenya’s biological diversity and a major habitat for wildlife; AND ACKNOWLEDGING that forests are the main source of domestic fuel wood for the Kenyan people, and that they provide essential raw materials for wood based industries and a variety of non-wood forest products; AND WHEREAS Kenya is committed to the inter-sectoral development and sustainable use of forestry resources and is committed under international conventions and other agreements to promote the sustainable management, conservation and utilization of forests and biological diversity: NOW THEREFORE BE IT ENACTED BY THE PARLIAMENT OF KENY AS FOLLOWS: PART 1 – PRELIMINARY This Act may be cited as the Forests Act, 2005, and shall come into operation on such date as the Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, appoint. 1. This Act shall apply to all forests and woodlands on state, local authority and private land. 2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires – “activity” includes any operations, development, works or conduct; “afforestation” means the establishment of a tree crop on an area where such trees are absent;

4

“arboretum” means a botanical garden of trees; “association” means a community forest association registered in accordance with the provisions of Section 46; “biodiversity” means the variability among living organisms from all sources, including the ecological complexes of which they are a part and the diversity within and among species, and ecosystems; “Board” means the Board of the Kenya Forest Service referred to in Section 6; “catchment area” means any land area drained by a river, stream, or fixed body of water and its tributaries having a common source of surface run-off; “chainsaw” means a motorized equipment used for cutting wood; “concession” means the right of use granted to an individual or organization in respect of a specified forest area; “consumptive use’ in relation to a forest, means the removal of a forest produce, “and non-consumptive use” shall be construed accordingly; “deforestation” means the negative reduction of forest cover from the original status; “Director” means the person appointed as director of Kenya Forest Service pursuant to section 10; “Forest Conservation Committee” means a committee established in each forest conservancy area or part thereof to advice the Board on all matters relating to management and conservation of forests in that area; “environmental impact assessment” shall be the meaning assigned to it under the Environmental Management and Coordination Act; “farm forestry” means the practice of managing trees on farms whether singly, in rows, lines, boundaries, or in woodlots or private forests;

5

“forests” refers to any land containing a vegetation association dominated by trees of any size, whether exploitable or not, capable of producing wood or other products, potentially capable of influencing climate, exercising an influence on the soil, water regime, and providing habitat for wildlife, and includes woodlands; “forest area” means any land declared to be a forest land under this Act; “forest community” means a group of persons who-

a) have a traditional association with forest for purposes of livelihood, culture or religion;

b) are registered as an association or other organization engaged in forest conservation;

“forest officer” includes the Director, a forester, a disciplined officer of the service, or an honorary forester; “forest owner” means-

a) in the case of state forests, the Kenya Forest Service;

b) in the case of local authority forests, a local authority;

c) in the case of private forests, an individual, association, institution or body corporate;

“forest produce” includes bark, bat droppings, beeswax, canes, charcoal, creepers, earth, fibrewood, frankincense, fruit galls, grass, gum, honey, leaves, flower, limestone, moss, murram, myrrh, peat, plants, reeds, resin, rushes, rubber, sap, seeds, spices, stones, timber, trees, water, waxwithies and such other things as may be declared by the Minister to be forest produce for the purpose of this Act; “forestry” refers to the science of establishing, tending and protecting forest and tree resources, and includes the processing and use of forests and tree products; “indigenous forest” means a forest which has come about by natural regeneration of trees primarily native to Kenya, and includes mangrove and bamboo forests;

6

“independent environmental impact assessment” means an environmental impact assessment not carried out by interested parties; “Kenya Forestry College” means the college of that name operating under the forest department; “Kenya Forestry Society” means the registered professional association of the forest officers; “licence” means a permit of other written authorization issued under any of the provisions of this Act; “livestock” means domesticated animals such as cattle, goats, sheep, assess, horses, camels and pigs and includes the young ones thereof; “local authority” means:-

a) any forest situated on trust land which has been set aside as a forest by a local authority pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Land Act;

b) any arboretum, recreational park or mini-forest created under section

30 of this Act;

c) any forest established as a local authority forest in accordance with the provisions of section 20;

“management agreement” means an agreement between the service and a local authority or any person or organization for the purpose of managing a state or local authority forest; “management plan” refers to a systematic programme showing all activities to be undertaken in a forest or part thereof during a period of at least five years, and includes conservation, utilization silvicultural operations and infrastructural development; “mini- forest” refers to a group of trees occupying less than ten hectares of land; “nature reserve” means an area of land declared to be a nature reserve under section 32;

7

“non-consumptive use” in relation to a forest means non-extractive use of forest; “person” means natural person or a corporate person; “plantation forest” means a forest that has been established through forestation or reforestation for commercial purposes; “private forest” refers to any forest owned privately by an individual, institution or body corporate; “property mark” means a mark placed on a log, timber or other forest produce with a prescribed instrument to denote ownership by the government, local authority or any other owner; “protected tree” means any tree or tree species which have been declared under section 34 to be protected; “provisional forest” means any forest which has been declared a provisional forest by the Minister under section 26; “responsible authority” in relation to a forest area means the Service, in the case of a state or provisional forest, the local authority concerned in the case of a local authority forest and the private land owner in the case of private forests; “sacred grove” means a grove with religious or cultural significance to a forest community; “sawmill” means a set of machinery used to process and convert wood into saw timber; “service” means the Kenya Forest Service established under section 4; “state forest” means any forest –

a) declared by the Minister to be central forest, a forest area or nature reserve before the commencement of this Act and which has not ceased to be such a forest or nature reserve or;

8

b) declared to be a state forest in accordance with the provisions of section 23;

“sustainable use”, in relation to a forest, means the use of a forest and any of its natural resources in a manner and to an extent which does not compromise the capacity of the forest and its use by future generations, and does not degrade the carrying capacity of its supporting ecosystems; “sustainable management”, in relation to a forest, means management of the forest so as to permit any such use of it as constitutes sustainable use; “timber” means –

a) any tree which has fallen; or

b) the part of any tree which has been cut off or fallen, and all wood whether sawn, split, hews or otherwise fashioned;

“tree” means any timber producing plant, or shrubs, bush of any kind, and includes a seedling, sapling or reshoot of any age, or any part thereof; “unalienated government land” means land for the time being vested in the Government which –

a) is not the subject of any conveyance, lease or occupation license from the Government;

b) has not been dedicated or set aside for the use of public, and includes

out-pans; and

c) has not been declared to be a State Forest; “wildlife” means all forms of fauna and flora other than domesticated plants and animals; “woodland” means an open stand of trees less than ten metres which has come about by natural regeneration.

9

PART II – ADMINISTRATION 3 (1) There is hereby established a Service to be known as the Kenya

Forest Service.

(2) The Service shall be a body corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal and shall, in its corporate name, be capable of -

(a) suing and being sued;

(b) acquiring, holding, charging and disposing of movable

and immovable property; and

(c) doing or performing all such other things or acts for the proper discharge of its functions under this Act.

(3) The headquarters of the Service shall be in Nairobi. 4 The functions of the Service shall be to –

(d) formulate for approval of the Board, policies and guidelines regarding the management, conservation and utilization of all types of forest areas in the country;

b) manage all state forests; c) manage all provisional forests in consultation with the

forest owners; d) protect forests in Kenya in accordance with the

provisions of the Act; e) promote capacity building in forest management; f) collaborate with individuals and private and public

research institutions in identifying research needs and applying research findings;

g) draw or assist in drawing up management plans for all

indigenous and plantation state, local authority,

10

provisional and private forests in collaboration with the owners or lessees, as the case may be;

h) provide forest extension services by assisting forest

owners, farmers and Associations n the sustainable management of forests;

i) enforce the conditions and regulations pertaining to

logging, charcoal making and other forest utilization activities;

j) collect all revenue and charges due to the Government in

regard to forest resources, produce and services; k) develop programmes and facilities in collaboration with

other interested parties for tourism, and for the recreational and ceremonial use of forests;

l) collaborate with other organizations and communities in

the management and conservation of forests and for utilization of biodiversity therein;

m) promote the empowerment of associations and

communities in the control and management of forests; n) manage forests on water catchment areas primarily for

purposes of water and soil conservation, carbon sequestration and other environmental services;

o) promote national interests in relation international forest

related conventions and principles; and p) enforce the provisions of the Act and any forestry and

land use rules and regulations made pursuant to any other written law.

5 (1) The management of the service shall be carried out by a Board,

which shall consist of –

11

(a) the Permanent Secretary in the Ministry for the time being responsible for matters relating to forestry, or his designated representative;

(b) the Permanent Secretary in the Ministry for the time

being responsible for matters relating to water, or a designated representative;

(c) the Permanent Secretary in the Ministry for the time

being responsible for Finance, or his designated representative;

(d) the Permanent Secretary in the Ministry for the time

being in charge of Local Authorities or his designated representative;

(e) the Director of Kenya Wildlife Service; (f) the Director General of the National Environment

Management Authority; (g) the Director of the Kenya Forestry Research Institute; (h) the Director of Kenya Forest Service, who shall be the

secretary, and (i) eight other persons, not being public servants, appointed

by the Minister.

(1) Of the members appointed under subsection (1) (h) –

(a) one shall be a person who has knowledge of, and at least ten years’ experience in, matters relating to security and law enforcement;

(b) one shall be a representative of the Kenya Forestry

Society; and (c) the remaining members shall be persons –

12

(i) who have expertise in relation to forestry or the forestry industry or in a related scientific or educational field, or who are members of non-governmental organizations dealing with environmental or natural resource matters; or

(ii) who are associated with, or with an area that contains, one or more forest communities,

and who have shown special or outstanding interest in the field of conservation, environment and natural resources.

(3) One of the members appointed under subsection (2) (c) shall be designated by the President to be the Chairman of the Board. (4) The appointment of the members of the Board shall take into account the principle of gender and regional representation. (5) There shall be paid to the chairman and members of the Board such remuneration, fees or allowances for expenses as the Minister may determine.

6 The functions of the Board shall be to –

(a) ensure the efficient management of the Service; (b) consider and make recommendations to the Minister on

the establishment of state forests on un-alienated Government land and any other Government land;

(c) consider and make recommendations to the Minister

regarding the determination and alteration of boundaries of state forests;

(d) approve policies of the Service that affects forestry

practice and development; (e) formulate policies for the administration and

management of Kenya Forestry College;

13

(f) consider all management agreements including granting of management licences for state plantation forests;

(g) negotiate for financial and other incentives for

advancement of the forestry-related activities of private persons, companies, communities, non-governmental organizations and local authorities;

(h) establish and review policies and rules for marketing of

trade in forest produce; (i) coordinate and monitor inter-agency forestry activities in

the country; (j) develop modalities and guidelines for joint management

of forests between the service, local authorities, forest communities, government agencies and other private sectors;

(k) advice the Minister on matters pertaining to

establishment, development, conservation and utilization of forests in Kenya;

(l) consider applications for the undertaking of activities

within forest areas; (m) prescribe criteria for access to assistance for owners of

private forests; (n) establish forest conservancy areas for purposes of

conservation and management; and (o) approve the provision of credit facilities and technical

training for community based forest industries, and the provision of incentives to persons who exploit wood and non-wood forest products sustainably.

7 The Board shall have all the powers necessary for the performance of

its functions under this Act, and, in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Board shall have power to –

14

(a) approve and ratify the policies of the Service; (b) manage, control and administer the assets of the Service

in such manner and for such purposes as are best to promote the purposes for which the Service is established;

(c) receive any gifts, grants, donations or endowments made

to the Service; (d) determine the provisions to be made for capital and

recurrent expenditure and for the reserves of the Service; (e) open a banking account or banking accounts for the funds

of the Service; (f) invest any moneys of the Service not immediately

required for the purposes of this Act; (g) determine and issue the terms and conditions for the

appointment and enlistment of personnel to the Service; and

(h) cooperate with other organizations undertaking functions

similar to its own, whether within Kenya or otherwise. 8 (1) The Board may from time to time establish committees for the

better carrying out of its functions.

(2) The Board may, with the approval of the Minister, co-opt into the membership of committees established under subsection (1) other persons whose knowledge and skills are found necessary for the functions of the Board.

9 (1) There shall be a Director of the Kenya Forest Service who shall be

appointed by the Board and who shall hold office on such terms and conditions as may be specified in the instrument of his appointment.

15

(2) No person shall be appointed under subsection (1) unless such a person holds a degree from a recognized university in the field of forestry and has had at least fifteen years’ experience in the relevant field. (3) The Director shall be the chief executive officer of the Service and responsible to the Board.

10 (1) The Board may, on such terms and conditions as it deems fit,

appoint –

(a) such officers of the Service as are specified in subparagraph (2)(a) and (b) of paragraph 1 of the First schedule; and

(b) such disciplined officers as are specified in paragraph

(2)(c) of paragraph 1 of the First Schedule; and (c) such other employees, agents or servants of the Service.

(2) Every person appointed under subparagraph (b) of subsection (1) shall take and subscribe to the oath of allegiance set out in Part II of the First Schedule. (3) The provisions of the First Schedule shall have effect with respect to the officers of the Service. (4) The Board shall within a reasonable time provide for a staff superannuation scheme to determine service for the employees of the Service. (5) The Director may, with the approval of the Board, appoint suitable persons to be honorary foresters for the purpose of assisting the carrying into effect the provisions of this Act. (6) An honorary forester shall –

1. be appointed by notice published in the Gazette;

16

(ii) hold office, subject to such conditions as the Director may prescribe, for a period of five years; and

(iii) have such functions as may be prescribed by rules made

under this Act.

11 The provisions of the Second schedule shall have effect with respect to the procedure at the meetings of the Board.

12 (1) The Board shall establish forest conservancy areas for the proper

and efficient management of forests and may divide such conservancy areas into forest divisions.

(2) There shall be established a forest conservation committee in respect of each conservancy area established under subsection (1). (3) The functions of the committee shall be to -

(a) inform the Board on the ideas, desires and opinions of the people within the forest conservancy areas in all matters relating to the conservation and utilization of forests within such area;

(b) monitor the implementation of this Act and other forest

regulations within the area; (c) review and recommend to the Board applications for

licences and renewals thereof; (d) regulate the management of forests at the local level,

including the setting of charges and retention of income; (e) in consultation with the Board, assist local communities

to benefit from royalties and other rights derived from flora or fauna traditionally used or newly discovered by such communities;

(f) identify areas of un-alienated Government land or trust

land to be set aside for the creation of forests;

17

(g) recommend to the Board the establishment of forest division conservation committees; and

(h) perform such other functions as the Board may require or

delegate to it.

(4) A forest conservation committee shall consist of -

(a) a Chairman appointed by the Board, who shall have at least ten years’ experience in forestry, forest management or social sciences;

(b) one person to represent the provincial administration;

(c) the forest officer in charge of the area who shall be the secretary;

(d) one member nominated jointly by members of the timber industry operating in the area;

(e) four persons knowledgeable in forestry matters nominated by forest associations operating in the conservancy area, at least one of whom shall be a woman and one shall be a youth;

(f) an agricultural officer based in the area, who shall be nominated by the Minister responsible for agriculture; and

(g) an environmental officer based in the area, who shall be nominated by the Director General, National Environment Management Authority.

(5) Persons who are not members of the committee may be invited to attend meetings of the committee and take part in its deliberations. (6) A member of a forest conservation committee shall be entitled to be paid such allowances as the Board may, with the approval of the Minister, determine.

18

(7) The Minister may, in consultation with the Board, make rules and regulations governing the procedures and functions of the committees.

13 (1) The funds of the Service shall comprise –

(a) such moneys or assets as may accrue to or vest in the

Service in the course of the exercise of its powers or the performance of its functions under this Act or any other written law and approved by Parliament; and

(b) all moneys from any other source provided for or donated

or lent to the Service. 14 The financial year of the Service shall be the period of twelve months

ending on the thirtieth of June in each year. 15 (1) At least three months before the commencement of each financial

year, Board shall cause to prepared estimates of revenue and expenditure of the Service for that year.

(2) The annual estimates shall make provision for the estimated expenditure of the Service for the financial year and in particular, the estimates shall provide for the –

(a) payment of salaries, allowances, pensions, gratuities and

other charges in respect of the staff of the Service and of the forest conservation committees;

(b) proper maintenance, repair and replacement of the

equipment and other property of the Service;

(c) maintenance, repair and replacement of the equipment and other property of the Service;

(d) creation of such reserve funds as the Service may deem

appropriate to meet the recurrent expenditure and contingent liabilities of the Service.

19

16 (1) The Service shall cause to be kept all proper books and other records of accounts of the income, expenditure and assets of the Service.

(2) Within a period of four months from the end of each financial year, the Service shall submit to the Controller and Auditor-General or an auditor appointed under subsection (3), the accounts of the Service in respect of that year together with –

(a) a statement of the income and expenditure of the Service

during the year; and (b) a statement of the assets and liabilities of the Service on

the last day of the year.

(3) The accounts of the Service shall be audited and reported upon in accordance with the provisions of the Public Audit Act.

17 There is hereby established a Forest Management and Conservation

Fund, which shall be used for the following purposes –

a) the development of forests; b) the maintenance and conservation of indigenous forests; c) the promotion of commercial forest plantations; d) the rehabilitation of provisional forests; e) the provision of forest extension services; f) the promotion of community-based forest projects; g) the facilitation of education and research activities; h) the establishment of arboreta and botanical gardens; i) the maintenance of sacred groves and other areas of

cultural, ethno-botanical or scientific significance;

20

j) undertaking of surveys and establishment of databases; k) the management of unique forests for biodiversity

conservation; l) the establishment of nurseries and production of

seedlings; m) silvicultural practices and tree improvement; and n) such other purposes as may be prescribed by rules made

under this Act.

18 (1) The Fund shall consist of –

a) monies from time to time appropriated by Parliament for purposes of the Fund;

b) moneys levied upon forest beneficiaries in such manner

as the Minister may, upon the recommendation of the Board and in consultation with the Minister for Finance, determine;

c) income from investments made by the Board; and d) such grants, donations, bequests or other gifts as may be

made to the Fund.

(2) All moneys due to the Service shall be collected or received on behalf of the Board by the Director and, subject to the direction of the Board, paid into a special account of the Fund in line with obtaining financial regulations.

19 (1) The Fund shall be managed by a Finance Committee appointed

and empowered in that behalf by the Board.

(2) The Finance Committee shall, with the approval of the Board –

21

a) determine the amounts of money payable in respect of any purpose for which the Fund is established and formulate the conditions for disbursement;

b) make necessary investments from the Fund for the realization

of the Fund’s objectives, in securities approved from time to time by the Treasury; and

c) keep and maintain audited accounts of the Fund and publish

such accounts in such a manner as may be approved by the Treasury.

PART III – CREATION AND MANAGEMENT OF FORESTS 20 All forests in Kenya other than private and local authority forests are

vested in the state, subject to any rights of user in respect thereof, which by or under this Act or other written law, have been or are granted to any other person.

21 Nothing in this Act shall be deemed to prevent any member of a forest

community from taking, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, such forest produce as it has been the custom of that community to take from such forest otherwise than for the purpose of sale.

22 The Minister may, on the recommendation of the Board, by notice in

the Gazette declare –

a) any unalienated Government land, b) any land purchased or otherwise acquired by the Government,

to be state forest. 23 Upon the recommendation of the forest conservation committee for

the area within which a forest is situated, the local authority and the Board, the Minister shall declare any land under the jurisdiction of a local authority to be a local authority forest where the –

22

a) land is an important catchment area, a source of water springs, or is a fragile environment;

b) land is rich in biodiversity or contains rare, threatened or

endangered species; c) forest is of cultural or scientific significance; or d) forest supports an important industry and is a major

source of livelihood for the local community.

24 (1) A person who owns a private forest, including a forest in the course of establishment, on land owned by the person may apply to the Service for registration under this section.

(2) The Board shall register a forest under subsection (1) where the forest meets the criteria prescribed in regulations made under this Act. (3) Upon registration under subsection (2), the owner of a private forest shall be entitled to receive from the Service:

(a) technical advice regarding appropriate forestry practices and conservation; and

(b) subject to availability of funds, loans from the Fund for

the development of the forest, provided that the funds are obtained and utilized in accordance with the procedures set out by the Service.

(4) A person who establishes or owns a private forest may apply to the relevant authorities for exemption from payment of all or part of the land rates and such other charges as may be levied in respect of the land on which the forest is established. (5) In this section, “private forest” includes arboreta and recreational parks.

25 (1) Upon the recommendation of the Board, the Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, declare any local authority forest or

23

private forest, which in the opinion of the Board is mismanaged or neglected, to be a provisional forest.

(2) A declaration under subsection (1) of this section shall only be made where:

(a) the forest is –

(i) is an important catchment area or a source of water springs;

(ii) is rich in biodiversity and contains rare,

threatened or endangered species;

(iii) is of cultural or scientific significance; or

(iv) supports an important industry and is a source of livelihood for the surrounding forest communities; and

(b) the Director has issued a notice requiring the local

authority or private owner, as the case may be, to undertake specific silvicultural practices to improve the forest, and such notice has not been complied with, or the forest owner is unable to undertake the specified practices.

(3) A provisional forest shall be managed by the Service in collaboration with the owner thereof, and any profits accruing therefrom shall be paid to such owner less the expenses incurred by the Service in managing the forest concerned. 26 (1) A provisional forest shall revert to the owner where the Board is

satisfied that it has been adequately rehabilitated and the owner has given an undertaking to efficiently manage it.

(2) The Board may, upon reversion of a provisional forest, prescribe for observance by the owner such conditions as may be necessary to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Act.

24

27 (1) A notice under this Part which is proposed: -

a) to vary the boundaries of a state or a local authority forest; or

b) to declare that a forest shall cease to be a state or local

authority forest shall only be published where the proposal is recommended by the Service in accordance with subsection (2) and is subsequently approved by resolution of Parliament.

(2) The Service shall not recommend any such proposal unless;-

a) it has been approved by the forest conservation committee for the area in which the forest is situated;

b) it is satisfied that such variation of boundary or cessation

of forest proposed by the notice:-

i) shall not endanger any rare, threatened or endangered species;

ii) does not adversely affect its value as a water

catchment area; and

iii) does not prejudice biodiversity conservation, cultural site protection of the forest or its use for educational, recreational, health or research purposes.

(c) the proposal has been subjected to an independent

Environmental Impact Assessment; and

(d) public consultation in accordance with the Third Schedule has been undertaken and completed in relation to the proposal.

25

28 1) Subject to section 29(2), the Board may exchange part of a forest area with private land with the consent of the owner of such land where –

a) the exchange enhances the efficient management and

protection of the forest; b) the exchange is equitable to the Service and the land

owner, according to an independent valuation; c) an independent Environmental Impact Assessment has

been conducted and has shown that such exchange shall not adversely affect the environment; and

d) the forest area to be exchanged does not contain rare,

threatened or endangered species and is not a water catchment area or a source of springs.

(2) The Service or a local authority may, with the approval of the Minister, acquire by purchase any land suitable to be declared a state or local authority forest under this Act. (3) No purchase or exchange shall be transacted under this section unless prior public consultation is carried out in accordance with the Third Schedule.

29 (1) Every local authority shall, as far is reasonably practicable,

establish and maintain arboreta, mini-forests or recreational parks for the non-consumptive use of persons residing within its area of jurisdiction.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), every local authority shall cause housing estate developers within its jurisdiction to make provision for the establishment of mini-forests at the rate of at least five percent of the total land area of any housing estate intended to be developed. (3) Every local authority shall, as far as reasonably practicable, establish and maintain a recreational park in every market centre within its area of jurisdiction.

26

(4) The Service shall facilitate and initiate the provision of technical assistance in the establishment and maintenance of mini-forests, recreational parks and arboreta by local authorities. (5) No arboretum, mini-forest or recreational park shall be converted to any other use unless the local authority, in the manner prescribed by rules made under this Act, seeks for and obtains the approval of a majority of the persons residing within its area of jurisdiction for such conversion. (6) For purposes of this section, a local authority may in consultation with the Service prescribe conditions as to the species of trees to be planted in a mini-forest, arboretum or recreational park. 30 (1) Any person who is registered as proprietor of land in accordance

with the provisions of any written law may donate or bequeath all or part of that land to the state, a local authority, an educational institution, an association or a non-governmental organization for the development of forestry and the conservation of biodiversity.

(2) The forest established on the land so donated or bequeathed to the state shall be gazetted in accordance with this Act and named after the person who has made the donation or bequest unless the instrument of bequest states otherwise. (3) The forest or land so donated or bequeathed shall not be used for any purpose other than the establishment and conservation of forests as originally desired by the previous owner.

31 (1) Upon the recommendation of the Service, the Minister may, in consultation with the Minister responsible for local authorities where appropriate, by notice in the Gazette declare any forest area, or woodland or any part thereof, which has a particular environmental, cultural, schientific or other special significance, to be a nature reserve for the purpose of preserving its biodiversity and natural amenities thereof.

(2) Where a nature reserve declared as such under subsection (1) occurs within a private forest, the Minister shall make such

27

arrangements for compensation to the owner of such forest as may be arrived at by an independent valuation. (3) No cutting, grazing, removal of forest produce, hunting or fishing, shall be allowed in a nature reserve except with the permission of the Director granted in consultation with other conservation agencies, which permission shall only be given with the object of facilitating research. (4) The provisions of this Part with respect to the revocation of declaration of a forest area or the variation of boundaries thereof shall apply with respect to a nature reserve.

32 (1) Any forest community, or person who is desirous of utilizing or conserving any grove or forest which is part of a nature reserve for cultural, religious, educational, scientific or other reasons shall submit an application, in the prescribed form, to the board through the forest conservation committee for the area in which the nature reserve occurs.

(2) Upon receipt of the application referred to in subsection (1), the Board shall make inquiries regarding the application, including the authenticity of the application and the suitability of the site vis-a –vis the activities for which the application is made, and, based on such inquiry, the Board may within three months of receipt of the application –

a) grant the application as requested; b) grant the application on specified terms and conditions;

or c) refuse to grant the application, giving reasons for such

refusal. (3) Where an application has been submitted under subsection (1) the decision of the Board either to grant the application or refuse to grant the application shall be final.

28

(4) Sacred groves found in any state forest, nature reserve, local authority forest or private forest shall not be interfered with and any person who, without lawful authority, fells, cuts, damages or removes any such grove or tree or regeneration thereof, or biodiversity therein, or abets in the commission of any such act commits an offence. 33 (1) The President may, on the advice of the Board, by order published

in the Gazette, declare any tree, species or family of tree species to be protected in the whole country or in specific areas thereof, and the Board shall cause this information to be disseminated to the public.

(2) Any person who fells, cuts, damages or remove, trades in or exports or attempts to export any protected tree, species or family of trees or regeneration thereof or abets in the commission of any such act commits an offence. (3) The provisions of subsection (1) shall be reversed when the Board is satisfied that the protection is no longer necessary.

34 (1) Every state forest, local authority forest and provisional forest shall be managed in accordance with a management plan that complies with the requirements prescribed by rules made under this Act.

(2) The Service shall be responsible for the preparation of a management plan with respect to each state forest and provisional forest. (3) A local authority shall be responsible for the preparation of a management plan with respect to each local authority forest within its jurisdiction. (4) The Service or a local authority may discharge its responsibilities under this section by preparing any requisite plan and adopting it or by adopting a plan prepared by another person or body. (5) In preparing and adopting a management plan, the Service or the local authority shall consult with the local forest conservation committee.

29

(6) The Director may, with the approval of the Minister, make rules to give effect to the provisions of management plans.

35 (1) The Director may, with the approval of the Board, enter into an agreement with any person for the joint management of any forests.

(2) The agreement referred to in subsection (1) may enjoin such person to use or refrain from using such forest or any part thereof in a particular manner in order to ensure the conservation of biodiversity: Provided that where an agreement enjoins such person to use or refrain from using the forest in any particular manner, it shall contain modalities of payment of compensation to such person for any loss incurred thereby. 3) Where any person enters into an agreement with the Director in accordance with subsection (1) of this section, the agreement shall be enforceable against such person or his successors in title, assignees or any or all other persons deriving title from him. (4) Nothing in this section shall render enforceable any conservation agreement entered into under subsection (1) where the use of such forest in accordance with such agreement contravenes the provisions of any law for the time being in force, or is inconsistent with any prior agreement relating to the use of such forest and which is binding on such owners, their successors in title or persons deriving title from them.

36 (1) All plantation forests owned by the state shall be managed by the Service on a sustainable basis with the primary objective being the production of wood and other forest products and services for commercial purposes.

(2) Where the Board is satisfied that all or part of a state forest which is a plantation forest may be efficiently managed through a licence, concession, contract, joint agreement, it may place an advertisement in two daily newspapers of national circulation calling for applications from interested persons for the management of the same.

30

(3) An applicant under subsection (2) shall submit to the Board together with his application, a proposed management plan in respect of the forest which is the subject of the application. (4) Where the Board approves an application submitted under subsection (3) and intends to enter into a management agreement as specified under subsection (2), it shall publish its intention in two daily newspapers of national circulation at least thirty days before the agreement is due to take effect. (5) A management agreement entered into by the Board with the successful applicant shall specify among other things:-

(a) the duration of agreement;

(b) the terms and conditions under which the applicant shall manage the forest;

(c) any charges payable to the Service;

(d) a management plan to be followed by the applicant;

(e) the mechanism for settlement of disputes arising in

respect of the agreement; and

(f) the circumstances under which the agreement may be terminated.

(6) The Board shall, before entering into an agreement, call for an independent inventory of the forest and other relevant data to enable it determine the true value of such a forest. (7) Management agreements may be entered into or renewed subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Board: Provided that:

(a) no part of a state forest which contains rare, threatened or endangered species, or which has particular environmental, cultural or scientific significance or

31

which has been declared a nature reserve under this Act, shall be included in such agreements.

(b) no applicant may assign, exchange, transfer or convey

the agreement or any part of his rights or interests therein without the prior written consent of the Board.

(8) The applicant may assign, exchange, transfer or convey the agreement only where:-

a) the agreement has been in existence for at least six (6) years;

b) he has not violated any provisions of this Act, and has

complied with the terms and conditions of the agreement; c) the assignee would himself qualify to be an applicant

under this section; and d) the Board has approved such assignment, exchange or

transfer.

(9) Where the applicant assigns, exchanges, or transfers his agreement without the approval of the Board, the agreement shall lapse and the management of the forest shall revert to the Service. (10) Any person aggrieved by the decision of the Board to enter into a management agreement for a plantation forest under this section may, within the period specified in subsection (4), make representations to the Board, and the Board shall consider such objections and take such action as justified in the circumstances.

37 (1) Each local authority shall, with the assistance of the Service, be responsible for the protection and management of all forests and woodlands under its jurisdiction, and shall ensure that such forests are managed on a sustainable basis in accordance with an approved management plan.

32

(2) The provisions contained in this Act regarding the management of indigenous forests shall apply to the management of indigenous forests situated within the jurisdiction of a local authority. (3) A forest officer responsible for the area shall, in consultation with the forest conservation committee, make inspection visits at least twice a year, and shall make a report thereon to the Director as to whether such forests are managed in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

(4) The Director shall report to the Board on a forest officer’s report received under subsection (3), and the Board may, if it is satisfied that it is in the public interest for a local authority forest to be managed by the Service, make recommendations to the Minister.

(5) The Minister may declare a local authority forest in respect of which a report is received under this section to be a provisional forest. 38 (1) A local authority may, upon application by a company,

government agency, a forest community, a professional association, an educational institution, or non – governmental organization, a cooperative society or an individual, and after approval by the Board has been obtained, enter into an appropriate management agreement for all or part of any forest within its jurisdiction.

(2) A management agreement entered into under subsection (1) shall specify:-

a) the period for which the forest shall be managed; b) the terms and conditions under which the applicant shall

manage the forest; c) any royalties and charges payable in respect thereof to

the local authority or the Service; d) the mechanism for settlement of disputes arising in

respect of the agreement; and

33

e) the circumstances under which the agreement may be terminated.

(3) Where the forest referred in subsection (1) lies within the jurisdiction of more than one local authority, an application shall be made to each of such local authorities, and such local authorities may jointly agree to enter into a management agreement for all or part of such forest pursuant to such application.

(4) Nothing in this section shall be deemed to transfer or to vest in any person, institution, or organization any right of ownership of any land declared to be a local authority forest, other than the privilege of management and control. (5) No management agreement shall convert a local authority forest into a settlement area. 39 (1) Where the Board is satisfied that utilization of a forest can be done

through the granting of concessions, the Service may, by licence, grant the same subject to an Environmental Impact Assessment Licence in accordance with the Environmental Management and Coordination Act, 1999.

(2) In addition to subsection (1), the grantee of a concession shall:-

a) comply with the guidelines or management plans prescribed by the Service;

b) protect the concession area from destruction and

encroachment by other persons; c) ensure that the forest areas under his management are

maintained for the conservation of biodiversity, cultural or recreational use;

d) maintain the physical boundaries of the concession; e) take precautions to prevent the occurrence and spread of

forest fires in connection with any or all operations within or outside the concession area; and

34

f) ensure that all structures and facilities constructed or

operated by and in connection with any activities are maintained according to the conditions of the licence.

(3) The licence shall indicate the nature of the concession, including its physical location and boundaries, and the purpose for which it is granted. (4) The Board may withdraw a concession granted under this section where a grantee breaches any of the conditions prescribed under subsection (2). (5) A grantee of a concession under this section shall be held personally responsible for any damage, including the negligence of his employees, arising directly from his operations on the land for which the concession has been obtained. 40 (1) All indigenous forests and woodlands shall be managed on a

sustainable basis for purposes of: -

a) conservation of water, soil and biodiversity; b) riverine and shoreline protection; c) cultural use and heritage; d) recreation and tourism; e) sustainable production of wood and non-wood products; f) carbon sequestration and other environmental services; g) education and research purposes; and h) habitat for wildlife in terrestrial forests and fisheries in

mangrove forests.

35

(2) In pursuance of subsection (1), the Service shall, in consultation with the forest conservation committee for the area where the indigenous forest is situated, prepare forest management plans. (3) The Board may enter into a joint management agreement for the management of any state indigenous forest or part thereof with any person, institution, government agency or forest association. 41 (1) The Board shall only give its consent for mining and quarrying

operations in a forest area where:-

a) the area does not contain rare, threatened or endangered species;

b) the forest does not have any cultural importance or

contain sacred trees or groves; c) an Independent Environmental Impact Assessment has

been carried out; d) the miner has undertaken through execution of a bond the

value of which will be determined by the Board, to rehabilitate the site upon completion of his operation to a level prescribed by the Board;

e) the forest is not an important catchment area or source of

springs: Provided that the Minister may, on the recommendation of the Board, and in consultation with the minister responsible for mining, publish rules to regulate and govern mining operations in forest areas; and

f) the carrying on of the mining and quarrying operations shall not contravene any rules made under this Act.

(2) Subject to subsection (1), mining and quarrying may be carried out in a state or local authority forest under the authority of a licence issued by the Service and the local authority.

36

(3) A licence under subsection (2) shall not be issued unless the applicant has implemented safety measures to prevent injury to human beings, livestock and wildlife traversing the forest.

42 (1) The conditions on which a licence for mining and quarrying, or

any other activity carried out in the forest, shall, where the activity concerned is likely to result in the depletion of forest cover in any forest, include a condition requiring the licensee to undertake compulsory revegetation immediately upon the completion of the activity.

(2) Revegetation shall be undertaken in consultation with the Service, which shall determine the seeds and seedlings proposed to be used in such revegetation. 43 Any person who contravenes the provisions of this Act in relation to

activities in forest areas relating to mining, quarrying or revegetation commits an offence and shall be liable on conviction to imprisonment to a term not exceeding twelve months or to a fine of not exceeding five hundred thousand shillings or to both such fine and imprisonment.

44 (1) Any activities within a forest area which are not included in a

management plan shall only be undertaken with the consent of the Board granted in accordance with this section.

(2) A person intending to undertake any activity referred to in subsection (1) within a forest area shall apply in that behalf to the Board and the application shall be accompanied by the results of an independent Environmental Impact Assessment conducted in respect of the proposed activity.

(3) Where the Board intends to grant its approval under this section, it shall cause a notice of such intention to be published in the Gazette and in at least two newspapers of national circulation, and posting a notice in such manner as to bring to attention of the persons likely to be directly affected by such activity, and giving a period of not less than ninety days within which any person may make objections to the Board.

37

(4) The Board shall deliberate on any objection received and deliver its decision to the objector within a period of sixty days from the date of receipt thereof.

(5) Any objector aggrieved by a decision of the Board under this section may within sixty days after receipt of such decision appeal to the High Court.

PART IV – COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION

45 (1) A member of a forest community may, together with other

members or persons resident in the same area, register a community forest association under the Societies Act.

(2) An association registered under subsection (1) may apply to the Director for Permission to participate in the conservation and management of a state forest or local authority forest in accordance with the provisions of this Act. (3) The application referred to in subsection (2) shall be in the prescribed form and shall contain –

a) a list of the members of the association and its address; b) the Constitution of the association; c) the association’s financial regulations; d) the area of forest for which the association proposes to

undertake conservation and management; e) the association’s proposals concerning –

(i) use of forest resources; (ii) methods of conservation of biodiversity;

38

(iii) methods of monitoring and protecting wildlife and plant populations and enforcing such protection; and

f) such other information as the Director may require.

(4) Where there is no management plan in respect of the area, or where the association proposes that there be a new management plan, the application shall be accompanied by a draft management plan. (5) The provisions of this act regarding management plans shall apply in respect of the draft management plan submitted under subsection (4). (6) The Director shall cause to be kept an up to date record of all associations participating in the conservation or management of forests.

46 (1) An association approved by the Director under section 46 to

participate in the management or conservation of a forest or part of a forest shall –

a) protect, conserve and manage such forest or part thereof

pursuant to an approved management agreement entered into under this Act and the provisions of the management plan for the forest;

b) formulate and implement forest programmes consistent

with the traditional forest user rights of the community concerned in accordance with sustainable use criteria;

c) protect sacred groves and protected trees; d) assist the Service in enforcing the provisions of this Act

and any rules and regulations made pursuant thereto, in particular in relation to illegal harvesting of forest produce;

e) with the approval of the Board enter into partnerships

with other persons for the purposes of ensuring the

39

efficient and sustainable conservation and management of forests;

f) keep the Service informed of any developments, changes

and occurrences within the forest which are critical for the conservation of biodiversity;

g) help in fire fighting; and h) do any other that is necessary for the efficient

conservation and management of the forest. (2) The management agreement between the Director and the association may confer on the association all or any of the following forest user rights –

(a) collection of medicinal herbs; (b) harvesting of honey; (c) harvesting of timber or fuel wood; (d) grass harvesting and grazing; (e) collection of forest produce for community based

industries; (f) ecotourism and recreational activities; (g) scientific and education activities; (h) plantation establishment through non-resident

cultivation; (i) contracts to assist in carrying out specified silvicultural

operations; (j) development of community wood and non-wood forest

based industries; and

40

(k) other benefits which may from time to time be agreed upon between an association and the Service:

Provided that:

(i) none of the activities specified in this subsection shall be carried out so as to conflict with the conservation of biodiversity; and

(ii) the Director may, in consultation with the

association, make rules regulating the performance thereof.

47 (1) An association may, with the approval of the Director, assign any

or all its rights under a management agreement to a suitably qualified agent on mutually agreed terms.

(2) The Director shall not approve any assignment which would derogate from the main objectives and purposes set out in the management agreement. (3) The management agreement shall be deemed to provide that an association shall be liable for all the activities, acts and omissions of the assignees of its rights under the agreement.

48 1) The Director may terminate a management agreement with an association or withdraw a particular user right where –

a) an association grossly breaches the terms and conditions

thereof; b) he considers such action as necessary for purposes of

protecting and conserving biodiversity; or c) the association itself so requests.

(2) Where the Director intends to terminate a management agreement or withdraw a particular user right on either of the grounds stipulated in subsection (1) (a) or (b) of this section, he shall give the affected association thirty day’s notice to show cause why

41

the management agreement should not be so terminated or the user so withdrawn. (3) Where a request for termination of a management agreement or the withdrawal of a user right has been made by an association, the Director shall make inquiries into the grounds for the request, and where he is satisfied that it is in the best interests of the association and of conservation to do so, may grant the request. (4) Where an association is aggrieved by the decision of the Director under this section, it may, within thirty days after being notified of the decision, appeal to the Board against the decision. (5) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the grounds on which, in accordance with the terms of a management agreement, the agreement or any user right may be terminated.

PART V – ENFORCEMENT

49 (1) A forest officer may –

a) demand from any person the production of an authority or licence for any act done or committed by that person in a state, local authority or provisional forest, or in relation to any forest produce for which a licence is required under this Act or under any rules made thereunder;

b) require any person found within or without a state, local

authority or provisional forest who has in his possession any forest produce, to give an account of the manner in which he became possessed thereof, and, where the account given is not satisfactory, arrest and take such person before a magistrate;

c) search any person suspected of having committed an

offence under this Act or of being in possession of any forest produce in respect of which an offence has been committed, and arrest the person, seize and detain any baggage, package, parcel, conveyance, tent, hut or

42

building under the control of that person or his agent or servant:

Provided that no person shall be arrested under this

section unless the forest officer has reasonable cause to believe that that person may fail to appear to answer a summons, or unless that person refuses to give his name and address or gives a name and address which there is reasonable cause to believe is false;

d) search any vehicle or vessel and seize and detain any

forest produce in respect of which there is reason to believe that an offence has been committed, together with any tools, equipments, vessels, vehicles or livestock used in the commission of the offence:

Provided that the forest officer seizing such

property shall forthwith report the seizure to the magistrate having jurisdiction over the area where the offence takes place;

e) seize and detain any livestock found in a State, local

authority or provisional forest without any person in charge of them; and

f) confiscate any equipment or receptacle placed without

authority in a State, local authority or provisional forest.

(2) The Director or any forest officer may –

a) enter any private forest registered under section 25(1) in order to assess the condition thereof or to perform any such other act which he considers necessary in the circumstances; or

b) enter the premises of any forest-based industry or forest

produce dealer to inspect any forest produce placed or found within the premises to satisfy himself that the industry or dealer is abiding by the provisions of a licence issued under this Act:

43

Provided that during such inspection due regard shall be had to the property rights of the forest owner.

c) take all reasonable steps to prevent the commission of an

offence under this Act; and d) where qualified to do so, any officer of the Service who

is of or above the rank of Sergeant Forest Guard shall have the same powers conferred to relevant officers under sections 22 and 23 of the Criminal Procedure Code and section 20 of the Police Act.

50 (1) The President may, through the Commissioner of Police, make

available to the disciplined force of the Service such firearms as may be necessary for the Service to carry out its functions under this Act.

(2) A member of the disciplined force, after acquiring the requisite training, and when authorized by the Director, may use firearms for the following purposes:-

(a) in the course of law enforcement against –

(i) any person charged with an offence punishable under this Act, when that person is escaping or attempting to escape from lawful custody;

(ii) any person who, by force, removes or attempts

to remove any other person from lawful custody;

(iii) any person who, by force, attempts to prevent

the lawful arrest of himself or any other person; or

(iv) any person unlawfully hunting any animal

within a forest area or nature reserve.

44

(b) for the protection of people and property against any animal causing destruction to human life or property or crops; and

(c) in the course of animal population control.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, an officer of the disciplined force of the Service shall not resort to the use of firearms –

a) under paragraph (a)(i) of subsection (2), unless the officer concerned has reasonable grounds to believe that he cannot otherwise prevent the escape, and unless he has given ample warning to such person that he is about to use a firearm against him, and the warning is unheeded;

b) under paragraph (a)(ii) or (iii) of subsection (2), unless

the officer concerned believes on reasonable grounds that he or any other person is in danger of grievous bodily harm, or that he cannot otherwise prevent the removal, or, as the case may be, effect the arrest.

52 (1) Except under a licence or permit or a management agreement

issued or entered into under this Act, no person shall, in a state, local authority or provisional forest –

a) fell, cut, take, burn, injure or remove any forest produce; b) be or remain therein between the hours of 7 p.m. and 6

a.m. unless he is using a recognized road or footpath, or is in occupation of a building authorized by the Director, or is taking part in cultural, scientific or recreational activities;

c) erect any building or livestock enclosure, except where

the same is allowed for a prescribed fee; d) smoke, where smoking is by notice prohibited, or kindle,

carry or throw down any fire, match or other lighted material;

45

e) de-pasture livestock, or allow livestock to be therein; f) clear, cultivate or break up land for cultivation or for any

other purpose; g) enter any part thereof which may be closed to any

person; h) collect any honey or beeswax, or hang on any tree or

elsewhere any honey barrel or other receptacle for the purpose of collecting any honey or beeswax, or enter therein for the purpose of collecting honey and beeswax, or be therein with any equipment designed for the purpose of collecting honey or beeswax;

i) construct any road or path; j) set fire to, or assist any person to set fire to, any grass or

undergrowth or any forest produce; k) possess, bring or introduce any chain saw or logging

tools or equipment; and l) damage, alter, shift, remove or interfere in any way

whatsoever with any beacon, boundary mark, fence notice or notice board.

(2) Any person who contravenes the provisions of subsection (1) of this section commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding fifty thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months, or to both such fine and imprisonment. 53 Any person who, without lawful authority –

a) marks any forest produce, or affixes upon any forest produce, a mark ordinarily used by a forest officer to indicate that the forest produce is the property of the Government, or that it may or has been lawfully cut or removed;

46

b) alters, obliterates, removes or defaces any stamp, mark, sign, licence, permit or other document lawfully issued under the authority of this Act, or removes or destroys any part or a tree bearing the stamp or other mark used by any forest officer;

c) covers any tree stump in any state or local authority

forest or on any unalienated Government land with brushwood or earth, or by any other means whatsoever conceals, destroys, or removes or attempts to conceal, destroy or remove such tree stump or any part thereof;

d) wears any uniform or part of a uniform, or any badge or

other mark issued by the Service to be worn by forest officers or other employees of the Service, or who in any other way holds himself out to be an employee of the Service; or

e) counterfeits or issues without lawful authority any

licence or other document purporting it to be a licence or document issued under this Act or any rules made thereunder,

commits an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding five hundred thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding five years or to both.

54 (1) Any person who –

a) commits a breach of, or fails to comply with the provisions of, this Act;

b) commits a breach of, or fails to comply with any of, the

terms or conditions of a licence issued to him under this Act;

c) fails to comply with a lawful requirement or demand

made or given by a forest officer;

47

d) obstructs a person in the execution of his powers or duties under this Act;

e) willfully or maliciously sets fire to any private,

provisional, local authority or state forest; or f) makes charcoal in a state, local authority or provisional

forest; or in private forest or farmlands without a licence or permit of the owner as the case may be:

commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding one hundred thousand shillings or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year, or to both such fine and imprisonment.

(2) Any person who willfully or maliciously sets fire to any private, provisional, local authority or state forest commits an offence and is liable to a fine of not less than two hundred thousand shillings, or to imprisonment for a term of not less than one year or to both such fine and imprisonment. (3) Any person who operates a sawmill in a manner contrary to that prescribed in rules made under this act commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding one million shillings or to imprisonment for term not exceeding ten years, or to both such fine and imprisonment. (4) Save under a licence or permit or a management agreement issued or entered into under this Act, no person shall, in a forest capture or kill any animal, set or be in possession of any trap, snare, gin or net, or dig any pit, for the purpose of catching any animal, or use or be in possession of any poison or poisoned weapon: Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to prohibit the capturing or killing of an animal in accordance with the conditions of a valid licence or permit issued under the Wildlife (Conservation and Management) Act. (5) Any livestock found in any forest shall, unless the owner thereof proves to the contrary, be deemed to be there under the authority of

48

the owner as well as the person, if any, actually in charge of the livestock. (6) The livestock detained under paragraph 50(1)(e) may be auctioned at the expiry of five days if the owner does not reclaim them, and the proceeds of such auction shall be paid to such owner, less the amount incurred by the Service in the care of such livestock, and neither the Service nor any of its officers shall be held liable for the injury or death of any livestock so seized and detained. (7) Neither the Service nor any of its officers shall be liable for the injury, loss or death of any livestock seized or detained under section 50(1). (8) Any person who, in any forest area –

a) introduces any exotic genetic material or invasive plants without authority from the Service;

b) dumps any solid, liquid, toxic or other wastes; c) grows any plant from which narcotic drugs can be

extracted; or

d) extracts, removes or causes to be removed, any tree, shrub or part thereof for export,

commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding five million shillings or to imprisonment for a term not less than ten years, or to both such fine and imprisonment.

55 (1) Where a person is convicted of an offence of damaging, injuring

or removing forest produce from any forest, the court may in addition to any other ruling order –

a) that such person pay to the forest owner, by way of

compensation, a sum equal to the determined value of the forest produce so damaged, injured or removed and where the value cannot be estimated, ten thousand shillings for each offence;

49

b) if it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that the

person so convicted is the agent or employee of another person, that other person to pay by way of compensation to the forest owner, the value of the forest produce, unless after hearing that other person, the court is satisfied that the offence was not due to his negligence or default;

c) the forest produce be removed, and any vessels, vehicles,

tools or implements used in the commission of the offence, be forfeited to the Service:

Provided that the value of the forest produce shall be either the commercial value of the forest produce or the cost of repairing the damage caused to biodiversity as a result of the activities complained of. (2) Where a person is convicted of an offence of occupying or cultivating land in a forest area without a licence, the court may, in addition to any other penalty imposed under this Act, order such person to remove any buildings, enclosures, huts or crops within a period to be specified in the order, and if the person so convicted fails to comply with an order within the period so specified, the buildings, enclosures, huts or crops shall be deemed to be the property of the State, local authority or forest owner, as the case may be, and may be disposed of as the State, local authority or forest owner may think fit: Provided, however, that expenses incurred as a result of keeping in custody anything seized or detained under this section shall be borne by the person whose property is seized or detained.

56 A forest officer may with the leave of the Attorney General given

under the Criminal Procedure Code, conduct any prosecution for any offence committed under this Act.

57 Any person found guilty of an offence against the provisions of this

Act for which no specific penalty is provided shall be liable to a fine not exceeding ten thousand shillings or to imprisonment for term not exceeding three months.

50

58 (1) Every citizen of Kenya, and any person who is ordinarily resident

in Kenya, who has reason to believe that the provisions of this Act have been, are being or are about to be violated, may petition the High Court for-

a) a declaration that the provisions of this Act are being,

have been or are about to be contravened; b) an injunction restraining any specified person from

carrying out such a contravention; c) the writ of mandamus against any officer or person who

has failed to perform any duty imposed by or under this Act; and

d) any remedy at law or equity for preventing or enforcing

the provisions of this Act.

(2) The petition submitted under subsections (1) shall state –

(a) the particulars of the petitioner; (b) the nature of the violation or likely violation; (c) the provision(s) of this Act which is or are being

violated; and (d) the person, agency or body violating or about to violate

the said provisions.

(3) Notwithstanding subsection (1), the court shall not issue an order under subsection (1) in respect of a proposal by the State or a local authority where such proposal has been duly submitted to public consultation in accordance with the Third Schedule, except an application which is-

a) made within 60 days after publication, in accordance

with the Schedule, of the notice of the decision; and b) made by a person –

(i)who made a comment or objection concerning the proposal within the time allowed in that Schedule; or

51

(ii)who shows reasonable cause why he did not make such comment or objection.

PART VI – MISCELLANEOUS

59 (1) The Minister may, on the recommendation of the Board, make

rules for or with respect to any matter which is necessary or expedient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, rules may be

made under this section for-

(a) controlling the harvesting, collection, sale of land and disposal of forest produce;

(b) prescribing the amount of royalties or fees payable under

this Act generally or in particular cases;

(c) regulating the use and occupation of state forest land for the purposes of residence, cultivation, grazing, tourism, recreation, camping, picnicking, cultural activities, industrial or any other similar activities;

(d) the circumstances in which licences, permits, leases,

concessions and other agreements may be applied for, granted, varied, refused or cancelled, and the manner in which a person to whom a licence is granted may exercise a right or privilege conferred upon him by the licence;

(e) regulating the felling, working and removal of forest

produce in areas where trees may be felled or removed;

(f) regulating the entry of persons into a state or provisional forest, the period during which such persons may remain there and conditions under which they may remain;

52

(g) closing paths or roads in a state or provisional forest to either human or vehicular traffic or both;

(h) regulating entry into a nature reserve;

(i) providing conditions of administration and management

of forests and forestry;

(j) providing for plant inspections and the declaration of insects and fungal pests dangerous to forests and forest produce, and prescribing measures to be taken to control or eradicate such notified pests;

(k) providing for compulsory use of property marks by the

Service, local authorities and owners of private forests for the purpose of identifying wood sold from State , local authority, provisional and private forests;

(l) regulating or prohibiting the lighting of fires or smoking

or carrying, kindling or throwing of any fires or light or inflammable material;

(m) prescribing the form, duration and other conditions in

respect of forest management agreements;

(n) conditions under which mismanaged or neglected forests may be declared provisional forests and conditions for reverting them to the original owners;

(o) regulating the establishment of forest-based industries;

(p) providing for measures that enhance community

participation in the conservation of forests at the local level;

(q) providing for the establishment of new forest areas;

(r) regulating the production, transportation and marketing

of charcoal;

53

(s) prescribing the manner of nomination of representatives of forest associations to forest conservancy committees.

(3) Rules made under this section may require acts or things to be performed or done to the satisfaction of the Service, and may empower the Board to issue orders imposing conditions and dates upon, within or before which acts or things shall be performed or done.

(4) Upon the recommendation of a local authority or forest conservation committee, the Minister may, in consultation with the Board and the Minister for the time being responsible for matters related to local authorities, make rules in respect of any or all local authority forests.

(5) The provisions of section 27 of the Interpretation and General Provisions Act shall not apply to rules made under this section.

60 (1) The Director shall maintain register of:-

(a) all licences issued under this Act;

(b) private forests registered under section 25 and the owners

thereof;

(c) local authority forests;

(d) all associations participating in the conservation and management of forests under this Act; and

(e) all forest management plans;

(2) All registers maintained under this section shall be open for inspection at the office of the Director by members of the public during official working hours.

61 The provisions of this Act shall be carried out in accordance with Kenya’s obligations under any treaty or international agreement concerning forests or forest resources to which it is a party.

54

62 The Director may, with the approval of the Board, develop management plans and enter into joint management arrangements for the purposes of the proper management of cross-border forests and forest produce.

63 (1) The provisions of Part VI of the Environmental Management and

Coordination Act shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to and in respect of a licence under this Act and any Environmental Impact Assessment as well as reference to the National Environment Tribunal required under this Act.

(2) The provisions of the Environmental Management and Coordination Act regarding reference to the Tribunal established under that Act shall apply to the settlement of disputes arising under this Act.

PART VII – TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS 64 The Forests Act is repealed. 65 (1) Notwithstanding the repeal of the Forests Act:-

a) any land which, immediately before the commencement

of this Act, was a forest or nature reserve under that Act, shall be deemed to be a state or local authority forest or nature reserve, as the case may be, under this Act; and

b) any licences or permits granted under that Act and in

force immediately before the commencement of this Act shall be deemed to have been granted under the provisions of this Act, and shall remain in force until revoked in accordance with any terms in that regard set out in the licence, as the case may be, or renewed as a licence under this Act.

66 (1) All property, except any such property as the minister may

determine, which immediately before the commencement of this Act was vested in the Government for the use of the Forest Department shall, upon the taking effect of a notice by the Minister published in the Gazette, and without further assurance, vest in the Service, subject

55

to all interests, liabilities, charges, obligations and trusts affecting such property. (2) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (1) in relation to property, all contracts, debts, obligations and liabilities of the Government attributable to the Forest Department immediately before the commencement of this Act shall remain vested in the Government and may be enforced by or against the Government.

67 (1) All persons, being public officers, who, before the

commencement of this Act are employed by the Government for the purposes of the activities of the Forest Department, shall at the commencement of this Act be, deemed to be on secondment to the Service until they are employed by the Service in accordance with this Act, or their deemed secondment otherwise ceases in accordance with the terms of such secondment.

(2) Where, at the commencement of this Act, any penalty, other than dismissal, has been imposed on any employee of the Forest Department pursuant to disciplinary proceedings against him, and the penalty has not been or remains to be served by such employee, such employee shall, on his transfer to the Service, serve, or continue to serve such penalty to its full term as if it had been imposed by the Service.

56

FIRST SCHEDULE

PART I

PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE OFFICERS OF THE SERVICE 1. (1) The officers of the Service shall hold the ranks specified in

subparagraph (2). 2. The ranks of the officers of the Service referred to in subparagraph (1)

in order of seniority shall be as follows:-

(a) Professional Cadre

Director of Forests Senior Deputy Director of Forests Deputy Director of Forests Senior Assistant Director of Forests Assistant Director of Forests Senior Forest Officer Forest Office I Forest Officer II

(b) Technical Cadre

Chief Conservator Assistant Chief Conservator Senior Forester Forester I Forester II Forester III

(c) Disciplined Officers Cadre

Commandant Deputy Commandant Assistant Commandant Senior Superintendent Forest Guard Superintendent Forest Guard Chief Inspector Forest Guard

57

Inspector Forest Guard Sergeant Forest Guard Corporal Forest Guard Constable Forest Guard Forest Guard Recruit

(2) The officers of the Service shall, in the performance of the duties conferred upon them under this Act and any other written law, conform with any lawful instructions, directions or orders which may be given by the Director.

(3) The Director may, with the consent of the Board, from time to time

make and issue administrative orders to be called Service Standing Orders for the general control, direction and information of the officers of the Service.

1 (1) The Director shall, with the approval of the Board, issue a

Disciplinary Code for Officers of the Service, which shall apply to the disciplined officers of the Service and which may provide for the following matters-

(a) the investigation of disciplinary offences and the hearing

and determination of disciplinary proceedings;

(b) disciplinary penalties; and

(c) any other related matters.

(2) The following disciplinary penalties, or any combination thereof, may be included in the Disciplinary Code for infringement of the Code issued under subparagraph (1)-

(a) dismissal from the Service; (b) reduction in rank; (c) confinement for not more than fourteen days in guard

room or restriction to the confines of any camp or other area where a part of the Service is stationed;

58

(d) fines; (e) surcharge; (f) where the offence has occasioned any expense, loss or

damage, stoppages of pay or allowances; (g) extra drills, parades or fatigues; (h) severe reprimand; (i) reprimand; and (j) admonition.

(3) A Disciplinary Code issued under this paragraph may provide that a disciplined officer of the Service committing a disciplinary offence may be arrested without a warrant by or on the order of an officer senior to him or placed in command over him, who may, if the circumstances so warrant, confine that officer or cause that officer to be confined in a building suitable for the purpose, pending the determination of disciplinary proceedings:

Provided that no person shall be confined for more than five days without a warrant being issued for his arrest. 2 (1) A disciplined officer of the Service who –

(a) strikes, or otherwise uses violence on, or threatens violence to or incites any other person to use violence on, an officer senior to or placed in command over him or that other person; or

(b) uses threatening or insubordinate language to an officer

senior to or placed in command over him, shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for term not exceeding one year.

59

(2) The Director or an officer of or above the rank of Assistant Director of Forests, or the Commandant or an officer above the rank of Senior Superintendent Forest Guard to whom power so to do has been delegated by the Director of Forests, may direct that an offence committed under this paragraph be dealt with under the Code.

a) (1) A disciplined officer of the Service who absents himself from duty

without leave or just cause for a period of or exceeding twenty-one days shall, unless he proves the contrary, be deemed to have deserted from the force.

(2) A disciplined officer who deserts the Service shall forfeit any pay or allowance due to him, and all rights in respect of any pension, provident fund or any other scheme operated by the Service, and in addition, such member shall be liable to disciplinary action.

(3) No pay or allowance shall be paid to a disciplined officer in respect of any day during which he is absent from duty without leave, unless the Director otherwise directs.

(4) Any disciplined officer who deserts from the Service for a cumulative and successive period of or exceeding twenty one days shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months or a fine not exceeding five thousand shillings or both.

(5) Any disciplined officer who, upon being dismissed from the Service, or who deserts from the Service for a period of twenty one days and does not surrender the property of the Service or the Government within a period of or exceeding seven days from the date of dismissal or desertion, shall be guilty of an offence and liable to imprisonment for one year or a fine not exceeding ten thousand shillings or both.

5. (1) No disciplined officer of the Service shall be or become a member

of –

(a) a trade union or any body or association affiliated to a trade union;

60

(b) a body or association the objects or one of the objects of which is to control or influence conditions of employment in a trade or profession; or

(c) a body or association the objects, or one of the objects of

which, is to control or influence pay, pension or conditions of the Service other than a staff association established and regulated by rules or regulations made under this Act.

(2) A disciplined officer of the Service who contravenes subparagraph (1) shall be liable to be dismissed from the Service and to forfeit all his rights to pension or gratuity. (3) If a question arises as to whether a body is a trade union or an association to which this paragraph applies, such question shall be referred to the Minister whose decision thereon shall be final.

6. In this Part, “disciplined officer” means an officer specified in

subparagraph (2)(c) of paragraph 1.

61

PART II

OATH OF ALLEGIANCE

I………………do hereby swear (or do hereby solemnly and sincerely affirm) that I shall be faithful and bear true allegiance to the President and to the republic of Kenya; that I shall at all times, as required and authorized by law, do my utmost to preserve the peace and prevent offences against the same; and that I shall, to the best of my skill and knowledge, discharge all the duties of Forest Guard faithfully according to the law; and that during my tenure in the Kenya Forest Service, I shall obey all such lawful orders as may be given to me and shall observe all Acts, Regulations and Orders relating to the Kenya Forest Service which may from time to time be in force. (So help me God) …………………………………….. Signature of Declarant Personal Number:…………………………………………………………… Sworn/Affirmed before me………………………………………………… On the……………………………………………………………………….

62

SECOND SCHEDULE

PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE CONDUCT OF BUSINESS AND AFFAIRS OF THE BOARD 1 (1) The chairman of the Board shall hold office for a term of three

years and shall be eligible for reappointment for one further term of three years.

(2) Other than ex-officio members, a member of the Board shall, subject to the provisions of this section, hold office for a period not exceeding three years on such terms and conditions as may be specified in the instrument of appointment, and shall be eligible for reappointment for one further term of three years. (3) The members of the Board shall be appointed at different times so that the respective expiry dates of their term of office fall at different times.

(4) A member other than the chairman or an ex-officio member may –

(a) at any time resign from office by notice in writing to the

Minister; (b) be removed from office by the Minister if the member-

i. has been absent from three consecutive

meetings of the Board without the permission of the Chairman; or

ii. is adjudged bankrupt or enters into a composition scheme or arrangement with his creditors; or

iii. is convicted of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty; or

iv. is convicted of a criminal offence and sentenced to imprisonment for a term exceeding six moths or to a fine exceeding ten thousand shillings; or

63

v. is incapacited by prolonged physical or mental illness; or

vi. is found to have acted in a manner prejudicial to the aims and objectives of this act; or

vii. fails to comply with the provisions of this act relating to disclosure; or

viii. is otherwise unable or unfit to discharge his functions as a member of the Board.

2 (1) The Board shall meet not less than four times in every financial

year, and not more than four months shall elapse between the date of one meeting and the date of the next meeting:

Provided that the chairman may call a special meeting of the Board at any time where he deems it expedient for the transaction of the business of the Board. (2) Other than a special meeting, or unless three quarters of members agree, at least fourteen days written notice of every meeting of the Board shall be given to every member of the Board by the secretary.

(3) The quorum for the conduct of business of the Board shall be half of the members’ and unless a unanimous decision is reached, decisions shall be a majority vote of the members present, and in the case of an equality of votes, the chairman or the person presiding shall have a casting vote.

(4) The chairman shall preside over all meetings of the Board in which he is present, but in his absence, the vice chairman shall preside, and in his absence the members present shall elect one of their number who shall, with respect to that meeting and the business transacted thereat, have all the powers of the chairman.

(5) At the first meeting of the Board, the members shall elect a vice chairman, not being a public servant, from among its members.

3 (1) If a member is directly or indirectly interested in any contract, proposed contract or other matter before the Board and is present at the meeting of the Board at which the contract, proposed contract or

64

matter is the subject of consideration, he shall, at the meeting and as soon as practicable after the commencement thereof, disclose that fact and shall be excluded at the meeting at which the contract, proposed contract or matter is being considered.

(2) A disclosure of interest made under this section shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting at which it is made.

a) Save as provided in this Schedule, the Board may regulate its own

procedure.

65

THIRD SCHEDULE PROVISIONS AS TO PUBLIC CONSULTATION

1. (1) Where this Act imposes a requirement for public consultation, the responsible authority shall publish a notice in relation to the proposal –

a) in the Gazette;

b) in at least two national newspapers;

c) in at least one newspaper circulating in the locality to which the proposal relates; and

d) in at least one Kenyan radio station broadcasting in that

locality. (2) The notice shall in each case –

(a) set out a summary of the proposal;

(b) state the premises at which the details of the proposal

may be inspected;

(c) invite written comments on or objections to the proposal;

(d) specify the person or body to which any such comments are to be submitted; and

(e) specify a date by which any such comments or objections

are required to be received, not being a date earlier than 60 days after publication of the notice.

2. The responsible authority shall make arrangements for the public to obtain copies, at reasonable cost, of documents relating to the proposal which are in the possession of the responsible authority. 3. The responsible authority shall consider –

66

(a) any written comments or objections received on or before the date specified under paragraph 2(2) (e); and

(b) any comments, whether in writing or not, received at any

public meeting held in relation to the proposal at which the responsible authority was represented, or pursuant to any other invitation, to comment.

4. The responsible authority shall publish, through the same media as

were employed pursuant to paragraph 1, notice of the fact that a copy of the decision in writing of the responsible authority in relation to the proposal, and of the reasons thereof, is available for public inspection at the same premises as were notified under paragraph 1(2) (b).

5. Where rules made under this Act so require, the responsible authority

shall cause a public meeting to be held in relation to a proposal before the responsible authority makes its decision on the proposal.

67

Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area

Management Plan 2010-2020

January 2010

Planning carried out by

GLECA Managers and GLECA Stakeholders

In accordance with the

KWS PROTECTED AREAS

PLANNING FRAMEWORK

i

Acknowledgements

This General Management Plan has been developed through a participatory planning process involving a cross section of Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area (GLECA) stakeholders, under the coordination of National Museums of Kenya (NMK) and Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS).

Funding for the planning process has been provided by UNESCO

Planning technical assistance and facilitation was provided by Dr. Shadrack M. Muya, Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and Technology

ii

Executive Summary This is a 10-year management plan (2010 - 2020) for the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area (GLECA). The planning was designed as stipulated in the Protected Areas Planning Framework (PAPF) guidelines developed by Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS). The plan aims at harmonising the various land-use activities in the GLECA region, and ensure the water body in Lake Elmenteita is conserved and protected thus giving the lake security status that would enable it get listed as a world heritage site by United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO). The plan outlines the strategies that will ensure that the three main rivers - Mereroni, Kariandusi and Mbaruk – that drain into the lake are not blocked upstream and that some water is allowed to flow into the lake. Currently, there is little water flowing into the lake from these rivers, because farmers use most of the water for irrigation upstream. The plan also outlines the roles and functions GLECA managers and the local community will play in conserving and protecting GLECA. The GLECA Management Plan is intended to be a practical tool to support and guide coordinated and integrated management of the Lake Elmenteita water body, the buffer zone and rivers that drain into the lake and the Core areas far behind the buffer zones. The plan also contains a series of prescriptions and management actions that will be enforced and implemented in order to achieve these goals. The management planning process also captures Memorandums of Understanding between the different actors that constitute GLECA affirming that they will play their role in ensuring that the lake water body is conserved and protected. The main actors include Kariandusi Water Users Association, Mereroni Water Users Association, Mbaruk Water Users Association, Ututu Conservation Trust, Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy, Kenya Wildlife Service and the hoteliers that are found mainly on the northern shores of the lake. As a result, the final plan sets out a vision for the future management of the GLECA that is consensus based, and if not entirely agreeable, is at least acceptable, to all concerned. The bulk of the plan consists of the zonation scheme and four management programmes that specify what should occur or not occur in the GLECA in the next ten years. Efforts have been put in place to ensure that the management programmes are explicit and logically link with the purpose statement (which sets out the overall goal of the programme), management objectives, and the management actions to achieve these objectives. Each management programme also contains a strategy, which describes the overall approach pursued throughout its implementation, and a 3-Year Activity Plan. The activity plans provide the vital link between the actions set out in the management plan and the day-to-day management activities in the GLECA region. The activity plans also provide a bridge between the management plan and the annual operational planning and budgeting carried out by the GLECA management. GLECA Purpose and Values The purpose of the GLECA as defined by the area’s stakeholders is:

The development of the above Purpose Statement was based on the stakeholder identification of GLECA’s “Exceptional Resource Values” (ERVs), which were divided into four categories:

• Biodiversity – the Great White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus); the Lesser Flamingo (Phoeniconaias minor); and the Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus roseus)

• Scenic – the lake; the riparian forest; Ututu scrubland; the hills in Soysambu; the Kariandusi caves, and the general landscapes found in GLECA region

• Socioeconomic – irrigation from the rivers; salt harvesting; tourism; and Ututu hot springs

To protect and conserve the Lake Elmenteita water body and the unique birdlife, habitats and landscapes of the GLECA for the benefit of present and future generations

iii

• Cultural – the diverse ethnic groups in the area; and the Kariandusi pre-historic site GLECA Zonation Scheme and prescribed uses The GLECA zonation scheme provides a framework for supporting both centralised management of the protected area and the regulation and promotion of land-use activities that ensure ecosystem integrity, eco-tourism potential enhancement, and minimization of conflicts and provision of long-term guidelines for effective resource management. The zonation plan will direct the daily management as well as long term decision making on land-use in the area to harmonize conservation of the Lake and sustainable development of the area in general. The zonation has been guided by the following factors:

• Land tenure and the various laws relating to or governing them • Physiography and Landform • Various land-use practises in the ecosystem • Protection and conservation of ecosystem integrity and habitats • Stakeholder interests and development needs • Type, location and current use of various resources

The following zones have been identified and management prescriptions provided as follows:

Core Zone – this includes the open water body, the associated islands, especially the Pelican breeding rock Islets and the associated marshes mainly to the Southern and western shores of the lake. This Zone comprises critical habitats that are breeding and feeding sites for birds. These areas are sensitive and vulnerable to destructive anthropogenic impacts. Access to and use of this zone will be restricted to low impact tourism activities and research.

Buffer Zone – This zone includes the acacia woodlands and the cliff area to the East of the lake, Soysambu Wildlife sanctuary, and Ututu conservation area and private land adjacent to the lake that is being used for tourism. This zone will mainly be used for eco-tourism activities. Access to this area will be subject to authorisation by GLECA managers. Eco-tourism activities such as ecolodges, tented camps, campsites, observation towers, view points and picnic sites will be permitted.

Riverine Zone - This area includes the Kariandusi hot spring, and Mereroni, Kariandusi and Mbaruk rivers. This zone will be used for conservation and management of water resources. The natural environment will be maintained as much as possible to achieve this objective.

Controlled Development Zone – this covers farmland, livestock areas and urban centres. Land use and development in this zone will be guided by the local land-use development plan that will be developed by the Physical Planning department of the Ministry of lands.

In order to facilitate easy implementation and understanding of the scheme, the number of zones has been kept to a minimum, and, wherever possible, the zone boundaries are aligned with easily identifiable physical features on the ground (see fig...) Ecological Management Programme The Ecological Management Programme aims to ensure that “the ecological components and processes of the GLECA are understood, restored and conserved, and threats to the area’s key ecological features are reduced”. In order to achieve this aim, and in line with the PAPF, the programme uses The Nature Conservancy’s Conservation Action Planning (CAP) process as a tool for focusing the ecological management of the area. This process involves identifying and developing an accurate definition and understanding of the area’s most important ecological features (the conservation targets), their management needs, and the major threats to

iv

these features. This information then provides the foundation for developing the programme’s objectives and management actions. The nine conservation targets identified for the GLECA are:--

1. Great White Pelican 2. Lesser Flamingo and Greater Flamingo 3. Giraffe 4. Burchell’s Zebra 5. Euphorbia candelabrum woodland 6. Acacia Xanthophloea woodland 7. Hills such as the Sleeping Warrior rock in Soysambu 8. Ututu scrubland 9. River systems

The objectives of the Ecological Management Programme focus on protecting and conserving the open water body that is home to several threatened bird species that include the Lesser Flamingo (Phoenicopterus minor) and Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus roseus) that are both regionally and globally threatened mainly due to their habitat specificity, Great Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus) that is critically threatened in the eastern Africa region; Great White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus), that is globally restricted in range and on the CMS Appendix I.; Great Egret (Casmerodius albus): (CITES APP. III); and Maccoa Duck (Oxyura maccoa). The plan also focuses on abating threats to conservation targets that are either partially or completely beyond the boundaries of the GLECA, but nevertheless remain critical to its long-term ecological integrity. This will involve a high level of collaboration with the agencies mandated to deal with these issues in the wider ecosystem, such as the Water Resources Management Authority and National Environmental Management Authority. Tourism Development and Management Programme The Tourism Development and Management Programme aims to ensure that “the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area is a major tourism destination in Kenya, offering a distinctive and diverse visitor experience that capitalises on the area’s special wilderness values and history”. Within the bounds of maintaining a high quality wilderness experience in the area, the programme sets out a strategy for tourism development across the GLECA. This strategy is designed to optimise the potential benefits from tourism to the area’s conservation by increasing the GLECA’s local and national profile and importance. The strategy focuses on providing new and innovative opportunities for private sector investment in the area, and encouraging and supporting the expansion of visitor use across the area through providing a diverse variety of visitor use options. The expansion and diversification of the GLECA tourism product and the creation of attractive investment opportunities in the area is facilitated by allowing an increasing diversity of visitor activities. The Core Zone will have very limited visitor use and will include bird viewing at specific points (bird hide). KWS will manage entry into this area as it will be gazetted as protected area. Actions under this programme will focus on regulation of limited use of this area through the creation of guidelines, and the identification of specific routes and areas where activities can take place. Efforts will also focus on improving visitor experience in the GLECA through the development of interpretation materials, such as a GLECA guidebook and map, and strengthening the GLECA management’s tourism human resource and capacity. Community Partnership and Education Programme The Community Partnership and Education Programme aims to ensure that “To support and enhance the participation of GLECA adjacent communities in conservation and sustainable use of GLECA’s natural resources”. Key in achieving this aim is ensuring that GLECA management and resident communities are able to communicate effectively and collaborate with each other. This will be addressed through actions that establish Community Consultative Committees. The programme will aim at abating human-wildlife

v

conflict, and increase support for the area by enhancing the opportunities for community members to benefit from the GLECA, through, for example, the development of ecotourism or cultural tourism ventures. At the same time, the programme aims to reduce the impacts of community natural resource use on the GLECA’s conservation by improving community awareness of the area’s exceptional conservation values, through the production of community awareness-raising materials and by supporting community based-natural resource management initiatives, such as the formation of water resource users associations in GLECA. GLECA Operations Programme The aim of this programme is to ensure that “the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area’s operational systems and structures are effectively and efficiently supporting the achievement of the GLECA purpose and the delivery of the GLECA’s management programmes”. This is the backbone of the four management programmes, and the programme covers a variety of issues that are vital to the efficient and effective management of the GLECA. The programme will focus on strengthening institutional collaboration in the management of the GLECA, in the coordinated administration and management of the GLECA. The programme will also focus on the development of the area’s infrastructure and improving the availability of the resources needed for management of the area. Particular emphasis will focus on the development and maintenance of infrastructure essential for supporting the expansion of tourism use and accompanying security presence over the entire GLECA. This programme also focuses on both expanding law enforcement presence across the entire GLECA, through intensification of patrols. The efficiency of law enforcement operations will also be improved by strengthening collaboration with key stakeholders, including local police and GLECA tourism industry investors to improve visitor security across the area. Plan Monitoring The plan monitoring section provides a framework for scrutinizing the potential impacts, both positive and negative, that are anticipated from the implementation of each of the four management programmes. The framework also includes easily measurable indicators for monitoring positive and negative impacts, and potential sources of this information.

vi

Contents Acknowledgements ............................................................................................................... i Executive Summary.............................................................................................................. ii Contents ............................................................................................................................... vi List of tables and figures ................................................................................................... viii Acronyms ............................................................................................................................. ix

Plan Foundations .......................................................................................................................... 1

The Plan ............................................................................................................................... 2 Plan functions .................................................................................................................................... 2 Plan structure ..................................................................................................................................... 3 Planning process ................................................................................................................................ 3

The GLECA .......................................................................................................................... 5 Area description ................................................................................................................................ 5 GLECA management collaboration ............................................................................................... 8 GLECA Purpose Statement ............................................................................................................ 8 GLECA Exceptional Resource Values .......................................................................................... 9

GLECA Zonation Scheme .......................................................................................................... 11

Introduction ......................................................................................................................... 12 Visitor Use Zones ................................................................................................................ 12

GLECA-wide accommodation prescriptions ............................................................................. 14 Core Zone ........................................................................................................................................ 14 Buffer Zone...................................................................................................................................... 14 Riverine and Controlled Development Zones ............................................................................ 15

Ecological Management Programme ........................................................................................ 16

Programme Purpose and Strategy ...................................................................................... 17 Targeting Ecological Management Action ........................................................................ 18

Ecological management objectives and actions .......................................................................... 18 Management Objectives ..................................................................................................... 21

Objective 1: Conservation status of GLECA’s threatened wildlife enhanced ....................... 21 Objective 2: Important GLECA habitats managed and improved ......................................... 22 Objective 3: Forests and river systems in the greater GLECA landscape protected, in collaboration with other stakeholders .......................................................................................... 25

Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 .................................................................................. 27

Tourism Development & Management Programme ................................................................ 31

Programme Purpose and Strategy ..................................................................................... 32 Management Objectives .................................................................................................... 33

Objective 1: The GLECA tourism product expanded and diversified ................................... 33 Objective 2: The GLECA is marketed as a single destination ................................................. 34 Objective 3: GLECA tourism management improved .............................................................. 36

Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 .................................................................................. 38

Community Partnership & Education Programme .................................................................. 41

Programme Purpose and Strategy ..................................................................................... 42 Management Objectives .................................................................................................... 43

Objective 1: Conservation education and awareness programme strengthened ................... 43

vii

Objective 2: Human-wildlife conflict reduced ............................................................................ 44 Objective 3: Opportunities for local communities to benefit from the GLECA improved ........................................................................................................................................... 45

Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 .................................................................................. 47

GLECA Operations Programme ................................................................................................ 49

Programme Purpose and Strategy ..................................................................................... 50 Management Objectives ..................................................................................................... 51

Objective 1: Visitor security ensured ............................................................................................ 51 Objective 2: Security patrols enhanced ........................................................................................ 52 Objective 3: Institutional collaborations formalised and strengthened ................................... 53 Objective 4: Adequate resources (staff, infrastructure, transport, and finance) to support GLECA management and tourism development availed .......................................... 54

Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 .................................................................................. 56

Plan Monitoring .......................................................................................................................... 59

Plan Annexes ............................................................................................................................... 61

viii

List of tables and figures

Table 1 GLECA Exceptional Resource Values ........................................................................................................ 9

Table 2 GLECA wide prescriptions on accommodation sizes ........................................................................... 14

Table 3 Core Zone: Visitor activity prescriptions ................................................................................................. 14

Table 4 Buffer Zone: Visitor activity prescriptions .............................................................................................. 15

Table 5 Buffer Zone: Permitted visitor facility categories ................................................................................... 15

Table 6 GLECA conservation targets ..................................................................................................................... 19

Table 7Threats to GLECA Conservation Targets ................................................................................................ 20

Figure 1 GLECA zonation scheme ......................................................................................................................... 13

ix

Acronyms

ASL Above Sea Level BoT Board of Trustees CAP Conservation Action PlanningCBO Community Based OrganisationCCC Community Consultative CommitteeCPT Core Planning Team EA Environmental Audit ERV Exceptional Resource ValueGIS Geographic Information SystemGLECA Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation AreaGPS Global Positioning SystemsHWC Human-Wildlife ConflictIPM Integrated Pest Management IUCN The World Conservation UnionKEA Key Ecological AttributeKWS Kenya Wildlife Service LAU Limits of Acceptable UseLEECO Lake Elmenteita Ecotourism Community OrganizationMAC Management Advisory CommitteeMoU Memorandum of UnderstandingNEMA National Environmental Management AuthorityNGO Non-Government OrganisationNMK National Museums of KenyaPAPF Protected Areas Planning FrameworkTNC The Nature ConservancyWCK Wildlife Clubs of Kenya WRMA Water Resources Management AuthorityWRUA Water Resource Management Association

Plan Foundations

PLAN FOUNDATIONS

2

The Plan This 10-year (2010 - 2020) management plan for the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area (GLECA) has been developed in consultation with several institutions that are members of the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area Association (GLECAA). The planning process and reporting procedures have borrowed heavily from the KWS Protected Area Planning Framework (PAPF) guidelines. The planning approach adopted here is highly participatory building on ideas from a broad cross-section of GLECA stakeholders. The plan is developed using a standard PAPF management plan template that KWS uses to prepare protected area management plans. This is in light of the fact that most conservation strategies designed to address conservation issues are similar in most of the conservation areas as they are based on current national conservation laws and policies regulating the conservation sector. The structure of the management plan has been designed to maximise ease of implementation by the stakeholders. This has been achieved through a rigorous application of the “Logical Framework Approach” in the plan’s management programmes, and the development of “3-year Activity Plans” that provide the bridge from the 10-year vision components of the plan to the annual operational planning carried out by the managers of GLECA who will be responsible for plan implementation. The following sections on the plan functions, plan structure and stakeholder participation in the plan’s development provide an overview of the practical application of this management plan.

Plan functions This plan is primarily designed to be a practical management tool supporting GLECA managers in carrying out their day to day activities. The plan will achieve this aim by providing strategic guidance on the goals that management is working on, and a series of prescriptions and management actions that need to be implemented in order to achieve these aims. Hence, the following points set out the key functions of the GLECA Management Plan. The GLECA Management Plan (2010 - 2020) is designed to achieve the following functions:

Vision: Set out a common understanding between the different stakeholders about the purpose of the GLECA and its exceptional resource values, towards which all management action will be focused.

What: Establish clear management objectives that are agreed by the GLECA stakeholders and

managers and that, if achieved, will ensure the conservation of all exceptional resource values.

How: Provide clear and unambiguous guidance and a rationale for the specific management actions that GLECA Managers will need to implement over the 10-year timeframe of the plan to achieve the management objectives.

Where: Define a mechanism for GLECA zoning to enable different types and intensities of use in

different parts of the GLECA, thereby facilitating reconciliation of GLECA’s sometimes competing conservation and development objectives.

When: Provide a detailed activity plan for the first three years of implementing the management plan,

thereby establishing a crucial link between the plan’s long-term management objectives and the annual operational planning and budgeting routinely carried out by GLECA Managers.

Rules: Set out clear and unambiguous prescriptions and regulations on what can and cannot be done

in different parts of the GLECA in order to achieve the area’s management objectives and fulfil the GLECA purpose.

PLAN FOUNDATIONS

3

Who: Provide a practical framework enabling the collaboration of GLECA managers and other institutions and stakeholders in implementing the plan.

The Plan is NOT designed to:

Provide a comprehensive reference source for the GLECA, with detailed background information on the area’s biodiversity, ecology, geology, soils, etc

Set out a detailed inventory of issues or problems impacting the GLECA, that is not directly addressed

through the plan’s management objectives and actions.

Provide detailed descriptions of the GLECA management, administration, and national policies, unless they are relevant to the plan’s management objectives and actions.

Plan structure In order to fulfil the Plan’s functions, GLECA’s management plan is structured and developed to be as simple as possible, and hopefully, easily understood by stakeholders and implementable by GLECA management. The following outline summarise the plan’s main sections:

Plan Foundations. This chapter introduces the planning process as used to describe the plan’s functions, structure and stakeholder participation mechanisms. The chapter also provides an introduction to the GLECA, its location and exceptional resource values. It sets out the GLECA’s Purpose Statement, which explains why the GLECA has been established, and the major functions and roles the GLECA aims to fulfil.

GLECA Zonation Scheme. This section sets out the specific areas in GLECA where different types of

visitor use and tourism developments and settlement are permitted. The scheme contains detailed prescriptions on the size of tourism developments allowed in different parts of the GLECA, and specific prescriptions on the types of visitor activity allowed in each zone.

The five management programmes. The main bulk of the plan is divided into four management

programmes: o Ecological Management Programme o Tourism Development and Management Programme o Community Partnership and Education Programme o GLECA Operations Programme

Each programme includes a programme purpose statement and a strategy describing the overall management approach pursued through the programme. Each programme also contains management objectives that set out the goals that GLECA management aims to achieve, and a set of specific management actions to realize the goals. Each of the management programmes are completed by a 3-year Activity Plan, which breaks down the individual management actions to be completed in the first three years of the plan implementation period into a series of tangible management activities, and sets out the timeframe for their implementation, allocates responsibility for their completion, and the “milestones” that management aims to achieve. These activity plans are designed to provide the basis for annual operational planning by GLECA managers and are a vital link between the management plan’s 10-year outlook, and day-to-day management activities in the GLECA. It is intended that the 3-year Activity Plans will be rolled forward annually as part of the annual operational planning carried out by GLECA managers.

Planning process The planning process involved a high degree of stakeholder participation in plan development. This was achieved through a multi-layered approach involving a variety of mechanisms that ensured that all

PLAN FOUNDATIONS

4

stakeholders meaningfully contributed to the plan’s development. Three principal mechanisms were used to enable this participation. They were:--

• The Core Planning Team • Stakeholder Workshops • Expert Working Groups

The roles and functions of these mechanisms are elaborated in the following paragraphs:

The GLECA Core Planning Team (GLECA-CPT) provided overall guidance and oversight to the entire planning process. The GLECA-CPT met several times (formally and informally) throughout the plan’s development. Membership consisted of: GLECAA officials; National Museums of Kenya (NMK) staff, KWS staff; Soysambu Conservancy management and a planning consultant. Members of the team initially defined the scope and functions of the plan, and allocated roles and responsibilities for the plan’s development. GLECA-CPT members then ensured that the plan’s development progressed smoothly, which included: ensuring funding was available for planning events; collecting and collating information necessary for planning; organising and facilitating planning events; and compiling planning event outputs into the final management plan. GLECA-CPT members also participated in all other planning mechanisms described below.

Three GLECA Stakeholder Workshops were held during the plan’s development. The first was held at

Elmenteita Lodge on 19th September 2006. This workshop was attended by 23 stakeholder representatives from GLECA management, KWS, the County Councils, local communities, tour operators and investors, researchers and scientists. The initial workshop identified the exceptional resources and Purpose of the GLECA. Stakeholders then went on to identify the key problems and issues the plan must address, what management programmes should be included in the plan, and defined the specific management objectives that GLECA managers should be working towards. The second consultative workshop was held on 15th October 2009. This workshop provided an opportunity for GLECA stakeholders to review and comment on contents of the draft management plan and gets updated on status of the Kenya Rift Valley Lakes Systems world heritage nomination.

Four Expert Working Groups were formed during the plan’s development, each responsible for

developing one of the plan’s four management programmes. Each working group refined the relevant management programme’s purpose, strategy and objectives, and developed the subsidiary management actions necessary for achieving each objective. In addition, all working groups were involved in the development and review of the GLECA Zonation Scheme.

PLAN FOUNDATIONS

5

The GLECA Area description Location GLECA is approximately 120 km north of the Kenya’s capital city; Nairobi, from where it can be accessed by the Trans-African Highway, (A104), and the Kenya-Uganda railway or via several private airstrips existing within the area. It is the catchment basin for Lake Elmenteita and covers an area of around 500 Km2. To the south of the Lake, GLECA extends to the Eburru ranges and to the west it extends to the Boundaries of Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy. Ndundori highlands form the northern catchment area, while the Aberdare escarpments form the eastern catchment. Lake Elmenteita forms the core zone of GLECA. It is a shallow alkaline lake lying on the floor of Kenya’s southern Rift Valley. The nearest administrative town is Gilgil within Nakuru District in Rift Valley Province. It lies between 1775 – 1950 m ASL and spans from 00 38ʹ to 00 54ʹ S and 360 29ʹ to 360 16ʹ E degrees. Although the lake and a terrestrial buffer zone cover an area about 108.8 km2, the size of the open lake water body fluctuates between 19 and 22 km2. Climate GLECA falls under agro-climatic zone V with annual mean temperatures ranging between 18.5 and 19.80 C. Records in the area indicate a mean annual precipitation of between 600 to 700mm (Soysambu, Nderit and Winston estate, Kekopey ranch, Lanet police station and Chokora farm near Mbaruk). Rainfall is bimodal with the long-rains in April to June and the short rains between October and November. History Lake Elmenteita is a natural lake formed by the Rift Valley tectonic movements and is part of the formation of the Great Gregory Rift Valley in Kenya. Some million years ago, a large lake covered the present area occupied by lakes Nakuru, Elmenteita and Naivasha, which drained southwards towards Lake Naivasha. This was followed by drier conditions that left behind the three distinct lakes. Geology The geology of the area consists of young volcanic and sedimentary rocks. To the south lies the”badlands”, an area of young volcanic rocks including cones and flows of Holocene age. To the North are a number of slightly older volcanic rocks predominantly basalt lava. On the eastern side of the lake are a number fault scarps. There is also an extensive faulted area further east forming the edge of the Rift valley. The lake lies between two areas of diatomite, Kariandusi to the east and Kockum to the west. This gives evidence of the area having been a much bigger lake in the past. Saline flats covered with trona surround the modern lake. In most parts of the plan area the existence of the Gilgil trachyte is evident. These are particularly widespread along the Gilgil escarpment, Soysambu estate and some parts of Mbaruk. The trachyte might also overlie the Mbaruk basalt at several places. McCall (1967) suggests that Pliocene fissure eruptions may have resulted in the emission of the basaltic lavas, trachytes and phonolites in many places across the catchment. Much of the southern and western sides of the lake is covered by what McCall terms “Elmenteita badlands” which form into basalt-cinder cones at various places the most distinguishable being the cone at the southern shores of the lake. Some very recent tuff cones can also be identified south of Lake Elmenteita. Around Kariandusi area, diatomite forms layers separating the Gilgil trachyte to form the Kariandusi lacustrine sediments formed during lower or middle Pleistocene. This deposition is believed to have occurred within a larger basin of the joint ancient Nakuru-Elmenteita Lake.

PLAN FOUNDATIONS

6

Soils Stream basal materials in the area indicate higher proportions of fine sediments and silt except around Mbaruk railway station where clay is abundant. The middle watershed areas are relatively rocky, particularly across Kasambara and Kiringa where the proportion of sand and gravel in stream basal material is much higher. Upper catchment areas are relatively non-rocky and unlike the rest of the basin are characterized by more detritus silts with small quantities of clay. The Mbaruk-Chamuka watershed soils have Sand, silt and gravel constituting the dominant stream basal materials. Stream basal material of the Kariandusi consists of sand, gravel and diatomaceous earth. The lake bottom is filled with weathered material from the catchment area. The soil type is mainly sandy alluvial, of volcanic origin indicated by soda ash and fine sandy/loam soils on the lake bottom and its immediate surrounding areas. The soil in most areas is highly permeable and very little surface water is noticeable after the rains. Soils vary considerably within the basin. Light grey dusty soils (Andosols) on the flat plains around Lake Elmenteita have developed on the diatomaceous silts of this part. Topography Lake Elmenteita lies within the bed of the Great Rift Valley. To the east, the lake is bordered by the Ndundori-Ngorika-Gitare hills (elevation 2500m ASL) which are part of the Bahati escarpment and to the west by Eburru hills (elevation 2600m ASL) which are part of the Mau ranges. To the north and south is the almost flat rift valley floor (elevation 1900m ASL) with important catchment boundaries to Lake Nakuru and Lake Naivasha respectively. The Mbaruk-Chamuka landscape is monotonously flat at an elevation of about 1880-m and river depth varies between 0.5 and 1 m with fairly wide channels generally between 3 and 3.2 m. Prominent features include the “Sleeping Warrior” hill, caves, “badlands lava”, spectacular flamingo cliffs and the pelican breeding rocky islands. Hydrology The drainage basin has a largely dendrite pattern, and can be divided into four minor watersheds Mbaruk, Chamuka, and Kariandusi and Mbaruk-Chamuka. Mbaruk watershed is the largest and wettest while Kariandusi is the driest. Both Chamuka and Kariandusi manifest geothermal activities. The major tributaries of Mbaruk watershed include Bonde, Rutara, Gichure, Ndunduri and Weruini. Tributaries for Chamuka watershed include Ndiriini, Nyaituga, Kanjuiri and Kiringa. The Mbaruk-Chamuka watershed represents the flow into the lake of both Mbaruk and Chamuka after converging about 1.5 km from the lakeshore. The Kariandusi watershed extends from the upper areas of Gitare and Northern Gilgil, into the mid lowland and lowland zones of Kariandusi and Elmenteita. Major tributaries include Kabugi, Gitare, Kekopey and Mai Mahiu. These are relatively small streams, which are ephemeral in nature. Flora Vegetation around Elmenteita drainage basin consists of upland forest, woodland, bush land and grassland. In recent years, much of the natural forest and woodlands has either been removed or modified into shrubs and bush land by cultivation, grazing and fires. Around the lake, vegetation is sparse and can be categorized into five major vegetation zones as follows: -- The woodlands are concentrated around the mouth of rivers with Acacia xanthophloea, as the dominant tree species rising up to 25 meters high with clear vertical stratification. Below the upper canopy are various climbers including Senecio petitianus, Commicarpus pedunculosus and Ipomea cairica .The herbaceous layer is dominated by Acyranthus aspera, Hypoestes verticillaris, Conyza foribunda, Solanum incanum, Urtrica maasaica Gutenbergia cordifolia. Grasses of the ground layer include Cynodon dactylon, Pennisetum clandestinum and Pannicum spp. among others.

PLAN FOUNDATIONS

7

Dry bushland cover parts of the eastern, southern and western parts of the lake where dominant tree species include Acacia xanthophloea and Eurphobia candelabrum. Shrubs include Rhus natalensis, Sesbania sesban, and Vernonia spp. The grasses include Cynodon dactylon, Chloris gayana and Panicum spp. Grasslands have been categorized into two groups:

• Lakeside grasslands dominated by Sporobolus spicatus and Chloris gayana • Other grasslands, dominated by Themeda triandra, Sporobolus fibriatus, Eragrostis spp., Pennisetum catabasis

and Cynodon dactylon Marshes are located in the southern part of the lake, dominated by Cyperus laevigatus and Typha spp Ututu scrubland is located south of the lake and is dominated by Olea sp. and Tarchonanthus camphoratus. Fauna The lake provides seasonal habitats for both lesser and greater flamingos which migrate between lakes Elmenteita, Nakuru and Bogoria and elsewhere into Central and Southern Africa. The lake also harbours several other bird species, notably Marabou Storks (Leptoptilos crumeniferus), Fish Eagles (Cuncuma vocifer) and the Grey-headed Gulls (Larus cirrhocephalus). The lake ecosystem has small populations of migratory Zebras (Equus burchelli), Thomson’s Gazelles (Gazella thomsoni) and Giraffes. Other animals common around the lake include hyenas and Dik dik (Rhynochotrogus kirkii). Most of these animals are concentrated around the northern woodlands where human influence is minimal. Current land tenure system The lake and the adjoining riparian land is state owned, but are under the custody of various landowners whose land is in continuum with the lake. KWS is in the process of gazetting the lake as a National Park. The surrounding area is privately owned, with a few forest pockets that are state owned. Land-use patterns in GLECA (a) Within the Core and Buffer Zone: Currently, part of the core and buffer zone is used by the local community for small scale and large scale grazing and watering of livestock. About 80% of the riparian land is used for biodiversity conservation and is preserved by both Soysambu and Ututu as wildlife sanctuaries. At the moment tourism is not well developed but is growing. Tourism activities include bird watching, game viewing, horse riding, scenery viewing (Lake Elmenteita, Great Rift Valley and Kariandusi Prehistoric site), camping, guided tours and sale of handicrafts. The tourism facilities include Lake Elmenteita Lodge, Flamingo Camp, and the observation point managed by Lake Elmenteita Ecotourism Community Organization (LEECO). On development, tourism is expected to bring benefits to the local community, who will in turn appreciate nature and become more involved in biodiversity and landscape conservation. Mining activities in the core and buffer zone include extraction of sand, salt and diatomite. There is minimal manual surface stone crushing. Sand for building is extracted at the old lakebed in the southern part of the lake for local use. The local community scoop salt from the lakeside evaporation pans along the lakeshore for both local and commercial use. The East African Diatomite Company undertakes diatomite mining at Kariandusi. (b) Within the catchment and Controlled Development Zones Subsistence agriculture is the main land use activity. Major crops grown include maize, beans, sweet and Irish potatoes, Peas, Oranges, Cassava, Paw Paws, Bananas, Ground Nuts, Millet, Onions, Vegetables and Yams. Farm holdings vary in size, those at viewpoint, Kasarani and Kericho, ranging from 1 to 2 hectares and those at Kekopey area ranging from 5 to 15 hectares. Crop failure is frequent due to unreliable rainfall. Much of the food is consumed locally and the surplus sold in the surrounding towns like Gilgil, Nakuru and Nairobi.

PLAN FOUNDATIONS

8

Livestock rearing is a major occupation in the transition area. There are three forms of livestock husbandry in the area. (i) Small scale livestock husbandry involving keeping of a few cattle, sheep, goats, and sometimes donkey. (ii) Pastoralism practiced by the neighbouring pastoral community who keep cattle, sheep, goats, and donkeys. (iii) Ranching practiced in the large scale farms where beef cattle for local consumption and export are reared. In most places, this is combined with small scale cultivation. However, some farms across Ngorika notably Waiyaki, Mahihu and Kiringa specialize in large scale dairy farming and maize is mainly grown as a fodder crop. Milk production is high in this area, much of which is sent for processing at the local dairy plants. Ranching is restricted to the drier belts around the lake (Soysambu, Kekopey and Nderit estates) where rearing of beef cattle is a prominent undertaking. Pastoralism is common around the southern fringes of Lake Elmenteita, which constitute dry season grazing for the Maasai who are assured of watering points along the Kariandusi quasi-delta zone. There are two forms of settlement in the Controlled Development Zone; rural and urban. Rural settlements are found moderately scattered within the individual land holdings. Urban settlements are found along the Nairobi-Nakuru highway and Nakuru-Elmenteita-Kiambogo road. The urban settlements are clustered, poorly planned with inadequate social amenities and are mainly trading centers. The urban centers are restricted to a few market points like Kekopey, Ndunduri, Ngorika, Kanjuiri and Lanet where a variety of commercial activities take place. Ndundori, the largest of these, is traversed almost in the middle by Bonde River, a tributary of Mbaruk. The level of urban effluent disposal into the stream is noticeable, particularly in the absence of any kind of sewage treatment. The population of the center is increasing and a number of small scale industries mostly involved with saw milling are emerging. Other industries include sand mining, salt mining (lake shore) and telecommunications industry (Gilgil). The diatomite mines at Kariandusi exploit ancient diatomaceous earths. Currently, the factory is bringing in its raw material from diatomite deposits located to the west of Lake Elmenteita within Soysambu estate. Gilgil is a major town and trading center and is the central administrative headquarters of the area. There is wildlife conservation at upper areas of Soysambu and in Ututu community wildlife sanctuary. The Kariandusi pre-historic site is a cultural conservation area under the National Museums of Kenya.

GLECA management collaboration The management of GLECA region requires signing of several Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs) with distinct institutions that will state clearly the mandate of each institution in the use, management and conservation of GLECA. As such, MoUs concerning the implementation of this management plan will be agreed between Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy, Ututu Conservation Area Trust and KWS. Specific issues addressed in these MoUs relating to the implementation of this management plan include:

• A definition of the roles and responsibilities of each Institution • Agreements on management and access to various sectors of GLECA • Agreements on distribution of revenues and allocation of expenditure

GLECA Purpose Statement The GLECA Purpose Statement summarises the importance of the GLECA, clarifies the reasons for its existence, and provides the overall goal that GLECA managers are striving to achieve. The Purpose Statement is divided into a primary GLECA Purpose followed by a series of supplementary purposes that expand on and complement the primary purpose. Both primary and supplementary purposes have been defined by GLECA stakeholders. The Purpose of the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area is:

Supplementary purposes of the GLECA are:

To protect and conserve the Lake Elmenteita water body and the unique birdlife, habitats and wilderness landscapes of the GLECA for the benefit of present and future generations

PLAN FOUNDATIONS

9

• To provide optimal benefits to local communities and other GLECA stakeholders. • To enable collaboration between stakeholders in the conservation and sustainable use of GLECA

natural resources • To preserve all sites of aesthetic, historical and cultural significance in the GLECA • To promote scientific research and education in order to guide sustainable management of natural

resources in and around the GLECA The development of the above Purpose Statement was based on the stakeholder identification of the GLECA’s “Exceptional Resource Values” (ERVs). These ERVs are discussed and elaborated in the following sections.

GLECA Exceptional Resource Values The GLECA ERVs describe the area’s key natural resources and other features that provide outstanding benefits to local, national and international stakeholders and that are especially important for maintaining the area’s unique qualities, characteristics and ecology. The following sections describe the GLECA ERVs that have been prioritised by GLECA stakeholders. These sections have been set out according to the three categories of ERV identified: Biodiversity, Scenic, Socioeconomic and Cultural Biodiversity values GLECA contains several species of different conservation status. These include Lesser Flamingo (Phoenicopterus minor) and Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus ruber roseus) both of which are regionally and globally threatened mainly due to their habitat specificity. The Great Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus) is critically threatened in the eastern Africa region. The Great White Pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus; which is globally restricted in range and on the CMS Appendix I. The Great Egret (Casmerodius albus) which appears in CITES APP. III. The Maccoa Duck (Oxyura maccoa) which is also proposed for CMS Appendix I listing. The lake regularly supports migrant waders such as Pied avocet (Recurvirostra avosetta) and Little stint (Calidris alba) and other migratory birds such as the Eurasian Marsh Harrier that use it as a stopover during migration. The lake ecosystem has small populations of migratory Zebras (Equus burchelli), Thomson’s Gazelles (Gazella thomsoni) and Giraffes (Giraffa Camelopardalis). Other animals common around the lake include hyenas and Dik dik (Rhynochotrogus kirkii) Most of these animals are concentrated around the northern woodlands where human influence is minimal. The lake has a variety of fast growing single celled algae, e.g. the blue green algae (Spirulina platensis) which is the main food for the Lesser Flamingos. In addition the marsh areas of this wetland are characterized by salt resistant sedge, dominated by Cyperus laevigatus and Typha spp. Other key flora in GLECA includes Acacia xanthophloea and Eurphobia candelabrum. Bush species include Rhus natalensis, Sesbania sesban, and Vernonia spp. The grasses include Cynodon dactylon, Chloris gayana and Panicum spp. Table 1 GLECA Exceptional Resource Values

Category Exceptional Resource Value

Biodiversity

The Great White Pelican Lesser Flamingo Greater flamingo Mosaic of vegetation types The Great Crested Grebe Giraffe Common zebra and large herds of buffaloes

Scenic The lake

PLAN FOUNDATIONS

10

Undisturbed wilderness in Ututu scrubland The riparian forest The hills in Soysambu, Hot volcanic steam vents The Kariandusi cave

Socioeconomic and cultural

Community consultative committees River water catchments Salt harvesting Tourism attractions Ututu hot springs

Ethnic and cultural diversity Delamere graves Ethnobotany knowledge of the local populace The pre-historic site at Kariandusi

Scenic values The Inselbergs dotting the GLECA landscape; Lake Elmenteita; the riparian forest; Ututu scrubland; the Ututu volcanic caves; and the hot volcanic steam vents adjacent to Ututu are key scenic sites in GLECA. Socioeconomic and cultural values GLECA has several attributes of socio-cultural value. The Kariandusi prehistoric site and the early man caves found within the area are rich in archaeological artefacts. These sites present a very comprehensive account of the early man’s history. Most of the riparian land is reserved for biodiversity conservation, and is an important feeding and breeding area for wildlife and birds. Tourism and recreational facilities in the area are an important foreign exchange earner and employer. There is a tourist class hotel, campsites, existing and proposed wildlife sanctuaries. The hot springs around Chamuka is a source of water for domestic, livestock watering and subsistence irrigation by the local community. For years the nomadic Maasai herdsmen have brought their livestock to the area for grazing and salt licking. The Lake and its catchment have continued to attract individuals and institutions for scientific research because of its rich biodiversity in a semi-arid area surrounding a saline lake. There are many local and foreign researchers and students who have studied various aspects of the lake and there is also an increasing interest in the Site by schools and youth groups. The history of the Delamere family is strongly engraved in GLECA region. The family graves are of historical importance.

GLECA Zonation Scheme

ZONATION SCHEME

12

Introduction The GLECA area is divided into four zones (Figure 1) to provide the basis for guiding development and management activities within the area. This is aimed at ensuring ecosystem integrity, eco-tourism potential enhancement, minimization of conflicts and provision of long-term guidelines for effective resource management. This zonation plan will direct daily management as well as long term decision making to harmonize conservation and sustainable development. In designing different zones, the following factors have been taken into consideration:--

• Land tenure and the various laws relating to or governing them • Physiography and Landform • Various land use practises in the ecosystem • Protection and conservation of ecosystem integrity and habitats • Stakeholder interests and development needs • Type, location and current use of various resources

In order to facilitate easy implementation and understanding of the scheme, the number of zones has been kept to a minimum, and, wherever possible, the zone boundaries are aligned with easily identifiable physical features on the ground. The following zones have been identified and management prescriptions provided as follows: Core Zone This includes the open water body, the associated islands, especially the Pelican breeding rock Islets and the associated marshes mainly to the Southern and western shores of the lake. This Zone comprises critical habitats that are breeding and feedings sites for birds. These areas are sensitive and vulnerable to destructive anthropogenic impacts. Access to and use of this zone will be restricted to management purposes and other authorized activities. The Buffer Zone This zone includes the acacia woodlands and the cliff area to the East of the lake, Soysambu Wildlife sanctuary, and Ututu conservation area and private land adjacent to the lake that is being used for tourism. This zone will mainly be used for eco-tourism activities. Access to this area will be subject to authorisation by GLECA managers. Eco-tourism activities such as ecolodges, tented camps, campsites, observation towers view points, and picnic sites will be permitted. Riverine zone This area includes the Kariandusi hot spring, and Mereroni, Kariandusi and Mbaruk rivers. This zone will be used for conservation and management of water resources. Any subsequent use of the zone will conform to this objective. The natural environment will be maintained as much as possible to achieve this objective. Controlled Development Zone This covers farmland, livestock grazing areas and urban centres. Land use and development in this zone will be guided by the local land-use development plans that will be developed by the Physical Planning department of the Ministry of Lands.

Visitor Use Zones The GLECA has been divided into Core Zone (CZ), Buffer Zone (BF), Riverine Zone (RZ) and Controlled Development Zone (CDV) based on the required level of conservation and use. The zones also closely correspond with the GLECA management sectors i.e. Lake Elmenteita Sector corresponds to the Core Zone; Soysambu Sanctuary and Ututu conservation area correspond to the Buffer zone; while the developed area correspond to the Controlled Development Zone.

ZONATION SCHEME

13

Figure 1 GLECA zonation scheme

The visitor use zones, the activities allowed, and visitor accommodation sites permitted are described in more detail in the following sections. This is preceded by an explanation of the zone Limits of Acceptable Use that

ZONATION SCHEME

14

have been established for the various Zones, and a description of the GLECA-wide prescriptions on visitor accommodation facility sizes.

GLECA-wide accommodation prescriptions Table 2 below sets out the prescriptions on the maximum size of the different categories of tourism accommodation facilities that are permitted in the GLECA. As the table shows, the maximum bed capacity for existing lodges in the GLECA and for new eco-lodges proposed for development through this plan is 40 beds. The rationale behind this upper limit on facility size is that small low-impact facilities will be effective in minimizing environmental impacts. To further support these aims, there will be a minimum distance of 6 km (more if specified in existing facilities lease agreements) between permanent tourism concession sites in the GLECA, especially in Ututu and Soysambu areas. Table 2 GLECA wide prescriptions on accommodation sizes

Facility Type Maximum Facility Size

Lodges and eco-lodges 40 beds Permanent tented camps 24 beds Special campsites 10 beds Starbed camps 8 beds Self-help bandas 20 beds Public campsites 20 beds

Core Zone This zone comprises the lake’s open water body, and the black lava islets that are some of the last breeding grounds of the Great White Pelican. No tourism infrastructure will be developed within this zone. Visitor activity prescriptions This zone contains the highest concentration of water fowl in the GLECA, which, combined with its open landscape, presents the best opportunities for bird viewing in the conservation area. The zone will continue to have the highest level of tourism use in the GLECA. However, in order to help ensure a quality experience, visitor activities in this zone will be restricted to game viewing on foot, long walks along the lake shore and short walks along specified routes from permanent accommodation facilities that are developed in the Buffer Zone. The specific activities allowed in this zone are set out in Table 3. Table 3 Core Zone: Visitor activity prescriptions

Game viewing at designated view points strategically located at wildlife drinking points

Bird watching along the lake shore

Long walks along the lake shore

Short walks along specified routes agreed between operator and GLECA management.

Buffer Zone This zone covers 60% of the GLECA. It includes the acacia woodlands and other riparian forest; the immediate cliff to the East of the lake, Soysambu Wildlife Sancturay; Ututu Conservation area; and areas close to the lake that have tourism infrastructure.

ZONATION SCHEME

15

Visitor activity prescriptions This zone is characterised by dense vegetation cover and is favourable for game viewing especially in the Soysambu and Ututu side of GLECA. Various tourism activities will be allowed in this area including walking safaris along specified routes. The specific activities allowed in this zone are set out in Table 4 below. Table 4 Buffer Zone: Visitor activity prescriptions

Game drives along designated roads

Night game drives along specified routes agreed between the operator and GLECA management. Short walks along specified routes agreed between operator and GLECA management.

Walking safaris along specified routes between permanent and/or temporary camps agreed between operator and GLECA management.

Horse and Camel safaris along specified routes agreed between operator and GLECA management

Visitor accommodation prescriptions This zone will have a density of visitors that reflect the restriction of tourism accommodation facilities to small unobtrusive facilities such as permanent tented camps, special campsites and starbed camps. Table 5 Buffer Zone: Permitted visitor facility categories

Permanent tented camps Special campsites Starbed camps

Riverine and Controlled Development Zones There will be no tourist infrastructure development in the river basins. Development in the CDZ will be guided by other existing laws such as the Land Planning Act, Physical Planning Act and local government Act.

Ecological Management Programme

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

17

Programme Purpose and Strategy

Information adduced during the stakeholders meeting suggest that the ecology of the GLECA has altered considerably over the past thirty years, with wildlife numbers being reduced substantially, mainly due to intense poaching pressure and clearance of land for human settlement. The problem of rapid increase of human population size is accelerated by influx of internally displaced persons who are trooping in large numbers from other areas of Rift Valley province and settling in this area. Urbanization is also another attraction to concentration of human masses. A case in point is Kekopey Market which was a one shop market in 1989. Today it is a big market centre with over fifty shops. Other threats to the ecology of the GLECA, such as bushmeat poaching, illegal grazing, invasive species and abstraction of water upstream of the GLECA are escalating, mainly as a result of increasing human population and intensifying land-uses in the areas around the GLECA. The GLECA Ecological Management Programme aims to address the threats that are impacting on the most important ecological features and values of the GLECA ecosystem, and to provide a guiding framework for the long-term ecological monitoring of the area. This plan sets out the guiding principles that will guide GLECA managers and stakeholders in the implementation of the Ecological Management Programme and the achievement of the Programme Purpose. In implementing the GLECA’s Ecological Management Programme, GLECA Management and stakeholders should strive to ensure that:--

• GLECA key habitats and wildlife are protected and conserved • Habitat connectivity within GLECA is maintained • The GLECA receives a sufficient supply of clean water • GLECA ecological trends and threats are monitored, understood and managed

GLECA key habitats and wildlife are protected and conserved The Core, Buffer and Riverine Zones contain GLECA’s key habitats that require keen focus for protection and conservation. While not seeking to preserve the GLECA in a static ecological state, the Ecological Management Programme will aim to restore the area’s natural wildlife species composition, with particular attention to species of special concern (through their economic or ecological status), such as the White Great Pelicans, the Lesser flamingos and the Greater Flamingos, and work towards re-establishing natural vegetation composition and dynamics in the area. Habitat connectivity within GLECA is maintained Many of the large mammals in the GLECA depend not only on the conservation of suitable habitat within the area, but also on habitat connectivity with surrounding areas. The ability of such species to move unhindered within GLECA is critical to their continued survival. Therefore this programme will make efforts to remove any barrier between Lake Elmenteita Sanctuary, Ututu Conservation Area, and Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary and where feasible, re-establish connectivity with other adjacent lands that are currently teeming with wildlife. The GLECA receives a sufficient supply of clean water A variety of habitats and wildlife species in the GLECA are dependent on water supplied by the rivers flowing into the conservation area, especially the area’s riverine forest and the Lake Elmenteita. However, human population in the catchment areas of these rivers has increased rapidly in recent years, and as a result, water extraction and disturbance of the natural hydrological cycles essential for the survival of key habitats in the GLECA have also increased to levels such that no water reaches the Lake during dry seasons. As such,

The ecological components and processes of the GLECA are understood, restored and conserved, and threats to the area’s key ecological features are reduced

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

18

management actions under this programme will seek to maintain a hydrological cycle that ensures equitable distribution of water, and help ensure a consistent and clean supply of water to the GLECA, where appropriate in collaboration with other key stakeholders. GLECA ecological trends and threats are monitored and understood Given the high and increasing human pressures the GLECA is facing, the monitoring of trends in the status of the most important features of the GLECA’s ecology, and the major threats impacting or with the potential to seriously impact on these features is a high priority during the lifespan of this management plan. In addition, ecological monitoring will be designed and implemented in such a way as to provide a firm foundation for adaptive management and for measuring management effectiveness.

Targeting Ecological Management Action The PAPF prescribes the use of the Nature Conservancy’s (TNC) Conservation Action Planning (CAP) process as a foundation for designing the plan’s Ecological Management Programme. The rationale underlying this is that, with limited human and financial resources available to GLECA managers, it is impractical to attempt to manage and monitor every single aspect of the complex ecology of a protected area. Hence the need to identify specific conservation elements that can be the focus of conservation efforts and which at the same time are a good representation of the biodiversity in the area. The PAPF identifies three main stages in applying the CAP methodology: the selection of conservation targets; the identification and ranking of threats to the conservation targets; and the development of management objectives and actions to address these threats as well as to enhance the conservation targets. GLECA stakeholders have identified conservation targets, their threats and key ecological attributes (see table 6).

Ecological management objectives and actions The identification and ranking of the threats to GLECA’s conservation targets and their KEAs provides the basis for the development of the Ecological Management Programme’s management objectives and actions. Objectives have been developed to address the clusters of threats shown in table 7. Three objectives have been developed addressing threats to GLECA’s species of concern (covering conservation targets: Pelicans, Flamingos and Giraffe); addressing crosscutting threats to GLECA’s most important habitats (covering conservation targets: the open waters of Lake Elmenteita, The Black Lava Islets and River Basin Catchment); and addressing threats to targets selected beyond the CZ and the RZ (covering conservation targets: Riverine Forest and Buffer Zone). The three objectives developed for the GLECA Ecological Management Programme are: MO 1. Conservation status of GLECA’s species of concern enhanced MO 2. Important GLECA habitats managed and improved MO 3. Riparian forests and river systems in the greater GLECA landscape protected in

collaboration with other stakeholders These management objectives and their subsidiary management actions are described in detail in the sections below. Under each management objective there is a brief description of the relevant management issues and opportunities, which provides the specific context and justification for the management actions.

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

19

Table 6 GLECA conservation targets

Conservation target

Rationale for selection Important subsidiary

targets Key ecological

attributes

Spec

ies

Great White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus)

This species is global restricted in range and on the CMS Appendix I. There are reports that it breeds in Lake Elmenteita especially in the Pelican Islands. It’s a major tourist attraction to GLECA

Habitat size and quality (water and forage)

Population size, recruitment and structure

Water quantity and quality

Flamingos(P. minor and (P. roseus

Both subspecies are regionally and globally threatened mainly due to their habitat specificity.

Habitat size and quality (water and forage)

Population size, recruitment and structure

Water quantity and quality Giraffe Though classified as "Least Concern"

from a conservation perspective by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), it is important to note that it is an umbrella species in GLECA. A large area will be required to conserve a genetically viable Giraffe population thus offering habitats for conservation of other species.

Other species that disperse within the GLECA (e.g. buffalo, zebra)

Impala Eland

Habitat size and composition

Population size, recruitment and structure

Genetic diversity and variability

Burchell’s Zebra It is an umbrella species for many grazers Thomson’s Gazelle Grant’s gazelle

Habitat size and composition

Population size, recruitment and structure

Hab

itat

s

Acacia xanthophloea woodland

Located mainly in the southern end of the lake and at the mouth of the rivers. This forest has aesthetic value and it is popular with tourists who use it for picnicking

Buffalo Eland

Population size of grazing species

Vegetation structure and composition

Euphorbia candelabrum Woodland

Mainly found in Soysambu which could be harbouring the last largest remaining stand in the area after a major decline of the one in Nakuru National Park.

Dik dik Eland Impala Buffalo Duikers

Population size of browsing species

Vegetation structure and composition

Hills Rocky projections that occur throughout the GLECA e.g. Sleeping warrior that are of great beauty and offer opportunities for hiking.

Population size of unique plant communities

Ututu scrubland

Located south of the lake is dominated by Olea sp. and Tarchonanthus camphoratus. It is an important dispersal area for wildlife and has potential for development of several types of visitor activities.

Indigenous tree species

Scrubland size Habitat structure and

composition

Syst

ems

River Systems Important for riverine forests and the open water body, Lake Elmenteita, which provide important habitats for many wildlife species. Under threat from intensifying water use and conversion of water catchment areas.

Riverine vegetation Diverse Bird species Lake Elmenteita

Forest catchment River regime (flow and

pattern) Water quantity and quality Size, structure and

composition of riparian habitat

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

20

Table 7Threats to GLECA Conservation Targets CONSERVATION TARGETS

THREATS River systems

Ututu scrubland

Euphorbia candelabrum woodland

Acacia xanthophloea woodland Hills Pelicans Flamingos Giraffe

Burchell’s Zebra

Poaching High High

Livestock incursions High Medium High Medium High High

Fire High High High Medium Medium Low Low

Invasive species Low Low Low Low Low Low

Inbreeding High Low

Ecto-parasites Low Low Low

Disease Low Low High High

Settlement in dispersal areas

Very High High High High High High High

Predation High Low

Charcoal burning and logging

Very High Very High

Low Very High High

Human encroachment Very High Very High

Very High Very High Very High

Tourism infrastructure development Low Low Low Low Very High

Destruction of catchment forest High

Conversion of riparian habitat Very High

Swamp drainage Very High Use of agricultural chemicals Medium

Abstraction of water for irrigation Very High

Mining (Sand, salt, diatomite) Medium Medium Medium

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

21

Following the description of Management Objectives, the next section of the programme contains the 3-Year Activity Plan for the Ecological Management Programme, and details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and milestones necessary for the completion of each of the management actions in the first 3-year timeframe of the management plan.

Management Objectives

Objective 1: Conservation status of GLECA’s threatened wildlife enhanced Though the Great White Pelicans are classified as species of "Least Concern" from a conservation status perspective by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN 3.1), it is important to note there are two species of pelicans in Lake Elmenteita. They include the Great White Pelican (Pelecanus onocrotalus) and the Pink-Backed Pelican (Pelecanus rufescens). Both species breed in the western part of the lake that is dominated by numerous islands of black lava mostly bare but occasionally invaded by the grasses Sporobolus spicatus and Chloris gayana. In dry years, these islands are connected to the shore by stretches of mud flats and have been found to provide the only suitable nesting and breeding grounds for Pelicans in the Rift Valley region. The pelicans are a key attraction to the lake. In addition, they also function as umbrella species to other waterfowls including Blacksmith plover (Vanellus armatus). Therefore the pelican population is a good indicator of the health of the lake. Any effort that will be geared towards ensuring protection and conservation of a healthy population of the pelicans will not only ensure protection and conservation of the open water body for the pelicans, but also the survival of the many other avian species dependent on the lake. The Flamingos are both regionally and globally threatened mainly due to their habitat specificity. When environmental conditions particularly food resource dwindle in other saline lakes in the Rift Valley, like Lake Nakuru and Lake Bogoria, flamingos disperse to Lake Elmenteita, thus making the lake a major refuge for flamingos in Kenya’s southern Rift Valley. The large aggregations of flamingos are a great spectacle which attracts tourists to the area. The health of the flamingo population is also an indicator of the health of the Lake. This objective is therefore set to ensure that the current population of flamingos in the GLECA is enhanced and that a viable and self-sustaining population is established and maintained in the area over the long-term. Giraffes are the largest mega herbivores in GLECA and therefore an umbrella species. Survival of an outbreed giraffe population in GLECA will depend on availability of suitable habitat that can support a minimum viable population. This will require conservation of a sufficiently large track of land that will also contain large herds of other species. A focus on giraffe as a conservation target will ensure that the buffer zones of GLECA are also protected. The desired future state of the GLECA is one where the four conservation target species selected for the GLECA are effectively managed and monitored, so as to ensure their long-term survival in the GLECA, and that of the co-occurring species and habitats. In order to achieve this desired state, a series of management actions have been developed relating to the species-level conservation targets selected for the GLECA: Pelicans, Flamingos and Giraffe. These management actions are set out in the following sections. Action 1.1 Protect the pelican breeding habitats

The main threat to pelican populations is loss of their breeding sites due to receding Lake Shoreline. As a result, the rock islets are easily accessible to predators making eggs and chicks vulnerable. Therefore, under this management action, GLECA management will collaborate with stakeholders in the water catchment areas of rivers that empty into Lake Elmenteita to ensure that water abstraction is regulated to allow adequate flow to the lake.

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

22

Action 1.2 Intensify monitoring of the pelican population

The National Museums of Kenya, in collaboration with other stakeholders, have established a water fowl monitoring programme which carries out a water fowl count in the area semi-annually. In order to understand the population trends of the Great White Pelicans in GLECA, GLECA management will increasingly collaborate with NMK and KWS in the water fowl counts. In regard to this, scientists from Soysambu Conservancy will participate in these counts. In addition, Soysambu Conservancy will support the water fowl census in terms of providing transport for the counting team. In addition, members of the local conservation community based organisations will also be included in the counting team to build water fowl census capacity and increase appreciation of conservation issues among the local communities.

Action 1.3 Maintain a Lake habitat that is suitable for flamingo foraging

So long as there is water in the lake, then a variety of fast growing single celled algae, diatoms and blue green algae (Spirulina platensis) will thrive in the lake and attract large numbers of flamingos and other waterfowls. The challenge therefore is ensuring that adequate water that does not suffer pollution, reaches the Lake. The major cause of declining water in the Lake is excessive abstraction of water from the two main rivers emptying into the Lake i.e Mbaruk and Kariandusi Rivers. As regards water pollution, agricultural and wood treatment chemicals washed into the Lake from adjacent lands are the key sources of pollution. To maintain lake Elmenteita as an important foraging area for the Flamingoes, GLECA management will work closely with NEMA to ensure that Environmental Audits(EA) are carried out for all major facilities (industrial and tourism) that have potential to pollute the Lake water. Once the EAs are carried out, GLECA will follow-up with these facilities to ensure that pollution mitigation measures are implemented.

Action 1.4 Carry out ongoing monitoring of Flamingo population

The Ornithological Department of the National Museums of Kenya has accumulated long term data on flamingo populations in the saline lakes of Rift Valley, including Lake Elmenteita that forms baseline information for further monitoring of flamingo population dynamics in Lake Elmenteita. To ensure that the status of Flamingos at GLECA is understood, GLECA management will increase its support of this water fowl monitoring programme by availing resources, both personnel and vehicles, to support the counts.

Action 1.5 Carry out a study on giraffe habitat requirements and population dynamics

While Giraffe numbers have declined substantially in other areas within GLECA because of human encroachment and subsequent habitat destruction, Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary has facilitated conservation of a viable giraffe population in GLECA due to preservation of a suitable habitat for giraffes. In order to maintain a viable giraffe population, KWS and GLECA will carry out a study to determine suitable giraffe stocking levels at GLECA. The outcomes of this study will inform giraffe management strategies, such as translocation to other areas to reduce pressure on the habitat. In addition, GLECA management will continue its support of the regular wildlife census to monitor giraffe and other wildlife population trends. Information will be collected and collated on GLECA giraffe population sizes, recruitment rates and age/sex structures. This information will provide a baseline for assessing the effectiveness of the management actions and for improving management responses to changing conditions and threats.

Objective 2: Important GLECA habitats managed and improved There has been a drastic decline in wildlife numbers in Kenya in general in the last 30 years and GLECA has not been an exception. The main cause of this decline is intense poaching pressure during the late 1970s and early 1990s. Combined with increased impacts from increasing human population, wildfires and livestock grazing, the GLECA’s vegetation has gained significant changes. Most notably the Ututu scrubland, Acacia

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

23

xanthophloea woodland and the wooded grasslands are being gradually encroached upon by charcoal burners resulting in an overall increase in open bushland habitat across the GLECA. These changes have impacted negatively on the habitat diversity in the GLECA and the ability of grazing species to recolonise the area. The desired future state that this objective aims to achieve is one where the management of key habitats within the GLECA is improved, so as to re-establish the area’s natural vegetation composition and dynamics support the restoration of the area’s natural wildlife species composition, and improve tourism game viewing in the GLECA. In order to achieve this future desired state, four management actions have been developed that address the threats impacting on the three habitat-level conservation targets selected for the GLECA: Ututu scrubland; Acacia xanthophloea woodland; and the hills.

Action 2.1 Develop and implement GLECA Fire Management Plan

Evidence suggests that across the GLECA, and in particular in Soysambu and Ututu Community Wildlife Conservancies wildfires are major threat to the wooded grasslands. There is an outbreak of major wildfires year in year out that has negatively impacted on the population of medium sized mixed-feeder wildlife species. Wildfires also negatively affect large grazers such as zebras and buffaloes whenever they raze down large areas of grassland and leave nothing to feed on. This results in escalation of human-wildlife conflicts when these grazers leave the conservancies to settled areas in search of food. As such, under this management action, wildfires will be mitigated through construction of firebreaks in fire prone areas to reduce wildfire outbreaks within GLECA. In addition, to prevent accidental fires and at the same time avert habitat deterioration, charcoal burning will not be permitted in any section of GLECA.

Action 2.2 Carry out a GLECA land use/cover change study

GLECA adjacent areas have in the past suffered heavily from land conversion and habitat modification with far-reaching impacts on the area’s wildlife populations. Many browsing and grazing species have been drastically reduced in numbers after the influx of small scale settlers in areas adjacent to GLECA. However, although these changes are widely acknowledged, scientific investigation and documentation of the actual changes in GLECA vegetation types needed as a basis for their current management has not been undertaken. As such, a land use/ cover change survey will be carried out with support from GLECA stakeholders, in order to establish the specific changes that have occurred regarding the GLECA vegetation types, and clearly identify areas where significant changes in land use and cover have occurred. This information will help in focusing the habitat management activities that are required to maintain a healthy mix of wildlife populations.

Action 2.3 Train the community in effective livestock husbandry practices

Livestock kept in the area include cattle, sheep, goats, and donkeys, which are traditional breeds that yield low income. Most of the farmers’ land parcels in the plan area cannot support their livestock numbers due to inadequate pasture as a result of low rainfall. Inappropriate livestock breeds, prevalence of livestock diseases and livestock rustling are the major constrains to development of livestock production as a viable income generating activity. Consequently, GLECA management will support training of community members in sound livestock husbandry practises to improve economic returns from livestock. In addition, the community will be trained in pasture improvement practices to create a favourable environment for livestock and wildlife to co-exist.

Action 2.4 Develop appropriate codes of conduct to regulate mining activities within the GLECA

Mining activities in GLECA involve extraction of sand, salt and diatomite. Sand is extracted at the old lakebed in the southern part of the lake. Salt is extracted using evaporation pans along the lakeshore and is sold at the roadside. Mining of whichever product has a negative impact on the environment in one way or another unless appropriate mitigation measures are implemented. Hence, to mitigate habitat degradation

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

24

through mining, GLECA will collaborate with miners and NEMA in developing mining regulations that will be adhered to by local miners and salt harvesters.

Action 2.5 Carry out a study to establish impacts of livestock on vegetation structure and composition

In recent years, much of the natural forest and woodlands in GLECA have either been removed or modified into shrubs and bush-land by cultivation, grazing and fires. However, there are remnant patches of forests at Ututu, Kariandusi hotsprings and the Acacia stand at the southern end of the lake. Presently, there is a substantial amount of illegal grazing and poaching activities taking place in Ututu Conservation Area and areas immediately adjacent to Lake Elmenteita. However, success has been limited in combating these livestock incursions as the Ututu area and the lake shore are currently regarded as ‘open access’ as there is no effective management authority. A critical tool that can be used to forestall livestock incursions is raising awareness among the local communities on the impacts of livestock grazing on the GLECA’s conservation, and in particular its vegetation structure and composition. This, however, can only be carried out if scientific information on the impacts of livestock is available. Consequently, a study will be carried out to establish the impacts of livestock incursions on the vegetation structure and composition of habitats in the GLECA. The study will be carried out by GLECA researchers in collaboration with other institutions of higher learning such as universities with GLECA management offering logistical support as appropriate.

Action 2.6 Carry out a study on the population size and carrying capacity of the key grazing species

There is a substantial relationship between the health of habitants and the browsing/grazing pressure present in the habitat. If the population of herbivores is maintained at below the carrying capacity, beautiful features of the habitat are retained. However, if herbivore population is maintained at ecological carrying capacity, chances are that the features of the habitat are damaged in its struggle to act as a limiting factor to the increase in the herbivore population size. Hence a study will be carried out to determine the optimal herbivore population sizes that are suitable for GLECA. Once this information is available, GLECA management will focus its management activities in maintaining the recommended stocking levels.

2.7 Develop research and monitoring programmes to address specific issues

Limited socio-economic and scientific studies have been undertaken in the area. Hence, there is inadequate information on hydrology, hydrogeology, flora, fauna and socio-economic aspects. Lack of elaborate research and monitoring programmes for the area has resulted in inadequate data and information for effective management of the area. Sound scientific data and information are imperative for effective conservation and management of the lake Elmenteita ecosystem in view of the complexity of the existing environmental issues in the area. Consequently, the following research and monitoring programmes are recommended to understand ecological interactions:

• Hydrology • Hydrogeology • Ecological and environmental studies • Water quality and quantity • Floral and faunal dynamics • Viability of the proposed community sanctuary • Land use changes and socio-economic trends • EIA for infrastructure development

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

25

Objective 3: Forests and river systems in the greater GLECA landscape protected, in collaboration with other stakeholders The desired future state that this objective aims to achieve is one where the forests and river systems in the greater GLECA landscape, and in particular those that empty into Lake Elmenteita, are sustainably managed and conserved so as to ensure the continued conservation of the GLECA, and the unique assemblage of habitats and species it supports In recent years, much of the natural forest and woodlands have been removed by charcoal burning and firewood collection. However, there are remnant patches of forests at Ututu, Kariandusi hot springs and the Acacia stand at the southern end of the lake. Continued conservation of these forests will ensure sustainable ground recharge for the lake and water supply to the local community. Community vigil groups have been formed to ensure several forests within the area are protected. The community groups have also established tree nurseries that support on-farm forestry activities in the area. The GLECA receives extremely low rainfall. The main water sources are two hot springs and the seasonal Kariandusi, Meroreni and Mbaruk Rivers. Most of the water from these sources is mainly used for domestic supply as well as small-scale irrigation leaving very little to recharge the Lake. Other problems facing the water use in the area include: paucity of information on hydrology and dynamics of water resources in the area; unequal accessibility of water resources to stakeholders; declining water resources; inefficient water delivery technology resulting in water wastage through burst pipes (Maji moto line) and poorly maintained water systems; unregulated water abstraction; absence of appropriate water management and planning systems; lack of alternative water sources e.g. roof water harvesting or storage reservoirs; ineffective enforcement of water legislation e.g. lack of personnel; deteriorating water quality and quantity; temporal availability of water; and lack of adequate capacity and institutions, and education and awareness on water resources in the plan area. In order to effectively address the water sector issues and achieve the future desired state as regards water resource management in the area, a series of management actions have been developed that correspond to the River Systems conservation target located outside of the GLECA. These actions are elaborated in the following sections.

Action 3.1 Develop sub-catchment water allocation plans

The main instrument to guide water allocation from rivers in the GLECA is the Water Allocation Plan (WAP). The WAP provide the rules and procedures that govern the way in which allocatable water is to be allocated to different uses and users, and the management controls that are required to safeguard the water reserve. To streamline water allocation in GLECA and mitigate impacts of excessive abstraction from water bodies (rivers and springs), Water Resources Management Authority (WRMA) will prepare sub-catchment WAPs for all the major rivers. The WAPs will spell out how water will be allocated to various types of users based on priority of use, measures to be taken during seasons of water stress, and ways and means of enforcement and compliance.

Action 3.2 Collaborate with WRMA in monitoring water abstraction in the GLECA

As a result of enactment of the Water Act, which decentralized permit issuance to the Regions, there is need to take an inventory of all valid water permits and review them with a view of making them compliant with the requirements of the Water Act 2002. In regard to this, WRMA will create comprehensive databases of water abstractors which will be updated continuously. This information will be shared with the other stakeholders, and particularly those who are involved in the management of the GLECA. In addition, WRMA will collaborate with these stakeholders (GLECA management) in carrying out inspections of water abstraction points in areas adjacent to GLECA to ensure that illegal water abstraction is stopped.

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

26

Action 3.3 Develop and construct unified water abstraction, storage and delivery systems

Illegal abstraction of water is exacerbated by proliferation of community as well as individual water intake points which are difficult to monitor as they are far apart. Hence to curb illegal water abstraction, WRMA will cluster all authorised water intakes that are in close proximity of each other into common intake points to facilitate control and monitoring of water abstraction in the GLECA water catchment. And to facilitate the establishment of common intake points, WRMA will carry out water abstraction surveys for all the major rivers emptying into Lake Elmenteita to discern water demand and supply in the GLECA catchment. In addition, all water abstractors will be required to install water meters to facilitate monitoring water utilisation and levying appropriate fees to water users.

Action 3.4 Collaborate with WRUAs to enforce water regulations

The Ministry of Water and WRMA, in collaboration with other stakeholders, have prepared a set of regulations in line with Water Act 2002 (Legal Notice 171-The Water Resources Management Rules, 2007). WRMA has the responsibility of enforcing these regulations, but Water Resource Users Associations (WRUAs) and other water users can also be used to support enforcement of the regulations. WRUAs have a role through MoUs signed between them and WRMA in: Identifying the members who are not compliant; sensitizing the members on the need to become compliant conducting inspections as well as patrols on compliance; recommending remedial measures and preparing proposals for funding; and embedding code of practice for water users in their various constitutions. In view of this, WRMA will increasingly work with WRUAs to enforce water regulations ensuring that water allocation plans are adhered to and land use activities injurious to riparian systems are curbed.

Action 3.5 Support irrigation farmers to harvest run-off or flood water for irrigation

Rainwater harvesting for agriculture by local farmers in the watersheds of rivers flowing in GLECA can immensely augment surface water use in agricultural production and address environmental problems such as soil erosion. Harvesting rainwater to support meaningful irrigated agriculture requires that simple, appropriate and affordable rain harvesting and irrigation technologies be availed to farmers. Towards this, to increase gains from rain harvesting, it is essential that farmers are not only facilitated to harvest rain water, but they are also helped to adopt both water-saving irrigation systems and highly effective crop production systems. In view of this, to enhance rain water harvesting for irrigation and domestic use, WRMA will provide training and extension services to farmers to facilitate adoption of rain water harvesting.

Action 3.6 Monitor water quality from water sources

It has been observed that upstream of most rivers intense human activities are taking place affecting water quality. One of the guiding principles of WRMA is to enhance protection of the quantity and the quality of all water resources based on improved information. Hence, for proper assessment of the status of water resources within the catchment, improved monitoring of the resources will be carried out. And to curb against deterioration of the water resource due to pollution, WRMA will be vigilant in identifying pollution sources and taking appropriate management or legal action where necessary. Other measures to curb pollution include encouraging livestock keepers to construct water troughs; disseminating recommended water quality standards to stakeholders; and involving the local community in monitoring and reporting water pollution incidents. .

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

27

Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 The following pages set out the first 3-Year Activity Plan for the Ecological Management Programme. The activity plan details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and extraordinary resource requirements necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan. In addition, that plan sets out specific and time-bound “milestones” that GLECA management aims to achieve in implementing the plan.

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4Objective 1: Conservation status of the GLECA’s threatened wildlife enhancedAction 1.1 Protect the pelican breeding habitats

Activity 1.1.1 Stake holders meeting GLECA, WRMA, WRUAS Abstraction levels agreed

Activity 1.1.2 Monitor abstraction agreement adherence WRMA, WRUAS Abstraction levels maintained Activity 1.1.3 Monitor showline levels GLECA Acceptable showline levels attained Activity 1.1.4 Monitor pelican responses to showline levels GLECA Acceptable responses attained Action 1.2 Intensify monitoring of the pelican annual demography

Activity 1.2.1 Bi - monthly census of pelican populations GLECA, KWS, NMK Data obtained and analysed

Activity 1.2.2 Research on pelican demography GLECA, NMK Results availed to GLECA Action 1.3 Maintain Lake habitat that is suitable for flamingo foragingActivity 1.3.1 Ensure that Environmental Audits (EA) are carried out for all major facilities (industrial and tourism) that have potential to pollute the Lake water.

GLECA, NEMA, KWS EAs carried out and results availed

Activity 1.3.2 Follow-up the EAs with these facilities to ensure that pollution mitigation measures are implemented GLECA Mitigation measures implemented

Activity 1.3.3 Support WRUAS in the GLECA areas to develop and implement watershed management plans GLECA Watershed management plans

developed and implemented Action 1.4 Carry out ongoing monitoring of Flamingo population Activity 1.4.1 Enhance support for the water fowl monitoring programme by availing resources, personnel and resources GLECA Waterfowl counts done quarterly

Action 1.5 Carry out a study on giraffe habitat requirements and population dynamics Activity 1.5.1 Determine suitable stocking levels for giraffes at GLECA GLECA Stocking levels determined Activity 1.5.2 Study Giraffe population dynamics in GLECA Report on dynamics

Activity 1.5.3 Implement measures to retain desired stock levels GLECA Either add or reduce Giraffe population with regard to Activity 1.5.1

Activity 1.5.4 Evaluate effectiveness of the management procedures GLECA Adaptive management implemented

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

28

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4based on results of Activity 1.5.2 Objective 2: Important GLECA habitats managed and improvedAction 2.1 Develop and implement GLECA Fire Management Plan Activity 2.1.1 Survey and document fire prone areas GLECA Report Activity 2.1.2 construct fire breaks GLECA Fire breaksActivity 2.1.3 Erect signage warning visitor of accidental outbreaks due their carelessness and monitor awareness Awareness reports

Activity 2.1.4 Stop charcoal burning in the buffer zone GLECA No Charcoal burningAction 2.2 Carry out a GLECA land use/cover change Activity 2.2.1 Develop GLECA vegetation map GLECA Activity 2.2.2 Monitor or develop a land use/ cover change map GLECA Activity 2.2.3 Maintain a health mix of wildlife populations GLECA Action 2.3 Train the community to improve livestock husbandry practicesActivity 2.3.1 Engage ILRI in determining high yielding breeds suitable for GLECA area GLECA, NMK Report of suitable livestock breeds

Activity 2.3.2 Hold seminars/barazas on livestock husbandry GLECA. NMK Barazas/SeminarsActivity 2.3.3 Monitor levels of adoption of proposed livestock breeds by communities GLECA, NMK Report

Action 2.4 Develop appropriate codes of conduct to regulate mining activities within the GLECA Activity 2.4.1 Carry out a survey of all materials mined in GLECA GLECA ReportActivity 2.4.2 Develop a mining regulation to be adhered to by all miners within GLECA

GLECA, NEMA, MINES Dept Standards report

Activity 2.4.3 Monitor adherence to mining regulations by all miners within GLECA GLECA Report + Enforcement

Action 2.5 Carry out a study to establish impacts of livestock on vegetation structure and compositionActivity 2.5.1 Establish annual movement of livestock in the GLECA GLECA ReportActivity 2.5.2 Establish biomass and species diversity of graze in GLECA GLECA Report

Activity 2.5.3 Relate livestock movements and annual grazing composition GLECA Report

Activity 2.5.4 Develop and implement mitigation of livestock impact on vegetation GLECA Implementation report

Action 2.6 Carry out a study on the population size and carrying capacity of the key grazing species Activity 2.6.1 Determine the optimal herbivore population sizes that are suitable for GLECA GLECA Report

Activity 2.6.2 GLECA to implement recommended stocking levels GLECA Implementation report

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

29

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4Activity 2.6.3 Monitor implementation of recommended stocking levels GLECA Compliance report2.7 Develop research and monitoring programmes to address specific issuesActivity 2.7.1 Establish research advisory committee to supervise research functions for GLECA

GLECA, KWS, NMK, NEMA Committee set up

Objective 3: Forests and river systems in the greater GLECA landscape protected, in collaboration with other stakeholdersAction 3.1 Develop sub-catchment water allocation plans

Activity 3.1.1 Formation of subcatchment WAP GLECA, WRMA, WRUAS Committee set up

Activity 3.1.2 The WAPs meet and spell out water allocation to various types of users based on priority of use and measures to be taken during seasons of water stress

GLECA, WRMA, WAPs WAP set up

Action 3.2 Collaborate with WRMA in monitoring water abstraction in the GLECAActivity 3.2.1 Support WRMA in water quality monitoring GLECA, KWS Regular water quality reports Activity 3.2.2 Support WRMA in water abstraction monitoring GLECA, KWS Regular water abstraction reports Activity 3.2.3 Support WRMA in enforcing water abstraction allocations and stop illegal abstractions

GLECA, WRMA, Prov. Adm Reports on functioning abstraction

levels Action 3.3 Develop and construct a unified water abstraction, storage and delivery systemActivity 3.3.1 Support WRMA in water quality monitoring GLECA, WRMA Quality reportsActivity 3.3.2 Initiate construction of reservoir dam along Kariandusi river GLECA, WRMA Dam constructed

Activity 3.3.3 Educate and facilitate farmers on water saving irrigation systems e.g., drip irrigation GLECA, WRMA Seminar reports

Activity 3.3.4 Facilitate the community to harness alternative sources of water e.g. from geysers and hot springs GLECA Reports on increased water

harvesting Action 3.4 Control farmland nutrient, sediment and pollution discharge into water bodiesActivity 3.4.1 Encouraged farmers to utilize erosion controls to reduce runoff flows and retain soil on their field

GLECA. Min of Agr Reports on increase conservation of

soil erosion Activity 3.4.2 Encouraged farmers to adopt Integrated Pest Management (IPM) techniques

GLECA. Min of Agr Reports on increased use of IPM

Action 3.5 Build the capacity of GLECA WRUAs to effectively participate in water resource managementActivity 3.5.1 Train WRUAs on project management GLECA Training reportsActivity 3.5.2 Support WRUAs in project proposal writing GLECA Report on funded projects Action 3.6 Support the preparation of integrated water management plans for rivers within GLECA Activity 3.6.1 Prepare integrated water resource management plans for priority rivers flowing into the GLECA GLECA Reports/Plans

Activity 3.6.2 Plan, attend and facilitating community planning meetings GLECA Training reports

ECOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

30

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4for integrated water resource plans Activity 3.6.3 Facilitate governance of WRUAs GLECA Governance reports

Tourism Development & Management Programme

TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

32

Programme Purpose and Strategy

Lake Elmenteita is an important tourist attraction for visitors destined for the Rift Valley alkaline lakes harbouring large flocks of Flamingoes. A major viewpoint exists off the Trans-African highway which transverses the basin. Further, the National Museums of Kenya operates an anthropogenic pre-historic site at Kariandusi, which displays historical aspects of the Stone Age Man. The tourist facilities include the following: Two Tented Camps; Delamere and Flamingo; one View point (Managed by Lake Elmenteita Eco-Tourism Organization); one Tourist lodge (Lake Elmenteita); and prehistoric site (Kariandusi). Activities include game viewing and bird watching. Tourism in the plan area is poorly developed. Lack of diversification, poor tourism infrastructure, inadequate marketing and publicity and limited community participation are the major factors limiting realization of the tourism potential. The situation is further aggravated by the uncoordinated management of the area. The GLECA today has low visitor numbers, limited tourism infrastructure and facilities, relatively low densities of wildlife particularly in the Ututu badlands. However, the area undoubtedly has significant tourism potential if other attractions are developed and diversified. This programme sets out a series of management objectives and actions that GLECA management will implement over the next 10 years aimed at realising the area’s full tourism potential. The tourism component of this plan sets out the guiding principles that will guide GLECA Management in the implementation of the Tourism Development and Management Programme and the achievement of this Programme Purpose. In implementing the GLECA’s Tourism Development and Management Programme, GLECA Management will strive to ensure that:

Tourism is developed as a major positive force in support of GLECA’s conservation and management There is minimal tourism in the area. Tourist activities include bird watching, game viewing, horse riding, scenic viewing (Lake, Great Rift Valley and Prehistoric site), camping, guided tours and sale of handicrafts. The tourism facilities include Lake Elmenteita Lodge, Flamingo Camp, Delamare tented camp and the observation point managed by Lake Elmenteita Ecotourism Community Organization (LEECO). Tourism has a huge potential as a source for sustaining GLECA’s long-term financing needs to run its management and conservation programmes. A significant and active tourism industry will also raise the profile of the area, and thereby encourage political and financial support from government and donors. For these reasons, the promotion of tourism development is critical such that it supports GLECA’s conservation and management. Hence tourism development is a key aspect of the strategy for management and conservation of GLECA. Tourism is developed appropriately While tourism has the potential to be a strong and sustainable source of support for conservation and management of the area, uncontrolled tourism development has the potential of keeping away visitors due to congestion. Most visitors to the GLECA are presently attracted by the large waterfowl especially pelicans and

The Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area is a major tourism destination in Kenya, offering a distinctive and diverse visitor experience that capitalises on the area’s special wilderness values and history

TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

33

flamingos and Kariandusi Hot springs that are unique to this area. The challenge therefore is to develop the capacity of tourism to support the long-term conservation of the open water body of the Lake and contribute to national economic development, while continuing to ensure a top-quality visitor experience based on diverse tourist attractions. These guiding principles are intended to guide the implementation of the Programme‘s three management objectives that, when taken together, will achieve the Programme Purpose. These three objectives are: MO 1. The GLECA tourism product expanded and diversified MO 2. The GLECA is marketed as a single destination MO 3. GLECA tourism management improved These management objectives and the actions needed to achieve them are described herein. Under each management objective there is a brief description of the relevant management issues and opportunities, which provides the specific context and justification for the management actions. The final section of the programme contains the 3-Year Activity Plan for the Tourism Development and Management Programme, and details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and milestones necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan.

Management Objectives

Objective 1: The GLECA tourism product expanded and diversified The GLECA’s tourism product presently revolves around wildlife viewing in Soysambu and Ututu Community Wildlife Conservancy, and the open lake waters. Outside this core wildlife area, the GLECA does not presently have sufficient densities of wildlife to support traditional game viewing, but it does have major areas of quality wilderness and alternative management regimes (hot springs, view points, rocks etc) that together provide an ideal natural and regulatory setting for the development of wilderness activity-based visitor activities. The promotion of innovative visitor activities in the presently under-utilised parts of the GLECA will strengthen GLECA’s reputation as a major and distinctive tourism destination, establish the GLECA as an important revenue source for GLECA management authorities, and help deter illegal uses, such as livestock grazing, charcoal burning and bushmeat poaching, in these less utilized areas. Objective 1 aims to expand and diversify GLECA’s offering of visitor activities and their supportive infrastructure, in order to attract an increased number of visitors to the area and encourage tourism use of the entire GLECA. Two of the key issues that need to be addressed in order to achieve this objective are the development of a conducive environment that fosters private sector interest and investment in new activities in GLECA, and the establishment of management systems necessary to support the implementation and operation of these activities. This will involve building on, and as appropriate adapting any existing national guidelines to take account of the specific issues and opportunities in GLECA, and communication and collaboration with the tourism industry to ensure that GLECA is providing appropriate support for their initiatives. The management actions under this objective that have been developed to address these issues, and to ensure that GLECA visitor activities and supportive infrastructure are expanded and diversified, are elaborated in the following sections.

Action 1.1 Facilitate and regulate existing alternative activities to traditional game-viewing

As discussed above, there is significant scope for the development of a wide variety of new and innovative visitor activities in GLECA (such as hiking, camel safaris and other activities). In addition to the traditional

TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

34

game viewing, other on-going visitor activities in the GLECA include: bird watching using bird hides; and guided walks organised by Flamingo Eco-tourism Self help Project However, due in part to ambiguous regulations and a lack of clear guidelines, these activities are only occurring on an extremely limited scale in the GLECA, and their full potential in the area is not presently being realised. In addition, as tourism increases during the lifespan of this plan, the formalisation and regulation of these existing activities will become increasingly important in order to maintain a well-regulated and high quality tourism product. To facilitate the regulation and promotion of the existing alternative activities, this management action focuses on the review and adaptation of the relevant national guidelines, in order to create a set of specific guidelines appropriate for the GLECA context. Once these guidelines have been developed, routes and areas where each activity can take place will be agreed amongst GLECA managers and tourism stakeholders.

Action 1.2 Support the development of walking safaris in parts of theBuffer Zone and Riverine Zone

Although large parts of the GLECA have marginal value for traditional game viewing, the GLECA’s large and currently underused wilderness areas in Ututu Conservation Area provide excellent opportunities for the development of walking safaris. Under this management action, GLECA Management will support the development of walking safaris in line with the general restrictions set out in the GLECA Zonation Scheme. And to ensure that the routes are used by hikers, tour operators will be involved in the identification and alignment of the walking routes.

Action 1.3 Promote the development of horse and camel safaris in Ututu Conservation Area

The Buffer and Riverine Zones cover almost 70% of GLECA and currently host all major tourism investment in the area. However, some of the remote areas in these zones are completely unused by visitors; mainly due to lack infrastructure, lack of large mammals and unsuitable vegetation to sustain large mammals for game viewing from vehicles. However, these areas have potential for development of exclusive camel and horse safaris. As such, under this management action such areas which are mainly located in Ututu Conservation Area will be promoted as sites where tour operators can be given exclusive rights to operate camel or horse Safaris.

Action 1.4 Designate and establish special campsites in the Buffer Zone

Special campsites provide opportunities for camping in a safe and exclusive location within a Core/Buffer Zone, a concept that appeals to many high-end mobile safari operators. Currently all of the GLECA’s special campsites are located in Soysambu Conservancy, and there is significant potential for their development in the other areas of GLECA. As such, sites suitable for development of special campsites will be identified and developed in Ututu Conservation Area. And wherever possible these sites will be identified in collaboration with tourism operators familiar with the area.

Objective 2: The GLECA is marketed as a single destination Currently, the GLECA is not as a major tourism destination and many tour operators market/visit Lake Naivasha, then proceed to Lake Nakuru and skip most or all destinations in GLECA; perhaps due to lack of adequate tourism support infrastructure in this area. Alongside the efforts to expand and diversify the GLECA tourism product as set out under the previous objective, it will therefore also be important to establish the GLECA’s identity as the only place in Kenya where Pelicans breed and hence a distinctive and

TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

35

highly desirable destination. GLECA is also a stopover refuge of the Greater and Lesser flamingos during their northward migration from their breeding sites in Lake Natron in Tanzania. This identity will be the cornerstone of efforts to market the GLECA and will underpin the expansion of tourism in the area. Objective 2 focuses on building this distinctive identity for the GLECA, in particular through the coordinated marketing of the area as a single destination. These efforts to establish the GLECA tourism identity will be complemented by management actions aimed at enhancing the visitor experience in the GLECA itself, through improved interpretation facilities and materials highlighting the area’s exceptional natural resources and unique history. The management actions that have been developed under this objective to ensure that awareness of GLECA’s significance and values is raised are outlined in the following sections.

Action 2.1 Publicize and market the area as a single tourist destination

GLECA has never suffered from a major negative publicity involving tourists, neither can it be classified as a high insecurity area for tourists and even during the post election violence, not even a single tourist was attacked. Hence GLECA should build on this good will from the populace and market the area as a top tourist destination based on its exceptional qualities and unique history. The history of the Delamere family blends seriously with GLECA’s human settlement history and stands out as a unique historical item that should be captured in the GLECA history. As such, this action will focus on establishing and marketing a distinctive tourism identity and visitor experience for the entire GLECA, which sets it apart from other tourism destinations in Kenya. Marketing will be based on the area’s special features including pelican breeding, flamingo refuge and the hot springs, along with the area’s rich history of the Delamere family, in particular with regard to their conservation and farming efforts.

Action 2.2 Develop interpretation displays at key sites associated with the Lord Delamere’s life and works

There are a number of historic sites of interest in the GLECA associated with the works of Hugh Cholmondeley, the 2nd and 3rd Baron Delamere, and it is impossible to capture the history of GLECA fully in the absence of a chapter on the Lord Delamere. Among Kenya’s white settlers, Delamere was famous for his utter devotion to developing Kenyan agriculture. For about twenty years, Delamere farmed his colossal land by trial, error and dogged effort, experimenting endlessly with crops and livestock, and accruing an invaluable stockpile of knowledge that would later serve as the foundation for the agricultural economy of the country. Hence there is huge written history about Lord Delamere and this should be included in the GLECA unique history. The graves of the Delamere family members should be included in the historical attractions.

Action 2.3 Develop a visitor map covering the entire GLECA

A significant number of visitors to the GLECA are either Kenyan citizens or residents, who are likely to visit the area independent of any professional guide or safari company. As a result, almost all these visitors rely entirely on maps while navigating most tourist attractions. As such, to enhance visitor experience in GLECA, a visitor map covering the entire conservation area, will be produced and disseminated. The GLECA management will collect both spatial and non-spatial information which will be used to develop the visitor map. This information will then be cartographically processed using a Geographic Information System (GIS) environment to produce the visitor map. Once completed, these maps will be made available at entrance gates to the GLECA, visitor accommodation facilities, and appropriate retail outlets nationwide.

Action 2.4 Develop a guidebook covering the entire GLECA

If properly developed and presented, guidebooks can not only enhance a visitor’s experience when visiting a protected area, but also serve to raise awareness of the area’s importance and the role of GLECA in its protection. Typically these guidebooks provide visitors with information on the history of the planning area,

TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

36

advice and information on visiting the area (including transport links from major centres), and information for visitors once in the area such as rules and regulations, accommodation options, maps, suggested itineraries and circuits, and detailed information on the biodiversity, ecology, and surrounding communities. As such, and in order to help improve the overall GLECA visitor experience, a high quality guidebook will be developed for the Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area.

Objective 3: GLECA tourism management improved Through the actions implemented under the previous two objectives, it is anticipated that visitor numbers, tourism infrastructure and activities in the GLECA will increase and diversify during the 10-year lifespan of this plan. If GLECA Management is to achieve its obligations on tourism investors and operators, and ensure that the quality of the overall GLECA visitor experience is maintained and tourism investment encouraged, the anticipated increases in the scale and complexity of tourism in the area need to be complemented by strengthening and enhancing of GLECA tourism management capacity and systems. Without appropriate and concomitant improvements in the management of tourism in the GLECA, the long-term and sustained achievement of this programme’s management objectives will be seriously undermined. Objective 3 therefore focuses on ensuring that tourism management in the GLECA is strengthened, and that GLECA managers have the capacity and supportive administration systems to meet their obligations to tourism industry partners, and bring about the achievement of this programme’s management objectives. The management actions that have been developed under this objective are outlined in the following sections.

Action 3.1 Strengthen GLECA tourism human resource capacity

The implementation of the management actions set out in this programme will require dedicated human resources at the GLECA who will take responsibility for ensuring their implementation. The scope of work set out in this management programme is significant, and if the management objectives are to be achieved, the GLECA management will have to engage personnel to manage tourism activities and issues in the Area. As such, the three competent authorities as regards land in GLECA (KWS, Ututu, and Soysambu Conservancy) will jointly assess human resource needs and deploy relevant tourism staff as appropriate.

Action 3.2 Hold regular meetings with GLECA tourism investors and operators

Tourism investors and operators are major stakeholders in the GLECA, and their concerns and advice need to be regularly sought and considered in order to realise the area’s tourism potential, and to successfully implement a large number of the management actions contained in this programme. This group of stakeholders is also best placed to advise GLECA management on the key issues that may be emerging in the tourism sector that may be discouraging the development of new activities and investments. As such, a GLECA Tourism Management Committee will be established to improve communication and collaboration between GLECA managers and private sector investors. This committee will consist of members from GLECA Management and representatives from tourism industry stakeholders operating in the GLECA.

Action 3.3 Implement GLECA tourism infrastructure improvements in line with tourism stakeholder feedback

High quality and appropriately located infrastructure is essential to enable the expansion of tourism activities proposed under this management programme. Improvements to the GLECA’s road network will benefit from the presence of the Nairobi-Malaba trunk road that traverses the area. However, other infrastructure improvements will be needed during the 10-year lifespan of this plan, and GLECA Management needs to be able to respond to the changing situation on the ground, and to the needs of tourism industry stakeholders. As such, as part of the preparation for the GLECA Tourism Management Committee meetings discussed above, the GLECA Tourism Officers will hold individual consultations with tourism industry stakeholders in the GLECA to identify specific issues regarding supporting infrastructure in the area. The GLECA Tourism

TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

37

management staff will then work together to ensure that the recommended improvements are included in their respective annual workplans and budgets.

Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 The following pages set out the first 3-Year Activity Plan for the Tourism Development and Management Programme. The activity plan details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and extraordinary resource requirements necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan. In addition, that plan sets out specific and time bound “milestones” that GLECA management aims to achieve in implementing the plan.

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe

Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Objective 1: The GLECA tourism product expanded and diversified

Action 1.1 Facilitate and regulate existing alternative activities to traditional game-viewing

Activity 1.1.1 Develop guidelines on tourism development in GLECA GLECA, KWS, KTDA Guidelines

developed

Activity 1.1.2 Designate and develop routes and areas where each activity can take place GLECA, KWS, KTDA Sites designated

Activity 1.1.3 Monitor adherence to the guidelines GLECA, KWS Adherence reports

Action 1.2 Support the development of walking safaris in the Parts of Buffer Zone and River Catchment Zone

Activity 1.2.1 Develop walking safaris routes inline with GLECA zonation schemes GLECA, KWS, KTDA Route maps

Activity 1.2.2 Ensure that hikers, tour operators adhere to designated routes GLECA, KWS, KTDA Off route reports

Action 1.3 Promote the development of horse and camel safaris in GLECA

Activity 1.3.1 Develop horse and camel safaris routes inline with GLECA zonation schemes

GLECA, KWS, KTDA Route maps

Activity 1.3.2 Ensure that horse and camel tour operators adhere to designated routes GLECA, KWS, KTDA Off route reports

TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

39

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe

Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Action 1.4 Designate and establish special campsites in the Buffer Zone

Activity 1.4.1 Develop special campsites inline with GLECA zonation schemes GLECA, KWS, KTDA

Designated sites

Activity 1.4.2 Ensure that camping occurs only in designated sites GLECA, KWS, KTDA Reports

Objective 2: The GLECA is marketed as a single destination

Action 2.1 Publicize and market the area as a single tourist destination

Activity 2.1.1 Establish a marketing function within GLCEA to package and market all attractions in GLECA as a circuit GLECA

Marketing function

team

Activity 2.1.2 Develop advertising materials GLECA Materials

Action 2.2 Develop interpretation displays at key sites associated with the Lord Delamere’s life and works

Activity 2.2.1 Develop a brochure on Delamere’s history GLECA Brochure

Activity 2.2.2 Develop signage to historical sites GLECA signage

Activity 2.2.3 Construct interpretation displays GLECA Displays

Action 2.3 Develop a visitor map covering the entire GLECA

Activity 2.3.1 Collection of material for the map GLECA Reports

Activity 2.3.2 Digitize the map materials in GIS GLECA Maps

Activity 2.3.3 Dissemination of the maps GLECA Map dissemination report

Action 2.4 Develop a guidebook covering the entire GLECA

Activity 2.4.1 Collection of material for the guidebook GLECA Reports

Activity 2.4.2 Collation of the guidebook materials GLECA Draft guidebook

Activity 2.4.3 Distribution of the guidebook GLECA Distribution reports

Objective 3: GLECA tourism management improved

Action 3.1 Strengthen GLECA tourism human resource capacity

TOURISM DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

40

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe

Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Activity 3.1.1 Deploy staff on secondment from KWS and Soysambu to spearhead development of tourism in GLECA GLECA HR returns

Activity 3.1.2 Recruit competitively tourism staff for GLECA GLECA HR returns

Action 3.2 Hold regular meetings with GLECA tourism investors and operators

Activity 3.2.1 Establish oversight Tourism Management Committee to monitor and enhance communication between GLECA managers and tourism operators GLECA HR returns

Action 3.3 Implement GLECA tourism infrastructure improvements in line with tourism stakeholder feedback

Activity 3.3.1 GLECA Tourism Officers to monitor and improve tourism infrastructure GLECA TO Reports

Community Partnership & Education Programme

COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME

42

Programme Purpose and Strategy

The majority of community members in areas within GLECA directly depend on natural resources for their livelihood needs. The main land use activities include intensive agriculture, pastoralism, conservation and beef cattle ranching. These communities impact on the GLECA, through, for example, the closure of wildlife dispersal areas or water abstraction, and are also impacted by the GLECA, for example, as a result of wildlife damage to crops or livestock, and even loss of human life. These reciprocal impacts are likely to escalate in the future as population density in the area continues to increase. The GLECA Community Partnership and Education Programme will therefore work towards mitigating these impacts; improving awareness of GLECA’s values; and fostering a constructive and supportive relationship between GLECA management, its adjacent communities, and other key stakeholders. The key guiding principles, which will guide the implementation of the Community Partnership and Education Programme over the next 10 years and the achievement of the programme purpose, are set out below. In implementing the GLECA’s Community Partnership and Education Programme, GLECA Management will strive to ensure that:

Communities can express their concerns, ideas and opinions Effective communication between GLECA managers and local communities is essential to enable both parties to raise common problems and work towards achieving shared goals. Without such two-way communication, it will be difficult to ensure community support for conservation, as minor issues are more likely to escalate into serious problems, and GLECA management activities may not be optimally targeted towards community needs. As such, activities under this programme will aim to further develop and strengthen GLECA management communication and collaboration mechanisms with local communities. The GLECA is having a positive impact on the lives of local communities GLECA’s local communities bear many of the direct and indirect costs of wildlife conservation through human-wildlife conflicts. If GLECA is managed primarily for conservation and tourism, communities will be denied access to certain areas that they had come to consider as ‘open accesses such as Ututu conservation Area and Lake Elmenteita. Hence, there is need to address the community’s socio-economic needs so that communities support GLECA’s conservation efforts. Communities and other stakeholders are aware of the GLECA’s values and importance One of the core functions of GLECA will be to provide wildlife education and raise awareness of the values of GLECA in order to improve support for wildlife conservation. As such, activities under this programme will establish a conservation education and outreach programme focusing outreach activities in community areas where support for conservation is poor, or where there are critical conservation issues that need to be addressed.

To support and enhance the participation of GLECA adjacent communities in conservation and sustainable use of GLECA’s natural resources

COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME

43

There is collaboration between GLECA managers and other stakeholders in strengthening GLECA Community Participation Many of the threats to the ecology and natural resources in the GLECA stem from community land-uses and practises many kilometres beyond the boundary of the GLECA Core and Buffer Zones. The scale and intensity of these impacts is increasing and, although outside the direct mandate of GLECA, these issues cannot be left unaddressed. As such, there is need to develop linkages, recognition, and relationships with stakeholders and pursue partnerships and collaborations with other institutions and organisations (such as CBOs, District Administration and NGOs) to address issues of mutual concern outside of GLECA. These guiding principles are intended to guide the development and implementation of the three management objectives that have been identified by stakeholders to achieve the Programme Purpose. These are: MO 1. Conservation education and awareness programme strengthened MO 2. Human-wildlife conflict reduced MO 3. Opportunities for communities to benefit from the GLECA improved The following sections describe these management objectives and provide an outline of the management actions needed to achieve them. These management objectives and their subsidiary management actions are described in detail in the sections below. The final section of the programme contains the 3-Year Activity Plan for the Community Partnership & Education Programme, and details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and milestones necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan.

Management Objectives

Objective 1: Conservation education and awareness programme strengthened The desired future state for the GLECA is one where the existence of the conservation area is valued and supported by the local communities to ensure viable wildlife conservation in the long term. Three management actions have been developed to realise this desired state. These actions focus on preparing interpretation materials targeting GLECA local communities; promoting the GLECA through the mass media and the Internet; and supporting conservation education programmes in local schools. These actions are described further in the following sections.

Action 1.1 Prepare interpretation materials targeting local communities

Several marketing materials will be developed for the GLECA; especially on the resources in the Core/Buffer Zones, including a detailed infrastructure map, bird guidebook, brochure and poster. However, these interpretation materials and others developed under the Tourism Development and Management Programme mainly target tourists. These interpretation materials are therefore inadequate in bringing out the importance of diverse resource values of the GLECA to the local community. To rectify this, a review will be carried out to identify interpretation themes that illustrate the uniqueness of the natural and cultural resource values of the GLECA. Interpretation materials, targeting various age groups in the community, will then be prepared and disseminated through the outreach activities envisaged under action 1.4 of this programme.

COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME

44

Action 1.2 Promote the GLECA through the mass media, Internet, and organising and participating in both local and international conservation awareness events

The mass media (radio, television and the press) plays an important role in conveying conservation education messages to the community. Special radio and TV programmes will therefore be designed and aired through radio and TV stations that can be received in the GLECA area. Efforts will also be made to prepare articles on the GLECA and publish them in the local dailies. It is expected that this strategy will increase the variety of audiences that are educated on conservation issues within the GLECA, and further enhance appreciation of the area. In addition, GLECA managers will increasingly participate in local as well as international events such as World Environment Day, World Wetlands Day, and Agricultural Society of Kenya (ASK) shows, among others. During these events, the community will be enlightened on the unique GLECA natural resources, and issues and challenges facing their conservation.

Action 1.3 Support conservation education programmes in local schools

GLECA and its surroundings are a prominent area for WCK. The Clubs maintains staff Nakuru town who liaises with KWS personnel to enhance mutual efforts to gain public support for conservation. To strengthen the relationship between the GLECA management and the WCK, KWS through this action will support WCK’s wildlife education activities such as organising conservation rallies, seminars and workshops for teachers and students. In addition, GLECA managers will collaborate with WCK in organising visits for community members and school groups to the GLECA.

Objective 2: Human-wildlife conflict reduced The future desired state of GLECA is where human-wildlife conflict (HWC) around the GLECA and in particular crop raiding; livestock attacks/predation; disease transmission; and human injury or loss of life, are minimised to improve GLECA-community relations. In addition, the desired future state of the GLECA is where there are effective and efficient communication and collaboration mechanisms for building supportive and constructive relationships between GLECA managers and surrounding communities. These mechanisms need to ensure that issues can be raised and addressed by both sides before they escalate into serious problems, and enable managers and communities to work together to achieve shared goals. In order to achieve this objective, five management actions have been developed. These actions are elaborated below.

Action 2.1 Strengthen and support GLECA-community consultation mechanisms

As mentioned an effective community consultation mechanism is critical in resolving issues of resource use conflicts that will arise in GLECA once the area is strictly used for conservation and tourism. As such, a community consultative committee will be established to among other things deal with biodiversity resource utilisation conflicts and natural resource use and development in the area. The committee will participate in implementing measures to control activities destructive to the ecosystem such as poaching, illegal grazing and charcoal burning.

Action 2.2 Build capacity of Community Consultative Committees in project management

Sustainability of some of the community projects being implemented through Government agencies and NGOs is largely dependent on continuous maintenance of any developed facility. It will therefore be critical that the Community Consultative Committee is adequately equipped to manage such projects. Consequently the committees will be trained in various aspects of project planning and management and in maintenance of

COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME

45

implemented projects. This will ensure that community projects do not stall because of poor management or lack of maintenance skills.

Action 2.3 Construct and maintain wildlife barriers in areas prone to crop raiding

Human-wildlife conflict (HWC) is prevalent in the plan area. Nevertheless, its magnitude has not been quantified. This conflict is in the form of destruction of property by wildlife and habitat degradation and denudation by human beings. The main conflict is crop destruction and raiding by Baboon, Zebra, Porcupine and Wild-pig. The situation has been complicated by encroachment by human beings and competition between livestock and wildlife. KWS has used wildlife barriers, such as electric fences, moats and stone walls, to mitigate HWCs in many conflict hotspot areas in the country. However, the electric fence has proved to be the most effective barrier in containing large herbivores such as Giraffes, and it is for this reason that there are plans to build one such 10 Kilometre electric fence from Sunbird to Mbaruk along Nakuru-Nairobi Highway to mitigate crop-raiding incidents in the GLECA; especially from Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy. To enhance problem animal management in the GLECA, measures will be carried out that ensure that wildlife is contained within GLECA using effective fences. And in order to ensure that the fences are functional throughout the year, the fences will be maintained regularly.

Action 2.4 Establish an effective communication network to facilitate prompt reporting of human-wildlife conflict incidents

One of the reasons for poor relations between local communities and GLECA management is too much delay in responding to human-wildlife conflict incidents. This could be due to lack of an effective communication mechanism to enable the affected community to report problem animal incidents in time before extensive damage to crops or injury to people occurs. Therefore, to ensure that incidents are reported to GLECA management quickly, GLECA management will establish a HWC mobile telephone hotline to further boost the mechanisms of reporting HWC incidents.

Objective 3: Opportunities for local communities to benefit from the GLECA improved The desired future state of the GLECA is one where GLECA-local communities are benefiting directly from support given through KWS’ social responsibility projects or income-generating conservation projects. Four management actions have been developed to achieve this objective, focusing on implementing and support maintenance of social projects; supporting communities in identification and exploitation of ecotourism opportunities; promoting production of Aloe products in GLECA; and supporting communities in preparation of proposals to seek donor funding. These actions are discussed further in the following sections.

Action 3.1 Implement and support maintenance of social projects

Assisting communities by funding community projects not only helps GLECA to fulfil its corporate social responsibility, but also increases community support for local conservation initiatives. Over the years, KWS and Soysambu Ranch have supported many community projects in the area including construction of schools and other social facilities. This support will be increased under this management action to ensure that the community adjacent to GLECA is seen to reap tangible benefits from the existence of GLECA.

COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME

46

Action 3.2 Support communities in identification and exploitation of ecotourism opportunities

Involvement of local communities in tourism development can be an incentive to gain support for conservation outside the protected areas. Aside from direct employment, tourism also offers opportunities for development of enterprises that supply inputs to the tourism trade. This action will seek to assist the community in identifying and mapping all potential ecotourism opportunities outside the Core Zone. These include wildlife concentration areas in the Buffer and riverine Zones, Specific GLECA forests; perhaps areas with plants of medicinal, scientific or cultural significance, strategically located hills or craters that provide vantage points for scenic viewing, picnicking and sundowners, and potential cultural villages, e.g., the Ututu caves. Sites that have potential for development of tourist accommodation facilities, such as ecolodges and tented campsites will also be identified. This information will be used by GLECA and local stakeholders to raise the interest of tour operators in the tourism opportunities in areas within GLECA. Where appropriate, details of information on community tourism ventures and attractions will also be included in new GLECA interpretation materials, such as the GLECA map and guidebook in order to raise visitor awareness of the existence of these attractions.

Action 3.3 Promote sustainable production of Aloe products in GLECA

The rich biological resources around the GLECA provide local communities with livelihood means through the many products that are harvested including: timber for building, firewood and charcoal as source of energy, honey, medicinal plant products, and edible wild fruits. The Aloe plant grows wildly in GLECA and community members will be encouraged to utilise it commercially. GLECA will also support community members in establishing a sustainable Aloe farming enterprise to increasingly enable the community to reap maximum benefits from Aloe.

Action 3.4 Support communities in preparation of proposals to seek donor funding

It is vital that sustainability of GLECA-funded community projects is ensured otherwise there is a likelihood of constructing community structures that cease to be of use when GLECA support is no longer available. A very effective way of mobilising funds to support maintenance of community projects is through development of project proposals targeting identified donor funds. The GLECA Community Partnership & Education Programme will assist the communities in preparing and marketing funding proposals to potential donor agencies with an aim of generating funds for maintaining the projects.

Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 The following pages set out the first 3-Year Activity Plan for the Community Partnership and Education Programme. The activity plan details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and extraordinary resource requirements necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan. In addition, that plan sets out specific and timebound “milestones” that GLECA management aims to achieve in implementing the plan.

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe

Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Objective 1: Conservation education and awareness programme strengthened

Action 1.1 Prepare interpretation materials targeting local communities game-viewing

Activity 1.1.1 Review the interpretation themes that illustrate the uniqueness of GLECA’s natural and cultural resource values GLECA Reports

Activity 1.1.2 Preparation of interpretation materials, targeting various age groups in the community GLECA Reports

Action 1.2 Promote the GLECA through the mass media, Internet, and organising and participating in both local and international conservation awareness events

Activity 1.2.1 Prepare articles on the GLECA and publish them in the local dailies GLECA Articles

Activity 1.2.2 Participate in local as well as international events such as World Environment Day, World Wetlands Day, and Agricultural Society of Kenya (ASK) shows, GLECA Participation

reports

Action 1.3 Support conservation education programmes in local schools

Activity 1.3.1 support WCK’s wildlife education activities in schools GLECA/WCK Reports

Activity 1.3.2 Organise conservation rallies, seminars and workshops for teachers GLECA/WCK Reports

Objective 2: Human-wildlife conflict reduced

Action 2.1 Strengthen and support GLECA-community consultation mechanisms

Activity 2.1.1 Establish community resource utilization conflict resolution committee to deal with biodiversity resource utilisation conflicts and natural resource use and development GLECA/NMK HR returns

Action 2.2 Build capacity of conservation Community Consultative Committees in project management

Activity 2.2.1 Train community project manager on operations and maintenance of any Reports

COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP & EDUCATION PROGRAMME

48

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe

Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-13

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4development project

Action 2.3 Construct and maintain wildlife barriers in areas prone to crop raiding

Activity 2.3.1 Create fences in specific area GLECA Security reports

Activity 2.3.2 Regular fence maintenance GLECA Security reports

Action 2.4 Establish an effective communication network to facilitate prompt reporting of human-wildlife conflict incidents

Activity 2.4.1 Establish a HWC mobile telephone hotline GLECA Security reports

Activity 2.4.2 Establish community game scouts and issue them with hand held walkie talkies GLECA Security reports

Objective 3: Opportunities for local communities to benefit from the GLECA improved

Action 3.1 Implement and support maintenance of social projects

Activity 3.1.1 Support many community projects in the area including construction of schools and other social facilities GLECA Reports

Action 3.2 Support communities in identification and exploitation of ecotourism opportunities

Activity 3.2.1 Involve local communities in tourism development GLECA Reports

Activity 3.2.2 Prioritise recruitment of tourism staff from local communities GLECA HR returns

Action 3.3 Promote sustainable production of Aloe products in GLECA

Activity 3.3.1 Support community members in establishing a sustainable Aloe farming enterprise GLECA Reports

Action 3.4 Support communities in preparation of proposals to seek donor funding

Activity 3.4.1 Assist the communities in preparing and marketing funding proposals GLECA Reports

Activity 3.4.2 Assist communities to identify potential donor agencies GLECA Reports

GLECA Operations Programme

GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME

50

Programme Purpose and Strategy

With increased tourism activity and enlarged conservation activity security of visitors and wildlife will require boosting. As such, efficient, effective and expansive security operations are particularly important in the GLECA, and are key to the successful implementation of various aspects of this plan; including, perhaps most importantly, the proposed expansion of tourism. In addition to effectively exploit the tourism potential at GLECA, appropriate tourism support infrastructure is essential. GLECA Management structures also need to be harmonised so that management programmes in this plan can be implemented harmoniously. The following paragraphs set out the guiding principles that will guide GLECA Management in the implementation of the Operations Programme and the achievement of the Programme Purpose. In implementing the GLECA’s Operations Programme, GLECA Management will strive to ensure that: Security presence is expanded across the GLECA Currently wildlife in GLECA gets substantial security only within the precincts of Soysambu. Once they wonder away into the settled areas of GLECA their chances of getting poached increase tremendously. Even within Soysambu, incidences of poaching have been reported despite intense security operations. Hence there is a need to design an improved security system for GLECA. Without a significant enhancement in security and the reduction in illegal activities throughout GLECA, wildlife populations are bound to decline, and tourism investment and use will not expand. Collaboration with key stakeholders is strengthened Covering just less than 100 km2, though not very large compared to many protected areas in Kenya, GLECA is a very complex area, with diverse uses and limited infrastructure in the area, presenting major challenges for security operations. Despite the significant expansion of management presence and improvement of security operation effectiveness outlined in this management programme, communication and collaboration with key stakeholders in and around the GLECA will remain essential to improve security responses, strengthen the deterrent against illegal activities in the area, and improve the overall effectiveness of security operations. Management is integrated and unified across the GLECA A fundamental premise of this management plan is that GLECA will be managed holistically as a unified and integrated single management unit. This approach will maximise the efficiency and effectiveness of the area’s administration and management, ensure the conservation of the area’s shared Exceptional Resource Values, and facilitate the development of tourism across the entire conservation area in an appropriate and compatible manner. As such, this programme will aim to ensure that agreements and mechanisms to enable the effective management of GLECA as an integrated and unified unit are put in place.

The Greater Lake Elmenteita Conservation Area’s operational systems and structures are effectively and efficiently supporting the achievement of the GLECA purpose and the delivery of GLECA’s management programmes

GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME

51

Good communications and access Good communications and access throughout the entire GLECA is essential to support the effective and unified management of the area, enable GLECA managers to respond rapidly to specific issues as they arise (most notably issues relating to security and HWC), and to support the dispersal of tourism activities and investment and use across GLECA. As such, this programme will emphasise enhancement of communication systems in support of management activities as well as cooperation between GLECA Management and other stakeholders, such as tourism industry partners. In addition, improvements in infrastructure across the area will be planned and targeted to provide maximum support for the effective management of GLECA, and to support tourism development across the area. Sufficient and well-allocated human and financial resources Underpinning every management action designed to achieve each of the management objectives outlined in this management plan, and thus achieves the desired future condition of GLECA, is the staff that will be responsible for implementing them. The staffs not only require conducive working conditions and facilities, but also the necessary equipment and training to carry out their tasks. This plan will require adequate and relevant staff, and sufficient financial resources to support implementation of the management actions set out in this plan. These guiding principles are intended to guide the implementation of the Programme‘s four management objectives that, when taken together, achieve the Programme Purpose. These four objectives are: MO 1. Visitor security ensured MO 2. Security patrols enhanced MO 3. Institutional collaborations formalised and strengthened MO 4. Adequate resources (staff, infrastructure, transport, financial and communications) to

support GLECA management and tourism development availed The following sections describe these management objectives and provide an outline of the management actions needed to achieve them. Under each management objective there is a brief description of the relevant management issues and opportunities, which provides the specific context and justification for the management actions. The final section of the programme contains the 3-Year Activity Plan for the GLECA Operations Programme, and details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and milestones necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan.

Management Objectives

Objective 1: Visitor security ensured The desired future state of the GLECA is one where visitors feel safe and are actually safe in and around accommodation facilities in the GLECA. In order to achieve this objective, two management actions have been developed. These relate to: establishing a communication mechanism between the GLECA security section and tourist facilities in the GLECA, and liaising with the local police to enhance security at the tourist facilities throughout the GLECA. These actions are further elaborated below.

Action 1.1 Establish a communication mechanism between the GLECA Security Section and tourist accommodation facilities

Sustainable tourism development in the GLECA hinges very much on maintenance of a heightened state of security in the area. It is worth noting that because of a high level of security in Soysambu, not a single incident of attack on visitors has been reported, which has contributed to an increase in tourism in the

GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME

52

area. To maintain this status, security will be strengthened further by establishing a communication mechanism between the GLECA security officers and tourist facilities in the GLECA. In regard to this, a 24-hour security hotline (cell phone number) will be established to boost communication between GLECA management, the tourist facilities and the general public.

Action 1.2 Liaise with the local police to enhance security at tourist accommodation facilities

KWS is mandated to provide a safe environment for wildlife in the protected areas, but the security of tourist facilities and tourists falls under the ambit of the Kenya Police Force, particularly the Kenya Tourist Police. It is therefore essential that GLECA management liaises with the police to ensure that law and order is maintained at the tourist facilities given that these facilities will be employing many staff in future as tourism grows. Through this action therefore, GLECA management will liaise with the police to ensure that police officers are deployed at large tourist facilities in the area to maintain security.

Objective 2: Security patrols enhanced In GLECA as elsewhere in the country, bushmeat poaching is a major problem. Most of the poaching is carried out by Subsistence Poachers who happen to be members of the local community thus complicating further the security operations. As such, the future desired state this objective aims to achieve is one where security operations have been revamped to effectively address challenges posed by bushmeat poaching in GLECA and in adjacent areas. Towards this, three management actions relating to establishing and equipping existing and new patrol outposts; carrying out intense ground and aerial patrols have been developed; and establishing a robust intelligence gathering mechanism. These actions are elaborated below.

Action 2.1 Establish new patrol outposts and equip existing ones

Currently, GLECA security presence is mainly observable in Soysambu. This could be attributed to the fact that the other GLECA management units (Ututu and Lake Elmenteita) are not yet active. Once these management units are fully operational, new patrol outposts will be established. In addition the outposts in Soysambu will be strengthened. Hence, new outposts will be established in the Ututu area to prevent continued destruction of the environment in this area. These outposts will be assigned a patrol sector and it will be optimally staffed and provided with basic equipment such as binoculars, GPS and a vehicle, to facilitate ground patrols.

Action 2.2 Carry out intense ground and aerial patrols

The resource use conflict issues at GLECA are bushmeat poaching, honey harvesting, logging, illegal livestock grazing and charcoal burning. These are challenges likely to remain so during the life span of this plan, and unless security can be assured in these areas, tourism will not grow as planned. As a result, the expansion and intensification of security patrols to curb illegal activities over the entire GLECA is paramount during the implementation period of this plan. In order to combat illegal activities through deterrence means, aerial and ground patrols will be intensified within the GLECA. In addition, to further facilitate the patrols, an efficient patrol road network will be designed and constructed. The patrol teams will also be equipped with modern security equipment including Global Positioning Systems (GPS) to record spatial data on patrol routes and illegal activities encountered. This data will be used to continuously monitor patrol effectiveness and adapt as necessary.

GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME

53

Action 2.3 Establish a robust intelligence gathering mechanism

An effective wildlife security system should be complemented by a wildlife intelligence system that collects security related information, analyses it, and advises the wildlife authority on steps to be taken to counter various wildlife issues. Many wildlife-related crimes such as poaching for bushmeat can be effectively prevented using reliable intelligence information. A well dispersed intelligence network is essential to obtain advance warning of events and movements of individuals that pose a threat to wildlife or tourism security in the GLECA. Community members can be a vital source of intelligence information as criminals live and operate within the community. Hence, in order to enhance intelligence information gathering, an intelligence gathering system that incorporates the local community will be established at GLECA.

Objective 3: Institutional collaborations formalised and strengthened The desired future state of GLECA is where its three core management sectors (Lake Elementaita, Soysambu Wildlife Sanctuary and Ututu Conservation Area) are managed as a single ecological unit and conservation stakeholders have a forum through which they can participate effectively in the conservation efforts at the GLECA. This is expected to, among other things, secure a minimum viable conservation area for the conservation targets identified under the Ecological Management Programme, raise essential funds to support conservation efforts at the GLECA, and gain support for conservation from the administration at the provincial and district levels. In order to realise this objective, two management actions focusing on development of an MOU between KWS-Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy-Ututu Conservation Trust; and establishing a GLECA Management Advisory Committee (MAC) comprising all stakeholders with interest in the conservation of the GLECA have been developed. These are expounded upon in the following sections.

Action 3.1 Develop and implement an MoU agreement between KWS -Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy-Ututu Conservation Trust for the implementation of the GLECA management plan

Many of the principles underlying the development of a single management plan covering the entire GLECA involve close management collaboration and agreements on a number of key management issues. In particular, for long-term viability, it is important that the GLECA management units are conserved and managed as a single ecological unit. This necessitates a high level of institutional collaboration between KWS-Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy and Ututu Conservation Trust. As such, collaborative agreements between these three management authorities will be negotiated, agreed upon and implemented. These MoUs will spell out the obligations of each party in the management of the GLECA, what each party will provide resources for, and how they will participate in the implementation of this management plan. During the 10-year implementation period of this plan, the three parties will be meeting twice a year to review progress in the implementation of the plan.

Action 3.2 Establish a GLECA Management Advisory Committee(MAC) comprising all stakeholders with interest in the conservation of the GLECA

Collaboration between stakeholders who operate within the GLECA (such as tourism industry investors or operators and/or scientific researchers) and the area’s management is a key aspect of effective management. The importance of such collaboration is likely to increase as tourism use increases in the GLECA during the lifespan of this plan. The GLECA management planning process has greatly benefited from the input of other conservation stakeholders, particularly in the development of management programmes. To ensure that these programmes are implemented fully, it is important that stakeholders,

GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME

54

and especially professionals in the tourism sector, participate in the management of the GLECA. Stakeholders can participate in a wide range of activities including tourism promotion and marketing, supporting community projects, and ecological research. Considering that conservation is a very expensive venture, stakeholders can also help fundraise to supplement available finances. Under this management action therefore, a GLECA Management Advisory Committee (MAC) will be established comprising of key stakeholders in the GLECA. These will include KWS, Soysambu Conservancy, Ututu Trust, hoteliers, and other relevant conservation NGOs and CBOs working in GLECA. The role of this committee will be to promote and market GLECA in line with the management actions specified in the Tourism Management Programme, mobilize funds to implement management actions specified in this management plan, and to monitor plan implementation. The MAC, in particular, will oversee implementation of the activity plan and compliance with management prescriptions for each zone. This committee will primarily be private sector driven to give it the necessary impetus to succeed. But to avoid a situation where the MAC usurps the role of GLECA Management, GLECA managers will chair the Committee, and the roles of Secretary and Treasurer will be taken by the private sector.

Objective 4: Adequate resources (staff, infrastructure, transport, and finance) to support GLECA management and tourism development availed In an effort to achieve the GLECA purpose, adequate resources to support implementation of management programmes are critical. Administrative infrastructure such as roads, entry gates, signages, and boundary markings need to be provided. In addition, adequate staff and finances to implement this plan are required. As such, this management objective is designed to provide resources required to implement this plan effectively. The actions that have been developed to realise this objective are elaborated in the following sections.

Action 4.1 Deploy staff to manage GLECA

For effective management of GLECA, it is important that the collaborating bodies deploy adequate staff to manage the area. During the plan period, therefore, all the three competent authorities regarding GLECA will deploy optimal staff to manage their respective management sectors. The staff deployment will however be preceded by a staff requirement assessment that will be carried out jointly by the three parties.

Action 4.2 Prepare a road development plan

A road development plan for the GLECA does not exist and one is required before management embarks on construction of new roads. Consequently, a road development plan that takes into consideration the access requirements for tourist facilities and activities, and other administrative infrastructure, and which also gives due consideration to maintenance of environmental integrity, is necessary. Therefore, to ensure that the road network facilitates achievement of GLECA’s management objectives effectively, a well-justified road development plan will be developed in collaboration with the Ministry of Roads. Subsequent to the development of this plan, roads will be constructed as appropriate with priority being given to tourist circuits.

Action 4.3 Construct entry gates

It is envisaged that enhanced visitor management and investment in the GLECA will attract more visitors than are currently being hosted. Hence, in order to facilitate visitor entry into the GLECA, entry gates will be constructed at suitable sites that will be identified jointly by the three management authorities.

GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME

55

Action 4.4 Install signage throughout the GLECA

Directional road signage in the GLECA is limited and inadequate. Moreover, with construction of new roads, signage will be required. Consequently, GLECA management will, as appropriate, install directional and informational signages along roads and other tourism infrastructure in the GLECA.

Action 4.5 Demarcate GLECA boundaries

Increased degrading activities like livestock incursions, encroachment of agriculture, and illegal bushmeat poaching can partly be attributed to unclear and unmarked GLECA boundary. To remove this boundary ambiguity, and stem illegal activities in GLECA, the GLECA boundary will be demarcated, cleared and marked to inform people when they are crossing to GLECA.

Action 4.6 Prepare project proposals for funding

Stakeholders have played a major role in conservation of natural resources at GLECA. This stakeholder intervention has ensured that the biodiversity of the area is maintained despite the fact that this area is not legally protected. The Lake’s listing as a Ramsar Site and its possible designation as a world heritage site has contributed to increased stakeholder interest in the conservation of the area. To ensure that stakeholders continue to contribute to the conservation activities at the GLECA, and that the area’s international recognition is capitalised on, GLECA management will collaborate with other stakeholders to develop funding proposals to support conservation efforts at GLECA.

Three Year Activity Plan 2010 – 2013 The following pages set out the first 3-Year Activity Plan for the GLECA Operations Programme. The activity plan details the activities, responsibilities, timeframe and extraordinary resource requirements necessary for the delivery of each management action over the first 3-year timeframe of this management plan. In addition, that plan sets out specific and timebound “milestones” that GLECA management aims to achieve in implementing the plan.

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe

Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-131 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Objective 1: Visitor security ensured

Action 1.1 Establish a communication mechanism between the GLECA Security Section and tourist accommodation facilities

Activity 1.1.1 Establish a 24-hour security hotline between the GLECA security officers and tourist facilities GLECA/KWS Security

reports

Action 1.2 Liaise with the local police to enhance security at tourist accommodation facilities

Activity 1.2.1 Establish a 24-hour security link between the GLECA security officers and local police GLECA/KWS Security

reports

Objective 2: Security patrols enhanced

Action 2.1 Establish new patrol outposts and equip existing ones

Activity 2.1.1 Establish new outposts in the Ututu area to prevent continued destruction of the environment in this area GLECA/KWS

Security

reports Activity 2.1.2 Equip the new outpost with binoculars, GPS and a vehicle, to facilitate ground patrols GLECA/KWS Equipment

reports

Action 2.2 Carry out intense ground and aerial patrols

Activity 2.2.1 Establish a small well equip elite patrol team that can contact intense patrols GLECA/KWS Security reports

Activity 2.2.2 Establish a rapid response team GLECA/KWS Security reports

Action 2.3 Establish a robust intelligence gathering mechanism

Activity 2.3.1 Liaise with KWS to establish an intelligence gathering mechanism GLECA/KWS Security reports

GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME

57

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe

Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-131 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Activity 2.3.1 Incorporate the local community in gathering intelligence GLECA/KWS Security

reports

Objective 3: Institutional collaborations formalised and strengthened

Action 3.1 Develop and implement service contracts between KWS -Soysambu Wildlife Conservancy-Ututu Conservation Trust for the implementation of the GLECA management plan

GLECA/KWS Operations report

Activity 3.1.1 Develop 10 years service contracts with each main stakeholder specifying their contributions

GLECA/KWS/NMK Operations report

Action 3.2 Establish a GLECA Management Advisory Committee(MAC) comprising all stakeholders with interest in the conservation of the GLECA

Activity 3.2.1 Establish MAC Operations report

Objective 4: Adequate resources (staff, infrastructure, transport, and financial) to support GLECA management and tourism development availed

Action 4.1 Deploy staff to manage GLECA

Activity 4.1.1 Staff requirement assessment that is carried out jointly by the main three parties

GLECA/KWS/Soysambu HR Report

Activity 4.1.2 Staff deployment by the three main parties

GLECA/KWS/Soysambu HR Report

Action 4.2 Prepare a road development plan

Activity 4.2.1 Advertise bids for road design GLECA Advertisement

Activity 4.2.2 Open bids and award tenders GLECA Bids

Activity 4.2.3 Road construction begins GLECA Project reports

Action 4.3 Construct entry gates

GLECA OPERATIONS PROGRAMME

58

Management Action and Activities Persons responsible

Timeframe

Milestones FY 2010-11 FY 2011-12 FY 2012-131 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Activity 4.3.1 Advertise bids for gate design GLECA Advertisement

Activity 4.3.2 Open bids and award tenders GLECA Bids

Activity 4.3.3 Gate construction begins Project reports

Action 4.4 Install signage throughout the GLECA Activity 4.4.1 Advertise bids for identification of locations and design for areas that require signage GLECA Advertiseme

nt

Activity 4.4.2 Open bids and award tenders GLECA Bids

Activity 4.4.3 Signage construction begins GLECA Project reports

Action 4.5 Demarcate GLECA boundaries

Activity 4.5.1 Advertise bids for survey work GLECA Advertisement

Activity 4.5.2 Open bids and award tenders GLECA Bids

Activity 4.5.3 Survey work begins GLECA Project reports

Action 4.6 Prepare project proposals for funding

Activity 4.6.1 Advertise bids for proposal development GLECA Advertisement

Activity 4.6.2 Open tenders and award bids GLECA Bids

Activity 4.6.3 Proposal development begins using community development cycle (CPC) approach

GLECA Project reports

Plan Monitoring

The plan monitoring framework set out in the following tables has been designed to provide guidance for the assessment of the potential impacts, positive, and where appropriate negative, resulting from the implementation of each of the five management programmes. The framework sets out the desired impact of each programme’s objectives and any potential negative impacts that may occur. The framework also includes easily measurable and quantifiable indicators for assessing these impacts, and potential sources of the information needed. Monitoring the impacts of the plan implementation is a key aspect of the ultimate success of the plan and in informing adaptive management of the area, and as such ensuring that overall benefits from plan implementation are maximised, and that any negative impacts are appropriately mitigated.

Plan Annexes

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GREATER LAKE ELMENTAITA CONSERVATION AREA (GLECA) STAKEHOLDERS MEETING HELD AT ELMENTAITA LODGE ON 19TH SEPTEMBER 2006 Attendance

Name Organization 1. Mrs. K. Combes Soysambu Ranch (Co-Chairing) 2. Stephen Mwangi Flamingo Eco-tourism Self help Project 3. Tabitha Nyambura Flamingo Eco-tourism Self Help Project 4. Joseph Kairo Flamingo Eco-tourism Self Help Project 5. William Murai Ututu conservation Programme Trust 6. Mwangi Kabaria Ututu Conservation Programme Trust 7. Daniel M. Karanja Ututu Conservation Programme Trust 8. Renato Perlini Rosalu farm 9. James K. Njoroge Rosalu Farm 10. Moses Mungai Lake Elmentaita Lodge 11. Cllr. Mungai Nakuru County Council 12. Peter M. Kuria Nakuru County Council 13. Joseph Muya Lake Elmentaita Lodge 14. Charles O. Konyango Physical Planning Department – Rift Valley 15. Beatrice Mureithi Physical Planning department 16. Oddilliah Ndeti M. D.O- Gilgil 17. Kibos S.J. NEMA 18. Jeremiah Nyabuga NEMA 19. Naftaly M. Kio KWS HQs 20. Apollo Kariuki KWS Lake Nakuru National Park (Chair/facilitator) 21. Wellington Gathungu KWS District Warden – Naivasha 22. Jane Wambugu KWS Lake Nakuru National Park Absent with apology 1. Anne Kahihia KWS AD- Central Rift 2. Elema Hapicha KWS District Warden – Nakuru PARTICIPANTS FOR THE STAKEHOLDERS’ WORKSHOP HELD AT STEM HOTEL ON 15TH OCTOBER 2009 1. Daniel Muchina K. Kikopey (07253811835) 2. David Gitau Chege Ngorika (0722295822) 3. William Munai Ututu (0733842950) 4. Anthony Mwai Lake Elementaita Lodge (0724623498) 5. Peter W. Wainaina Mbaruk (0726485213) 6. Joseph Ole Kadonyo Lake Elementaita Lodge (0722572068) 7. George Njoroge Gilgil (0720 037211) 8. Sammy P.M. Watho Hope –Kariandusi (0721286575) 9. Charles K. Muthui Soysambu Conservancy 10. Kathryn Combes Soysambu Conservancy 11. Kate Jennings Soysambu Conservancy 12. Sunbird Lodge, P.O. Box 13932, Nakuru 13. Dr. Shadrack Muya JKUAT, 62000-00200 NRB 14. James G. Njogu KWS 15. Hosea Wanderi NMK 16 Wycliffe |Oloo NMK 17. Linda Mboya NMK 18. George Abungu OAHC

PLAN MONITORING

63

19. Joseph Kairo Lake Elementaita Eco-Project (0722 911935) 20 Janet wangu Ndungu MUW/SALT (0727175344) 21. George Wamwere Lake Elementaita MUW/SALT (690098) 22. Grace Mukundi Gilgil, Box 405 GILGIL 23. Alice Karanja Ngorika (0724 917155) 24. Ambrose N. Njagi Nakuru Wildlife Conservancy (0722496228) 25. Joseph Gathuru Mbira Kasambara Conservancy Group (0720812167) 26. Duncan Kamau Muthinji KAWRUA – Kikopy Ranch (0720251346) 27. Karago Kimani Michael Ngorika (0713080791 28. Damaris Njeri Njoroge Kariandusi (0711378707) 29. David Chege Keekopey (07279910410) 30. Joseph B. Ng’era Nakuru (0722466029) 31. Moses Mbuthia Mwaura Kariandusi (Karura) (0723223284) 32. Winfred Njoroge Kariandusi (Karura) – (0723223284) 33. David Chege OASIS CAMP (0733733848) 34. Charles G. Mwangi L. E. Ecotourism (0726590011) 35. Rahab J. Njengah Mabaruk (0728662862) 36. Enam Echakari Karura (0720209625) 37. Joseph Muya Lake E. Lodge (722729986) 38. Michele L. St. Mary’s Mission Hospital (0712292392) 39. Dominic wambua WRMA – Naivasha (0727112710) 40. Jackson Mwangi WRMA – Naivasha (0723259534) 41. Peter K. Njuguna Forest Nyandarua (0728492145) 42. John Njuguna Kiogururia (0724333334) 43. Lilian Nyathigi Ngigi Kiungururia (0729059090) 44. Mable Nyongego Nakuru County Council (0724921445) 45. Josephat M.Mburu Chief Ngorika Location (0720655490) 46. Amos M. Mulayiala Mbaruk (0735591233) 47. Joseph K. Mwangi Mbaruk Chief (07203888736) 48. Patrick Njoroge Kekopey Wild Management (0725735855) 49. Mwangi Kabaia Kekopey Wildlife Management (0722813409) 50. Nixon Kariuki Thuo Gilgil ELM Loge (0722659650) 51. Dorcas M. Maina Ministry of Agriculture – Gilgil (0723863684) 52. Wilfred Mwangi Ngorika (0721431678) 53. Benson W. Kanyarati Ngorika Area (0729933965) 54. Peter M. Kuria Ngorika (0721535334) 55. Charles Bwabi ADC Lanet (0722249325) 56. R. P. Rosau Rosau Farm (0733705092) 57. James K. Njoroge Rosau Farm (0733996239) 58. Samuel K. Rotich Kariandusi PHS P. O. Box 91 Gilgil 59. Simon W. Gatwiku KARI Lanet P.O. Box 3840 NAKURU 60. Robert Kibet KASS MEDIA GROUP 61. Benardette Jerotich KASS MEDIA GROUP 62. Douglas K. Waithuki Ngorika (0722144108) 63. Sarah Omusula Soysambu Conservancy Ltd, Private, Bag Nakuru 64. Michael Wandera KBC (0720047215 65 Jane Kazira NMK 66. Mary Njeri Maura Women Leader (0721406908) 67. Jihad El- Hassan (0737911007) 68. Nimo El- Hassan (0735176205) 69. Ann W. Kahihia KWS Central Rift adcentral@kws.go.ke 70. Euphemia CAAC (0721818399) 72. John Kinyanjui D.I.O (0724304422 73. Sally Kibos NEMA – NAKURU (0724923679) 74. Joseph Wanjohi (0734273045) 75. Mary Wanjiku (0722958085)

A Summary of

THE KENYA NATIONALBIODIVERSITY STRATEGY

AND ACTION PLAN

Ministry of Environment&

Natural Resources

IMP 00015March 2000

CONTENTS

Forcxvord .............................................................................. (v)

Acrom ms ..................... 7.................................................. <.... (vii)

I. INTRODUCTION 1

2. BUILDING CONSENSUS 3

3. STATUS OF KENYA'S BIODIVERSITY 7

4. TIlE NATIONAL STRATEGY .............................................. 10

5. TIlE ACTION PLAN ...................................................... 31

The Kettya National Biodiverslty Strategy & Action Plan Forward (V)

FOREWORD

Kenya's biological resources are fundamental to her national economic pros-15erity as sources of food, fuel, wood, shelter, employment, and foreign ex-change earnings, especially through tourism. The plan to industrialise the 21st

century depend to a large extent on national biodiversity resources. Other im-portant benefits of biodiversity, include the maintenance of water cycles, regu-lation of climate, photosynthetic fixation, protection of soil, storage and cy-

eling of essential nutrients, as well as absorption and breakdown of pollutants.

Kenya's vision to maintaining a clean and healthy environment with abundant

biodiversity resources will be achieved through sensitisation andempowerement of communities through participatory management practicesand use of environmentally friendly techniques and technologies. Best prac-tices in biodiversity management will be integrated into national development

planning. An important consideration in the new management approach is theneed to sustainably utilize these resources, while ensuring that benefits fromthem are used to equitably improve social, cultu: al and economic well-beingof the people. This National Biodiversity Strateey and Action Plan (NBSAP)was developed to facilitate the achievement of the national ')ision and aspira-tions. It describes issues that threatene biodiversity and what needs to be done,how it would be done, and the time-frame ,a _tbin which it should be done.

Issues needing action include conservation within protected areas, arid and

semi-arid areas, forests, degraded ecosystems, threatened, and alien species,genetically modified organisms, indigenous systems and knowledge. Thisaction plan addresses other fundamental concerns of biodiversity managementsuch as agricultural biodiversity, incentive measures, research and training,

public education and awareness, impact assessment, access to genetic resources,institutional capacities and linkages, gender concerns, policy and legislation,poverty, biotechnology and other technologies, information exchange, techni-cal and scientific co-operation, and financial resources.

Hon. Francis Nyenze, EGH, MPMINISTER FOR ENVIRONMENT

ACRONYMS

ASAL Arid and Semi-Arid Lands

BDM Biodixersil.', Data ManagemcmCBD Comcntion on Biological Diversity

CBO C;omamailx Based OrganizationsCHM Clearing House MechanismCOP Conferenceof PartiesGEF Global Em,ironnlcnt FacilityGMO Genetically Modified OrganismIMCE later-Ministerial Committee on Enviromncnt

KAM Kcn_ a Association of ManulacturcrsKARl Ken_',a Agricultural Research InstitutcKEFRI Kcnxa Forcst_' Rcscarch InstituteKEMFRI Kcnxa Marinc and Fishcrics Rcscarch InsdtutcKWS Kcnya Wildlifc ScrviccMENR Minist% of Environmenl and Natural RcsourccsNBSAP National Biodi_crsity Stratcg', and Action PlanNCST National Cotmcil for Scicncc and TechnologyNEAP National Enviromncnl Action PlanN ES National Emimmncnt Secretariat

NGO Non-Go_ crnmcntal OrganizationN MK National Muscums of KcnyaUNCED Unitcd Nations Confcrcncc on Enviromncnt and DevelopmentUNEP Unitcd Nations Enviromncnt Programme

T&eKeAygN_tio#_dBio_versiO,Str_le_),&ActioAl'D4f Introduction ]

I. INTIIODUCTION

In response to the United Nations General Assembly Resolution No. 2393

(XXIII) of 1971, Kenya joined the world community in the search for a global approachto the protection of the environmem by participating in the first United NationsConference on Human Environment in Stockholm, Sweden, in June 1972. This

conference led to the birth of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP),

now headquartered in Nairobi.

Globally, the value oj'biodiversity as a key component of the environment

was recognized during the buildup to the United Nations Conference on Environmentand Development (UNCED) in Rio de Janeiro in 1992. During that occasion,Kenya endorsed and adopted Agenda 21, and also stgned the Convention on

Biological Diversity' (CBD). It ratified the CBD in 1994. The Rio Earth Summitwas a global meeting mandated to devise integrated strategies that would halt and

reverse the negative impact of human behaviour on the physical envirotnnent and

promote enviromnentally sustainable economic development in all countries.

Agenda 21,among other things, specifically calls for the development ofnational strategies for the conservation of biological diversity and the sustainable use

of biological resources. In fact, biodiversity-related activities feature throughout the40 chapters of the Agenda. Sustainable development is an integrated approach to

policy and decision making, in which environmental protection and long term economic

growth are seen not only as compatible,but also complementary and mutuallydependent.

TheKenya government founded the National Environment Secretariat (NES)

in 1974 as the lead environment agency to coordinate and oversee environmentalactivities in the country. Later on, itt 1994, NES founded the Interministerial

Committee on Environment (1MCE) which is a multi-sectoral and multi-disciplinaryteam with membership from the government, private sector, and NGOs. The [MCE

ismade up of sub-committees and the Biodiversity sub-committee is responsible forthe implementation of the (CBD). Since then, the country has wimessed a remarkable

2

7_e Kenl'a Vatu_nd Biodiver_i O' Strat_y & .laion t¥#n Introduction

rise ill environmental awareness as evidenced by the phenomenal growth of relevantinstitutional and sectoral activities.

A multi-disciplinary and multisectoral Task Force was established in 1996to ftmction as a broad-based consultative and advisory group to steer the development

of a National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP).The Project PlanningTeam was appointed in 1997 to coordinate and execute the undertaking.

The overall objective of the NBSAP is to address the national andinternational undertakings elaborated bt Article 6 of the Convention. It is a national

framework of action for the implementation of the Convention to ensure that thepresent rate. of biodiversily loss is reversed, and that present levels of biologicalresources are maintained at sustainable levels for posterity.

1;_e Kenya :%'_ion_d t_iodlverslty S4ra_teg),& Action Plan Building Consensus 3

2. BUILDING CONSENSUS

Approach

Kcn3a's slralcgic approach Io thc i)loccss o£dcxclopmg thc NBSAP rccogmzcd:

· That the count Fy does not have one integrated nationalstrategy and action iAan tor biodiversity, and indeed thiswas the raison d'etre for developing the NBSAP. Rather,

we have a number of sectoral strategies ami programmeslhal normally operate hldependent[y of one mqother, whilenot necessarily addrcssing or respomling to a clearly setlist of national priorities. Due to the lack of rely nodalnational reporting, it is difficult to assess the status mhdimpact of these sectorai strategies.

· That il is important to create a sense of national ownershipthrough Ihe adoplioll orlogical, ol_jcclivc, inleraclive andparlicipalory met hodolc_gies.

· That in order to meet international requirements, it is

essential lhal the process be guided as much as possible,by the principles already established by Agenda 121 andthe Convention, and by the vm'ious publications and

guidelines fi'om the relevant UN and other specializedorganizatimls.

(hdding I¥i. ciph. s

Indcxcloping Ibis naliona} Stl-aicgxand aclion plan ForIbc COllSOrx,ation and sustamablcutilization of Kcn_,a's biodix crsib, thc follm_mg prmcil)lCS xxcrcconstanlb rclicd onas a guidc lo sclcclmg our options and actions:

· Tile ph', sical cnxironmcal (soil.xxatcr,air) and thc Iixlng olgalliSlnS (plants_animals and microbcs) conslilulc thc lbundation upon xdlich our

4 ?'he Kenya National Biodiversi O' StraZeg), & Action I;taw Building Cofisefisus

agriculturc and I_x)dsccurib arc bascdThc conscr_ ation and suslamablculilizalion of biodixcrsit5 must Ihcrclbrc go hand ill hand xxith thcconscrxation of lhcsc fundanmnlal rcsourccs.

· Thc conscrx ation and sustainablc utilization of Ken:,a's bio(Iixcrsil) is

kc) Io improxmg agrictdtural i:,rodtmti',il5 and sustailmbilit 5, Ihcrcb5contributing Io national dcxclopmcnt. I'ood sccurits, po_crt5alit'clarion.and thc fi_ir and cquitablc sharing of benefits arising

· Thc single n]aior thrcal to our biodixcrsit5 rcsourccs to(la.', is gcncliccrosion, x,,hich is mainl 5 brought about b5 encroachments on natural

xcgctation for sctdcmcnt and agricolturc It is xital to anlicipale, prcxChiand atlack at source thc causcs of significant reduction or loss of

biodixcrsits.

· Our biodivcrsity is best conscr,_cd itT-._Jlu,bul '_xcnltlSl incrcasc ourcapacib for ex-xint conscr_ation Wc arc fall', conscious of thc mlrmsic_aluc of our biological dixcrsil5 and ils ccological, social, economic.scicnlilic, educational, cultural and acsthctic imporlancc

· Conscr_ ation goals arc bcsl achicxcd Ihrough ccosFstcn] approaches.

parlicularI> ns managcd b} local communilics _xhoha_c nscd Iradilionaln)clhods 1oStlStamabl5 nmnagc ccosystcms for gcncralions

· Sound national policics and Icgislalion. such as thc Nalional Biosal_l 5

Fran]cu ork_ prox idc Iht foundalion (hr successful aalional programmcsm conscr_ ation and sustainable utilization of bi_livcrsily.

· Thc NBSAP is a coherent framcxxork for acti_itics in the field ofconscrvalion and sustamablc ulilization o(' biodi_crsils. II should

contribotc to crcaling s) ncrgics among on-going acti_ itics as ,,veil as thccmcicnl USC Of rcsottrccs.Thc utn]ost importancc of long-term nalional

commim}cnts Io intcgratcd national biodivcrsil.', plans and programmcs.and for indisl_nsablc national.rcgional and intcrnalional cooperation.isrccognizcd

· Utilization o1'Ken) a's bi(v,lixcrsit3 should be transparcnt, cquitablc, andcllicicnt

1_e A'ent.aN_*,_d I_vers_, ._',a'egy & A_Lon PI_ Building Consensus 5

National 17slot1

KCill 'a _ noliol?aJ 'ClMon i._ Ill,ti Iheiv itl//he ct/1ecl/Ih), eilvlrolznlc/?l /_l'ol,i(tll?t_ tiff iii1(Io111

hioJiver._il)' lUXOln'Ce._om/enxttrfi?q [ood.'.CCln'i/3'/bt IIict_eopJc ()Hr htod/ver_il 3'i'cXotlrc'c,xwill he ._u,_loi/?c#_(_c'otlsc,rvc,d enzcJltlilized b.l'se/?wlizcJ clnclc1117ollcl'cJ

colnmltnitie,_ I/llvm,t_hllclrticip[liorv inano,t_unlcntiirczcliccx. [tnd Ihc a/_plic[tiio/z o/inoderl? and it?dJt_enou.¥[_.'chllo/o_ics. 1J£'31 I)l'oclicc._ i/_ /_Jod/vcr_ily ('on.wrv_lUrlllwill he itllegraled into naliollal dc,velojml¢lll lllcnnffng,aml ifi/'Oli,t_/1,qood,_o;vlvlut?c'¢.Ihelv wiJl be suxloillohl¢ txfilizafion cnld eqltitahJe .sJlorill,_q/'bclTt'/il.s,c11._1o'111_inlt_roved vociol, cllJlln'Clland economic Mttlusqf lhe i_eoFJc.fi)rj*oslci-i(t:

Natio,al Goals

The national goals, as ,.'.ell as the specific objecd,.cs, ,.',crc scl b3 a broad rangc ofstakeholders In thc shorl term. Ken'2,a ,,',ill ha_e:

· An enabling policy, legislative and constitutional cn',ironment Ibr thcconscr,,atioa and sustamablc utilization of biodi,.crslb

· Informed and cmpov,crcd coJnmunilics I'ally in:olxcd m sustainableutilization and conscn alion o£ biodixcrsit)

· Complctcd surxc_xs, iaxcntorics, and documentation o[' nationalbiodix crsiLx resources

In thc long term, KcllX a will have:

· Adopted best practices in biodiversity mmlagement andconservation.

· Realized the benefits of sustainable utilization of

biodiversity resources, and as a result.

· Improved living standards of the people.

(;enerttl objectives

Thc gencral national objcctivcs arc basicalb thc ox crall otzicctixes of thc Conx carton:

6 TheKenyaNationMBiodi_e:sltyStealer,& ActionPlan BuildingConsensus

· 'lb conscr_c Kcn) a's biodkcrsilx.

· 'lo sustainabl) usc ils componcnts

· ']o {'airl', and cquilabl.', share Iht bcncliis m-ismg fi-on} ulilizalion orbiodkcrsil> rcsourccs among all stakchoklcrs

· 1'o cnhancc Icchnical and scientific coopcralion nalionall:, andinlcrnationaliy, inchlding Ibc exchange oJ' infornialion, in stq)l:,Orl oJ'biodixcrsit 3 conscrx alton.

,%,_,_lk' ,hj,,_'ti,,e_

Kcn3 a's spccific or immcdiatc o/_icclk cs arc:

· To undertake immediate biodiversity assessment measuresthat are a necessary pre-requisile for Ihe implementalionof the national strategy m_d action plan.

· To act on the decisions of'the Conferences of Parties tothe Convenlion.

· To gather, consolidale, and disseminate biodiversilyinformalion.

· To create all enabling legal and policy environmenl l_)rI)iodivcrsil.y collserva[ ion.

· To strengthen inslilulionat and community capacily forsustainable conservation of biodiversily, including the safeutilization of biotechnology.

· To conserve agricultural hiodiversily through increasedsupport to loca_ communities in the production andsustainable utilization of iarligenous and/or traditionalspecies for food and other uses.

· To incorporate biodiversity conservation _m(1 sustainableutilization of biodiversity resources into nationaldevelopment planning.

· To alleviale the social, cultural and economic impedimentsto hiodiversily conservation and the sustainable utilizationof ils resourees.

TheKeny(t ¥_n(d Biodivtrsit),Str(Ue)3'&Ict. JnPlan Status of Kenya's Bi(diversity 7

3. STATUS OF KENYA'SBIODIVERSITY

The country's biological resources are diverse, with an estimated35,000 known species of animals, plants and micro-organisms.As Kenya gears itself towards industrial development, theimportance of its biological resom'ces cannot be overemphasized.

Whether in the provision of food, indush'ial inputs, pulpwoo(I,firewood, construction materials, medicines, ecosystemfunctions, or aesthetk:s, the conservation and sustainable

utilization of biodiversity is a key factor in the country's statedgoal of industrializing early in this century. These resourcesform the basic source of livelihood for the country's population

especially in view of the fact that about 80% of the count .ry'spopulation directly or indirectly relies on biodiversity forsurvival. Further, ibc developing in(luslrial sectors in lhecountry, ranging from agra-based in(tustries to serviceindustries such as tourism, relies on the same resources.

There is cotisiderable t)olitieol tuill to conserve ncllional biodiuersityresolll'¢.es, as attested I)!J lite .(Jouerttttletll '.%comnfitmeltt tofi_(/_llin.(Ithe l)rovisions of the Com;ention and other t'elated conventions,treaties a/rd protocols. The baseline investment in sustaittableconservation that the country has undetlaken itt wildlife,.[_)t_,sts.agriculture, national waters and other biodiuersit.tj /*sourcesmanagement is further testimony to this.

The management of Kenya's biodiversity resources is

characterized by some weaknesses. More often than not, peopleare unable to make informed decisions regarding biodiversilymanagement as they lack adequate information on the nonconsumptive values of thc resources. While dire. et use wdut.'s

are well understood, the same may not apply for indirect uscvalues (ecosystem functions, maintaining water cycles,

8 The Kenya '.'l=ional I_,,_versiO' SW_eI_v& Act_mFI_ Status of Kenya's Biodivers_

regulation of clirnale, photosynthetic fixation of solar energy,production and protection of soil, storage and cycling of essentialnutrients, absorption and breakdown of pollutantsj.

Infi-astructure is inadequate to enhance better utilization antimanagement of biodiversily. As a result, the tourism sectorhas declined marginally over the last ten years, although it stillremains a key foreign exchange earner. The overall devek)pmeni

of local and international markets for bio(liversily products hasalso nol been satisfactmy.

Limited access to biodiversity data and information is also auJeakness, although a considerable volume of biodiversity datais generated by national attd recjional institutiotm. Low levels ofadoption of nezv technologies, including biotechnology, &avetended to undermine the application of optimal productiontechniques in the supply of consumptive materials, furtheraggravating demand for biodiversity products.

The opportunities the counlry has for improving the people'sliving conditions using biodiversity resources are many -

tourism, promotion and use of high nuh'ition indigenous lbods,application of biotechnology, and !he development of medicinalproducts for health and commercial purposes. The counlry also

possesses a wide diversity of indigenous knowledge, innovationsand practices that can be harnessed for sustainable utilizationand conservation of biodiversity. Kenya also has opportunitiesto utilize economic incentives to enhance management of itsbiodiversity resources. There is potential to enhanceinternational trade associated with local'biodiversity products,including patent rights of indigenous technologies of suchproducts as wood carvings and woven baskets, which might bepotential income earners for the country.

A lot of plant at_d animal species are being overexploitedforfood,medicine, Jilel and other commercial puoposes, resulting ill

Tike It_enya ,Vatlonol Biodiverslty Strt_teg), & Acti_,n Plan Status of Kenya's Biodiversity C)

widespread genetic erosion. Some rare species outside protecte_areas are threatened. Other significant thre¢lts identiJ_'ed includ¢

the adverse effects of poverty attd ovetl)opulation, tire effects qlclimate change, insecut_t.q, pollution of aquutie habitats, andu n regulated bioprospecting.

The Environmenlal Management and Coordination Law is the

legislative cornerstone of Kenya's efforts to conserve andsustainably utilize its biodiversity. In addition to this all-encompassing legal package are sectoraI laws covering theprincipal sectors in l)iodiversity. Biodivcrsily conservation

management has many key players, including governmentdepartments, research institutions, parastatals, national andinternational NGOs, local authorities and communities.

However, the roles and degree of involvement vary, and areinteractive, across many thematic sectors.

The Ministry of Environment and Natural l?esoarces (MENI?) ispresently charged with the responsibility of coordinating allenvironmental matters in the country. The ministt?j,through IVES,

is also designc_ted as the National Focal Point on matters t)ertainingto the implementation of the Convene'on as well as for the GlobalEnvironment Facility (CLEF].

Kenya's current GEF project portfolio consists of one national

project (the Tana River Primate National Reserve Project) andtwo regional projects (the Lake Vicloria EnvironmentManagemenl Project and the East African Cross-BorderBiodiversity Project). A new GEF regional project proposal is

under development to address the sustainable use of biodiversityin the Gregorian Rift Valley Lakes. New national project conceptpapers on coastal remnant forest biodiversity and foragebiodiversity have been fm_,arded Ia Ihc national focal poinl E_rfurther action.

lO ?'keKenl'a_ation_dBimliversiO',¥tr_#egJ'& lctl.nl*lan The National Strategy

4. TIlE NATIONAL STRATEGY

Since attaining independence. Kenya recognized the importance of conservingher biological resources The Sessional Paper No 10 of Ig65 on Afl'roan

Socialism attests to this concern, hi the recent past, national master plans forforestry, water, and tourism have been developed Likewise. action plans forenvironment, biodiversily data management, poverty eradication anddesertification and drought have been prepared. In addition, Kenya isimplementing the Convention, having completed the NEAP. the Countw Studyand tile First National Report lo the COl'. There are efforts to implement tileGlobal Plan of Action for the conservation and sustainable utilization of plant

genetic resources Ibr food and agriculture. Indeed Kenya has ratified most ofthe international treaties, conventions, agreements and protocols related toenvironmental protection and tile conservation of natural resources, Includedhere are the Ramsar, Law of the Sea, Framework to Combat Deserlification.

Conservation of MigratoJy Species of Wikt Animals, tile Protection of tileWorld Cullural and Natural Heritage. the Montreal Protocol, and tile Afl'roanConvention on tile Conservation or Nature and Natural Resources All these

concerns are geared towards addressing the country's key components ofbiodiversity conservation.

Ibc national slrtllCg? itlt'lll!JiCS gOtT/,'/_llld ohjcctircs alld tllltt/l'Zt'X Ibc gallsbCItlCCll t'lll'rc/ll rca/iLl, am/ thc tl.VIJl'tliiOllS cs/)OllSCd ill Ibc goals tllld

o[¥ccliYcx. /I [)lt'SCIllS i.`/sttc,s alld Xll'afc_ics I/Iai ilct'd It) bt' IIIIdl'l'ltt_CIl ill

Ol'dt'l' It) IllJti,t_tlfC ll,_l#llSl I/If ClIITCIll IbrcttL¥ Io [_iodivurxify. 71to ,','I/'iltc/,._'

adtbv.`/scs erich articlc o] lhc ( 5)re'crt/roi7,D'slcmatica/[3: stalin t_.'bat/leedsto be th)nc, alld bow Ibis ._bo.hl be *bmc.

4. 1.1 hlstlttttional capacities and/itlkrtges

The restitutions involved m biodiversity conservation should have adequatehcililies for research, reformation storage, and retrieval There is need to

establish networks between government departments, NGO's, the private sectorand other stakeholders for enhanced coordination ofbiodiversity conservation.

The Kenra %'ational Hiodi_ersiO* ,_tratcg,l' · Irt Jori I_/cJrt The National Strategy

In order lo achieve Ibis, tile following strategies should be implenlenled:

_/ Capacity building should target the Jaw enforcement agencies0ncludmg tile pohce, judiciary, adnmlistlation, and other regulatowagencies) in order to enhance and streamline in_plemenlation andenforcement of' enviromnental policies and legislation for tileprotection of biodiversity in particular, and the environment mgeneral

'4 Provide scientific equipment and related infrastructure to

biodiversity restitutions to enable them effectively carry outresearch

_/ Strengthen institutional systems and capacities for collaboration,

and establish linkages and networks to improve coordination,gatllering and exchange of reformation, research and development,and tile management of resources.

4.1.2 (;emler co. cerns

'File Kenya government does not discmnmate on the basis o[`gender, but alpractice, gender inlbalances do exist m biodiversity management and m theutilization ofnational resources I,and is perhaps tile countly's most importantnatural resource Gender inequality is reflected m the women's Imlited access

to land ownership and means of production Ahhough Kenya's statutory lawsdo not prevent women from owning land, women still do face numerous

difficulties m trying to own land. This is partly because conununal propertytends to be held m trust by male members ofthe family.

The NBSAP proposes the following strategies to overcome the apparent lackof gender equity in biodiversity management:

Develop progranrmes on gender concerns, fbcusing on roles,responsibilities and rigbts m order to overcome imbabnces ingender considerations.

12 The Ken),uNtttional Iliodivers_.,.Strate_r & lction Plan The National Strat_y

x/ Facilitate gender analysis, participation, and affirmative action m

biodiversity managemenl Ihrough gender-sensilive legislation

Promote gender awareness and involvement in all biodiversilyprogrammes and projects.

Recognize and support gender aggregation, including youth andtheir contribution to sustainable resource conservation and use of

indigenous systems for conservation of biodiversity

4. 1.3 Po/icl' a.d legi,_httion

The 1997-2001 National Development I:'lanrecognizes the underlying causesof environmental degradation It observes that environmental management

tools, including laws relating to the management of internationally sharedresources, cross-border issues, environmental ecooomics m_daccotmting and

environmental impact assessments, have not been adequately developed foreffective environmental management

Ibc I_rcvio.s/)' Cxislillg SCCIOI'tl! hi'w,Y OIl ('lll'il'O/llllelll /It?l'£' IlOI hCCll adCqllait'/J'

Ctl/Ol'c'Cd h)' I/lC _l.I/IOl'iZcd ill. SlillllJOn,¥ thio lO ti n'idc I'ttll_(! _?/ bottk'llCt']{S

Hon'cvct: it is CXlWciedthai thc t'cccnl[),uiuwlcd l:'nvir_tt.te.tal g4atutgc.tcntalld ();Olzlittaliott Law n'i/I rclllOVCthese bolllcncc,_s, all*l fha! i/ n'i]/betq[]c'clil'co' eq/brccd

The tbllowmg strategies should address current pressing issues of biodiversitypolicy and legislation:

x/ Include the conservation and sustainable utilization of Kenya's

biodiversity as one of the pillars of the Constitution of Kenya.

x/ l!nact new legislation to specifically address sustainable wildlifemanagement and equitable sharing of benefits for localcommtmities

sap!ummuo_luapuadap-_!s.laA!po!quaAlJaAodjosl_a_aat/}

ptmXluaaodpeaJdsap?aOtltamlpaJalpasodoJdaJ_sa!,2ale.lls,%mOllOJatLl'

'sluauodtuo_.,q!s.laa!po!qaql,_u!s!p_doa!'lnoql!MKl!Jadsoldptm

IC^!aJnsJoJsueattlat0ap!aoJd1milsaa!_e!l!u!uall!nqmuspootl!la^!lalq_u!ulsnS

7_.3.vvaqq_o

,Qqi_tlO._'l_;)dOqtlO:)'_'.¥0[.('/I.S'./,My_(;fqh';Lgllpll!.('llO,_.ly_tlO!l.91_UIHIIIII],9.tat/At

'.¥O.S'IIDDOIDIII!.¥O.ItI,QIIO'lO,l,)//ZlO.¥,_ldgltlIV'_]lU_B'ltl,gttldCq,9,tiy)lDUO!lDtlS'D

Favx,_.q_l,_.QlltJ_tl!llDattl;)q,QUOtll)oI_IID'.v.¥o/;O!s'.lp,_!]9o!q/(_._'aS'IID.OOIDIII!IIII

9tjjaID¥91t.¥._?A).Ii)A(_d])lIDuo!lD]ltlkjdIDql]_;)Z!IIB'0.9,9.I,)qI5'lltlll!:/,_AD,ItO/J

'S0311anl)agtl03alquj!sapunu!pallnsaj_tI]LIOLLItlOJ!AUOOq|ql!^nUO!lgl_Jalll!OSOIIPA_/{]JaAOdlUOlS!sJadXqpa!ul_dttio*_e

uo!lUlndod_u!s_oJ:_u}apn[atl!stualqoJdluatudOlaAapaau!poului!S_XUO_

'o!lo!aOllO,O.la,tOd1-'I't'

'tuaql13aloJdIBI[Iuoqels!,%Ipu_sa!a!loduatll,2uaJlsptm

dolaAapptm'spoo_Xl!sJa^!po!q:)!lqndaz!Joluaau!ptmXj!luapl

sa,mosoJXl!sJaa!po!qJ!aqljo

lllatlla_L>tlUtl[Iptmd!qsJatl/O-Oal!nbguo1SaO!tlrlllltuO_)lU*Olalquu]p

sJOllllUJJoSltl_!Jmilaz!u,':to:_aJptmXj!luapl

slau_ouu!Judujoslq_!lot{lluno:_:>ualu!o_ulII!mtl:_!tl_XXa!lod

sptmlla_ualulntmoJpuuso!a!lod,2u!ls!xoOZ!UOLU.mt IpU_OS!AOXdp.

'UOtUO_Xqd!t{sJou^xopuuIalssa*au01qm[nba_u!lul!l!*l_j

josa!l!lupotuatpou_jopo!.;apJoti!_ptmI[_untutuo3all:_adsa_

tl)!_,<l.mlnmlmd'satut,2aJX._!lodpuc_auIptmIleL]O!IUU_aa!^o/tp,

[[,_fi,_leilsleUO!ieNoN/Unhluo_;.q_.(_a_,_t,S- ,f_._aafpo?_//v_o_,_,S,'I_,(_a.¥ail

J 4 The K_t[j'a :¥_nal/_iodiu_r$i O' ,_trtlt_l' & (ctJon PIo/_ The National Strategy

_/ hnplement tile National Poverly Eradication Progranuneconqxments thai relate to the utilization of biological resources.

_/ Create adequate employment opportunities by diversifyinglivelihoods, increasing domestic investments and savings to levelssufficient to support the desired rates of economic growth

_/ Initiate and diversify income generation activities by increasing

agricultural production of indigenous/traditional crol)S, and

providing credit access to rural traditional farmers.

_/ Strengthen national programmes revolved m population control

programmes so that they may achieve sustainable populationgrowth rates.

4.2 Identification and Monitoring

The identification ofspecies ealdecosystems itl Kenya is incomplete. Similarly,tile monitoring of biological components of biodiversity is inadequate. The

following strategy should be implemented to improve tile situation:

x/ Implement tile Biodiversily Data Management fBI)M) report

_/ Strengthen and harmonize tile systems for accumulating,processing, storing and retrieving data.

Set up sustainable monitoring plmls with clear objectives andidentity, indicators for assessing progress.

l'Je Ken)vi '_etb,n.I Bi,.llver_ily ._tr.tegr ,_ h'ti,,. I'1.. The National Strategy ] 5

4.3 I.-situ Co.servatio.

4.3. I I47thhtprotected areas

Kenya has designated several areas as ilnpoltant fbr conservation pta posesThese include National Parks, Reserves, Wildlife sanctuaries, National

Motmments, Biosphere reserves, World Heritage and Ramsar sites

The nram issues il1tile management of protected areas mcJude weaknesses illpolicy and regulatory mechanisms, institutional arrangements to effectivelycollaborate and network, inadequate financial resources, and declining earningsfrom the tourism sector, In addition, there are gaps m biodiversity researchwhich require urgent attention Efforts are also required to involve localcommunities m wildlife mmlagement, and mrprove marketing strategies for

wildlife mid related resources. Finally, disaster preparedness mechanisms forthe protected areas need to be improved and harmonized In order to addressthese issues, tile following strategies should be implemented:

_/ Support bottom-up, participatory and consultative processesrevolving all stakeholders.

Strengthen tile capacity of tile Ke,ya Wildlife Service, as wet/aslinkages with other institutions.

_/ Develop and maintain mli'aslructure m protected and adjacentareas in order to Facilitate communication and effective

management

x/ Strengthen tile marketing of wildlife tourisnr while developing

modalities of sharing benefits accruing from these activities

Assist local conmmnilies to develop environmentally fi'iendlyincome generating projects

16 7'he K¢nya :¥_ional I_o_vcr_i_' Str_',zS.I& -lcti_n I"hm The National Strategy

_t Promote and sustain security in protected areas.

Develop and implement a disaster preparedness and early warningsystem to catastrophes in protected areas.

4.3.2 Outside protected area_

It is important to protect sites of high biological diversity outside the protected

area system because they may be habitats for unique endemics. AItematively,they may be reservoirs for species threatened elsewhere, wild relatives ofdomesticated species, or seasonal habitats and/or staging grounds for migratoryspecies. Buffer zones between protected areas and areas of human settlement

are also zones of potential conflicts of interest, particularly with regard to lossof human life, farm crops, and other property. It is therefore importf_t tosustainably conserve biodiversity while safeguarding these other societalinterests. In order for this to be achieved, the following strategies should be

implemented:

_/ Promote conservation and sustainable utilization of biodiversityoutside protected areas, including highland grasslands and palmsavannah

_/ Develop strategies for mlprotected areas, and institute conflict

resolution mechanisms to deal with potential conflicts of interest.

4.3.3 Protection of ecosystems attd natural habitats.

(a) Aquatic and wetland ecosystems.

The major problems associated with Kenya's aquatic and wetland ecosystemsinclude the discharge of high volumes of pollutants into aquatic systems, and

the inadequate control and hence unsustainable utilization of aquatic andassociated wetland resources such as fisheries, mangroves, papyrus, and coralreefs. Another key problem is the unplanned and uncontrolled diversion of

The A'e.)_ National I_odi.ersl O, Strategy _i Action Pltm The National Strategy ] '7

waler resources upstreanl with no adequate compensation flow dowastreamto sustain ecological processes

Tile following strategies should be implemented:

x/ Reduce tile levels olFpollutants entering the aquatic systems bysensitizing tile industrial sector oil the imminent adverse effectsand strengtbening institutional mechmfisms for monitoring andenforcement.

_/ Promote proper utilization of all aquatic resources (marine andfresh water) and the associated wetlands through creating publicawareness on suslainable resource use practices.

_/ Restore degraded aqualic habitats rind create more protected areasespecially m inland ecosystems.

X/ Enhance proper utilization of water resources upstream byenforcing environmental impac! assessment studies before anywater related development activities are undertaken.

(b) Arid'and semi-arid lands (ASAL)

Kenya's land surface area is largely arid or semi-arid, and is characterized byerratic rainfalls, droughts, soil erosion, and a myriad of ecological disasters

which are largely climatic and topographical. Nevertheless, ASAL are extremelyvaluable for their biodiversity resources which include livestock, agricultural

crops, wildlife, and valuable wild plantsJn order to adequately address theconservation and sustainable utilization of ASAL biodiversity, the followingstrategies are recommended:

x/ Assess tile status of, and inventorize ASAL biodiversity, and

1 _ The Kenya NationM Biodiversil), Ntrategj'& Action IYan The National Strategy

develop appropriate policies for their sustainable utilization andconservation

x/ Develop well-targeted programmes ill research and technology tofacilitate conservation and use while safeguarding local intellectualproperty rights.

_t Implement the National Water Master Plan as well as tile nationalprogrammes oil drought mid desertification.

x/ Review and update the agricultural and livestock productionpolicies and programmes to ensure their sustainability and

compatibility with biodiversity conservation.

hnprove and maintain security in order to facilitate biodivemityconservation and bioprospecting.

.(c) Foresls

Forests, which cover only 2.4% of the country's land surface, are currently

being lost at an estimated rate of 5,000 ha per annum. The current threats toforests include loss through encroachment by local communities,overexploitation by commercial loggers, and generalized unsustainableharvesting of various biodiversity products. 1'o overcome these problems, thefollowing measures are proposed:

',_ Harmonize and rationalize policies and legislation on forestresources to ensure that forests are sustainabily utilized, conserved

and protected

x/ Stop further degazettement and excision of forest land and repealrepugnant legislation that allows natural forest excisions throughthe Forests Act review process.

The Kenya Notional Biodiversi O, Ntrmegr & It_ion Plan The National Strate_ly 19

_l Support communities and private land-owners to initiate andimplement forest rehabilitationprogrammes.

_/ Treat forest conservation and economic development as integralaspects of sustainable development.

'4 Estimate the full value of standing forest resources in terms ofbiodiversily value, watershed protection, influence on climate,cultural and aesthetic value as well as actual genetic value indevelopment planning.

'4 Divei'sifyand optimize energysourcesby exploringand promotingalternativeenergy sources;e.g. solar,biogas,hydro-electricpower,wind, agricultural and forest residues, and geotbermal sources.Optimize the use of energy by exploring and promoting the useofenergy -saving devices, e.g. ceramic linedfiko cookers.

'4 Integrate and improve the management of forest resources byregulating access to forests and promoting benefit sharing,promotingthe re-use and recyclingof forestresources, encouragingthe use of forest resources for ecotourism, and drawing upmanagement plans for each forest area.

'4 Enforce the Code of Anti-corruption in the timber industrysignedby the Timber Merchants Association and the SawmillersAssociation through the Kenya Association of Manufacturers(KAM),

'4 Implement the KenyaForestry Master Plan.

(d) Other ecosystems

I. Open highland grasslands in highpotential areas shelter endemic birds anddiverse plants. However, they are being rapidly lost because of convemion

20 The Kes_ro National tiiodiversiiT,,Sttateg.v & A _ion Hah The Natio_at Slgategy

to agriculture. Highland grasslandsandpalmsavannaat thecoast aremajorecosystems which are not represented in protected areas. The followingmeasures are proposed for their conservation:

_/ Mobilize local communities to set aside and protect areas ofhighland grassland and palm savanna.

Establish protected areas to cover all threatened ecosystems illKenya, and establish their rates of degradation.

_/ Increase knowledge and awareness of these habitats among localcommunities, decision-makers, and the general public.

2. Seasonal wetlands are extraordinarily rich in biodiversity. Yet they are usuallyover[ooked a0d ignored because of their seasonal nature. The followingmeasures should be taken for their protection:

Enhance knowledge about, and awareness of seasonal wetlands

among local communities, decision-makers, and the general public.

_/ Inventory seasonal wetlands in each district.

X/ Take seasonal wetlands into consideration when buiklmg roadsand other infrastructure.

(e) Rehabilitation of degraded ecosystems and recovery of tlmeatenedspecies.

There are many examples of degraded ecosystems in Kenya, which may behome to endangered, rare, and threatened species. The following: trategiesare proposed for restoration and rehabilitation:

Tke Kenya Ntt_iontd I_dlv_b_l, Str_egy _ Action Plan The National Strategy 21

",/ Identify degraded ecosystems and their rate of degradation,biodiversity hot spots, and threatened species

",/ Develop and implement ecosystem restoration and rehabilitation

progranlmes.

_/ Draw management plmls for the degraded ecosystems

_/ Suppmt communities and private landowners to initiate and

implement ecosystem rehabilitation programmes.

(f) Management of alien species and genetically modified organisms

Some introduced species have proliferated and become a threat to indigenousspecies, for example the water hyacinth and the Nile perch in Lake Victoria.

Some aspects of biotechnology are potentially risky and may disrupt ecosystemsKenya's people and biodiversity therefore need protection fi'om importedbiotechnok)gy which may be hazardous.

In order to contain the situation, the following strategies should be implen/ented:

X/ Ensure that there is adequate legislation and enforcementmechanisms to control introductions of alien and geneticallymodified organisms.

Xt Create public awareness on the dangers of alien species andgenetically modified organisms through the public serviceframework and the national media.

'/ Carry out scientific research, including an inventory of alien species

and genetically modified organisms.

I

')_._.2 The Ken '. V_ional Biodiver_iO'Srratcg.r& et m I¥.n TheNational Strategy

(g) hldigenons knowledge, innovations and practices

Kenya has a considerable volume of indigenous systems and knowledge relevantto biodiversity, no doubt as a result of the prevailing etluuc and cultural diversityof the people, tlowever, little of this knowledge has been documented, orintegrated into national programmes or institutions The issue oflhe proteclionof indigenous and traditional intellectual properly rights is very relevant here,

because these communities must not be exposed lo exploitation. The followingstrategy should go a long way in meeting these requirements:

",/ Incorporate and integrate indigenous systems into national

development plans and recognize the invaluable relationship ofour cultures with biodiversity conservation.

Create and strengthen restitutions which study indigeaous systems,and provide human and financial resources

x/ Use existing communily institutions to document good approachesand metbodologies for conflict resolution, and incorporate them

into modem conflict resolution systems.

_/ Develop and implenrent a legal framework for indigenousintellectual properly rights.

4.4 Ex-sit. Conservation

The value ofex-sittt facilities such as genebanks, arboreta, botanical gardansaquaria and sites for the breeding of endangered species cannot be

overemphasized. Kenya has not developed these facilities to any considerabledegree, There is need to expand the existing facilities to facilitate theidentification and collection of rare germplasm, threatened and endangered

species, as well as the captive breeding of threatened animal species. Theseshould include medicinal, aromatic, pharmaceutical, and other plants providing

special products. The strategic action proposed is to expand trod diversifyex-sit, facilities in the country.

The Kenra ¥atlomd Biodi_¢rsiO' Strategy _ letlon /'lan The National Strategy 23

4.5 Agricullm'al Biodiversily

'Fhere is some degree of neglect and under utilization of certain food speciessuch as Iraditional vegetables, grams and indigenous livestock. Furthermore,

loss ofagrobiodiverse varieties of beans, sorghmn, wild fruits and vegetables,and wild relatives of food crops is threatening In addition, certain crop species

that are important at local level, but could attain national importance if giventhe necessary promotion, appear neglected. These include yams, millets, lablabbeans, taro, indigenous varieties of sugarcane, cowpeas, and pigeon peas.Agricultural biodiversity als{)includes other plant species of special importanceto man, such as medicinal species, anhnal forage species, tible species, oil

producing species, and multipurpose trees such as Markhamia, Me/ia.(;rcvillea, Sc,_banhl, etc.

Land use patterns and practices are also closely related to the conservation of

agricultural biodiversity Soil erosion, resulting mainly Ii'om hillside maddl_landcultivation, is one of the major threats particularly when associated withnlonocalluces

In order to rectify these constraints and problems, the Following strategies are

proposed for implementation:

_/ Conserve agricultural biodiversity by promoting the developmentand use of neglected and under utilized species throughinventorying and improving quality while creating awarenessamong users.

_/ Restore and re-introduce species and varieties that are already

lost by conducting surveys to determine the status of rare orthreatened germplasm. Re-introduce and propagate lost speciesfrom gene banks and other sources.

_/ Repair, maintain, and expand rural access colnmunication systems

by providing sufficient financial resources to oi0en tip rural

24 TkeKenyaNatiom_Biodiversio'Stratel_&A_onPlan The National Strategy

communications, especially the road system, which is crucial inagricultural marketing mid distribution.

Promote farming practices that conserve the ecosystem.

4.6 Sustainable Use of Components of Biological Diversity

The lack of integration of biodiversity management principles into national

development plmmmg, from the grassroots to the national level, is a majorimpediment to the conservation and sustainable utilization of biodiversity. Inother words, biodiversity is not valued m economic terms a.s a key nationalresource which requires regular monitoring and evaluation. The modalities ofequitable sharing of benefits from these resources have not been worked out

The perception that biodiversity resources are public goods has encouragedillegal prospecting for rare and highly valued biodiversity products Thefollowing strategies are proposed to improve the situation:

x/ Strengthen capacity building programmes, including tile provision

of training in enviromnental economics, resource accounting andaudit, and valuation of biodiversity at tertiary levels.

_/ Develop alternative products, services, and markets including theenhancement of' biotechnological research and development.

_/ Compile district biodiversity conservalion plans by conducting land-use surveys, resource surveys, conservation activities, and tile statusof the general infrastructure.

_/ Identify and categorize the benefits frond biodiversity, and develop

policies, programmes, and modalities for sharing them amongstakeholders.

_/ Formulate a national policy on bioprospeclmg and trade inbiodiversJty products.

The K_.y_; %'_onal I_ediv_rs_, Strategj' & 4t_Jon t_;m The National Strategy 25

'_ Recognize the vital role of the private sector and effectively involvethem m biodiversity conservation pmgrammes.

4,7 Incentive Measm-es

There is mi urgent need to identify and implement economic instruments forthe promotion of biodiversity conservation This is because they can providean important set of tools (incentives and disincentives) for biodiversityconservation as they can be used to make it more profitable for people to

conserve than to degrade biodiversity. The proposed strategies are

_/ Determine the existing use of incentives in the country, identify

perverse incentives m the economy, and take the neccesaTy action.

_/ Raise awareness of incentive measures among biodiversitystakeholders.

_/ Undertake pilot applications of incentive measures.

4.8 Research and Training

There is tack of sufficient scientific expertise to undertake state of the artresearch in several disciplines of relevance to biodiversily conservation. The

sh'ategies proposed lo improve the current situation are:

_t Provide high level specialized training in biodiversity at scientificand mm_agement levels.

_/ Support and promote research on technology development for

sustainable use and management of biodiversity resources.

_/ Assess the existing capacity in research and provide for training atlower levels.

26 The Kenya National IKodiverslty $trdtcg T & Action Plan T_ Natiolnal Strategy

4.9 Public Education and Awareness

To enhance public awareness and involvement ill biodiversity conservation,the following strategies are proposed for implementation:

'-,/ Promote institutional capacilies to acquire; process, store anddisseminate information on biodiversity through implementing therecommendations orthe BDM plan.

'4 Promote public awareness on biodiversity issues countrywide

x/ Incorporate biodiversity issues in formal education curriculum and

support the teaching of biodiversity in all educational institutions.

4.10 Impacl Assessment

There are many cases of uncontrolled pollution and toxic waste disposal evidentin many parts of the country, especially t.ban areas. There is also concern

over what would happen if such pollution assumed disaster proportions, orspread across international borders, especially in shared resources like LakeVictoria. Tile following measures are proposed:

x] Develop adequate policies on pollution and toxic waste disposal /aJld implement them.

I

x/ Establish regional co-ordination conmfittees to negotiate and[ommlate guidelines and appropriate operational mechanisms forsolving cross-border catastrophes.

'4 Develop disaster preparedness and effective response mechea_isms.

including trans-boundary arrangements, and implem_ nt them

Tire Kcn),a Natitutal Biotlivetsl O, ._;trategy dl tction lyon The National Strategy 27

4.11 Access lo Genetic Resources

'FileConvention encourages Parties to develop controls on access to a countly'S

resources 1o ensure conservation. Presently, there are only Iim/ted measures

in place for protecting Kenya's genetic resources. At the sanre time, there is

no mechanisn_ to facililate equitable sharing of benefits accruing front theseresources. The proposed strategic measures are:

',/ Devek)p and implement policies and legislation to articulale andregulate tile rights of access to, and benefit sharing, of national

genetic resources.

x/ Strengthen the capacity of Kenyans lo carry out bloprospectingactivities.

I

4.12 Access to and Trausfer of Biotechnology and Olher Technologies.

The use o1' tile genelic resources available in Kenya for biotechnology has

tremendous potential which Kenya has not exploited. Only small amounts ofmaterials are necessamyfor mm_ybiotechnologicat applications Biotechnok)gymay, therefore be considered a sustainable way of utilizing biological diversity.

The genetic resources used in biotechnology are not available everywheremid therefore, careful consideration must be given to the issue of fair midequitable sharing of benefits.

However, some of ll_e biotechnology uses genetically modified organisms,which are potentially risky mid could disrupt ecosystems. For this reason, theNational Regulations and Guidelines for Biosafety m Biotechnology for Kenyawere launched m February 1998, mid shortly thereafter, a National Biosafi:tyFramework was initiated Tile major issue in biotechnology is the lack ofcomprehensive policies on research and development. For the requirements ofthe Convention, the following strategies are proposed:

28 The Ken),tt Notional nlodiver_., Strateg_r & Action Plan The National Strategy

Develop national policy and legislation to articulate the modalitiesof access to and transfer of technology

'_ Review, update and inventorize both local and foreign technologiesavailable in tile country, and make recommendations on the bestway forwards.

'_ Review the status of biotechnology development ill the counlry,and develop a comprehensive national policy on biotechnology,and the equitable sharing of its benefits.

'_ Formulate national guidelines, policies and legislation on biosafety,and adhere to national and international biosafety protocols.

x/ Enhance national capacities ill biotechnology in priority areas bytraining and equipping tile national institutions carrying out researchrelevant to biotechnology.

4.13 Exchange of Information

The Convention encourages Parties to exchange information on biodiversity

issues regularly. In order to facilitate this, a global focal point for a ClearingHouse Mechanism (CHM) has been established. For Kenya to benefit fromthis, there is urgent need to develop a National Clearing House Mechanism, aswell as thematic focal points The lack of such focal points is a big hindranceto the country's information exchange system. The strategic measure proposedis the immediate establishment of a national clearing house mechanism and

thematic focal points.

4.14 Technical and Scientific Cooperaiiml

Cooperation in scientific and technical programmes and activities has manybenefits, including saving on time and resources and optimizing the use ofavailable facilities. In Kenya, there are no clear guidelines on how this

The Kenya National Biodlvers_, StrnteKr& 4etion Plan The National Strategy 29

cooperation can be achieved Indeed, even among local restitutions,cooperation is quite limiled The following strategies are proposed to address

this problem:

_t Develop national guidelines Cot'joint ventures ill research, andpronlote institutional linkages nationally, regionally andinternationally.

_/ Strengthen national institutional capacities itl order to promote

technology transfer

_/ F'romote bilateral, regional, and international ex)operation to

facilitate the full implementation of policies, stralegies and action

plans,

4.15 Financial Resources

Substantial investments are required to address the enormous ttu'eats midchallenges to the conservation ofbiodiversity in Kenya. The field of biodiversityinvolves very many stakeholder groups from all sectors of society which mustbe involved m drawing up plans and availing funds for their subsequentin)plementatibn. Government's budget resources are rarely adequate to meetrecurrent costs of financing even tile key development sectors, trodare generallyinadequate for biodiversity conservation needs. Donor fuudmg has itslimitatk)ns and constraints.

The major issue therefore is inadequate financial resources, and the followingstrategies are proposed to improve the situation;

Mobilize adequate and sustainable funding by increasing budgetaryalit)cations to {he relevant ministries, negotiating project supportfrom bilateral, multilateral and other international donors.

30 TheKenya Nm'io.a! I.'jiodi.ersityStrategy& Action Phm The Action Plan

",] Mobilize financial supporl fi'mn tile private sector and otherstakeholders.

_J Empower tile IMCE Sub-conmlittee on biodiversily lo eslablish anational biodiversily trust fund by encouraging voluntmy donationsfi'om well-wish,:_q and negotiating levies on corpmate users ofbiodiversity resources,

The Ke_nya Natlomd Biodlversi_ $1r_e_, d_Action Plan The Action Plan 31

5. THE ACTION PLAN

The action plan identifies specific policy objectives andaclions to be carried out over a period of time that shouldresult in enhanced conservation and sustainable

utilization of biodiversity.

In thc short term, the action plan attempts to translateand put the strategy into action .In Kenya's case,the action

plan addresses the achievement of specific objectiveswithin the next 5 years.

32 TheKen_N_'imudBia_r_StrwteJo'&ActionPlan The Action Ptan

I. Strengthen institutioaal and Government of Kenya, 2005community capacities and KWS, NGOs, CBOslinkages.

2. Promote gender equity in 2003biodiversity managen_ent.

3. Strengthen and tlarmonize 2003national policies andlegislation for the effectiveconservation and sustainable

utilization of biodiversity.

4 Take measures lo reduce tile Govermnenl of Kenya 2005

impacts of poverty on Private seclor

biodiversity. NGOsCBOs

5. Strengthen national capacity Government of Kenya 2000for monitoring and evaluation KWS,NMK,NGOs,of biodiversity. Universities

6. Strengthen and maintain high Government of Kenya, 2000standards of nmnagement and KWS, Private sector,conservation in the protected NGOs, CBOs, Universities.area system,especially thewildlife sector

7. Protect aquatic ecosystems Government of Kenya, 2000from pollution and other Private Sector, NMK,threats. KWS, NGOs.

The Kenjnt National Biodiversity Strategy & Aaa'ion Plato The Action PJan 3 3

8 Protect mid promote sustain Government of Kenya, 2002able development activities in KARl, Universities, KWS,arid and semi-arid lands CBOs.

9 Promote the conservation and Government of Kenya, 2002sustainable utilization of KEFI_,I, Universities,

forests. Private sector, NGOs,CBOs

t0. Rehabilitate degraded ecosys- Government ofKenya, 2003tems and restore threatened KWS, NMK, Universities,species. NGOs

I t Formulate national guidelines Government of Kenya, 2002and regulations with respect KARl, NCSI; Universities.to alien,invasive, and geneti-

cally modified orgmfisms;bioteclmology and biosarety.

12. Support and promote the Government of Kenya, 2002utilization of indigenous NGOs, CBOs.knowledge, innovations andpractices.

13. Strengthen national ex-sittt KARl, NMK, Universities. 2005conservation facilities

14. Promote tbe sustainable Government of Kenya, 2005

utilization of the components Private sector, Universities,

of biodiversity. KWS, NM K, NGOs, CBOs

15. Provide incentives to promote Government of Kenya, 2002biodiversily conservation NGOs, CBOs.

34 T&eA'enyaNatiomdB_dive_dy._lr_tegl,&A_tionPL_n The Action Plar)

16. Strengthen the national Governlnent of Kenya, 2003capacity for research and KARl, Universities, NMK,training,technical and scien- KWS, NCSTtific cooperation,andbiotechnology.

17. Strengthen national Government of Kenya, 2000progranmles for public Universities, NGOs, CBOs.education,awareness andexchange of information

18. Strengthen pollution control Government of Kenya, 2000measures and conduct impact Private sectorassessments.

19. Facilitate accessto ganetic Government of Kenya, 2000resourcesand transfer of KWS, NMK, Universilies,technology. NCST.

20. Strengthen the conservation Government of Kenya, 2005and sustainable utilization of NMK, KWS, Universities,agricultural biodiversity for Private sector, NGOs,food and agriculture. CBOs.

21 Act on the decisions of theConferences of Parties

2 I. I Address issues on alien Universities,KARI,KEMFRI, 2000species and develop relevant NGOs,Govemment of

country-driven projects as Kenya.elaborated in Decision VI/I

The Kenya x'oll,ontd Bi_divtrslty S,'olegy & Action Plan {ntrodt,_§?l_ _5

21'.2 Develop coum_-driven NMK, Universities 2001projects to implement theGlobal Taxonomy Initiative

(Decision ltl/lO andAnnex I).

213 Develop and implement the Government of Kenya 2000

National Clearing HouseMechanism (Decision IV/2).

214 Explore options and modali- Government of Kenya, 2001ties for access and benefit NCST, NMK, Universities,

sharing rnechanisms NGOs.m the national context

(Decision IV/8).

21 5 Institute appropriate mea- Goveinment of Kenya, 2000sures, including ways and Universities.means,lo assess environ-mental impacts andminimize tbeir adverse

effects on biodiversity

(Decision 1V/I 0).

21.6 Design and implement Government of Kenya, 2000

economically and socially NGOs.sound incentive measures['or the conservation andsustainable use of biodi-

versify (Decision IV/10).

36 TkeKenyaN4tionalBiod_v_sity$_egy&ActionPhm The Action Plat1

21.7 Analyze and report nation- Government of Kenya. 2000

ally as appropriate thecontent and national

obligations implied inDecision III/11.

21.8 Identify,assess,and report Government of Kenya 2000back to the COP the rel-

evant on-going activitiesand existing instruments atthe national level,choosing

among the thematic areas inthe indicative list in Annex 2

of the COP IV report.

21.9 Identify and report to the Government of Kenya 2000

COP issues and priorities inagricultural biodiversity that_'eed to be addressed at thenational level.

21.10 Make tourism and related Government of Kenya, 2000

activities compatible with Private sector, KWS.the conservation and

sustainable use ofbiodi-

versity (Decision IV/15).

21.11 Implement the work Government of Kenya, 2001programme elements for Universities, KWS, NMK.forest biodiversityas elaborated in Decision

IV/7.

ThcKenraN_bmalBiodiversityStrateR_,&ActionPlan The Action Plan 37

21.12 Implement the work Government of Kenya, 2000

programme elements for j KWS, NMK, Universities,the biodiversity of inland KEMFRI.water ecosystems as elabo-rated in Decision IV/4.

21 13 Implement tile work KEMFRI, KWS, NMK, 2002

programme elements for Universies.the biodiversity of marineand coastal biodiversilyas elaborated in DecisionIV/5.

2 I. 14 Implement tile Global Plan Government of Kenya, 2005of Action of the FAO for KARl, Universities, NMK.food and agriculture.

21.15 Implement Decision 111/20 Government of Kenya, 2003on issues related to NCST, Universities.

biosafety, including theNational Biosafety Frame-work.

2 I. 16 Consider and address Government of Kenya, 2002

specific issues on the KARl, Universities, Privateconservation and sustain- sector.

able use of agricultural

biodiversity raised inDecisions II1/I I and IV/6.

Produced by

The National Environment Secretariat

P.O. Box 67839, Nairobi, Kenya

through a grant from

WWFWorld Wide Fund for NIIture

Eastern Africa Regional Programme OfficeP.O. Box 62449, Nairobi, Kenya.

Fax: 25,1,- 2 - 332878

E-mail: eafriea_wwfnet.org

Summary prepared by:

Biotrak Consultancy Ltd,P.O. Box 61284, Nairobi

Fax: 716575

E-mall: blotrak_form-net.¢om

GOVERNMENT OF KENYA

MOI UNIVERSITY EGERTON UNIVERSITY UNIVERSITY OF NAIROBI

WILDLIFE CLUBS OF KENYA WORLD WIDE FUND FOR NATURE MUNICIPAL COUNCIL OF NAKURU

KENYA WILDLIFE SERVICE THE ROYAL NETHERLANDS GOVERNMENT

LAKE NAKURU INTEGRATED ECOSYSTEM

MANAGEMENT PLAN

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Lake Nakuru Ecosystem integrated management plan is as a result of an outstanding response by stakeholders. The authors are greatly indebted to the organisations, institutions and persons that participated with great enthusiasm and commitment in the development of this ecosystem integrated management plan. We would like to acknowledge the contribution and support from the Provincial Administration, Local communities in the Nakuru catchment, University of Nairobi, Egerton University, Moi University, WWF - Nakuru, WCK- Nakuru, the Municipal Council of Nakuru, Kenya Wildlife Service and Government Departments (FD, WD, AD, ED, PA, Lands & Settlement) in Nakuru. Without the support of these organisations the production of this plan would not have been possible. This plan has been prepared by a task force composed of: 1. Charity Munyasia - Forest Department 2. Chege - MCN 3. Muthiomi - Lands & Settlement 4. Daniel Koros - WWF 5 Carol Entwistle - WCK 6. Jim Kairu - Moi University 7. Gideon Motelin - Egerton University 8. John Githaiga - UoN 9. Robert Chira - UoN 10. John Mworia - UoN 11. Anna Kahihia - LNNP 13. Benard Mwangi - DECO 14. Anderson Koyo - KWS 15. Robert Ndetei - KWS 16. Richard Odongo - KWS 17. John Kariuki - KWS 18. Maurice O. Nyaligu - KWS 19. Walter Njuguna - KWS 20 Mines and Geology 21. Lydia Kisoyan - KWS 22. Ben Zeck - KWS/ Netherlands Wetlands Programme 23. Kenneth Esau - KWS The dedication, commitment and insight of this committee is greatly appreciated. This plan would have been impossible to produce without the generous financial support from the Royal Netherlands Government through the KWS/ Netherlands Wetland Conservation and Training Programme. We are indeed greatly indebted and thankful for their support.

i

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The Lake Nakuru catchment is a unique ecosystem containing a variety of habitats that include an alkaline lake which is a home to millions of flamingos often referred to as “the greatest ornithological spectacle on earth”, the largest Euphorbia forest stand in East Africa, a wildlife rich savannah and highland moist forests. The nature, geology, climate, soils and ecology all interact to make this a vulnerable and fragile ecosystem. The area is a rich agricultural region with a diversity of agricultural activities. Nakuru town is the fourth largest and one of the fastest growing metropolitan in Kenya. The catchment area covering 1,800km2 has a variety of land use systems that include urban and industrial centres, small and large-scale intensive agriculture, ranching, forestry and wildlife conservation. From the turn of the 20th century the area has undergone enormous landscape and land use changes that have been impacting negatively on the environment. A variety of human activities undertaken in the catchment threaten the continued sustainable development and conservation of this ecosystem.

The catchment is a closed basin whose physical and ecological processes are interlinked and interdependent. There are several environmental issues in the catchment arising from human activities and land use changes threatening to disrupt ecological integrity of the area. These issues include deforestation, disruption of hydrological balance, pollution, waste disposal, land degradation, erosion and siltation. Demographic changes and its associated activities have led to resource over-utilization and poverty. Several initiatives have been undertaken in the past to address these issues. However these initiatives have been largely ineffective due to several factors, which include unilateral initiation and implementation, limited scope and objective, weak interagency linkages and inadequate stakeholder involvement. The overall weakness has been lack of a framework that integrates and guides these initiatives to achieve the overall environmental conservation and development targets.

This catchment integrated management plan provides a framework for an ecosystem management approach involving stakeholders and other actors in the Lake Nakuru catchment. The plan highlights environmental and developmental issues and prescribes management strategies to address these issues. It also identifies activities and financial resources, provides a mechanism for stakeholder involvement and interagency networking. To achieve this, the plan proposes implementation of planned initiatives to be coordinated by an interdisciplinary implementation committee.

The aim of this plan is to have a clean environment through implementation of sound waste management systems, education and awareness, capacity building, afforestation, appropriate land management practices and protected areas management through appropriate management systems. It also seeks to initiate alternative income generating activities for sustainable development in harmony with environmental conservation. The plan also outlines monitoring and evaluation systems to guide the implementation of activities, priority setting and to create a learning process to ensure attainment of the plan objectives.

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ............................................................................................................. i EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.............................................................................................................. i TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................................ ii LIST OF TABLES ........................................................................................................................ vii LIST OF FIGURES ...................................................................................................................... viii PART ONE: .................................................................................................................................... 1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................... 1 CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND ..................................................... 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................. 1 1.1 Previous Management Plans and conservation initiatives ................................................ 1 1.2 The Scope of the Plan ....................................................................................................... 2 1.3 Structure of the Plan .......................................................................................................... 3

CHAPTER TWO DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION .................................................................. 4 2.0 LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT ........................................................................................ 4

2.1 Catchment Description ...................................................................................................... 4 2.1.1 Physical environment ..................................................................................................... 4

Geology ........................................................................................................................... 4 Soils ................................................................................................................................ 6 Terrain ............................................................................................................................. 6 Hydrology ....................................................................................................................... 6

2.1.2 Vegetation ...................................................................................................................... 7 2.1.3 Climate ........................................................................................................................... 7

Rainfall ............................................................................................................................ 7 Evaporation, Radiation and Temperature ....................................................................... 7

2.1.4 Demographic Trends of the catchment .......................................................................... 7 2.1.5 Land use in the Plan area ............................................................................................... 8 2.1.6 Urbanisation and Industry ............................................................................................ 10 2.1.7 Conservation ................................................................................................................ 11 2.1.8 Agriculture ................................................................................................................... 12 2.2 Lake Nakuru National Park - General Description. ........................................................ 12 2.2.1 Location ........................................................................................................... 12 2.2.2 Access .............................................................................................................. 12 2.2.3 Legal status ...................................................................................................... 12 2.2.4 History of the park ........................................................................................... 12 2.2.5 Flora and Fauna ................................................................................................ 14 2.2.6 Tourism ............................................................................................................ 16 2.2.7 Infrastructure in the Park. ......................................................................................... 18

Buildings ....................................................................................................................... 19 Lodges ........................................................................................................................... 19 Campsites and Picnic sites ............................................................................................ 19 Roads............................................................................................................................. 19 Airstrip .......................................................................................................................... 19 Water System ................................................................................................................ 20

2.2.8 Park Personnel ................................................................................................. 20 2.3 Environmental Concerns in the Catchment: ................................................................... 20 2.4 Lake Nakuru Catchment Linkages .................................................................................. 21

PART TWO: GOALS, OBJECTIVES & MANAGEMENT ISSUES ......................................... 26

iii

CHAPTER THREE GOAL, OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND MANAGEMENT ISSUES . 25 3.0 MANAGEMENT ISSUES AND CONCERNS ................................................................. 25

3.1 Issues In the catchment ................................................................................................... 25 3.2 Issues in Lake Nakuru National Park .............................................................................. 25 3.2.1 Ecological Issues .............................................................................................. 25 3.2.2 Human Induced issues ..................................................................................... 26 3.2.3 Hydrological Issues .......................................................................................... 26

3.3 Goal, Objectives and Strategies ...................................................................................... 27 3.3.1 Goal .................................................................................................................. 27 3.3.2 Objectives ........................................................................................................ 27 3.3.3 Strategies .......................................................................................................... 27

PART THREE: ............................................................................................................................. 28 MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS, PROGRAMMES AND ACTIONS ................................. 28 CHAPTER FOUR MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS AND PROGRAMMES .................... 29

4.0 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................... 29 4.1. Forestry: ......................................................................................................................... 29 4.1.1 Forest conservation challenges: ....................................................................... 31 4.1.2 Strategies to conserve the catchment forests .................................................... 31

4.2 Agriculture and settlement: ............................................................................................. 32 4.2.1 The challenges.................................................................................................. 32 4.2.2 Strategies and mitigating measures: ................................................................. 32

4.3 Livestock farming: .......................................................................................................... 33 4.3.1 Challenges and issues of livestock farming ..................................................... 33 4.3.2 Strategies .......................................................................................................... 33

4.4 Water resources. .............................................................................................................. 34 4.4.1 Issues and Challenges ...................................................................................... 34 4.4.2 Strategies .......................................................................................................... 34

4.5 Land Tenure and Land use dynamics .............................................................................. 35 4.5.1 Land Management issues: ................................................................................ 36 4.5.2 Challenges: ....................................................................................................... 37 4.5.3 Strategies .......................................................................................................... 37

4.6 Urban development. ........................................................................................................ 37 4.6.1 Issues of the Nakuru Municipality area............................................................ 37

4.6.1.1 Sewerage and Sanitation ................................................................................... 37 4.6.1.2 Storm Water Drainage ...................................................................................... 37 4.6.1.3 Solid Waste Management ................................................................................. 38 4.6.1.4 Recreation facilities .......................................................................................... 38

4.6.2 Management issues .......................................................................................... 38 4.6.3 Challenges ........................................................................................................ 38 4.6.4 Strategies. ......................................................................................................... 38

4.7 Transportation and communication: ............................................................................... 39 4.7.1 Issues of concern .............................................................................................. 40 4.7.2 Challenges: ....................................................................................................... 40 4.7.3 Strategies: ......................................................................................................... 40

4.8 Sensitive and degraded fragile areas: ............................................................................ 40 4.8.1 Management challenges: .................................................................................. 40 4.8.2 Strategies: ......................................................................................................... 40 4.8.3 Recommendations: ........................................................................................... 40

4.9 Park Town Interphase ..................................................................................................... 41

iv

4.9.0 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 41 4.10 Human Wildlife Conflict .............................................................................................. 42 4.10.0 Introduction .................................................................................................... 42 4.10.1 Management Issues ........................................................................................ 42 4.10.2 Challenges ...................................................................................................... 43 4.10.3 Strategies ........................................................................................................ 43 4.10.4 Research on Conflict Resolution ................................................................... 44

4.11 Environmental Education and Awareness .................................................................... 44 4.11.1 Environmental Education ............................................................................... 44 4.11.2 Environmental conservation .......................................................................... 45 4.11.3 Environmental Planning ................................................................................. 45 4.11.4 Catchment environmental monitoring ........................................................... 45 4.11.5 Socio economic monitoring in the catchment ................................................ 46

CHAPTER FIVE........................................................................................................................... 47 5.0 MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS AND PROGRAMMES- LAKE NAKURU NATIONAL PARK .................................................................................................................. 47

5.1 Park Habitat management ............................................................................................... 47 5.1.1 Types of invasive species and their localities in the Park ................................ 47 5.1.2 Impacts of Invasive Plant Species .................................................................... 48 5.1.3 Invader Plant Species, Habitat Degradation and Herbivore Guild Dynamics in Lake Nakuru National Park ............................................................................................... 48 5.1.4 Sustainable Conservation and Management Requirements ............................. 48 5.1.5 Habitat Categorisation for Management and Invader Plant Species Control... 49

5.2 Wildlife species Management in Lake Nakuru National Park ........................................ 50 5.2.1 Current Status................................................................................................... 50 5.2.2 Management Options ....................................................................................... 52 5.2.3 Recommended Stocking Levels ....................................................................... 52

5.3 Tourism ........................................................................................................................... 57 5.3.0 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 57 5.3.1 Tourism Management Issues ........................................................................... 57 5.3.2 Management of Tourism impacts .................................................................... 58 5.3.3 Lodges .............................................................................................................. 58 5.3.4 Camp sites and picnic sites .............................................................................. 58 5.3.5 Diversification of tourist activities ................................................................... 58 5.3.6 Marketing Lake Nakuru Park as category A .................................................... 59

5.4 Research and Monitoring ................................................................................................ 59 5.4.1 Ecological/Environmental Monitoring ............................................................ 59

5.4.1.1.Physical Monitoring .......................................................................................... 60 5.4.1.2 Ecological Monitoring ...................................................................................... 60 5.4.1.3 Habitat Monitoring ............................................................................................ 61

5.4.2 Research priorities ........................................................................................... 61 5.5 Security ........................................................................................................................... 62 5.6 Maintenance and management ........................................................................................ 62 5.6.1Buildings ........................................................................................................... 62 5.6.2 Roads................................................................................................................ 63 5.6.3 Airstrip ............................................................................................................. 63 5.6.4 Campsites ......................................................................................................... 63 5.6.5 Picnic sites ....................................................................................................... 63 5.6.6 Water supply .................................................................................................... 63

v

5.6.7 Vehicles ............................................................................................................ 63 5.6.8 Communication ................................................................................................ 63 5.6.9 Personnel .......................................................................................................... 63

5.7 Species of special concern-Lesser Flamingo .................................................................. 64 5.7.0 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 64 5.7.1 Characteristics .................................................................................................. 64 5.7.2 Management Strategies for Lesser Flamingo Populations ............................... 64

5.7.3 Flamingo Mortalities ............................................................................................ 65 PART FOUR:................................................................................................................................ 67 ZONING ....................................................................................................................................... 67 CHAPTER SIX ZONING ............................................................................................................. 67

6.0 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................... 67 6.1 Zonation in the Park ........................................................................................................ 67 6.1.1 Justification for the recommended intensity of use ......................................... 67

6.2 Zonation Outside the Park .............................................................................................. 70 PART FIVE................................................................................................................................... 74 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY, ACTIVITIES AND BUDGET, MONITORING AND EVALUATION ............................................................................................................................. 74 CHAPTER SEVEN IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY, INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK AND STAKEHOLDER INVOLVEMENT .................................................................................. 74

7.0 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................... 74 7.1 Implementation Strategy ................................................................................................. 74 7.1.1 Ecosystem /Catchment Approach .................................................................... 74 7.1.2 Collaboration.................................................................................................... 74 7.1.3 Policy making .................................................................................................. 74 7.1.4 Institutional Collaborative Framework ............................................................ 74 7.1.5 Developing institutional framework for Lake Nakuru be guided by the following factors: .............................................................................................................. 75

7.2. Laws Supporting IMP .................................................................................................... 75 7.3. Roles and responsibilities of stakeholders ..................................................................... 78 7.3.1 Municipal Council of Nakuru .......................................................................... 78 7.3.2.Kenya Wildlife Service .................................................................................... 79 7.3.3 Forest Department ............................................................................................ 79 7.3.4 Water Department ............................................................................................ 80 7.3.5 District Environmental Committee: ................................................................. 80 7.3.6 District Development Committee: ................................................................... 80 7.3.7 Local Authorities /County Council .................................................................. 81 7.3.8 Local Provincial Administration ...................................................................... 81 7.3.9 National Museum of Kenya ............................................................................. 81 7.3.10 Non-Governmental Organizations. ................................................................ 81 7.3.11 Community Based Organizations .................................................................. 81 7.3.12 Department of Resource Surveys and Remote Sensing. ................................ 81 7.3.13 Agriculture Department ................................................................................. 81 7.3.14 Institutions of Higher Learning ...................................................................... 82

7.4. Plan Implementation Structure....................................................................................... 82 7.4.0 Membership ..................................................................................................... 82 7.4.1 Forum representation ....................................................................................... 82 7.4.2 Terms of References of the Foum (TOR’s) ..................................................... 82 7.4.3 Implementation Committee ............................................................................. 82

vi

7.4.4 TORs of the Implementation committee .......................................................... 83 7.5. Risks and Assumptions .................................................................................................. 86

CHAPTER EIGHT ACTIVITIES AND BUDGET, MONITORING AND EVALUATION ...... 87 8.0. MONITORING AND EVALUATION .............................................................................. 87

8.1 SCHEDULED ACTIVITIES AND OUTPUTS ............................................................. 87 SCHEDULED ACTIVITIES .................................................................................... 88

8.2. BUDGET ....................................................................................................................... 97 APPENDIX 1: INSTITUTIONAL LINKAGES ......................................................................... 104 APPENDIX 2: INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK AND COLLABORATION ...................... 105 APPENDIX 3 EXISTING VEHICLE S AND REQUIRMENTS .............................................. 110 APPENDIX 4 EXISTING AND REQUIRED STAFF ............................................................... 112

vii

LIST OF TABLES Table 1: Existing buildings. ......................................................................................................... 19

Table 2: Invasive Species and their localities .............................................................................. 48

Table 3: Trends and Recommended Stocking Levels .................................................................. 56

Table 4: Zonation in the Park ....................................................................................................... 68

Table 5: Zones and habitat categories in the park and recommended action ............................... 71

Table 6: Zones and land use categories outside the park and recommended action .................... 72

viii

LIST OF FIGURES Fig. 1 Location of Lake Nakuru…………………………………………………… 5 Fig. 2 Demographic trends in the catchment……………………………………… 8 Fig. 3 Lake Nakuru catchment basin land use 1998……………………………… 9 Fig. 4 Growth of Nakuru Township……………………………………………… 11 Fig. 5 Vegetation classification Nakuru National Park…………………………….. 14 Fig. 6 Visitor numbers 1976-July 2000……………………………………………. 17 Fig. 7 Existing infrastructure in the Park………………………………………… 18 Fig. 8a Ecological linkages in Lake Nakuru catchment……………………………. 22 Fig. 8b Hydrological linkages in Lake Nakuru catchment…………………………. 23 Fig. 8c Socio-economic linkages in Lake Nakuru catchment……………………… 24 Fig. 9 Effects and consequences of anthropogenic activities in the catchment……. 28 Fig. 10 Changes in forest cover within the catchment……………………………… 30 Fig. 11 Challenges, strategies and responsibilities of stakeholders in the catchment. 35 Fig. 12 Frequency of lion and leopard raids around the park 1990-2000…………… 42 Fig. 13 Trends in animal numbers…………………………………………………... 52 Fig. 14a Biomass trends not more than 1,000,000…………………………………… 53 Fig. 14b Biomass trends not more than 130,000…………………………………….. 54 Fig. 14c Biomass trends not more than 3,000………………………………………. 55 Fig. 15 Recommended stocking levels against year 2,000 animal numbers………… 56 Fig. 16 Zonation…………………………………………………………………….. 69 Fig. 17 The proposed management plan implementation structure………………… 85

PART ONE: INTRODUCTION

1

CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

1.0 INTRODUCTION The Lake Nakuru catchment has various unique habitats rich in natural resources. The moist upland forest forms critical water catchment area, and are rich in forest products and biodiversity. The catchment has multiple land-use types that have undergone major changes in the last 100 years. It changed from pastoralism to large-scale commercial farms and ranches, which were later sub-divided into small-scale holdings. These changes were associated with increasing human population exerting enormous pressure on resources. Concomitant with these changes Nakuru town grew from a small railway terminus to a major urban and industrial town. This was accompanied by the expansion of residential, commercial and industrial infrastructure. Consequently these developments have led to destabilisation of ecological processes that have impacted negatively on the environment. These impacts are manifested through erosion, high silt loads, pollution from industrial and domestic wastes, and agrochemicals, land degradation, deforestation, and encroachment into sensitive habitats, habitat fragmentation and increased poverty.

These problems have been identified in the past and various initiatives have been put in place by various agencies and institutions to mitigate these impacts. However, the environment has continued to deteriorate.

1.1 Previous Management Plans and conservation initiatives

The initial step to conserve fragile and sensitive habitats was the designation of various conservation and water catchment areas. Various sectoral Acts and policies were used in the management of these areas under various institutions. Poor enforcement, lenient penalties, conflicting policies, minimal awareness and inadequate stakeholders’ participation led to poor management and degradation of the natural resource base. There has been a general lack of specific sectoral management plans to address resource utilization and conservation.

Various conservation initiatives have been undertaken in Lake Nakuru catchment. Such initiatives include soil and water conservation by the ministry of agriculture. This initiative was aimed at conserving soil and water in the catchment by the ministry in collaboration with the local farmers through extension officers. However, this was hampered by changes in land use and ownership, land fragmentation, and dwindling budgetary allocations. The ministry of environment and natural resources through the forest department initiated an on-farm afforestation project, “the miti-mingi mashabani” project. The project was highly successful in addressing critical parts of the catchment that were severely denuded. However, the project was hampered by policy changes that led to clear felling of forest plantations and indigenous forests. Erratic forest policies have also affected the re-afforestion of harvested sections in the catchment.

The Nakuru Municipal Council Strategic Structure Plan outlines the town future development, infrastructure needs and peri-urban development. The plan also has a strong component on

2

environmental issues like greening of the town and waste management. The planning process used was sectoral and did not take into consideration economic dictates, stakeholders’ participation and socio-economic issues. The structure plan does not address land ownership and land use dynamics in the entire lake catchment. It is restricted to the municipality and does not address rural urbanization issues in the outlying towns; neither does it address environmental issues outside the municipality.

In 1993-4 KWS drew a draft management plan for Lake Nakuru National Park focussed on management issues within the Park, with little reference to issues emanating from the park environs and the catchment. The KWS community programme focused on problem animal control in the catchment, but failed to address wider ranging issues that had the potential to impact negatively on the lake. At that time KWS approach to protected area management laid emphasis on issues pertaining to protected areas only. Changes in the catchment that occurred due to isolation of the park demand that a different strategy and approach be adopted. This strategy aims at addressing issues affecting the catchment and eventually the Park. This requires an ecosystem-based approach that integrates the various components in the catchment, urban environment, conservation areas and stakeholders. The KWS Mission which states“on behalf of the Government of Kenya, Kenya Wildlife Service holds in trust for the present and future generations locally, Nationally and globally the biological diversity represented by its extraordinary variety of animals, plants and ecosystems ranging from coral reefs to deserts to forests”, can only be achieved through integrated ecosystem management approach”.

Non-governmental organizations have been instrumental in initiating environmental conservation and good farming practices through farmer training at Baraka Farmers Training College. WWF also undertook a ten year conservation and development programme in the catchment focusing on environmental conservation, soil and water conservation, energy, capacity building through farmer training, education and awareness and grass-root environmental conservation committees. The project was also active in urban centres and provided waste disposal facilities and established networks for conseravtion. The project was hampered by coverage, land use dynamics and lack of institutional support and linkages.

These initiatives were undertaken at sectoral level and lacked co-ordination, consultation, stakeholders’ participation and integration. There was lack of overall clear goals and objectives and had limited scope with short-term implementation strategies. Such initiatives lack the capacity to address sustainable conservation and management issues in the entire catchment.

1.2 The Scope of the Plan

This management plan covers the area drained by all surface rivers flowing into Lake Nakuru, a part of a wider ecosystem that includes the Great Rift Valley lakes. The area has unique geological, physio-geographic and climatic features ranging from fault lines, escarpments, highlands, the Rift Valley floor and associated habitat types that have to be taken into consideration in the drawing up and implementation of the plan.

The catchment integrated management plan presented here aims at providing an ecosystem-based approach in management of environmental problems and rehabilitation of degraded sites. The

3

approach has inbuilt mechanisms for involving stakeholders and other actors in the Lake Nakuru catchment. The plan highlights environmental and development issues and suggests management strategies to address these issues. It further identifies activities, resources and provides mechanism for inter-agency networking. To achieve this the plan calls for a stakeholder implementation committee, with the necessary technical skills to over see and coordinate the suggested activities. It has identified the uni-sectoral approach in former initiatives contributing to low success rates, which it resolves through networking, joint resource mobilization under the central goal of maintaining the ecological integrity and sustainable development of the Nakuru catchment. All agencies and individuals in the Nakuru Lake catchment are free to undertake activities suggested in this document to achieve the overall goal and mission of the plan.

1.3 Structure of the Plan

This management plan is structured into five parts:

Part one deals with general introduction to Lake Nakuru catchment and the National Park, existing plans and the structure of this plan.

Part two describes the catchment, LNNP and gives an inventory of the resources found in the plan area.

Part three deals with the integrated management plan goals objectives and management issues. The issues are structured into natural and human induced.

Part four deals with management prescriptions, programmes and actions in the entire Lake Nakuru Catchment, and recommends actions to be initiated. It also addresses the implementation strategies, activities and budgetary framework needed to implement the management plan.

Part five deals with zonation deemed necessary for land use planning in the entire catchment.

Part six expounds on monitoring and evaluation strategies.

4

CHAPTER TWO

DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION

2.0 LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT Lake Nakuru catchment in Nakuru District, Rift Valley province is a closed basin located in the spectacular and picturesque Gregorian portion of the Eastern Rift Valley in Kenya. It is located on latitude 0o7’ – 0o 44’ S longitude 35o7’ – 36o51’ E. and covers an area of approximately 1,800 km2. It is delineated to the north by Menengai crater, to the south by Eburru mountain ridges, to the east by Dondori and Bahati uplands,to the southeast by the grassland plains between Lakes Nakuru and Elementaita and to the west by Mau escarpment (figure 1).

The geological evolution of the Great Rift Valley in Kenya created a series of inland drainage basins that contain endorheic lakes with no outlets. The catchment and its landforms i.e. volcanoes, lakes, mountains and rifts within the Great Rift Valley, forms one of the world’s most marvellous geological formations, dating from more than 12 million years ago. This catchment ranges from Mau escarpment to Bahati highlands, with Lake Nakuru at the lowest point creating a closed basin, fed with run-off from the surrounding slopes. It is out of this area that a few seasonal rivers namely Makalia, Enderit, Njoro, Naishi, Larmudiac and Ngosur discharge into the lake.

2.1 Catchment Description

2.1.1 Physical environment Geology The main geological features found in the plan area include: • the Rift Valley bottom or lowland, in which the Lake Nakuru lies, • the escarpments including the foot-slopes and cliffs on the western side of the lake, Mau and

Eburru • The uplifted lion hill range on the eastern side and other hills, • Menengai crater on the northern side of the lake and • Fault lines that run in a North -South direction. Geography, climate and evolutionary history have played a deterministic role in the evolution of the features and characteristics that define Lake Nakuru catchment. These features drive the lake’s water chemistry, dictating the species that can successfully establish themselves and the levels of productivity. The alkaline water chemistry makes the lake a unique ecosystem, functionally independent of its immediate environs but dependent on its larger catchment for sustenance. The lake is highly alkaline as the catchment rocks contain a high proportion of alkaline minerals that are leached into the lake. The word “Nakuru” is actually derived from a Maasai word “en-akuro”, which means, “swirling dust”. Variations in lake size sometimes reduce the water body enormously, creating white salt fillets swirling with dust devils. The prevailing climate induces an evaporation-precipitation deficit that through evaporative concentration has turned the lake

5

35 37

39 41

E E E E OO O 5 SO

3 SO

OS1

0

1 NO

O

3 NO

5 NO

o

L.Victoria

L. Naivasha

L. Baringo

L. Bogoria

L. Elementaita

L. Magadi

L.AmboseliL. Natron

L. Turkana

UGANDA

TANZANIA

INDIAN OCEAN

SOM

ALI

ETHIOPIA

LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT

LAKE NAKURU N. P.

National Park

National Reserve

Roads

LEGEND

Figure :1. Location of Lake Nakuru Catchment Area

LOCATION OF LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT

N

Scale : 1: 2 Million

Source: Survey of Kenya & KWS ParkManagement Plans

Figure 1:

6

alkaline and naturally hyper-eutrophic. Soils Soils are primarily of volcanic origin and tend to be friable, well drained and in some instances shallow. Those on central plains are mainly derived from lacustrine deposits and volcanic ashes. Having developed on sediments, the soils are grey, deep and poorly drained and slightly calcareous to saline. On the more open grassland plains are soils derived from pumice beds and ashes from recent volcanoes and appear to be well drained friable loams to sandy clay loam that support the bulk of grazing land in the park. In the upper parts of the catchment the soils are red, well developed and fertile, formerly supporting dense tropical mountain forests. Rocks that compose the cliffs and rock outcrops are of basaltic formation. Siltation and sedimentation from the surrounding areas account for the lake’s shallow depth. The lake bottom has been filled with weathered material from the catchment area. The soil type is mainly sandy alluvial, of volcanic origin indicated by soda ash and fine sandy/loam soils on the lake bottom and its immediate surrounding areas. The soil in most areas is highly permeable and very little surface water is noticeable after the rains. Terrain Features associated with the geological evolution of the Rift Valley dominate the terrain. These include the Mau ranges to the West, Eburru to the South, the Bahati escarpment to the Northeast and Menengai Crater to the North. The High lands delineate the closed drainage basin that constitutes the plan area. In this basin is Lion hill, Honey Moon, Enasoit among others. Hydrology

At 1,759m above sea level, Lake Nakuru is one of the highest points in central Kenya dome of the Rift Valley. This high elevation has hydrological implications on the water balance in the lake. Unlike other low lying rift valley lakes like Bogoria and Magadi, that have copious water supply through a series of hot and freshwater springs; under ground inflows into Lake Nakuru through the axial fault line system is minimal. Baharini springs to the north and freshwater springs from Lion hill contribute negligible amounts that cannot sustain the lake during drought periods.

The hydrological conditions in Lake Nakuru dictate that water levels are dependent on catchment supply through rivers and therefore the integrity of this catchment. The shallow depth, the high evaporation rates and seasonal rivers make the lake a hydrologically impacted ecosystem. Therefore, the lake does not have any buffering capacities to withstand hydrological impacts driven by catchment processes.

Four seasonal rivers Makalia, Nderit, Naishi, Njoro and Larmudiac; and treated wastewater from Nakuru Town drain into the lake. The Baharini Springs and other springs along the eastern shoreline are perennial. Some surface streams such as the Ngosur and Naishi become influent, disappearing along the fault lines as re-charge to deep aquifers.

There is a clear stream flow in response to precipitation occurring in the catchment. The first peak flow occurs in May, a month after peak rainfall, while the second peak coincides with that of rain in the month of August. Nakuru is an enclosed Lake and only evaporation accounts for water loss. The long drought periods of 1993-96 have resulted into particularly poor hydrological conditions as exhibited by excessive lake level decline.

7

2.1.2 Vegetation

The general vegetation comprises of grasslands and scrublands at the lower parts of the basin with Yellow acacia along the lakeshore and flood plains, riverine vegetation along the river courses, which gives way to dry upland forest in the slopes of the highlands. Thick moist upland forests cover the upper reaches of the highlands, which are the source of surface flow into Lake Nakuru.

2.1.3 Climate

There is considerable variation in climate within the Lake Nakuru catchment basin depending on altitude and topography. The climate ranges from cold, hot and humid to arid and semi-arid, characteristic of areas within the Rift Valley.

Rainfall

The Mean annual rainfall averages about 750 mm, falling within the periods of November to December and April to May. The total annual rainfall increases and becomes more certain and dependable with increasing altitude. Rainfall has a tri-modal distribution with peaks centred around April, August and November; April peak being highest followed by August and November. Isohyet analysis shows a general decrease in rainfall from the highlands to the centre of the lake.

Evaporation, Radiation and Temperature

Evaporation, radiation and temperature have annual means of 1,800 mm, 490 Langlays and 270C respectively. The three parameters have their peaks centred around January and September and minimum around April and August. Wind speeds are high especially in dry seasons in March and August causing whirlwinds in the low-lying areas.

2.1.4 Demographic Trends of the catchment

Figure 2 below shows high population growth rate and high population densities in this catchment. Between 1989 and 1999, the population and density have increased by over 60%. This high rate of population growth has affected Lake Nakuru adversely, in that it has high pollutants from the municipality, industrial and other commercial activities; while agricultural activities have contributed to siltation. Water level of the lake has drastically reduced due abstraction of water from the rivers draining into the lake.

The high population in the catchment and the accompanied human activities can explain the lake’s changing ecosystem.

8

Figure 2: Demographic Trends in the Catchment

0

100,000

200,000

300,000

400,000

500,000

600,000

700,000

1989 1997 1999 2001 YEAR

NU

MB

ERS

MunicipalityNjoroBahatiTotal

2.1.5 Land use in the Plan area There are several land use types in the catchment that have had diverse impacts on the ecosystem. They range from urban settlement, small and large-scale cultivation, pastoralism, ranching, and conservation. Figure 3 below shows the various land-use types found in Lake Nakuru catchment.

Figure 3: Lake Nakuru Catchment Basin

9

10

2.1.6 Urbanisation and Industry

The township of Nakuru has grown from a small railway station to a large industrial, commercial and administrative Center with a growth rate of about 10%. Like most cities and urban centres, it is a prodigious producer of human, domestic and industrial waste. Waste handling and treatment facilities have not kept pace with the rate of production thereby posing environmental pollution.

The spread of impervious surfaces due to the built environment has reduced infiltration rates leading to higher runoff volumes, which produces a pollution peak in the early part of the wet seasons. This makes storm water from the first flush of rains, the single most important source of pollution in to Lake Nakuru. Figure 4 below shows changes in land cover under the Nakuru Municipal Council between 1930 and 1988.

11

Figure 4: Growth of Nakuru Township

2.1.7 Conservation

Apart from Lake Nakuru National Park, which is a gazetted National Park, other conservation areas include various forests found in Bahati, Menengai, Ndudori, Eburru and Mau escarpment. The area of the catchment under forest has progressively declined from 47% in 1970 to about 15% in 1998. The forest excision continues to date and un-quantified forest cover has been lost to other land uses, in particular small-scale farming. The clear felling of vast tracts of forested land in the Lake Nakuru catchment has immediate effect of causing a major loss of nutrients in the catchment and eutrophication in the lake.

12

Exposure of the ground surface and changes in surface runoff characteristics, have continued the export of nutrients and soil from the deforested areas for several years.

2.1.8 Agriculture

Agriculture is the largest land use and ranges from small to large-scale farms and ranches. The soils of the catchment are quite varied, and environmental consequences of this land use vary with soil type, topography and land treatment. Soil erosion is a major environmental effect arising from present day agricultural practices.

There is evidence of serious gully and sheet erosion at several sites in the catchment. Rivers Nderit and Makalia traverse regions of steep slopes in their upper reaches and flow through areas dominated by small-scale farms. Both rivers carry high sediment loads.

The range of agro-chemicals used on small-scale farms is minimal and confined to fertilisers, insecticide and acaricide. Banned chemicals such as DDT, Aldrin and Dieldrin have been detected in the biota. Agro-chemicals used include 4 varieties of fertilisers, 5 brands of herbicides, 7 brands of pesticides, 5 brands of acaricides and 3 brands of fungicides.

In view of the need to increase yield and profit, greater use of agrochemicals by farmers is envisaged.

2.2 Lake Nakuru National Park - General Description.

2.2.1 Location

Lake Nakuru National Park lies between longitude 36005’ E and Latitude 0024’ S. It is located within the Nakuru Municipality boundaries about 3-km south of Nakuru town Centre, in Nakuru District, the Rift Valley Province of Kenya.

2.2.2 Access The Park is located about 160 km from Nairobi along the Trans African Highway, Road A104. It can also be accessed by Kenya-Uganda Railway line and by air. An airstrip exists in the Park.

2.2.3 Legal status Lake Nakuru National Park was gazetted vide legal notice number 137 of 12/6/86; and the boundaries are delineated in boundary plan 204 /57, which delineates a total protected are of 18,800 ha (188 km2).

2.2.4 History of the park The Park has for long acted as a centre for biodiversity conservation initiatives. In 1953, 1959 and 1962 the introduction of Tilapia grahami (= Sarotherodon alcalicus grahami) to control mosquitoes increased food diversity and resulted in diversified bird life in Lake Nakuru. With the expansion of the park boundaries the park acted as a refuge for wildlife that experienced habitat destruction. These wildlife species included the predators, endangered species such as the Rothschild Giraffe and Rhino. The rampant poaching of Rhinos exterminated them from their range. Lake Nakuru National Park has acted as a Black Rhino protection and breeding site, and for reintroductions to their former ranges. The park has been recognised internationally as an important conservation area and has been designated as an Important Bird Area, a stop over for migratory species and the first Ramsar Site in East Africa.

The present Lake Nakuru National Park is as a result of a series of chronological events.

13

In 1961 the southern part of the lake was designated as a bird sanctuary, under the management of the Kenya Royal National Parks.

In 1964, the bird sanctuary was extended covering the whole lake and a small strip of land around it.

In 1968, the whole area of the lake and the surrounding shore, about 6,000 ha, was officially gazetted as a National Park.

In 1972, WWF took the initiative to raise funds to facilitate further expansion of Lake Nakuru National Park.

In 1973, WWF represented by Prince Bernard of the Netherlands, and President of WWF signed a conservation agreement with the government of Kenya. The agreement supported a park extension programme.

In 1974 further extension of the park took place when WWF organized and funded the purchase of land from farmers residing on it. This addition together with later modifications resulted to the present area of 188 km2.

In 1976 part of the park was fenced with a 74 km long chain link wire, to alleviate human wildlife conflicts.

In 1984, the Park was established as the first Government managed Rhino Sanctuary.

In 1986 a solar powered electric fence was installed to reinforce the chain link.

In 1987 the Park was given status of a Rhino sanctuary.

In 1990, Lake Nakuru was designated as a Ramsar site (listed sites or wetlands of international importance for the management of migratory waterfowls).

14

2.2.5 Flora and Fauna The park can be classified into four major habitats as shown in figure 5.

LAKE NAKURU

R. M

akali

aL I O N H I L L R A N G

E

River Njoro

River Lamuriak

Nder

i Rive

r

Data source KWS vagetation survey -1998

VEGETATION CLASSIFICATION NAKURU NATIONAL PARK

B AB O

O N C

L IFF

A RE A

NAIS

HI A

REA

NDERIT PLAINS

T-JUNCTION AREA

WCK G

RASSL

ANDS

Legend

Kilometers30 0 30

Scale : 1: 100,000

N

Park BoundaryTaconanthus BushlandAcacia woodlandMixed BushlandWooded grassslandsBushed GrasslandBareOpen GrasslandForestMarshlandRiverineLake

15

The Open Water, Shoreline and Springs - The Lake is an environment of extremes, with variations in humidity, water temperature, rainfall and water levels. The water chemistry makes the Lake habitable to very few organisms. PH remains constant at 10.4 due to the buffering effect of Sodium Carbonate and Sodium hydrocarbonate. Conductivity ranges from 6,500 – 165,000 uS cm-1 at 200C. This is optimum for algal primary productivity. Alkalinity ranges 5,000 – 90,000 mgl-1 with ionic composition of Na + 96.4%, HCO3

- and CO3- - .The low diurnal

winds cause mixing of the water body almost on a daily basis. This mixing causes nutrient cycling which is of great benefit to the aquatic organisms. Diatoms and other algae that bloom occasionally form substantial amount of total biomass. The main primary producer of the open water zone is the blue-green algae Spirulina platensis that constitutes 95% of the algal population. Primary consumers vary from micro-scopic zooplanktons to the flamingo. The most important zooplankton is the Copepod Lavenula africana though rotifers such as Brachinous dimidiatus and B plicatilis occasionally become dominant. The lesser flamingo is the major primary consumer of Spirulina while Tilapia grahami also grazes on it. Other important primary consumers include Hippopotamus, which feed on the shoreline vegetation at night and import nutrient when they return to the open water zone.

The Eastern and Northern shores is characterised by a swamp of deep, soft mud kept moist by springs and seepage along the lakeside. Sedges and rushes grow here and provide shelter for a variety of animals and birds. The rushes are mostly confined to areas of relatively fresh water while the sedges tolerate more soda. Many waders especially the migrants sift through the mud for small insects. The Western and Southern shores are sandy, and are habitat for sand pipers and other water birds.

The springs and their associated wetlands are important bottleneck habitats for fish as breeding and refuge areas. They are a source of drinking water for birds and mammals and where soda-encrusted birds wash their plumage.

Woodlands - These comprise of:

• Acacia woodlands: The Park has several stands of scattered acacia woodlands associated with areas of low water table, and prominent on the plains. They are important habitats for wildlife.

• Bushed woodlands: This is the second largest habitat in the park, and it alternates with acacia woodlands. Common plant species here is Tarchonanthus camphorutus and is a habitat for Lion, Jackal, Impala and Giraffe and many bird species like weavers, doves, ground hornbill, augur buzzard and tawny eagle.

Open Grassland - This comprises of:

• Alkaline tolerant species mainly found along the lake shores and include Cyperus laevigatus, Sporobolus spicatus, Pluchea bequaertii and Typha sp., all in various associations.

• Plain grassland communities occur mainly on sedimentary /lacustrine plains to the south and north of the lake, and common species include Chloris gayana, Digitaria abyssinica, Boma Rhode grass. Themeda triandra and Cynodon digitaria. forming various associations. Common faunal species, which dominate the area, include Warthog, Aadvark, Zebra, Impala and Gazelle. There are also various species of ground dwelling birds such as Guinea–fowl, Ground hornbill and Secretary birds.

16

Forests - Major forest habitats in the park include:

• Euphorbia forest: The common species here is Euphorbia candelabra, which grows to 15 metres high. This habitat is commonly utilised by the black rhino and the Colobus monkey.

• Olea forest: Commonly known as “Olive forest” is found to the southwest of the Park. It is a habitat for Black Rhino and Eland. The common species here are Olea africana, Teclea simplicifolia, and Juniperus sp. The forest is a small remnant of a larger forest, which extended to the higher reaches of the Mau escarpment, the main catchment of Lake Nakuru.

• Acacia forest: Dominant species is the Acacia xanthophlea associated with areas of high water table. These are prominent along the river courses and shoreline. They are important habitats for wildlife and birds such as the Francolins.

2.2.6 Tourism Lake Nakuru National Park is a major tourist destination for both local and international visitors. Major tourist attractions include the greatest ornithological spectre in the world by flamingos and other waterfowls, and the endangered black rhino. Figure 6 shows the visitor numbers from 1974 to 2000.

17

Figure 6: Visitor Numbers 1976 – July 2000

GRAPH 2: VISITOR NUMBERS 1976 - JULY 2000

0

20,000

40,000

60,000

80,000

100,000

120,000

140,000

160,000

180,000

200,000

1976

1977

1978

1979

1980

1981

1982

1983

1984

1985

1986

1987

1988

1989

1990

1991

1992

1993

1994

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000(J

an-Jul

y)YEAR

VISI

TOR

NU

MB

ERS

Visitor Numbers

18

2.2.7 Infrastructure in the Park. Existing Infrastructure within the park is as shown in figure 7

Figure 7

!8ji

ð

ð

ð

þ

<

ð

ð

ð

ð

ð

ð

ð

ð

ð

<

<

<

<

ð

<

#

Nganyoi Outpost

Warden's Office

Warden's House

Pwani Outpost

Nderit Gate

Rhino Base

Lanet GateMain Gate

Sarova Lion Hill Lodge

Makalia Picnic Site

Makalia Burial Site

Makalia Camp Site

Deighton's Cliff

WWF Guest House

Lion Hill Cave

Bromheads Site

Comorant Point

Maccines Site

Njoro Point

WCK West

Hippo Point

Picnic Site

Camp Site

Honeymoon

Sarova Lion Hill Lodge

Makalia Picnic Site

Makalia Burial Site

Makalia Camp Site

Deighton's Cliff

WWF Guest House

Lion Hill Cave

Bromheads Site

Comorant Point

WCK Hostels

Hippo Point

Picnic Site

Camp Site

Honeymoon

Lion Hill Tank

Water Trough

Water Trough

Water Trough

Water Trough Water Trough

Water Tank

Water Tank

Water Tank

Water Tank

Water Hole

Water Tank

Ear th Dam

Earth Dam

Earth Dam

Earth Dam

Earth Dam

Earth Dam

Borehole

Borehole

Dip

Dip

DipDip

D

A

KIWI PLAINS

Horse Run

SOYSAMBU

Isirkon

Bagaria

Kiriri

Kaka

Water Pump

Pump House

Pump House

Pump House

Cattle Pen

C

Feed Mill

Gate

Gate Gate

Gate

Lake View Estate Crescent

Elementeita Town

Sewage Works

Dispensary

CemeteryCemeteryQuarry

Quarry

Quarry

Shops

Ebrahim Rahemtulla Estate

Beef Research St. Farm

Gichobo Settlement

Nguriga Settlement

Bagaria Settlement

Naishi Settlement

Kiriri Settlement

Kamau Kaime Farm

Delemare Estate

Soysambu

Nderit Estate

Sugden Farm

Kikapu Farm

Meroronyi

Enjoro

Lake Nakuru

"!22

"!18

"!20

"!17

"!16"!19

"!8

"!12

NYATI CAMPSITE

NYUKI CAMPSITE

WATER TANK

VIEW POINT

WATER TROUGH

WATER TROUGH

WATER TROUGH

SAROVA SIMBA LODGE

SOYSAMBU CAMPSITE

BORE HOLE

SQUARE TANK

WATER TANK

CHUI CAMPSITE

RHINO CAMPSITE

OUT OF AFRICA CAMPSITE

LAKE NAKURU NATIONAL PARK INFRASTRUCTURE

FacilitiesBORE HOLEþ

CAMP SITE<

JUNCTIONð

LODGE

PIPE#

VIEW POINT

WATER TANK

WATER TROUGH

WCK HOSTEL

Roads

KWS PostGates!8Officesj

Staff Quartersi RiverMain River

Tributary

Plantations SwampPapyrus, Marsh

Seasonal Lake

Forest

Legend

0°30

'15" 0°30'15"

0°28

'16" 0°28'16"

0°26

'17"

0°26'17"

0°24

'18"

0°24'18"

0°22

'19"

0°22'19"

0°20

'20"

0°20'20"

0°18

'21"

0°18'21"

36°1'29"

36°1'29"

36°3'28"

36°3'28"

36°5'27"

36°5'27"

36°7'26"

36°7'26"

36°9'25"

36°9'25"

36°11'24"

36°11'24"170000

170000

175000

175000

180000

180000

185000

185000

-550

00

-55000

-500

00

-50000

-450

00

-45000

-400

00

-40000

-350

00

-35000

19

Buildings

Existing Park buildings and their conditions are as depicted in table 1 below. Table 1: Existing buildings.

CATEGORY EXISTNG NUMBER CONDITION Office blocks Park Administration District Headquarters Telecommunication Rhino Base

4 1 1 1 1

Fair Fair Good Good Prefab

Gates 3 Good Staff Houses Senior Middle Junior Unclassified Ranger

4 8

35 20 19

1 condemned 3 Good Fair Fair Condemned Fair

Workshops Mechanical Telecommunication

1 1

Fair Good

Hostels KWS hostel (dormitories 2) WCK hostel (Rooms 4)

1 1

Good Good

Auditorium 1 Good Amphitheatre 1 Good Guest Houses KWS Naishi Guest house WWF Guest house WCK Guest house

1 1 2

Good Good Good

Energiser 3 Prefabs Pump house 2 Fair

Lodges

Two lodges exist in the park; Sarova Lion Hill and Lake Nakuru lodge with bed capacities of 122 and 120 respectively. Campsites and Picnic sites

There are at present Eleven campsites. Seven of these are special campsites and include Nyuki, Nyati, Soysambu, Naishi (Jenkins), Reedbuck, Chui and Rhino. Special campsites are private campsites that require booking in advance on a first come first served basis. The rest are public campsites that are available to visitors at all times, and include Back Packers and Makalia. In addition, there are six picnic sites namely Baharini, Acacia, Baboon Cliff, Out of Africa, Lion Hill Summit and Makalia Falls. Roads

The park has three categories of road network. The first category is 75 km of all weather gravel road that forms the main circuit. The second category is 125 km of unimproved surface. The third category is 100 km of security fence and patrol tracks, which also act as firebreaks.

River crossing at the moment are temporary structures that serve as bridges on Makalia and Nderit rivers and become impassable with rains. Airstrip

There is a 1.2 km long airstrip located at Naishi next to Rhino Surveillance camp. The airstrip is of unimproved surface. It is used for tourist aircraft landing as well as for management and records an average of 120 landings per year.

20

Water System

There are several water infrastructure within the park these include:

• Lion hill water tank with a capacity of 100,000 litres. It is supplied with water from the Lanet gate borehole which is powered by mains electricity. The borehole also serves the Park’s main gate through fetching by way of trucks and water bowsers. The tank supplies a water trough at Cave dam for wildlife use. The purpose of the Lion hill water project was to eventually supply water to Nderit, but the project stalled.

• Square tank borehole, Supplies Square tank that has a capacity of 50,000 litres. Adjacent local communities also use the water from this borehole.

• Nganyoi borehole supplies Nganyoi tank that has capacity of 100,000 litres. A pipeline connected to it supplies Naishi special campsite, Naishi camp; several water troughs and a community tank. A fixed lister engine does pumping.

• Windmill borehole supplies a water trough located about 100 metres away. However its water level is unreliable and occasionally dries up.

• Honeymoon water tank has a storage capacity of 50,000 litres and sources its water from the main municipal water pipeline. This source is often unreliable.

• The MCN bore holes around the old quarry that supply water to Nakuru Municipality, WWF guesthouse, WCK guesthouse and the WCK hostels.

• Water pipeline from the Municipal Council supplies the main gate, backpackers campsite, staff houses and wardens house. However, this supply is unreliable.

• The Sarova Hotel borehole, pumped by a diesel engine, supplies water to the hotel and a nearby water trough. The hotel also receives water from Lanet using a water bowser

• Lake Nakuru Lodge borehole at Nderit gate serves two huge water tanks, an earth dam near the gate and the Lodge. Some of this water is supplied to the Nderit gate. Pumping is done using mains electricity.

• Soysambu borehole, supplies water to Soysambu camp and a nearby water trough. Pumping is by a mobile fuel pump.

2.2.8 Park Personnel

Wildlife tourism and Research are the core management issues inside the park. Security, and Administrative functions which include accounts, personnel, mechanical and telecommunication units do exist. Detailed existing and proposed staff strength is shown on appendix 4.

2.3 Environmental Concerns in the Catchment:

In the catchment, agriculture, forestry, industry, and tourism are major sources of revenue. The forests in the catchment are part of an important national watershed, the large farms are among the most productive in Nakuru district and the Lake, which lies in the sump of the catchment, is of immense ecological and economic importance as a national asset.

Over the last 30 years, the catchment basin has been transformed from a sparsely settled area to one that is heavily settled, extensively cultivated urbanized and industrialized. Before 1930, most of the catchment’s area was forested and farming was generally large-scale, Nakuru town was a small centre. Vegetation covered half of the catchment. Forty years later, the region is under

21

intensified cultivation. Nakuru town had expanded by the time the area around Lake Nakuru was designated as a protected area.

Catchment maps show a progressive decline in the area of land under forests from 47% in 1970 to 26% in 1986. Renewed excision between 1994 to 1998 further reduced forest cover to 15% of the catchment area, leaving behind only the barest protection of its watersheds. During the same period, small-scale agriculture grew from insignificant levels to 66% of the land area. Concomitantly Nakuru Municipality located within a kilometer of the lake’s Northern Shore expanded in area from 9km2 in 1970 to 290km2 in 1995. For the last three decades the town has maintained a population growth rate of 10% per annum and today supports an estimated population of 360,000 people. Population density in the rural parts of the catchment is currently estimated at 300 people per km2.

All impacts arising from human activities such as waste, agro-chemicals and other pollutants end up accumulating in the lake, which is a closed system. The impacts witnessed in the lake reflect the extent of degradation within the catchment. This habitat denudation has serious socio-economic and ecological implications in the catchment. The degradation indicates an eroded economic base with loss of soil fertility, vegetation cover, poisoning of the soil and reducing opportunities for economic development, together with increasing poverty levels. Accumulation of solid wastes in the municipality is a clear manifestation of the deteriorating living conditions for Nakuru residents. Likewise, the high incidents of industrial pollutants and wastes are a clear reflection of the failure to enforce and adhere to environmental standards as stipulated in various Acts, by-laws and polices. Environmental issues in this catchment emanate from: -

Land use and land ownership. Land settlement. Livestock and crop farming. Forestry. Conflicts. Urban development. Water resources. Communication.

2.4 Lake Nakuru Catchment Linkages Lakes are not isolated entities, but are linked and associated to both natural and human induced processes and activates taking place in their catchments. Lake Nakuru is linked to its catchment through ecological, hydrological and socio-economic linkages as shown in figure 8a, 8b and 8c below.

22

Figure 8a: Ecological Linkages in Lake Nakuru Catchment

POOR LAND HUSBANDRY

Increase in population

Land fragmentation

Hydrology Increased demand

Land fragmentation Deforestation

Intensification of agriculture

Soil degradation Increased use of chemicals

Loss of soil fertility

Deforestation

Increased pressure on land resource

Denudation

Soil degradation

Intensification of agriculture

Loss of soil fertility

Increased use of chemicals

Increased poverty

Migration

23

Figure 8b: Hydrological Linkages in Lake Nakuru Catchment

High population growth

Deforestation

Reduced vegetation cover

Decreased percolation

Loss of soil fertility Surface run-off, siltation & erosion

Reduced crop yield Water contamination, Lake siltation & drying Rivers

Socio-economic losses Degraded farm lands

Urbanisation

Aquifer & water contamination, Damming of rivers

Pollution Decrease in water resources

Contaminated watercourses

Environmental Pollution

Defforestation, excision, cultivation

24

Figure 8c: Socio-economic linkages in Lake Nakuru Catchment

High human population

Resource needs

Agriculture & settlements

Urbanisation

Rural Waste disposal space resources

Municipalities

Industries Infrastructure Migration

PART TWO:

GOALS, OBJECTIVES & MANAGEMENT ISSUES

25

CHAPTER THREE GOAL, OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND MANAGEMENT ISSUES

3.0 MANAGEMENT ISSUES AND CONCERNS

3.1 Issues In the catchment High population growth, changes in land use types, urbanisation and industrialisation have led to environmental degradation. The situation has been aggravated by lack of integrated land use policies leading to over utilisation of resources in the catchment. The following issues have been identified as the main concerns; • Human – resource conflict

The changing land use patterns in the plan area has increased human resource conflict. • Urban development

Lack of urban planning and its subsequent implementation in the lake Nakuru catchment environment is impacting negatively on the lake.

• Human demographic trends. These changes are influencing a negative trend on natural resource use in the area.

• Deforestation and encroachment. The rapid change in ground cover is affecting underground water change and subsequent sustenance of river flow regimes.

• Farming methods. Inadequate soil and water conservation strategies are leading to siltation in the lake and poor river water quality.

• Environmental literacy The populace in the catchment area is not sensitised enough on the need for a healthy environment, resulting to environmental denudation and degradation.

• Political goodwill Inadequate political support is constraining the implementation of catchment management initiatives.

• Land tenure system The continued fragmentation of land in the plan area is impacting negatively on the ecosystem.

• Land use planning Lack of integrated land use plan in the Nakuru catchment has resulted in poor land use systems that impact negatively on the lake.

These issues affect the entire catchment and Lake Nakuru. Attempts to address them should be co-ordinated and integrated. There are several agencies such as KWS, MCN, Government departments, NGO’s CBO’s communities and individuals already in place and addressing some of these issues.

3.2 Issues in Lake Nakuru National Park

3.2.1 Ecological Issues Insularisation: Fencing all around the park has resulted into

• Lack of wildlife migration routes and dispersal areas which has led to: o High build-up of animal populations o Habitat over utilisation

26

o Increase in dominance by unpalatable species and reduction of habitat quality and productivity.

o Inability of predators to control herbivores • Herbivore numbers and stocking rates. Over time, the park has experienced an increase in herbivore numbers. • Habitat /herbivore interactions. The increased number of herbivores has resulted in over utilization of habitats within the park. • Vegetation dynamics Succession has taken place and invader species have become a major concern for the park management • Quality and productivity High herbivore numbers has resulted in poor quality forage and productivity in some habitats. In the grassland habitats species of a higher food value such as Cynodon sp. have been replaced by those of a lower food value such as Herpachne sp. • Predator Reintroductions of predators in the park has increased predation pressure. However this has not been quantified. • Waterfowl populations The introduction of fish in the lake increased the waterfowl diversity and numbers, which require continued monitoring.

3.2.2 Human Induced issues • Management regimes

Frequent change of managerial staff and lack of active management intervention strategies are affecting park management consistency.

• Infrastructure development: Road network and density, buildings and utilities require constant maintenance.

• Wildlife water management Wildlife water distribution in the park is done on an ad hoc basis, causing habitat degradation.

• Tourism activities Lack of zonation in the park is threatening critical habitats as a result of increased tourism pressure and impacts.

3.2.3 Hydrological Issues • Deforestation and increased abstraction of surface and ground water by the growing

population has resulted in hydrological imbalance. This has affected the river flow regimes, thereby affecting Lake levels and biological dynamics

• Water quality - Siltation arising from erosion of cultivated farms and water contamination by agro-chemicals, solid waste and industrial effluence such as fertilisers and pesticides has affected water quality in the lake. The increasing number of industries within Nakuru town and its environs poses a further threat to the lake. The sewage works within the park are effective in treating the town’s domestic waste. However, they are not effective in treating heavy metals. Solid waste from the town and its environs are transported in to the lake by wind and surface flow.

27

3.3 Goal, Objectives and Strategies

3.3.1 Goal

The goal of the management plan is to conserve Lake Nakuru catchment, its biodiversity and natural resources for sustainable development.

3.3.2 Objectives The specific objectives of the plan are to: -

i. Conserve and manage the environmental values of Lake Nakuru catchment for sustainable development.

ii. Promote environmental conservation education and awareness for effective stakeholders participation.

iii. Promote integration, collaboration and stakeholders participation in environmental conservation.

iv. Minimise human – resource conflicts, threats and enhance compatible land-use practices. v. Strengthen scientific research and monitoring in Lake Nakuru National Park and its

catchment. vi. Promote support for national and international institutions in conservation and

development of Lake Nakuru catchment. vii. Provide a basis for diversification of tourism, benefit sharing and poverty

alleviation.Promote sustainable land use practises, environmental conservation and natural resource management

ix. Minimise threats and constrains that affect sustainable conservation and development in the region.

3.3.3 Strategies To achieve the set objectives, the following strategies will be employed: -

1. Undertake research on key biodiversity resources, habitats and the ecology of key species in line with the ecosystem approach.

2. Develop human resource capacity to meet the needs and challenges of a changing conservation world.

3. Promote use of environmentally compatible land use practices. 4. Ensure the park perimeter fence is functional and enhance community awareness

through outreach programmes. 5. Liase with local communities, NGO’s and international bodies to enhance overall

integrity in conservation and management by strengthening multi-disciplinary participation in conservation.

6. Provide reliable information and data for conservation and management purposes. 7. Provide alternatives for tourism by promoting other aspects of biological diversity. 8. Collaborate with other Government. and NGO sectors in promoting environmentally

friendly poverty alleviation programmes. 9. Strengthen park management and administration through capacity building. 10. Maintain security for wildlife and visitors in the park

28

The achievement of the long-term management objectives for Lake Nakuru catchment depends on a number of influencing factors linked to human activities. Figure 9 below summarises linkages, effects of human activities, the consequent impacts on the environment and proposed mitigation measures in the entire catchment.

Figure 9: Effects and Consequences of Anthropogenic activities in the catchment

MITIGATION

CONSEQUENCES

EFFECTS

HUMAN ACTIVITIES IN LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT

Hydrological Socio-economic Ecological

• Increased pollution • Deforestation • Decreased water resources • Contaminated water resources • Loss of economic base • Loss ecological integrity • Loss of diversity • Reduced land productivity • Land fragmentation • Encroachment of Natural resources • Human wildlife conflicts • Increased urbanisation • Isolation of biological resources • Increased denudation

• Stop deforestation and rehabilitate degraded areas • Implementation of sound pollution control methods • Scientifically based sound wildlife conservation • Stakeholder involvement with clear defined roles and responsibilities • Mobilisation of resources both internally and externally • Enforcement of various environmental acts • Develop strong linkages and partnerships between stakeholders, public

sectors, local and international conservation agencies • Institute sustainable resource utilisation and development • Use alternative resources

PART THREE: MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS,

PROGRAMMES AND ACTIONS

29

CHAPTER FOUR MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS AND PROGRAMMES

4.0 INTRODUCTION These management prescriptions and programmes emphasise the need for a wider participation in conservation and management of natural resources at the same time considering socio-economic development. To achieve this a participatory planning approach was used to integrate the vision of Lake Nakuru ecosystem management. The management plan aims at incorporating various components and management programmes in the plan area in achieving the stated goals, objectives and strategies

4.1. Forestry: In the past various types of forests covered the plan area ranging from lowland savannah woodlands and forests to dry upland forests to moist highland forests The environmental integrity of the plan area is dependent on this vegetation coverage. However, these forests have undergone various modifications and changes to accommodate various land use systems and development needs and policies. The changes have altered the landscape especially the extent, coverage and distribution of forests. The continued forest disruption and alteration through development has precipitated serious adverse environmental impacts. The impacts are far reaching and affect the remaining forests as well as other parts of the plan area Figure 10 below shows changes in forest cover from 1930 to 1998.

30

Figure 10: Changes in forest cover within the basin

31

The forests consist of natural forests, plantation forests and on farm woodlots. Some of the problems being experienced within the natural forests and plantation forests include:- Deforestation. Excisions. Illegal felling of trees/logging. Charcoal burning. Cultivation. Arson. Encroachment.

The catchment forests affected by the above activities include- a) Eburru forest: This has been affected through illegal logging, clearance of land to give way to cultivation, charcoal burning, encroachment and forest fires. b) Ndundori forest: This has been affected by activities that include cultivation, illegal felling of trees and encroachment. c) Menengai Forest: This has been affected extensively by excisions, illegal felling of trees, encroachment and forest fires. d) Mau forest: This forest has been extensively subjected to excisions, deforestation, illegal logging, charcoal burning and unsustainable logging.

Consequences of all these activities are: Soil erosion and siltation. Loss of biodiversity Land degradation. Deterioration and loss of water catchment value. Illegal access tracks. Loss of ecological value nationally and internationally, which entails the loss of water,

disruption of nutrients recycling, seasonal flooding and loss of other water bodies. Loss of natural forest products. Loss of cultural value.

4.1.1 Forest conservation challenges: The following challenges are encountered in the efforts to conserve forests in the catchment

• To ensure forest conservation. • Ensure the protection and rehabilitation of degraded areas. • Inadequate technical personnel and financial capacity to rehabilitate degraded

areas. • Lack of alternative energy sources e.g. wood, fodder, e.t.c. • Provide telecommunication facilities, and make them available to communities,

forestry, and water department, e.t.c. •

4.1.2 Strategies to conserve the catchment forests The following strategies will be employed in order to conserve the forests

32

• Explore and promote alternative sources of livelihood. • Promote the protection and rehabilitation of degraded areas. • Provide the necessary political goodwill to protect the forest and curb excisions. • Promote off- home based nurseries for re-afforestation. • Ensure that there are title deeds for the forestland. • Enhance capacity within forest department to deal with emergencies. • Involve the communities in forest management. This will take a multi-sectoral

approach in forest conservation e.g Formation and promotion of community vigilant groups.

• Create awareness and enhance information sharing among stakeholders. • Recommend tree species that may be planted e.g. indigenous plants, agro forestry

trees and advise against species of trees that cause degradation. • Reforestation of degraded sites unsuitable for cultivation and enforce Agriculture Act. • Establish a cut-off line to demarcate Eburu forest. • Train and mobilize communities through extension programs to manage the forests. • Enforce laws e.g. Forest, Water Local Council Acts. • Identify alternative sand quarries; grazing areas and alternative energy sources.

4.2 Agriculture and settlement: Agricultural activities in the plan area have undergone various changes from pastoralism through large scale farming to current day intensive small scale agriculture These activities have had serious negative implications on the environment. They have led to drying of rivers. The extensive use of agrochemicals in the catchment affect water quality significantly in the form of agrochemical pollution, eutrophication of the lake and siltation. 4.2.1 The challenges The challeges and issues emanating from agricultural activities in the plan area include: Soil degradation. Agro chemicals pollution. Farming on steep slopes leading to soil erosion. Urban centers growth. Water abstraction. Infrastructure expansion. Increased impervious surfaces from settlement and roads. Encroachment of the river line systems. Introduction of alien species e.g. crop, weed, ornamental plants and edge species such as

the Lantana, Kei apple leading to biodiversity loss. Use of banned agro-chemicals, disguised in other brand names and trademarks. Monoculture agriculture with excessive use of agro-chemicals.

4.2.2 Strategies and mitigating measures: The following strategies will be employed to mitigate the impacts of agriculture and settlement in the catchment environment Create education and awareness, sensitization and appropriate action on riverbank

farming and wise use of pesticides and other agro-chemicals. Promote integrated pest management.

33

Promote community organization and development of a code of ethics that govern refuse disposal and other activities within the catchment.

Zero water discharge from the farms through, retention dam construction and terracing. This requires various agencies, institutions and stakeholders working together. These agencies institutions and stakeholders include: KARI. Ministry of Agriculture. Institutions of higher learning e.g. Egerton University through the PRA program. NGO’s such as WWF, CBO’s and other religious organizations.

The following incentives are necessary in attaining solutions to the above challenges Assist in the marketing of farm produce. Assist in on-farm and post harvest management and pest control Diversify income generating projects such as bee keeping and small stock rearing.

4.3 Livestock farming: Livestock farming in the plan area has changed over the years, with ranching declining due to reduction in large-scale farms. Livestock farming in the plan area consists of; Ranching. Zero grazing. Free ranging. Pastoralism. Urban farming.

4.3.1 Challenges and issues of livestock farming The following challenges face livestock industry

Over grazing and degradation of pasturelands leading to erosion. Animal waste management. Degradation of the watering points. Acaricides management.

4.3.2 Strategies The following strategies will be used Overgrazing:

• Education of the stakeholder on appropriate stocking rates. • Initiating incentives for appropriate stocking rates e.g. marketing livestock at the right

prices. • Discouraging grazing in forest lands

Animal waste management:

• Enforcement of MCN by-laws. • Encourage use of animal waste as a resource to improve soil fertility. • Use of waste as an alternative energy source e.g. in production of biogas.

Acaricides:

• Education and awareness on proper use of acaricide.

34

• Appropriate location of cattle dips to prevent contamination of water courses after dipping.

• Research and development of alternative tick control methods by KARI and Egerton University.

4.4 Water resources. The plan area is a water deficit zone and the situation has been aggravated by the environmentally disruptive human activities. This has affected river flows, domestic supply, lake levels and underground aquifer. To alleviate water shortages in the catchment there has been an inter-basin water transfer. This transfer is due to growing urbanisation and industrialisation, is set to increase raising serious issues of lake water quality and lake levels. The water transfer through the industrial urban complex will act as a conduit for pollutants and excessive water volumes that may upset the lake ecology. The cultivation of riverbanks and clearing of forests have affected water percolation, springs and river flow regimes resulting in reduced water availability during critical periods of the year. At the moment communities in the catchment move longer distances in search of water. Reduced water availability and quantity has led to increased abstraction from underground aquifers affecting borehole depths, density and yields. Likewise, various human activities have led to deterioration of water quality consequently increasing incidences of water borne diseases. The management and ultimate fate of water resources has serious environmental consequences and management concerts. In municipality there is poor distribution, inadequate reticulation and connectivity. Likewise other rural centers lack appropriate water treatment facilities.

4.4.1 Issues and Challenges In the water resources sector within the catchment the following challenges are encountered • Dwindling water resources. • Quality and quantity of water. • Temporal availability of water.

4.4.2 Strategies

The following strategies will be employed to water resources in the catchment • Rehabilitate existing boreholes • Source for more water outside the catchment • Undertake riverine vegetation protection. • Encourage alternative water harvesting technology

35

Figure 11 below shows the challenges, strategy and responsibility of various stakeholders in water resource management.

Figure 11: Challeges, Strategies and responsibilities of stakeholders in the catchment

4.5 Land Tenure and Land use dynamics Land tenure and land use systems in the catchment have undergone extensive changes in historical and recent times. The land has changed from pastoralism through large scale farming to extensive small scale farming These changes in land use patterns have had severe effects on the environment, productivity and socio-economics. There has been policy shifts in the plan area

Catchment water management

Community Institutions

Spring protection. Re-forestation. River bank protection. Zero discharge.

Community based waste management KWS, WWF, MCN. CBOs

Regulation of water abstraction. MENR water department

Industrial waste management. MCN, WWF

Water quality. KWS, MCN, EU, MENR Water Dept.

Urban water conservation campaign. MCN, WWF, KWS

Community based monitoring using: • Bio-indicators. • Monitoring rainfall. • Gauging rivers. • Silt loads. (KWS, WWF, Community, Water Department.)

36

affecting appropriate land use systems with degazettement of forests into farmlands and farmlands into urban and conservation areas. Traditional Land Ownership (Trust Lands) Before colonisation the land was used by pastoralist to graze their animals within the region with little impacts on the catchment However, in the early 1900's.the land was surveyed and registered under crown lands ordinance of 1902, and sold to prospective settlers. Interest on land i.e. Tenure, use, Reversionary and interest on land were specified. Any failure to use the land as agreed in the lease would attract forfeiture. Within the catchment most of the land was put under ranching - Soysambu, Oljarai, Bahati plains, Pwani etc., and others on Agricultural farming i.e. Njoro, Ngata upper parts of Bahati etc, mainly dealing with wheat, barley and coffee farming. Most of these lands leased were huge tracts of land. After independence land interests naturally changed. Where land was initially vested in the government or locals and its administration clearly spelt out, sudden demand affected development control and use. Land within the catchment was bought either by government (Kiambogo, parts of Bahati) or other land buying companies e.g. Mutukanio Ngwataniro, Pwani, Bahati and a few remained with the large scale farmers (Soysambu, Nightgale etc). Most of the land bought from the settlers was subdivided into small holders and given to the local farmers under a freehold interest. Freehold interest (title) guarantees the owner of such land free enjoyment of the land in perpetuity. She/he is expected to use it without any government interference. Registered Land Act Cap.300 guarantees this interest. The above use automatically introduced high populations density in an area hitherto barely settled. Their main source of livelihood was small-scale subsistence agriculture i.e. maize, beans, potatoes and a few bananas. Areas covered with forest or bush (ranches) were cleared and food crops planted. Today even river causeways are cleared for food cultivation. Vegetation that used to hold run off and filter fertiliser residues was cleared. This set in motion an environmental alarm. The titles that had been given out did not have any control on use unlike the earlier ones registered under Government Lands act Cap.280 or Registration of Titles Act (Cap.281). It had been assumed that the various government agencies especially Agriculture and Livestock would create awareness to the new landowners on sustainable agriculture. With limited resources, this has not been effective. Land has been subdivided without proper environmental impact assessment being done. Fragmentation into quite small uneconomic portions is evident along the main roads especial along the road going around the catchment i.e. Stem - Kiambogo – Mau– Narok – Njoro- Nakuru Town, Solai- Dundori loop. In these areas various adverse environmental issues are clear:

• Soil erosion - • Catchment destruction: The rivers in the catchment are either now dry or drying up.

Most of the riverbeds are cultivated • Deforestation: The newly allocated areas of Dundori and Mau hills had government

forest plantations Forest Act spells clear use of forestland and its production. However this has not been strictly implemented.

• Subdivision: Where there is lack of proper planning the future is uncertain. Urban sprawl has spread unabated in hitherto agricultural areas. This has led to high population densities churning large amounts of solid and liquid wastes into the catchment.

4.5.1 Land Management issues:

Dynamics of land ownership and use.

37

Inappropriate farming practices. Destruction of water catchment areas and other natural resources

4.5.2 Challenges: River bank and spring protection. Enforcement of Water Act , Forest Act, Physical Planning Act, Agricultural Act

Soils and Conservation Act, MCN bylaws and Land Development Act. 4.5.3 Strategies The following strategies will be employed to manage impacts emanating from land management problems • Streamline various Acts and polices affecting land use in this case DEC to ensure land use is

in harmony with sustainable development and conservation. • Intensify education and awareness among the various stakeholders on appropriate land uses

and practices • Enforce existing legislation, by-laws and policies. • Rehabilitate degraded areas. • Encourage tree planting be where failure to plant trees may lead to forfeiture of titles and loss

of land.

4.6 Urban development. The growth of Nakuru town from a small railway station to a medium sized urban and industrial center is concomitant with infrastructure growth and provision of services and facilities such as roads, hospitals, schools, sewerage, drainage and waste management systems. In the plan area there are other satellite settlements and towns with inadequate facilities and services. The urban centers within the catchment include: Njoro town, Store Mbili, Kihingo, Mauche, Defo, Rikia, Mau-Narok, Sululu, Menengai, Wanyororo, Pwani, Mutukanio, Naishi, Vagaria, Naishi game, Elementeita, Ndivai, Miti Mingi, Kiptagwanyi, Kabati, Mariguini and Egerton town. 4.6.1 Issues of the Nakuru Municipality area 4.6.1.1 Sewerage and Sanitation There are two sewerage treatment plants with a total design capacity of 16,200 m3 per day. The sewered area of the town is only 13 km2 or 19% of the build-up area. This includes Central Business District, industrial area, MCN housing estates, Shabab, Pangani, Racetrack, Gilani, Prisons and Lanet army barracks. The low-density areas of Milimani and Public institutions rely on cess pools and septic tanks. While high-density (peri-urban settlements) of Rhonda, Kaptembwo, Barut and Kiamunyeki use pit latrines with only a few households using septic tanks. To curb ground water pollution, it is desirable to expand sewer reticulation especially in the high-density residential neighbourhoods and rehabilitate Lanet trunk sewer to accommodate the growing population. 4.6.1.2 Storm Water Drainage Nakuru has both man-made and natural drains. There are three main areas covered by water drains. Central Drainage System (CDS) covers 374 hectares and mainly serves the Central Business District and its immediate areas; Eastern Drainage System (EDS) covers the eastern part of the municipality and the Western Drainage System (WDS) serves the western part of the city. These drains are inadequate and poorly maintained. Most of the areas outside the old town are not served and drainage is very poor. Physical development between crater and the lake has exacerbated the storm water drainage by reducing normal ground seepage.

38

4.6.1.3 Solid Waste Management Nakuru Town is a major solid waste producer. The capacity of the council is unable to cope with solid waste management. However, the public, NGO and CBO initiatives have contributed to solid waste management in the town, and there is a need to intensify these initiatives. The council is also moving towards privatisation due to its inability to cope with the increasing waste generation faced with the dwindling financial resources to provide adequate services. 4.6.1.4 Recreation facilities Nakuru town has three recreational parks, namely, Nyayo gardens, Lion Park and Shabab Square. These parks lack public facilities like wash rooms and solid waste disposal bins. The parks are poorly maintained though the council is working with CBOs in rehabilitating them. 4.6.2 Management issues The management issues of urban development are:

• Solid and liquid Waste management • Industrial pollution. • Domestic wastes. • Urban farming.

4.6.3 Challenges The challenges encountered in the urban development sector in the catchment are:

• Waste management and disposal • Demand for Infrastructure development • Urban physical planning • Inadequate sewer system in Nakuru • Town storm water • Management of waste oil spillage • Lack of enforcement of Policies and legal framework • Lack of awareness and capacity on environmental impacts by stakeholders • Corruption • Inadequate monitoring and follow-up of mitigation measures • Lack of information transfer • Lack of planning and integrating environmental assessment in to planning • Lack of technology transfer • Poverty • Inadequate networking among players and actors involved in urban development

4.6.4 Strategies. In tacking the above challenges the management plan proposes to use the following strategies

• Development of waste management strategies. • Build capacity building, education and awareness on waste management. • Enhance policy that guide development and growth of urban centers, and their location

and the activities of the urban areas such as infrastructure. • Enforce town planning and land development Acts. • Documentation of environmental standards • Establish resource centres for environmental education • Stiff penalties to offenders • Develop poverty reduction strategies

39

• Simplify environmental Act • Provide alternatives to mitigate threats from resources users • Encourage community participation in environmental conservation efforts. • Give awards to companies/factories demonstrating best practice.

Recommendations 1. Undertake environmental Education awareness for the Urban residents, and sensitisation on

the role of Nakuru Park in socio-economic development by NGOs and MCN. 2. MCN should assist the low income residential areas develop standard sanitary facilities and

rehabilitate Lanet trunk sewer. 3. MCN should improve and maintain the town drainage system; install screens and cover all

open drains. 4. MCN to effect effluent disposal standards and by-laws and encourage the industrial sector to

be proactive in environmental conservation. 5. Solid waste management in the Town must be enhanced through the proposed privatisation 6. Diversify recreation in the town by gazetting Menengai Crater as a recreation site. 7. Town-Park interface needs greening. 8. Provision of dustbins in strategic areas, to stop reckless littering and dumping 9. Relocation of the Nakuru dumping site, which is now located on the upper part of the town

along Nakuru-Kabarak road to a suitable site, appropriate research and environmental assessment should be carried out on the same.

10. Separation of waste into organic and inorganic when disposing off the waste. This should be done at the source.

11. Encourage the use of biodegradable materials as an alternative way of packaging 12. Recycling of plastics for other uses e.g. fencing post 13. Institutions of higher learning should research on cheaper, biodegradable packaging

materials, which are environmentally friendly. The findings should be made available to the stakeholders

14. Industrialists should conduct an environmental impact assessment before setting up their plants and factories

15. Encourage reduction of discharge from industries 16. Improve ability to respond to emergency situations e.g. oil and chemical spillage 17. Support the functions of conservation and management department in MCN 18. Popularisation of environmental management and coordination Act. 19. Expand the MCN sewer catchment

4.7 Transportation and communication: Lake Nakuru catchment basin is connected with four tarmacked roads i.e. Nakuru – Njoro- Mau Narok road, Elementaita – Mau Narok road, Nakuru – Ndundori road, and Nakuru – Solai road. Other road networks are mainly earth roads and are poorly maintained. Nakuru is linked to international, national and regional transportation network via Trans-Africa highway (A104), Kenya – Uganda railway and regional roads to Nyahururu and Njoro. These roads contribute to increased surface runoff especially the earth roads resulting into excessive erosion. This plan recommends that the communities should be encouraged to harvest that surface runoff.

40

4.7.1 Issues of concern • Unplanned road networks to villages, urban centers etc. • Poorly maintained roads. • Soil erosion promoted by vehicles and storm water. • Illegal access to protected areas. 4.7.2 Challenges: • Planning and maintenance of proper road network. • Road network design • Proper maintenance of road networks. 4.7.3 Strategies:

• Support rural road access program and development. • Diversion and harvesting of road run-off. • Proper planning to re-align roads from fragile, steep and sensitive areas. • Culverts placement in appropriate areas. • Regular maintenance of roads e.g. Menengai- Crater road.

4.8 Sensitive and degraded fragile areas: These sensitive degraded fragile areas are those areas that require immediate rehabilitation, and include:

• Stone quarries. • Sand quarries. • Dumping areas. • Degraded forests. • Eroded Mountains and valleys.

4.8.1 Management challenges:

• Stop and arrest further degradation. • Rehabilitation of the degraded areas.

4.8.2 Strategies: There are areas, especially Makalia/Barut, which have been affected by gullies, overgrazing, sand mining and lack of vegetation cover. 4.8.3 Recommendations:

a) Construction of cut-off drains, gabions and other soil conservation measures planting of appropriate vegetation e.g. grasses, depending on the area.

b) Stop further sand harvesting in such sensitive areas. c) Control free ranging livestock and encourage appropriate stocking rates and reseeding

with the appropriate grasses. d) Construction of weirs across the rivers.

41

4.9 Park Town Interphase

4.9.0 Introduction The interaction between Lake Nakuru National Park and Nakuru town presents both opportunities and challenges. The importance of Lake Nakuru National Park as both an international and local tourism site has benefited the catchment in the growth of infrastructure, services and market for agricultural produce. There is therefore need for an integrated planning for the inter phase to maximize the positive benefits while reducing negative impacts. The park as a natural element has presented the following potentials as outlined in the recently approved Nakuru Strategic Structure Plan (NSSP): It provides a unique aesthetic quality hence increasing town’s attractiveness and sense of

pride. The Lake acts as a natural monument of Nakuru town. Lake Nakuru National Park and other elements act as barriers to the town’s expansion

curtailing urban sprawl. Since space is a limiting factor in Nakuru, the town’s land use efficiency and densification has to be promoted.

Delineation of the park boundary and erection of a fence provides land-use separation and a buffer zone – keeping away two incompatible land uses. This prevents direct human encroachment on fragile ecological space.

The Park provides tourism opportunities, whose benefits the town can exploit. In terms of challenges, the linkage between Lake Nakuru National Park and Nakuru town can be summarized as follows: The urban neighbours have viewed the park as a waste management site. Human-wildlife conflict is evident in Mwariki and Barut farmlands while in the residential

neighbourhoods of Lake View, Free area and RaceTrack, land alienation has extended up to the lane between residential houses and the park. Due to intense land use in the urban area coupled with poor mitigation measures, this has led to large amounts of surface run off, industrial and domestic waste that pollute the park and further threaten the fragile ecosystem.

To exploit the above potentials while abetting the negative impacts, the following are proposed. Create awareness among Nakuru residents on the economic and ecological values of Lake

Nakuru National Park; and the Parks’ role in development. Structure the development along the park edge to create a more positive relationship between

the park and its neighbours along the transition zone. Structure the existing nodal developments e.g. at the Main and Lanet gates to enhance the

relationship between the park and its immediate neighbourhood. Create a green band along the park-town interface for public recreation. Also plant trees in

this area to trap the dust from the lake during the dry season. Integrate Njoro river riparian green space with the park edge (enforce Agricultural Act on

riparian protection). Possibilities of extending the zone to the crater along the geological fault lines to be

explored.

42

4.10 Human Wildlife Conflict

4.10.0 Introduction Human wildlife conflict refers to the antagonistic encounters between humans and wildlife. In the plan area the conflict intensified with the establishment of Lake Nakuru National Park as wildlife protected area in the late sixties. Increase in human population within the catchment, forest fragmentation and settlements exerted more pressure on the forest reserves that further increased the conflict. 4.10.1 Management Issues Crop Destruction- This occurs mainly along the boundary of Lake Nakuru National Park,

and is caused by Olive Baboons, which have skills to cross both electric and chainlink fences. They target all types of crops especially maize. It is also a problem animal in areas such as Menengai Crater, Mau Narok and Kongasis in Kiambogo hills. Vervet Monkeys pose similar problems to those of baboon, though to a lesser scale. Buffaloes, mainly from the Delamere Estate, cause problem in Elementaita area, particularly in Kiambogo Hills. Other animals, which cause crop damage, include wild pigs and porcupines. Buffaloes and Elands cause more crop destruction particularly along the forest edges in the catchment. The future of these animals in these habitats is uncertain and KWS will constantly monitor these populations to minimise conflict with farmers.

Livestock Predation- Along the Park boundary, lions and leopard occasionally prey on livestock. In other parts of the catchment, hyena, civet, genet, wildcat, mongoose birds of prey and snake prey on livestock. The predators from the park pass through culverts, burrows or areas of the fence, which have been vandalised. Most carnivores in the park have previous livestock predation history and have a tendency to continue the habit. For instance, between 1995 and 1996 alone, 6 leopards were trapped within the catchment and released into Lake Nakuru National Park.

Figure 12: Frequency of Lion and Leopard Raids around the Park 1990 – 2000

43

Subsistence Poaching- this is common in the plan area and includes illegal poaching for game meat, firewood, building materials, fodder and medicinal herbs from the Park or Forest Reserve. This kind of conflict has increased with time due to poor management of natural resources outside protected areas. It is also a function of increased poverty in rural areas.

Vandalism and Theft- Common along the Park /community boundary and tend to aggravate incidences of conflict.

Encroachment into Gazetted Forest- The catchment forests have progressively declined from 47% in 1970 to about 15% in 1998. Small-scale farms have grown from insignificant levels in 1970 to 66% of the present area increasing human /wildlife conflict. Destruction of crops by baboons is now being reported with increasing frequency in areas of Mauche and Mau Narok divisions, which hitherto was minimal.

4.10.2 Challenges

• Minimise wildlife human conflicts • Ensure survival of wildlife outside the formally gazetted areas • Spread benefits accrued from tourism and conservation • Ensure land use practices are compatible with wildlife or biodiversity conservation • Improve Park fence to be effective against primates

4.10.3 Strategies In the plan area the following measures have been and will continue to be undertaken. (i) Physical Barriers Along the Park boundary, an 84 km chain link and 74 km electric fences have been erected. The current design of these barriers has some shortcoming since they are not effective to some animals like the Baboon and the Leopard that continue to pose conflict problems. There is need for the current fences to be modified to make them baboon proof as has been tried elsewhere and confirmed effective. Successful examples of such fences include the Nairobi Safari Walk and Rangers’ Restaurant at the Nairobi National Park. The present chain link fencing has left out a lot of parcels of land along the perimeter park boundary that has become a hide out for hyenas, leopards and other cats, which leads to attack on livestock. There is an urgent need to realign this fence. (ii) Animal Traps/Predator proof bomas Seven livestock predator traps are distributed in major conflict cells within the catchment. These are the traditional traps in which bait is used to trap carnivores. This method though effective, is rather cumbersome to implement and the number of traps should be increased to solve the problem of constant relocation. There is a need to redesign more user-friendly animal traps for use in the conflict cells. Communities living in areas where there is high concentration of livestock predators can be encouraged to construct the new predator proof bomas. Such bomas have been tried in Kitengela and Shamata area and found effective. (iii) Community Education It has been found over the years that most community members cannot identify wild animals based on their physical features, vocalizations and footprints. There is need to train them on behaviour and physical features of wildlife to enable victims present correct reports to Problem Animal Control offices for quick and appropriate response. There is also need to liase with communities for intervention measures.

44

To stem subsistence poaching, education and awareness should be conducted within the catchment areas and alternative income generating projects identified. In the education programme the community neighbouring the park needs to be educated on the importance of a functional fence and be involved in fence maintenance. In addition, to curb vandalism the park security patrols should be intensified. This plan recommends that all NGO’s, CBO’s and Government departments working in the catchment should integrate their efforts to curb encroachment into critical habitats. Awareness on the value and importance of critical habitats and appropriate land use strategies should be intensified. (v) Compensation Compensation against death, injury or loss of property due to wildlife should always be considered in light of the existing legal framework. For communities to appreciate the benefits of wildlife conservation, there is need to develop community incentives. This management plan proposes that communities living adjacent and within the plan area be provided with provisions for access to water resources and other conservation benefits. 4.10.4 Research on Conflict Resolution The current Human/Wildlife conflict needs a new approach and new techniques to conform to the current economic lifestyles, social changes and changing land use. The following in depth applied research is recommended to address the conflict.

i. Primate Control - In the plan area, research on baboons should be conducted to seek the best way to manage the population since the species is a serious subject of human wildlife conflict.

ii. Live Fence - Research should explore the potential and effectiveness of use of live fences. Recommendations Erect Physical barriers Increase number of traps Predator proof bomas

Fencing Education to strengthen community response to wildlife menace Research on modification of existing fence to make it more effective by randomly alternating

live wires. Perfect response to reports on wildlife conflict incidences.

4.11 Environmental Education and Awareness

4.11.1 Environmental Education Environmental awareness has improved within the catchment area, but there is need to continue sensitisation. This process can take the form of integrated outreach programmes organised and run by Government Extension Officers, WWF, KWS and WCK teams or participation in forums organised by other groups working in the catchment. In addition, the community park tours, which has made a significant impact must be continued to sustain interest in conservation. This programme should target: Farmers: There are 106 villages in the catchment where farmers have been trained. In at least

40 of these villages there are Village Environmental Committees (VECs). The programme should target these VECs and KWS should link up with these groups to facilitate wider dissemination of information.

45

School children and teachers: This group is already aware of the issues affecting Lake Nakuru and the park. However there is need to furnish them with new information on a regular basis by targeting zonal meeting for teachers. KWS should therefore link up with the local education offices so as to arrange for education and awareness programmes that involve NGOs, CBOs and the municipality.

Adult learners: This forms another avenue for Environmental Education. The District Adult Education Office in Nakuru offers the most appropriate means of communication. The environmental education programme should make use of such centers. It is recommended that KWS should develop in collaboration with other stakeholders’ functional environmental programmes.

Urban community, There exists Environmental Health Committees (EHCs) in residential estates undertaking clean up operations on a regular basis to enhance environmental education. Lectures by relevant speakers such as public health personnel give encouragement and a reason to continue. KWS in collaboration with other agencies can facilitate these lectures and provide occasional incentives.

To facilitate information dissemination and sharing, it is proposed that in year 3 an information resource center should be constructed at the current education center. 4.11.2 Environmental conservation It is evident that the presence and effectiveness of relevant Government extension services for environmental conservation is inadequate. However, there exist community environmental conservation activities. There is need for continuity of these activities by constantly getting in touch and inviting representatives to attend planning workshops/meetings. A survey carried out in 1998 established that small-scale farmers in the catchment use at least 44 different types of agro-chemicals, 12 of which are known to adversely affect the endocrine system. Many of these chemicals find their way into streams during the wet season and eventually end up in the lake. Integrated Pest Management package has been developed that attempts to address these concerns. The package recommends practices aimed at reducing chemical usage in the farms. KWS should take closer interest in such activities geared towards management of environmental issues affecting the park. 4.11.3 Environmental Planning Development in the entire catchment has had adverse effects on the park’s ecosystem. This may have been the result of development that was not guided by environmental considerations. To harmonise development, MCN has produced a Strategic Structure Plan (SSP) for Nakuru town that should be implemented. In addition there is need for a catchment wide and Regional environmental plan. KWS should link up with the relevant planning teams in order to evaluate future planned activities and how they are likely to affect the park ecosystem. KWS should also take a more active role in conservation activities in town, many of which have been outlined in the SSP. 4.11.4 Catchment environmental monitoring To manage the environmental changes in the catchment it is proposed that a catchment environmental monitoring programme be initiated. The programme should monitor Rainfall Land use changes River flow regimes Land use changes in relation to biodiversity and environment

conservation. Use of agrochemicals Effective fencing and barriers for primates and other problem animals

46

4.11.5 Socio economic monitoring in the catchment To monitor the socio-economic trends in the catchment to provide a basis for planning management and implementation, the following activities will be undertaken Demographic changes. Impact of policies on environmental management Socio-economic impacts of Industrial development and pollution Infrastructure development Socio-economic studies Activities of the key actors and stakeholders Summary of Environmental Conservation and Management actions Develop an environmental education programme directly linked to the park. Develop the resource and information centre within the park at the WCK hostels (WCK and

KWS in collaboration with WWF) specifically designed for use by students. This should also include more interactive visual aids.

KWS to collaborate closely with WCK, WWF and other environmental and conservation organisations to avoid duplication of programmes.

KWS to allocate more funds for management of outreach and residential programmes based at the WCK and KWS hostels.

The construction of a model map close to the main gate should be considered as an educational aid for both schools and the visiting public.

KWS should commission a guidebook for the National Park.

47

CHAPTER FIVE

5.0 MANAGEMENT PRESCRIPTIONS AND PROGRAMMES- LAKE NAKURU NATIONAL PARK Introduction The park requires special management structures and strategies. This requirement arises from its current status as an enclosed system isolated from the immediate environment by a chain link and electric fence preventing movement of animals The insularisation has resulted in the build up in high animal numbers that have degraded the habitat. The interaction between the animals and the habitats is manifested by the periodic mortalities and loss of body condition in some animal species. The management structure and strategies are critical to the role of the park as a sanctuary or breeding ground for the endangered species eg the rhino, Rothschild’s giraffe and as depository of problem carnivore species from other areas LNNP is a wetland of international importance hosting unique assemblages of water fowls and a critical watering and stopover site for migratory birds. The area is sensitive and fragile due to its site geology and location at the bottom of the catchment and its small size. The park carries a disproportionately high density of local and international visitors frequenting a few highly popular sites. The location of the park next to a major urban and industrial center and a catchment with intensive small and large scale agriculture makes it vulnerable to effects and processes emanating from the wider catchment.

5.1 Park Habitat management Natural vegetation succession in the absence of limiting factors such as fire, localised herbivore populations in specific habitats and lack of population control programmes have acted in concert to enhance invader species incidence, habitat degradation and changes in the plant communities structure. This calls for habitat management through mechanical manipulation for optimum utilisation and productivity. The interaction between grassland and bush land communities is crucial in understanding the ecological situation in the park. Different studies have recommended control of further spread in bushland communities. The second aspect of this habitat management is use of prescribed fires. This would be very useful in combating bush encroachment and boosting primary production by facilitating faster nutrient cycling and enhance more harvestable nutrients for the herbivores. Invasive plant species have reduced palatable foliage for wildlife. These should be controlled through mechanical means, use of fire or any other effective method. 5.1.1 Types of invasive species and their localities in the Park The table 2 below identifies invasive species in the park and shows the various locations where they are found.

48

Table 2: Invasive Species and their localities TYPES OF INVADER SPECIES EXAMPLES LOCALITION Alien Invasive Lantana camara Main Gate-WCK Acacia Forest, Sarova

Lodge Tagetes minuta Soysambu & education centre Datura stramonium Widespread

Ecological Release Tarconanthus camphoratus Widespread Ocimum suave Widespread Solanum incanum Widespread Leonotis mollisma Education Centre Urtica massaica Acacia forest

Selective Herbivory Induced Pennisetum mezianum Widespread Solanum incanum Widespread Urtica massaica Widespread Ocimum suave Wide spread Eragrostis tenuifolia Widespread Sida schimperiana Wide spread Haparchne schimperi Widespread

Land Use, Stocking Rate and Management Induced

Datura stramonium Widespread Pennisetum mezianum Widespread Bidens pilosa Acacia Forest Oxygonum sinuatum Widespread Leonotis spp Education centre

5.1.2 Impacts of Invasive Plant Species • Reduction of forage for animals • Changes in habitat structure, quality and utilisation by animals

with emphasis on Open plains animals Vs Bushed habitat animals Predation effects and refugia Animal distribution and habitat utilisation

• Reduction in overall biodiversity • Effects on ecological processes and balance • Effects on animal condition and diseases • Serial land degradation associated with habitat changes and modifications • Animal species composition, home range sizes, recruitment and survival 5.1.3 Invader Plant Species, Habitat Degradation and Herbivore Guild Dynamics in Lake

Nakuru National Park The sub-surface intrusion of alkaline lake water into shoreline habitats are dependent on rainfall amounts, that induces the intrusions and retreats, creating a dynamic vegetation band around the lake shore, excluding a large variety of herbivore species. The topography of the park, edaphic factors and to some extent local climate further reduces the effective foraging area of the park. As such the park is a mosaic of vegetation types suited to different herbivore species. 5.1.4 Sustainable Conservation and Management Requirements • Identify overall management goal for the park taking into account its role as a black rhino

breeding ground and sanctuary. • Identify key habitats for:

o Grazers o Browsers o Mixed feeders

49

• Establish the carrying capacity for each habitat type with critical food shortage times as the base.

• Identify the species equilibrium for the park at sustainable densities • Relocate sanctuary species after establishing from records population densities of

maximum recruitment. • Control the equilibrium population of other species through selective removal. • Manage habitats for specific species while still retaining key biodiversity features of the

park. • Research to establish monitoring programmes for effective management. 5.1.5 Habitat Categorisation for Management and Invader Plant Species Control Grazing Arenas. In this manipulations and management for specific purposes and herbivore communities will be undertaken. The manipulation should employ the use of fire, manual removals and selective removal of herbivores. These sites are important large herbivore concentration areas and their manipulation has no adverse effects on biodiversity sensitive sites. Their historical use as pastures has converted them into grazing areas with no important residual biodiversity features. These comprise of:

o WCK- Cornel House- Sewage Woks Lanet Gate complex o Lake Nakuru- Lodge Nderit Gate grasslands. o Naishi airstrip- Square Tank- Makalia Falls complex o Presidential Pavilion- Lamurdiac area. o Education Centre, Honeymoon complex. o Acacia Picnic site, Residential area – Manual control o Soysambu Camp site Zone – Manual vegetation control o Baboon Cliffs Pwani area – selective use of fire

Non Manipulation Important Biodiversity sites. o Lion Hill and Euphorbia caderabrum forest o Olea Forest o Naishi Scrublands o Colobus forest o Riverine Forests o Baharini springs, Nyuki and Nyati Camp sites.

C: Important Species Habitats: • Lake shore grasslands- Thomson’s Gazelles and Bohr Reedbucks • Colobus forest – Black and white colobus • Baharini Springs Complex- Duickers, Monitors lizards and forest hog.

Management actions Identify areas for habitat management and manipulation and undertake habitat management

techniques like fire programmes, mechanical control and reseeding Open all grasslands Control spread of invader species through mechanical removal or burning Establish Park productivity by undertaking appropriate research Develop and undertake ecological monitoring programme (vegetation, herbivore, waterfowl

and water quality monitoring)

50

5.2 Wildlife species Management in Lake Nakuru National Park The human wildlife conflict occasioned by proximity of the park to human settlement led to complete fencing of the park in 1978. The park became a Rhino sanctuary in 1987 necessitating the erection of a perimeter electric fence for the protection of black rhino. Fencing of the park ensured complete ecological and physical insularization of the park with the only significant ecological link with the outside being the water inflows from the catchment to the lake. The physical isolation had two main effects: First, it got rid, almost completely, of direct human influence on the ecological processes. As noted variously by many scientists, most savannah parks were established on derived grassland, maintained as grasslands by human activities such as fire and livestock grazing. When human factor is eliminated (as through fencing and gazettement) most of these parks are reverting to closed bushland vegetation communities, which are not suitable for the majority of grassland wildlife species they were meant to conserve. In Lake Nakuru National Park, the initial pastureland has been overrun by an ecologically destructive bushland species, Tarconanthus camphoratus, which now seem to occupy nearly half of the park. This species has been studied before by range ecologists and has been declared as one of the most troublesome shrub species. The corollary impact of bush encroachment has been severe overgrazing in the park in the open grassland zones, especially during the dry season when majority of the herbivores are food limited, since most of them are not adapted to feeding in bushland vegetation communities. The situation is worsened by lack of a serious browse pressure due to lack of many browsers in the park. The second effect of physical isolation is rapid rise in herbivore populations due to severance of migratory routes and activities. The population boom has accelerated the process of bush encroachment, which has been described as response of grassland communities to overgrazing and withdrawal of fire. Concomitant with population rise in some species a corresponding decline in others as ecological competition among grazers intensifies. Popular ecological principle holds that different species of animals or organisms cannot share the same niche, as one will necessarily override the other. This is what seems to be at play in the park. Bush encroachment and rise in animal populations has ensured overlap in different niches due to destruction of microhabitats. This has exposed key herbivores into fierce competition while marginalizing others with special ecological interests whose populations continue to drop as a result. The increase in herbivore densities has been made more acute by lack of significant predator impact due to low populations of main predator species of the cat and dog families. 5.2.1 Current Status Figure 13 below shows major animal trends numbers. Briefly, the response to above ecological processes by major herbivores has been as follows: 1. Buffalo- Population has increased consistently reaching the current average of 3,500 - a

biomass of about 7,040-kg per km2, which contrasts radically to 1974 value of 590 kg per km2. Their number will continue to rise tremendously as long as there is big proportion of bushland in the park, to be regulated by bottleneck periods resulting into massive deaths during drought period. Secondly, their domination is at the expense of other species of

51

animals which impact negatively on the park’s mandate of conserving a diverse community of mammals.

2. Waterbuck - The Park once had a reputation of having the highest density of waterbuck in Africa, whose population rose to become the most dominant animal in the park by 1990. By 1974, the animal had recorded an average biomass of 5,775 kg per km2; yet it had fallen to 1,038 by 1998. This indicates that waterbuck has borne the brunt of the unfolding changes and are thought to exhibit inverse relationship with the buffalo. Its population is expected to drop further if the current ecological circumstances exist. This implies that restoration of a healthy waterbuck population in the park can only be realised through management-induced manipulation of other key herbivores.

3. Warthog- The population has risen sharply over the recent years. They are favoured by overgrazing since they prefer short grasses and their stolons, which make them serious agent of ecological degradation. In overgrazed areas, they root out the grasses leaving soils prone to erosion and other forms of disturbance. The warthog population fell drastically in 1999 dry season mainly because of poaching

4. Impala - Has the highest population, fluctuating around 5,000 although the biomass is lightly below that of the buffalo. Being mixed feeders, they are strategically positioned to avoid impact of overgrazing by switching to young shrubs and herbs for food. This could be the reason they have recorded a sustained increase. There is no evidence to suggest that impala as a species has any negative impact on the ecosystem, but possible competition with black rhinos is easy to speculate which might not augur very well with other park management interests.

5. Black Rhino- Since the park was set up as the first black rhino sanctuary in Kenya, the species has done tremendously well, growing at an annual average of 5 per cent and reaching the current peak of 58. The rhino conservation management plan had initially wanted to stock the park with a maximum of 55 where of the surplus would be removed and reintroduced in the former natural ranges. Since the park is merely a breeding habitat for the animal, its recommended that the population is maintained at optimum level a point where density shall not limit reproduction because of sparse distribution nor, shall it inhibit breeding due to congestion or food shortage. This plan recommends a population of 55 and any surplus be translocated.

6. White Rhino - Introduced species likely to compete with other key grazers especially buffalo but the extent need to be determined and appropriate steps taken. Studies need to be done to determine possible negative impacts on other grazers.

7. Giraffe - The species has established successfully in the park since introduction. Presently it exerts extreme pressure on the main woodland, which is mainly composed of Acacia tree. There is heavy debarking related directly or indirectly to food shortage. A previous study had established that the park’s stocking capacity should not exceed 150. This management plan recommends the stocks to be maintained at 150.

8. Bushbuck - have recorded dramatic decline over the last fifteen years. In the same category are related antelopes like Bohor Reedbuck and duikers. The main reason is due to destruction of their special habitats of tall grasses and shoreline bushes, which were overrun by heavy grazing large mammals. Similarly lack of zonation meant lack of protection of fragile habitats such that animals with stringent ecological needs are not conserved. It is recommended that zonation and active management of other species is needed, to obviate a situation where one species is superseded by others. However, such management of animals must go hand in hand with habitat manipulations.

9. Zebra- From a very small population of about 20 in the 1970s, the zebra populations steadily rose and have overtaken the waterbuck over the last two years. This is expected to continue,

52

as the animal is known to be very adaptable to degraded habitats through their feeding and fermentation strategies. However further increase in Zebra Population will result into habitat degradation. It is recommended that their populations be maintained at 200.

Figure 13: Trends in Animal Numbers

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

1970 1978 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 YEAR

Waterbuck

Impala

Warthog

Buffalo

Baboon

Thompson Gazelle

Zebra

5.2.2 Management Options Increase in the size of the park would be desirable to reduce pressure on existing resources through extension of the fence to provide a wider dispersal area for animals. Modalities and mechanisms to reduce this pressure should be put in place and the following options explored (A) Artificial – The physical isolation of the park makes it a closed ecosystem whose successful management calls for active intervention through culling of populations to maintain and ensure ecological stability. This must be backed by scientific study and analysis to determine ecologically stable stocking levels of key herbivores and recommend culling of all surpluses. This plan recommends exploration of social and commercial harvesting possibilities that would be compatible with management of the Lake Nakuru National Park. (B). Ecological - increasing the number of predators through translocations and introductions where possible. There’s need for urgent studies to establish the cause of current low populations of cats despite previous translocations and high prey densities. It’s expected that high herbivore density would trigger a corresponding rise in predator pressure leading to a cyclic self-controlling system. This has not happened in Lake Nakuru National Park and there is need for a study on this puzzle. 5.2.3 Recommended Stocking Levels Figure 14a, 14b and 14c show trends in biomass for various species. Historical data indicates a steady growth of all major herbivores in the park from early 1970s through mid 1980s to early 1990s. However, the populations tend to stabilise in the late 1980s up to 1990-91. No species

53

has recovered to the 1990 - 91 population peak and some like the waterbuck, have declined consistently since then. The total biomass of herbivores rose from 0.67 million kg. in 1986, 0.86 m in .1987, 1.01 m in 1988 to 1.18 m in 1990. This point marks the first recorded case of massive population crash, suggesting the populations had risen above limits of ecological stability. From this point, the biomass, hence populations recorded a decline to 0.84 million in 1992, 0.85 m in 1993 and 0.99 m in 1994 reaching another peak of 1.1 m in 1995, quite close to the 1990 level. Since then, it has stabilised around the current 1.3 million kilogrammes.

Figure 14a: Trends in Biomass not more than 1,000,000

0

100,000

200,000

300,000

400,000

500,000

600,000

700,000

800,000

900,000

1,000,000

1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 YEAR

BIO

MA

SS

Waterbuck

Buffalo

Impala

Giraffe

Zebra

It is quite instructive that remarkable fluctuations in biomass began in 1990 when the first population crash was recorded., This suggests there was cumulative effect of population build up in the previous 3 - 4 years due to the sustained growth from the early 1970s. It is therefore logical to deduce that the park overshot a healthy stocking capacity between 1986 and 1988. Significantly, this is the period at which actual biomass in the park was slightly below that predicted theoretically on the basis of environmental factors.

54

Figure 14b: Biomass Trends not more than 130,000

2000

22000

42000

62000

82000

102000

122000

1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 YEAR

BIOM

ASS

Warthog

White Rhino

Black Rhino

Hippo

Grant Gazelle

Thompson Gazelle

The total biomass began fluctuating at this-point, it also began falling for some species and increasing for others, suggesting some mutual interaction where some species negatively impact on the others. Performance of sample species are given below: Buffalo - Has increased consistently from 348 in 1986, 1000 in 1990, to 2000 in 2000. Waterbuck - Increased from 2759 in 1986 to the peak of 4979 in 1990. It then declined to the

current 712. Impala- Also grew from 1566 in 1986 to a peak of 5872 in 1985 and has declined to current

3840. Hence it reached its peak 4-5 years behind the waterbuck Warthog - Has also declined from a peak of 2634 in 1995. It is said to have been a subject of

severe poaching and therefore not easy to factor it out in the above matrix. Zebra - Has grown consistently without a drop to date.

55

Figure 14c: Biomass Trends not more than 3,000

0

500

1000

1500

2000

1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 YEAR

BIOM

ASS

Bohr Reedbuck

Bushbuck

Dik Dik

Steinbok

Bush Duiker

Mountain Reedbuck

Two conclusions can be drawn from the above population trend. First, that since waterbuck, impala and warthog populations have been falling since 1990, they are not responsible for the overall increase in total biomass in the park. This can only be attributed to unprecedented growth in buffalo, zebra and others like giraffe and white rhinos. Secondly, if populations of all key herbivores are maintained below the 1986 levels, negative impact of some species on others would be managed and the herbivore community in the park would be in relative equilibrium with the habitat. However, it must be emphasised that negative inter-specific interactions are both natural and ecological healthy processes. The concern, with respect to Lake Nakuru is the fact that being a completely fenced habitat, such competition can only lead to total exclusion of some species, a prospect not compatible with management objectives of the park. This calls for the need to create artificial disturbances to obviate a situation where one species overruns the rest. The recommended stocking levels have been arrived at through calculations of food availability and consumption as follows: The mean above ground primary production in grasslands is 21gm/ m2 per year. This translates to 232 425 kg./ Km per year, giving the total production as 16,269,750 kg. On the other hand, the total dry matter (food) required by present population of grazers and mixed feeders in the park is 8,847,395 kg. However, the available dry matter is 2 – 15% of total production which ought to be -between 325 and 2 440 463. Assuming the upper limit off take in Lake Nakuru park, the animals are removing 3.6 times the available food. Hence, to keep food production in balance with consumption, herbivores must be reduced by a margin of 3.6. These calculations closely tally with estimation of herbivore

56

density on basis of rainfall. Using a standard formula for similar ecosystems in Africa, the rainfall intensity for the park predicts a biomass density of 3,587.8 kg Km-2 to 6,510.5. Yet the actual biomass density in the park is 18,531.5 kg. The ideal total biomass should be 461,663 kg, which is way below the current standing biomass of l, 315,740 kg. Using the upper limit projection, its shows that the present herbivore biomass is 2.85 times the prescribed density. Hence to keep the park population in equilibrium with food production, the current population has to be slashed by similar margin. On the above basis, populations of the key species should be maintained at the following upper limits: Table 3: Trends and Recommended Stocking Levels Buffalo Waterbuck Zebra Warthog Impala Eland 2000 2,080 712 790 316 3,840 204 Recommended 500 1000 200 750 2080 200

Figure 15: Recommended Stocking Levels against Year 2000 Animal Numbers

Waterbuck and warthog are currently below the recommended levels, at 712 and 316 respectively, no intervention is proposed at this stage. However, artificial management of the other species is recommended with a view to bringing down their populations to the above ceilings. The white rhino population in this park has doubled in less than ten years and may pose a management problem should the trend continue. It is recommended that the population trend be

57

closely monitored with a view to estimating suitable stocking level beyond which the animals should be translocated to other habitats. The population of large carnivores is feared to be reaching the upper limits evidenced by the size of prides and increasing frequency of raids outside the park. It is recommended that their actual populations should be established in order to shed light on necessary steps to be taken by management. Recommendation Active Management of herbivore numbers through reduction in numbers by culling or

translocation. Habitat mechanical manipulation Increase in habitat size by opening perimeter fence.

5.3 Tourism

5.3.0 Introduction Lake Nakuru National Park and its catchment has a high tourism potential with high visitation. Tourist attractions include animals like black and white rhino, leopard, tree-climbing lions, the Rothchild’s giraffe and other species. The bird diversity within the park has been referred to as the greatest ornithological spectacle on earth. Geomorphological features like Baboon Cliff, Honeymoon Hill, Lion Hill, Crescent Hill, Makalia Falls, Menengai Crater and pre-historic sites and caves are of great tourist attraction. The park and its catchment has a good communication network, and is easily accessible by road, air and rail. Suitable accommodation facilities exist both within and outside the park. The long-term tourism objective in the plan area is to diversify tourism to increase revenue, visitor satisfaction while minimising impacts of tourism through diversification of tourist activities. 5.3.1 Tourism Management Issues Tourism in the plan area has the following issues: Visitor numbers and distribution in the park – The park currently receives a high number of non-resident visitors who are concentrated during the high season. This implies that the park is under pressure only at high season causing congestion in areas with corner stone species leading to undesirable effect on the species and habitat. At the local level, low resident visitation levels have been recorded. This implies that the park has not actively targeted domestic tourism. Daily park entry is concentrated at late morning as visitors go for lunch in the lodges. This at times causes congestion at the gates. Visitor facilities – The existing visitor facilities are adequate. However, a number of these

require rehabilitation and improvement. The picnic sites have inadequate seating benches and this has reduced visitor satisfaction. Most of the special campsites lack privacy due to intrusion by several access avenues.

Visitor activities – There are minimal visitor activities due to lack of identification and marketing of possible activities that can be done within the park. This has resulted to loss of visitors interested in outdoor activities. There is inadequate information on the activities that can be conducted.

Quality of service and product – the quality of service offered by the park and the hotels is adequate, however there is minimum number of products to offer park visitors.

Promotion of tourism attraction and activities outside the park – this is not developed and tourists are not aware of the potential attractions adored to the catchment. This has been exacerbated by lack of information on available attractions and their locations.

58

5.3.2 Management of Tourism impacts Zoning – The park has critical habitats that are being degraded by unplanned tourist activities. Zoning of the park in terms of tourism is recommended on the basis of use intensity and ecological fragility. The following are recommended: Western and southern shoreline and grassland are important breeding grounds for birds

especially the Kitlitz plover. Movement along the shoreline should be restricted to designated stretches. Other roads along the shoreline should be closed. The plan suggests only seven viewpoints, three each for both North and Western shorelines and one at Baharini springs. Punitive measures against errant tour drivers should be used to enforce this.

Access to Baharini Springs by road should be controlled. An ecologically friendly watch platform is proposed to minimise visitor impact.

There are several unnecessary roads that crosscut within the park. All such roads should be closed. Sarova Lion Hill access road to lakeshore should be closed or a barrier erected if the road is necessary for management.

Special campsites should be closed with barriers to protect privacy of paid up campers. Visitors requesting to undertake activities in closed areas can be allowed at a fee subject to

set conditions. Such closed zones would include breeding areas (when clearly determined it is not breeding season), stable communities areas such as grasslands and forests.

Baboon Cliff - Baboon Cliff nature trail is exposing visitors to wildlife attack for the trail traverses a thicket inhabited by Buffaloes and Black Rhinos. This can lead to nasty attacks. It is recommended that this trail be closed and a guardrail erected at the edge of the cliff to minimise chances of tourists falling over the cliff. Makalia Falls – The access route across Makalia river near the falls has on occasion caused vehicle accidents. The banks of the river at this point are too fragile and susceptible to erosion. The bridge should remain strictly as a footbridge, no vehicles should pass through it. 5.3.3 Lodges The boundaries of the lodges in the park and the lease agreements are not clearly spelt out. This has led to misunderstanding between the park and lodge management whereby the park management cannot implement certain activities. There is need to know the position of beacons and the lease agreements which should be enforced. There are waste management guidelines for lodges within National parks. However, waste disposal by lodges within the park is not monitored. Waste disposal guidelines in all lodges within the park should be implimented. The park management must monitor the activities of the lodges and enforce Cap.376 of the Wildlife Act. 5.3.4 Camp sites and picnic sites There is no clear demarcation on the extent of the campsites and picnic sites. At times campers have been found having pitched tents away from the campsites or lighting fires at undesired spots causing a serious threat to the park. In all campsites, the boundaries must be delineated to reduce impacts on some particular popular campsites. All picnic sites must be designated and their boundaries marked. Over utilisation has been noticed in special campsites, these should be closed occasionally to allow recovery. 5.3.5 Diversification of tourist activities To encourage extended stay and repeat visits, the following is proposed:

59

• To gazette Menengai Crater as a conservation area and develop tourist facilities like nature trails and campsites. The crater has enormous recreational and education value and would also serve biodiversity conservation and water catchment values.

• Other potential sites for visits are Hyrax Hill, Sirrikon cave, Mau forest and Kariandusi. • Develop a cultural village within the catchment. • Encourage visits and maintenance of old colonial houses e.g. Lord Ngata House – built

with stones shipped from Australia- Lord Egerton castle etc. • Other proposals include-

o Improvement of curio shops in Nakuru Town o KWS to explore possibility and logistics of Night Game drives o Open tours offered in private ranches should be promoted.

5.3.6 Marketing Lake Nakuru Park as category A The following is proposed: • Develop a facility at the park gate to keep the visitors attracted and come out of the

vehicles and interact with park staff e.g. a small well-stocked shop, good photographs of park resources, telephone bureau, good and clean toilets, information center, etc

• Propose increase in park entry fee to reflect increase in cost of management in accordance to market trends.

• Lodges should be made to blend with the environment and housing that is intrusive should be blended with the environment and trees planted.

• Marketing and promotion activities should include: - o Develop interpretative materials e.g. brochures and maps indicating tourist

circuits and places at Park gates o Market the catchment tourist facilities through the internet o Strengthen linkages with other conservation and tour agencies in the world. o Promote local tourism. o Highlight the history of the park in marketing literature together with

important land marks like WWF’s input in expansion of the park, together with their involvement in conservation in the catchment.

5.4 Research and Monitoring The ecology of Lake Nakuru and the terrestrial buffer zone (Park perimeter) are influenced by human activities and natural functions in the catchment. Understanding this link in functions is critical to enable managers make sustainable management decisions. Management oriented research programmes should be initiated to provide greater understanding of the resource interaction to help managers respond appropriately to these changes. Collaborative research involving stakeholders within the catchment will be encouraged to facilitate interactions among managers, researchers and the community. 5.4.1 Ecological/Environmental Monitoring Monitoring both ecological and environmental attributes builds a database on early warning system and provides information to guide managers in making decisions to avoid management by crisis.

60

5.4.1.1.Physical Monitoring Meteorology Meteorological variables currently being monitored are rainfall, temperature, relative humidity, evaporation and wind speed. Rainfall data is collected using both manual and automatic precipitation recorders at Main, Lanet and Nderit gates; Soysambu, Nganyoi and Pwani out-posts; and at Naishi Rhino base. The automatic precipitation recorders have had gaps due to inadequate supply of the recording sheets. The KWS Research assistant and other relevant staff should be trained on data collection and servicing of meteorological equipment at the weather station. Adequate automatic recording sheets should be made available on time. River water level Lake level is dependent on river flow levels and lateral seepage. All the rivers flowing into the lake have automatic flow recorders that are being attended by WWF. To ensure continuity, upon closing of the WWF monitoring programme, KWS should build capacity to take up this responsibility. The staff gauges at Baharini springs and the two sewage outflows should be well positioned to collect data reflective of the actual river flow. Water quality monitoring A collaborative effort by KWS and WWF on water quality monitoring programme has generated a lot of data. Sampling points have been identified and geo-referenced. A water quality-testing laboratory exists in the Park. KWS research section will collaborate in the running and operation of the laboratory. In year one all water quality data will be entered into a database. The monitoring programme will continue, with weekly physical parameter monitoring and monthly chemical and biological parameter monitoring. The existing data should be analysed to initiate management actions. Water Quality Monitoring Laboratory A modern laboratory capable of generating information that can guide environmental management in the entire catchment. The facility can monitor portable water, effluents; sewage works efficiency, lake and river waters. At the moment institutional collaboration on operations of the laboratory is not clear. To ensure the facility achieves its objectives, it is recommended that institutional framework on the management of the laboratory be established which spells clearly the operation and maintenance funding strategy. To achieve this the various stakeholders must develop a memorandum of understanding. 5.4.1.2 Ecological Monitoring Animal Counts This done quarterly in a year, has generated useful information for management. However, the method used has been found wanting for key species like the predators, nocturnals and Rhino. This data needs analysis to especially show animal habitat interaction in the Park. Specific counting methods should be established to count species that are not properly counted by the present method and the data used to determine species stocking levels in the park. Monitoring of species stocking performance and habitat interaction should be enhanced. Rhino Rhino surveillance done on a 24 hour basis has generated useful information for management. In addition to sighting data collection, individual habitat utilisation should be mapped using GIS.

61

Emphasis should be placed on biological management of the population with the aim of understanding factors affecting the population performance and taking appropriate measures. A standardised Rhino monitoring system should be developed. Rhino research programmes on ecological capacity estimation should be conducted to ensure that the population does not exceed 75% of the ecological carrying capacity of the park. It is recommended that the excess stock be translocated to restock other Black Rhino ranges. Giraffe Since the translocation of 16 animals into the park, the species has increased to a population of over 170 individuals. Food resource competition between the black Rhino and the Giraffe to establish the effect of increasing populations should be established. Specific species studies should be commissioned to establish the extent of competition and population impact on the habitat. Ecological capacity estimation should be conducted to ensure that the population does not exceed the ecological carrying capacity of the park. Predators The predators used to restock predator populations in the park are problem animals due, to this there has been an increase in livestock predation around the park. In this regard, there is a need to establish their actual populations, territories and ecological carrying capacity. The actual predation pressure should be established to guide predator /prey management. Waterfowl counts. Waterfowl counts are currently biannual. This has generated information that show trends in species composition. Waterfowls being migratory; there is need to establish causes leading to these migrations especially for key species like the Flamingo. Research on other animal species Research has shown that there has been an increase and decrease in various species populations. This management plan recommendes a number of species management strategies. Continuous research and monitoring should be undertaken to generate information that can guide these management decisions. In addition, research should provide up to date information on population dynamics. 5.4.1.3 Habitat Monitoring Vegetation monitoring transects and exclosures have been identified and geo-referenced. However, there is no clear vegetation-monitoring programme in place. The existing exclosures are not maintained. In the first year all exclosures will be rehabilitated and maintained in the subsequent years. A vegetation monitoring programme will be developed in year one, and it is proposed that woody vegetation will be monitored after every five years, biomass during the dry and wet seasons, grasses and herbs will be monitored every year. 5.4.2 Research priorities Lake Nakuru National Park is one of the key parks in the country, whose management regimes should be guided by strong scientific findings. This management plan proposes constitution of a research committee to coordinate research in the entire lake Nakuru catchment. Data and

62

information collected from these studies should be used in establishing a database. The following are some areas that require intensive research: - a) Species stocking rates and park carrying capacity b) Predation pressure c) Specific species conservation requirements d) Habitat management e) Ecological Monitoring programmes (Terrestrial and aquatic) f) Flamingo mortalities g) Factors leading to changing lake ecology h) Hydrology i) Invader species colonisation

5.5 Security To improve security within the catchment, this plan recommends that a security data collection and management system be put in place. A security network for gathering intelligence information will support law enforcement and patrol activities. It is proposed that KWS share intelligence information with other security arms of the government to enhance success of security operations within the catchment. The use of GPS and GIS technology should be applied to enhance the quality of information and data collection. To ensure visitor security within the vicinity of the park, KWS intelligence section in liaison with the police should enhance surveillance. This management plan also proposes the following management actions. Carry out regular joint patrols with communities within the catchment areas. Enhance ranger patrol through use of GPS and GIS Enhance intelligence information gathering Provide necessary equipment for security operations, eg GPS. Initiate joint security operations with other law enforcement agencies.

5.6 Maintenance and management

5.6.1Buildings KWS should evaluate the 1992-3 designs by Cota & Cockard for possible implementation. In the third and fourth years there is a need to seek funds to implement these designs. The current staff housing is not adequate to cater for the existing staff. The management plan recommends the following actions. More staff houses will be constructed in the following format: 3 senior staff houses at honey moon quarters. Middle cadre staff houses to be constructed at the vacant plot near the KWS district office. The existing district staff buildings to be refurbished to cater for the junior staff housing. The Rangers line near the present park headquarters should be retained and needs

refurbishment. The current Park Warden’s house that has been condemned should be demolished and

relocated preferably to a screened place with the same proximity to the park head quarters.

63

There is need for a warden’s house at Naishi sub-headquarters and two non commissioned officer’s (NCO’s) houses.

The condemned old farmhouse at Honeymoon should be demolished. The present education premises comprising of the amphitheatre, staff houses and the

dormitories, an office, the kitchen and the dinning room as well as the sanitation facilities need complete refurbishment. Landscaping at this particular locality should be made to blend with the purposes of the field study centre.

Access from the education centre to the lab should be modified to be user friendly. There is need to identify sources of funding in the first year, identify plans and designs, undertake EIA in the second year in the second year and commence construction in the third year. The above buildings should take into account recreational facilities for staff, like canteen, Hall. 5.6.2 Roads The existing permanent road network should be regularly maintained during the plan period. In Y2 the river crossing which are temporary structures on Makalia and Nderit will be constructed. 5.6.3 Airstrip Needs to be well maintained in the entire plan period. An Aircraft attendant or a ranger will be deployed to man the airstrip. The airstrip needs a visitor reception facility and an ablution block. 5.6.4 Campsites The existing two public campsites at the main Gate and Makalia are receiving a facelift with construction of campfire grills and rubbish pits. Any other new site should be opened in line with the guidelines that will be developed. 5.6.5 Picnic sites More benches will be constructed at the picnic sites to increase the seating capacity. A new picnic site, Lion hill summit picnic site, will be opened at Lion hill in YR1. 5.6.6 Water supply To alleviate acute water shortage in the park, a water pipeline will be constructed from the 100,000-litre tank at Lanet gate to Main gate and Education center in YR2. The present Cave dam will be dredged in YR1 to increase the water holding capacity. Wildlife water supply in the park is currently being done on a ad hoc basis. In Y1 a study on water supply in the park will be undertaken. 5.6.7 Vehicles Most of the vehicles, plant, equipment and machinery in Lake Nakuru National Park are old and require replacement. Some management units do not have ideal vehicles for their functions. Requirements are detailed in Appendix 3. 5.6.8 Communication The park has adequate telephone, E-mail and radio communication. 5.6.9 Personnel Appendix 4 summarises existing and required staff establishment in the Park. Management of Lake Nakuru National Park is structured into various units. Some units require completion of staff establishment.

64

5.7 Species of special concern-Lesser Flamingo

5.7.0 Introduction Conservation initiatives in Lake Nakuru National Park are closely linked to lesser flamingos since the gazettement of the lake as a bird sanctuary. This arose from the marvellous spectacle afforded to visitors by the huge flamingo congregation in the lake, colouring the lakeshore pink. The water chemistry matrices provide the ideal conditions for the growth of algal species especially Spirulina platensis on which the 2,000,000 plus flamingos depend for their nourishment. The functioning of this ecosystem is dependent on the water chemistry and is very sensitive to changes occasioned by fluctuating water levels. 5.7.1 Characteristics Flamingo Movements: The link between discrete ecosystems The saline-alkaline lakes are discrete ecosystems whose dynamics change independent of each other except for regional climatic effects. The response of the lakes to regional climatic events is dependent on their limnology, catchment basin morphometry and hydrology. The changes in limnological processes affect the water chemistry, changing the algal species composition affecting the flamingo food base, with algal blooms varying from unialgal Spirulina assemblages to toxic algal blooms that may cause flamingo mortality. Lesser flamingos respond to changes in their food base by undertaking irregular nomadic movements that track lakes with preferred food species and concentrations. They are ecologically sensitive species and their movements provide spatial and temporal connectivity between the various alkaline lakes. Lesser flamingo conservation and management should center on the management of the various alkaline lakes. Rehabilitation of impacted alkaline ecosystems and rigorous protection of others is important in this regard. The increased use of sewage treatment ponds in Nakuru should be viewed against the potential of their acting as a pollutant source for other lakes. 5.7.2 Management Strategies for Lesser Flamingo Populations a) Visitor Control- Restriction of shoreline visitors to a few excellent flamingo viewing sites, like: Njoro River mouth, Makalia River Mouth, Presidential Pavilion Lake Shore Drums, North lake shore gauges and Baharini Springs should be managed as closed areas. Benefits: • Reduced road network density in important Bohr reedbuck and Thomson’s gazelle’s habitats • Enhancement of breeding sites for other birds such as Black winged stilts • Protection of refuge sites such as Baharini springs complex • Litter reduction b) Lake Levels maintenance- this involves various stakeholders impacting on catchment basin conservation through;

i. Forest rehabilitation, reafforestation and restoration. ii. River bank and riverine vegetation protection.

iii. Improved water and soil conservation. iv. Rehabilitation of sink holes along river courses at Mogun and banning of sand mining in R.

Njoro at Baruti and quarrying at Makalia. v. Reduced water abstraction from rivers and underground water aquifers

c) Urban Environment- Waste disposal and pollution from the town has had an impact on the lesser flamingo. To minimise this, the following are recommended:

i. Maintenance and efficient operation of waste water treatment plants.

65

ii. Introduction of treatment technology capable of handling industrial wastes at the sewage works and in the industries.

iii. Stricter policing and voluntary reduction of pollutants in industrial effluents. iv. Increased community awareness and reduction of solid wastes. v. Increased role of Nakuru Municipal Council as the dominant environment management

agency in the Municipality. vi. Improved sewerage connectivity to dilute single event pollutant emissions. For improved lesser flamingo population management and conservation, efforts should be expanded in other areas that are critical flamingo habitats for continued flamingo occupancy in Lake Nakuru. The loss of these sites will directly translate into an absence of flamingos in Lake Nakuru. • Establishment of appropriate management structures for Lake Bogoria, Elementeita and

Magadi. • Rehabilitation projects for all Rift Valley Lakes. • Concerted international efforts to conserve Lake Natron and the Ethiopian and Tanzanian

dispersal lakes. 5.7.3 Flamingo Mortalities The 1993 and 1995 Lesser flamingo mass die-offs involved an estimated 50,000 birds. The mass die-offs of the Lesser flamingos during this period were attributable to the presence of metals, pesticides, and an algal toxin, detected in the tissues of the birds. Water and sediment quality monitoring for Lake Nakuru by WWF has been going on for the last 10 years, and has detected a number of metals and pesticides in the lake. The same metals and pesticides have also been detected in the tissues of the Lesser flamingos collected during the die-offs. The flamingo population in Nakuru plays a very important role in relation to the tourist industry, not only in the park, but also in the entire Rift Valley Lakes ecosystems. The Lesser flamingo is one of the biota in the ecosystem, which can be used as a bio-indicator of the health status in the area. The flamingos migrate from one lake to another in this region, for various reasons, the most important being the presence or absence of the food base. It is therefore necessary to monitor the food-base levels, the quality and quantity of the water, as well as other physical, chemical and biological factors in the saline-alkaline Rift Valley lakes. This exercise should be undertaken at least once a month throughout the year, in order to have an overview of the true picture of the ecosystems. There are two important questions, which need to be addressed in relation to the flamingo study: What are the levels of the metals, and pesticides in the Rift Valley lakes? What are the levels of the metals, pesticides, and algal toxins in the tissues of newly hatched

flamingos before they move out of Lake Natron? Monitoring: a programme, covering all the Rift Valley lakes: Bogoria, Nakuru, Elementaita, Sonachi, Magadi, Natron and others The factors, which need to be monitored on a regular basis, are: Water quality and quantity Algal populations Algal toxins: microcystin-LR and anatoxin-A Metals in water, sediments, and algae

66

Pesticides Toxicologic assessment for metals, pesticides in the tissues of flamingos Flamingo movement/migration Flamingo health and infectious diseases. Fish eagles, marabous, and cormorants (for contaminants)

PART FOUR:

ZONING

67

CHAPTER SIX ZONING

6.0 INTRODUCTION Over-utilisation of certain fragile areas in parks has demonstrated that unless decisive actions are taken to protect them, such areas and the resources they contain may be lost. Parks and other protected areas have limited ecological and aesthetic carrying capacities. Wildlife habitats should be seen as a dynamic resource that changes with respect to the human activities and not as passive and static medium in which human and wildlife express themselves. Mass tourism may cause disturbance to breeding places and fragile habitats. In order to avoid such occurrences, it is important to delineate specific zones in which human utilization is reduced to a minimum or excluded altogether. Zoning, therefore, gives additional protection of specific areas within a park. It has become quite clear that the survival of Lake Nakuru National Park is intricately related to the activities taking place in the wider catchment basin of the park; therefore, the concept of zonation should also be applied outside the park. Land uses that would be destructive to certain landforms and important areas should be discouraged and, where this is not possible, preventive measures be taken to minimise detrimental effects. Recommended Actions Seasonal inventorying of distribution of resources, valuation of their status and potential. Establish a comprehensive database concerning ecological resource inventories (inventories

and localisation) and socio-economic data concerning all levels of human settlements and other developments within Lake Nakuru National Park and the greater catchment ecosystem.

Develop monitoring programmes for natural resources, for the main ecological functions and habitats. This would serve as an indication of the state of the environment regarding carrying capacity and its potential to support the socio economic activities taking place in the area.

6.1 Zonation in the Park There are several habitats, which are either too ‘fragile’, home to rare species of plants or animals and need to be shielded from direct impact of man’s activities (No use). There are other habitats, which can tolerate only light impact (Low use or restricted use) and others can tolerate heavy impacts (Medium use). There are other areas because of the need for management are already developed to accommodate a very heavy human impact (High use). Based on the above criteria, the park can be categorised into four management zones (see Table 4 and figure 16). 6.1.1 Justification for the recommended intensity of use The activities of man in a park can be disastrous or alter the attributes, which we wish to conserve. The effects of such activities on a habitat depend on the degree of resilience of a habitat to perturbations and the intensity of the disturbance. After a disturbance, which has not exceeded resilience domain, highly resilient habitats can return to their original condition after a short time, while less resilient ones would take a very long time to do so. However, stable systems may never return to their original condition if destroyed. It is important, therefore, to determine the stability and degree of resilience of the different habitats within and without the park prior to assigning the various intensity of use categories. Certain habitats may be excluded from use because they serve a special function such as breeding, roosting, feeding, etc. The exclusion of use may be temporary or permanent. Special feeding areas may require a year round exclusion from use, while seasonally waterlogged (flooded) areas may be closed during the wet season only. Other areas are functionally designed and modified to accommodate very heavy intensities of use such as park administrative headquarters and camps, lodges and town/urban

68

areas. Secondary natural vegetation and agricultural land can be manipulated to allow a heavy intensity of use. Topography is an important factor in determining whether or not to put certain land under cultivation. Beyond a certain degree of slope, land should not be cultivated due to the high risk of accelerated erosion. The invaluable role of water in sustenance of life suggests that water sources, river courses and water reservoirs should be fully protected and utilised only when there is a sufficient reason to do so, provided adequate control measures have been applied. Therefore, areas will be recommended for low, medium, high and very high intensity of use. Table 4: Zonation in the Park Zonation in Lake Nakuru National Park and recommended intensity of use Zone Habitat type Location Recommended

intensity of use 1 (a) Fragile habitats Marshes, springs, lake shores, river

mouths, breeding sites (e.g. sandy areas along the shore are breeding site for Kittlitz plovers, etc)

No

(b) Habitats for rare species (e.g. reedbuck, Steinbok, colobus monkey, etc.)

Habitats known to be specific sites utilised by these species

No

2 Climax Forest Vegetation Lion hill, Acacia, Olea, Euphorbia forests, Alongside rivers and the South Western Part

Low

3 Secondary vegetation Other areas apart from 1 & 2 Medium 4 Park administration and

visitor facilities Offices, staff quarters, lodges, bandas, camp/picnic sites, car park

High

Zonation outside the park and recommended intensity of use Zone Habitat type Location Recommended

intensity of use 1 Fragile habitats Protective highland forests, steep

slopes, hills, river sources, river valleys

Low

2 Ranches Natural grasslands, bushland & pastures

Low

3 Cultivated lands Small & large scale farms High 4 Towns and urban centres Nakuru, Njoro, Mau Narok, Dundori,

Bahati & Elementaita Very high

69

L. NAKURUL. NAKURU

LANET GATE

NDERITGATE

"8MAIN GATE

NAISHIAIR STRIP

"8NGANYOI

"8 SAROVALION HILLLODGE

"8

"8

PWANI

ZAKARIA

"8 SOYSAMBU

"8 LAKENAKURULODGE

"8 W C K

BABOONCLIFF

"8

"8

"8

RIFLE RANGE

"8

"8

"8

"8"8

"8

"8

"8

"8Education centre

Nyuki campsite

Nyaticampsite

Out of Africa

Makalia

Rhinocampsite

Naishicampsite

"8 Sewerageworks

ZONATION

170

170

175

175

180

180

185

185

9950

9950

9955

9955

9960

9960

9965

9965

N

Fragile limited use

Fragile zone no use

medium use

Lake

Park Boundary

Legend

"8 High use

Figure 16:

70

6.2 Zonation Outside the Park The land uses in the catchment include cultivation, ranching, forestry and urban developments (e.g. Nakuru town and smaller market centres). There are several resources of great importance in the catchment, which are the basis of ecosystem function, agricultural production and human welfare, these resources are forests, soils and rivers (water). Sections of the forests have been cleared to create room for settlements and cultivation. Cultivation is carried out in several places, which are too steep causing increased soil erosion. The riverine vegetation has been cleared and cultivation takes place up to the edge of the rivers. The consequences of these activities are changes in climate and productive capacity of the environment. Recently the catchment is experiencing a reduction in the amount of rainfall, prolonged drought period, reduced rainfall infiltration in the soil and increasing soil erosion. Most soil erosion occurs on cultivated lands, however, it also occurs in parts of forests, which are in poor state of management and neglect.

Since the climate of the catchment varies, from dry to wet, and altitude varies from the floor of the Rift valley to highlands (Mau, Dundori and Eburru hills), different conservation measures will have to be applied. Therefore, it is necessary to know what are the characteristics of an area where soil conservation has to be implemented. Cultivated land needs conservation measures that are different from those required for forests.

Soil and forest conservation activities through the Ministry of Agriculture and Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources, Forest Department have been on-going for the last two to three decades. The efforts by these two ministries have been uni-sectoral and have had limited success. Their efforts have been frustrated by uncoordinated development initiatives in the catchment, some of which (e.g. settlements), have led to disastrous consequences on the environment. This integrated management plan hopes to harmonise the activities of different sectors dealing with land use in the catchment. Different zones will be delineated to identify the best land use or combination of uses for each zone. The proposed zonation for the catchment is shown in table 5.

71

Table 5: Zones and habitat categories in the park and recommended action

Zone Habitat catesssssgory Recommended Action

1 Fragile habitats/ Breeding sites (i) Marshes, springs, river mouths (ii) Lake shore sands (breeding site for

Kittlitz plover) (iii) Lake shore grasslands (breeding

site for crowned and blacksmith plovers)

(iv) Habitats for rare species - a) reedbuck - b) Colobus monkey

No roads should lead to these areas. Where possible, visitors should leave their vehicles and walk to a point close to these features. Observation hideouts should be built for observations of water birds and mammals in these areas. Roads presently leading to these places should be closed. Visitors should not be allowed to walk freely along the sand flats because they are likely to step on and break the camouflaged eggs. Roads should be constructed such that they lead to a specific point from where the observations can be made. As in 1 (ii) above. These grasslands should be protected and the negative impacts identified and minimised. Minimal interference of this habitat should be allowed. Studies should be made on this species.

2 Climax forest vegetation (i) Euphorbia (ii) Olea (iii) Acacia

Except for research purposes, no tracks should be opened in this habitat to minimise detrimental effects. It would serve little wildlife viewing value to introduce more roads. The existing road, which traverses through this habitat, is adequate and visitors are able to see wild animals along the road or when they cross the road. Roads should not be opened in these forests to minimise impairment to these areas.

3 Secondary vegetation These habitats contain nearly all species of animals in the park. A much closer road network can be accommodated to facilitate wildlife viewing.

4 Park administration and visitor facilities Except in outposts (at Nganyoi, Soysambu, Zacharia) where extra accommodation may be needed, the park should not plan to build more staff houses in the park. If it becomes necessary to add more offices, care must be taken not to destroy natural vegetation. Instead, new buildings should be accommodated in the already developed areas.

72

Table 6: Zones and land use categories outside the park and recommended action

Zone Category Recommended Action

1 Nakuru Municipality

Implement SSP, manage waste & pollution, increase capacity &Sewer reticulation, greening of the park-town inter-phase, improve recreational facilities, involve stakeholders in planning & management.

2 Small scale subsistence farms

Implement appropriate farming methods and technologies, control soil erosion, use of safe pesticides, on farm afforestation & wood lots. Form environmental committees & conserve protected areas e.g riverine areas. Provide extension services, training & awareness. Provide marketing outlets, alternative sources of income & resources. Utilize & promote alternative energy sources.

3 Large-scale farm. Implement appropriate farming methods & technologies, control soil erosion, use of safe pesticides, on farm forestry & wood lots. Form environmental committees & conserve protected areas e.g riverine areas. Provide extension services, training & awareness. Provide marketing outlets. Plant wind breaks where appropriate, implement environmentally friendly means of cultivation e.g minimum tillage, crop rotations with rest periods to improve soil stability.

4 Ranches & livestock producers

Continue with wildlife compatible practises, control illegal poaching, appropriate use of acaricides. Develop a framework that allows economic benefits from wildlife to reach the producers. Control of overgrazing and pasture deterioration and degradation. Provide extension services for habitat management. Develop appropriate stocking rates guidelines.

5 Small rural –urban centers

Develop structural plans for controlled growth and development. Start and develop management plans and committees. Develop appropriate waste disposal methods and facilities, water management sourcing and harvesting. Enhance capacity of county council in management planning and environmental conservation in rural urban centers. Impart environmental awareness in the residents

6 Newly settled areas Train farmers on appropriate farming methods. Institute soil conservation measures. Develop appropriate land use for newly settled areas. Start on farm forestry. Provide extension services and training. Develop alternative income options. Impart environmental conservation skills to new farmers. Control development and location of infrastructure and amenities.

73

7 Plantation and indigenous forests

Stop further excisions. Halt ongoing deforestation. Institute appropriate forest management systems. Prevent illegal access and utilisation of forests. Prevent illegal trade in forest products e.g. charcoal, timber and animals. Develop community access and participation in forest management. Monitor and inventory forest resources. Reafforestate previously cleared areas with appropriate species combinations.

8 Steep slopes Categorise areas that can be cultivated and enforce the agriculture Act guidelines. Terracing of cultivated areas. Encourage use of trees and grasses as soil stabilisers. Rehabilitate denuded and eroded areas. Environmental training and awareness for farmers

9 Undulating areas Categorise areas that can be cultivated and enforce the agriculture Act guidelines. Terracing of cultivated areas. Encourage use of trees and grasses as soil stabilisers. Rehabilitate denuded and eroded areas. Training and awareness for farmers

10 Deposition lowland areas

Institute flood control methods. Stop encroachment and cultivation of the riverine areas. Develop sediment-trapping methods. Appropriate farming methods and all year soil cover

11 Fragile soils Apply appropriate soil management techniques and minimum soil disturbance. Apply appropriate farming systems that enhance organic matter content and structural stability of the soils. Extension and awareness. Institute soil-monitoring programs. Discourage cultivation in vulnerable areas. Rehabilitate already degraded areas

12 High Rainfall areas Institute land use types and cropping compatible with the high rainfall regime. Plan water harvesting. Adopt environmental conservation strategies appropriate to high rainfall areas

13 Semi arid areas Institute land use types and cropping compatible with the low rainfall regime. Plan water harvesting. Adopt environmental conservation strategies appropriate to low rainfall areas

PART FIVE IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY, ACTIVITIES

AND BUDGET, MONITORING AND EVALUATION

74

CHAPTER SEVEN IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY, INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

AND STAKEHOLDER INVOLVEMENT

7.0 INTRODUCTION This chapter identifies the stakeholders and describes the framework for their involvement in the implementation of the plan. It provides for linkages, legal framework, and responsibilities of the stakeholders. The Government of Kenya on 17th December 1999 enacted an Environmental Co-ordination and Management Bill that became a law on January 2000, as a strategy to ensure sound environmental conservation and management. The implementation strategy attempts to fit in to the provisions of this Act. Stakeholder participation provides an avenue for resource mobilization and inclusion of development partners.

7.1 Implementation Strategy The implementation strategy has the following elements:-

• Involvement of stakeholders in the implementation of management and development programmes.

• Active consultation and collaboration • Adopting an adaptive management approach during the plan implementation • Management programmes will based on sound scientific findings

7.1.1 Ecosystem /Catchment Approach The core strategy for Lake Nakuru catchment IMP will be guided by the ecosystem approach to environmental management. This calls for the plan area to be managed as part of a greater catchment. In essence management of various systems is sectoral but there is need for harmonization and integration since environmental issues are crosscutting. 7.1.2 Collaboration The basis of this integrated management plan is the networking and linkages between various stakeholders in addressing the various issues and challenges. This aspect of linkages and networks can be achieved through collaboration at various levels that includes; inter agency linkages to management, interdisciplinary teams to address challenges, inter-sectoral teams to address implementation strategies and stakeholder support to ensure effectiveness. 7.1.3 Policy making Stakeholders participation in the implementation of environmental decisions will help achieve community empowerment and enhance the public's trust. To accomplish this core strategy, the Lake Nakuru Integrated Management Plan encourages all stakeholders to accept each other as partners in the policy making process. Acceptance in this perspective in shaping decisions will greatly be aided by institutionalising the consensus - building approach. Beyond this, efforts will focus on the breadth of participation activities, the handling of information and procedures. 7.1.4 Institutional Collaborative Framework Lake Nakuru Integrated Management Plan recognises that to achieve the objectives of the Plan, institutions operating within the Nakuru catchment must consult and collaborate on issues

75

relating to environmental management and socio economic development in which the plan is to be implemented. To achieve effective collaboration, this management plan proposes institutionalisation of a multidisciplinary committee to implement the proposed activities. 7.1.5 Developing institutional framework for Lake Nakuru be guided by the following factors:

a) The conservation and sustainable use of Nakuru catchment area is heavily influenced by social, cultural, economic and political factors that must be considered exhaustively.

b) Taking cognisance of existing linkages, policies and institutional frame works that are already contributing to the conservation and management of the Nakuru catchment.

c) The need to strike an optimal balance between catchment conservation and sustainable human living.

d) The need for a multi-disciplinary and inter-sectoral teams to address conservation and management issues in the catchment

7.2. Laws Supporting IMP These laws give mandate to stakeholders, local authorities and government departments to perform their responsibilities within the laws and regulations of Kenya. The laws and regulations are necessary for the harmonization of multi-sectoral interests and practices. Observance of these laws will enhance participatory approach in decision–making, ecosystem approach in management and provide confidence to all stakeholders. It is important to note that these laws are not conclusive and other rules and regulations can be developed in the form of codes of conduct and by laws that will improve conservation and management in Lake Nakuru catchment.

Environmental Management and Coordination Act The law is based upon the principle that everybody is entitled to a healthy and clean environment. Section 42, pertinent to the implementation of this plan deals with water catchment conservation while section 29 subsection 3 deals with the establishment of District Environmental Committees.

Social services laws on registration of CBO’s This Act will provide for the registration of CBO’s and empower them to contribute to the implementation of the management plan. It will also provide for the laws and regulations that govern their operations.

Public health Act This Act will provide the impetus for a healthy environment and give regulations to waste management, pollution and human health. The plan will act through this act to achieve its objective of providing a healthy environment and well being of the stakeholders in the catchment.

NGO’s registration Act This Act will provide for the registration of NGOs, the laws and regulations that govern them. A coordinated NGO front provides great opportunities for resource mobilization and optimum utilization of these resources for the benefit of stakeholders.

The Wildlife (Conservation and Management) Act

76

This is the principal Act regulating wildlife conservation and management in Kenya. The Act establishes Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS) as the implementing agency. Under section 3A, the functions of KWS shall be among others to: ♦ Provide advise to the government and local authorities and landowners on the best methods

of wildlife conservation and management and be the principal instrument of government in pursuit of such ecological appraisals or controls outside urban areas as are necessary for human survival.

♦ The Act also authorizes the director to enter into agreement with other competent authorities for the purpose of ensuring that animal migration patterns essential for the continued viability of National Parks. Furthermore, the Minister responsible for wildlife has discretionary powers to ' promulgate such regulations to enhance the management of such protected areas, so long as the regulations so promulgated are reasonable and not ultra vires to the parent Act.

The Director may delegate or assign any of his functions under the Act to any officer in the service of the Forestry or Fisheries Department or to any public officer approved by the Minister (honorary warden). Other than the National Parks and Reserves, the Minister may also declare and gazette an area not exceeding two thousand, six hundred acres as a local sanctuary where extraordinary measures of protection are taken over species being nurtured for replenishment of stocks. The Integrated Management Plan avails an opportunity to apply the provisions of the Wildlife Act in furtherance of its implementation in so far as it relates to wildlife conservation and its habitat management.

The Water Act The water Act, Cap 372 of the Laws of Kenya seeks to make better provision for the conservation, control, apportionment and use of the water resources in Kenya, and -for purposes incidental thereto and connected therewith. The Act vests ownership and control of water in the Government subject to any rights of user. Under this provision, therefore, Water Department has the responsibility to regulate access, use, and control pollution of water resources.

The Agriculture Act The Agriculture Act. Cap 318 of the Laws of Kenya seeks to promote and maintain a stable agriculture, to provide for the conservation of the soil and its fertility and to stimulate the development of agricultural land in accordance with the accepted practices of good land management and good husbandry. This Act primarily guides and regulates farming practices. It is, indeed, a crucial piece of legislation insofar as it relates to both small scale and large-scale farms within the Nakuru catchment ecosystem. The Agriculture Act is the principal land use statute covering, inter- alia, soil conservation, and agricultural land use in general.

77

The Forest Act The Forests Act, Cap 385 of the Laws of Kenya provides for the establishment, control and regulation of Central Forests, forests and forest areas in Nairobi Area and on unalienated Government land. The Act, therefore, applies not only to state plantations and land controlled and managed by the Forestry Department for research purposes or for establishment of commercial timber plantations, but also areas which have been set aside for the conservation of fauna and flora, for the management of water catchment area, for the prevention of soil erosion or for the protection and management of indigenous forests on alienated Government land.

The Fisheries Act The Fisheries Act Cap, 378 of 1989 of the Laws of Kenya provides for development, management, exploitation, utilisation and conservation of fisheries and for connected purposes. The Act has been regarded as one of the most comprehensive natural resource Laws of Kenya although its implementation has remained largely wanting. The Act provides for promoting the development of traditional and industrial fisheries, fish culture, and related industries through extension service, research and surveys, infrastructure development, restocking, exploring marketing opportunities as well as enhancing community participation in fisheries management.

The Land Planning Act The Land Planning Act Cap 303 of 1968 of the Laws of Kenya makes provision for planning the use and development of land. Sec 6 (1) of the subsidiary legislation provides that "a local authority may, after consultation with, and with the agreement of the Minister, prepare and submit to the Minister for his approval a town plan or area plan, as the case may be, for that part of the area under its jurisdiction to which these regulations apply.” Under this provision Lake Nakuru Integrated Management Plan may be adopted by the local authority and Municipal Council as an area plan and may submit it for approval by the Minister pursuant to this Act.

Physical Planning Act This Act provides for the preparation and implementation of physical development plans for connected purposes. It establishes the responsibility for the physical planning at various levels of Government in order to remove uncertainty regarding the responsibility for regional planning. It provides for a hierarchy of plans in which guidelines are laid down for the future physical development of areas referred to in specific plan. The ostensible intention is that the three-tier order plans, the national development plan, regional development plan, and the local physical development plan should concentrate on broad policy issues. The Act also promotes public participation in the preparation of plans and requires that in preparation of plans proper consideration be given to the potential for economic development, socio-economic development needs of the population, the existing planning and future transport needs, the physical factors which may influence orderly development in general and

78

urbanization in particular, and the possible influence of future development upon natural environment. The innovation in the Act is the requirement for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). Any change of use of the actual development without authority constitutes an offence. Similarly, any one who deposits refuse, scrap or waste materials in a designated area without the consent of the planning authority or the relevant local authority shall be guilty of an offence under the regulations. The general sentence under the regulations is a fine of not exceeding five thousand shillings or Imprisonment not exceeding six months, or to both, such fine and imprisonment.

Land Control Act CAP 406 This law provides for the control of transactions in agricultural land, especially the machinery of the Land Control Boards. However it is of environmental interest that one of the points to consider in granting or refusal of consent by the Board is what impact the transaction is likely to have on the maintenance or improvement of standards of good husbandry within the specific agricultural area. This may be construed to include agricultural activities beyond the carrying capacity of the land. Such a situation would constitute a basis for denying consent to a transfer or subdivision of an agricultural land.

The Local Government Act CAP 265 This law empowers a local authority to apply through the Minister for land to meet its different development purposes. Such requests and purposes are deemed to be public purposes within the meaning of the Land Acquisition Act (Cap 295). Such a local authority may, within such land, establish and maintain a conservation area. It may also take measures necessary for the prevention or control of bush fires or quarrying for minerals, sand gravel, clay, or stones.

The Kenya Tourist Development Corporation Act The statute which regulates tourism is the Kenya Tourist Development Corporation Act Cap 382 of the Laws of Kenya which establishes KTDC as a parastatal body, The functions of the KTDC include, inter alia, provision of travel, expedition of tours, whether hunting, fishing, photography or other wise. The corporation may also plan the development, preservation, or study of the wild and natural life, flora and other vegetation.

Tourist Industry Licensing Act. The sister statute to the KTDC Act is the Tourist Industry Licensing Act Cap 381 of the Laws of Kenya. The Act deals primarily with the licensing of touristic activities. The first schedule classifies the tourist enterprise including '. Professional hunters" for which activities are regulated by the Director of KWS.

7.3. Roles and responsibilities of stakeholders

7.3.1 Municipal Council of Nakuru The Council is responsible for urban planning, development, and provision of social services to town residences.

79

The municipal council has the following roles to play in the implementation of the plan: The council should endeavour to increase the sewerage network to cover the entire

municipality area. Provide new channels for storm water drainage Constantly clean and maintain the storm water channels. Provide refuse chambers and litter bins at strategic areas throughout the municipality and

empty them regularly Support private sector initiative in waste management e.g. privatisation of garbage collection,

waste recycling etc Plan and execute the relocation of the dumping site to an appropriate site and design

appropriate methods of waste disposal. The present site located on the western side of the town is an open dumping site in an abandoned quarry.

Sensitize the public on waste management Undertake greening of the town Sensitize the council workers to enforce the public health and environmental health

by- laws. Install and maintain screens at storm water channels Strengthen Pollution Release and Transfer Registers (PRTR) to insure high standards of

environmental safety within the MCN Monitoring pollution levels at source. Ensure industries have waste treatment plants at the source 7.3.2.Kenya Wildlife Service KWS is responsible for conservation of biodiversity and natural resource especially within Nakuru National Park. Its activities as relates to this integrated plan are:- Ensure ecological integrity of the park through proper planning and management Coordinate the plan implementation Play a key role in supporting the implementation of the management plan Support initiatives of the Municipal Council and other stakeholders within the catchment Take a leading role in providing the technical capacity and scientific information to the Lake

Nakuru Catchment Conservation and Development Forum (LNCCDF) Take initiative in collaboration with Forest Department, Agriculture and others to write joint

proposals for funding Establish strong network with other stakeholders Support creation and maintenance of a green zone at park town interface Manage human wildlife conflict in the catchment Conduct research and monitoring in the catchment Promote tourism as an income generating project in the catchment Undertake education, awareness and extension services to promote conservation 7.3.3 Forest Department The forest department is responsible for conservation and development of forest resources. In respect to this integrated management plan forest department is responsible for the following actions and activities:- Rehabilitation and conservation of catchment forest

80

Initiate and promote on farm forestry with the assistance of other stakeholders Work in concert with KWS to address funding for catchment based activities Control of forest excision, fires and encroachment Interpret forest master plan and implement it in conjunction with stakeholders. Enforce existing laws to protect forests. Secure title deeds of the forest lands to protect forests Undertake education, awareness and extension services in the catchment Develop forest management plans. Provide a lead in forest research, monitoring and conservation. Coordinate the forest activities within the catchment Interpret the specific law relating to the activities of NGO’s within the catchment dealing

with forest conservation 7.3.4 Water Department This government department is responsible for conservation and development of water resources. As regards this plan this department will be responsible for the following functions and actions. Protection of riverbanks in collaboration with stakeholders. Undertake education and awareness on water conservation Monitor and enforce water quality standards. Apportion water resources through permits and licenses for abstraction of water Spearhead water balance studies within the catchment. Gazette water sources such as springs in the catchment area, for effective protection Develop a code of conduct for water users in consultation with stakeholders. Interpret the water master plan. Maintain hydrological data. Act as custodians of information and database related to water conservation 7.3.5 District Environmental Committee: This committee is responsible for proper management of environment in the district The functions and actions of this committee in the implementation of this plan will include: - Support the plan implementation committee and the implementation of the plan. Recommend the gazettement of the plan implementation committee. Provide a link between the local committees and the national committees of NEMA. Mobilize resources to implement the plan Recommend to NEMA, the strategies of the plan. Give legal empowerment to the committee and the plan Provide linkages between government sectors and other stakeholders Act as an executive organ to ensure all development projects are environmental friendly Provide the link between the stakeholders and the public complaints committee 7.3.6 District Development Committee: Ensure that environmental standards are adhered to in every development project. Co-opt stakeholders of the catchment. Seek recommendations of District Environmental Committee on development projects.

81

Address poverty reduction issues Coordinate development programmes in the region 7.3.7 Local Authorities /County Council Enhance education and awareness in planning of environmental issues Enforce environmental bylaws 7.3.8 Local Provincial Administration Enforce environmental regulations on the ground Market and mobilize support for the management plan among the stakeholders Enhance information flow among stakeholders 7.3.9 National Museum of Kenya Maintain cultural heritage and monuments within the catchment area Conduct research and monitoring especially of water bird Disseminate research information to the committee and the general public 7.3.10 Non-Governmental Organizations. Implementation of conservation and development activities in the catchment Collaborate with the committees in operationalising the plan Encourage formation of Community Based Organizations Mobilise resources to support implementation of the plan 7.3.11 Community Based Organizations Mobilize Resources and undertake education and awareness Provide networks and linkages between the implementation committee and the grass roots Mobilise community support and participation 7.3.12 Department of Resource Surveys and Remote Sensing. Provide baseline data on resources within the plan area Assist in monitoring resource trends within the catchment 7.3.13 Agriculture Department Coordinate agro- based activities to control soil erosion, pollution and siltation. Work in concert with stakeholders to ensure implementation of plan. Provide relevant officers to be co-opted within the committee Lead in the development of a code of conduct for sustainable agriculture Integrate research findings into applied agriculture Promote good farming practices Identify good breeds and varieties of crops and livestock to increase production Identify plant species that are potentially harmful to the environment

82

7.3.14 Institutions of Higher Learning Collaborate with other stakeholders to develop proposals for funding Coordinate research activities in collaboration with stakeholders. Assist in monitoring of trends in the catchment. Provide technical support to the committee. Undertake Training as resource persons and enhance capacity building for specific

stakeholders. Undertake technological development and technology transfer to stakeholders.

7.4. Plan Implementation Structure The proposed set up will have the following structure as shown in figure 16: A stakeholders forum named Lake Nakuru Catchment Conservation and Development

Forum (LNCCDF), which will elect an implementation committee from the stakeholders. An implementation committee dealing with implementation of plan called Lake Nakuru

Catchment Management Plan Implementation Committee (LNCMPIC), which will form four standing technical committees and other adhoc technical committees as the need arises.

7.4.0 Membership

7.4.1 Forum representation This will be made up of all stakeholders. The forum will meet at least twice a year of which one meeting will be an Annual General Meeting (AGM). The forum will give the mandate to the implementation committee to continue leading the plan implementation process. In addition, the TOR cited below provide for the operations of the Forum 7.4.2 Terms of References of the Foum (TOR’s) The stakeholders (L.Nakuru Catchment Conservation and Development Forum.), herein referred to as the forum

• The forum is the overall body of all stakeholders in the L.Nakuru Catchment. • The forum will give the implementation committee the mandate to implement the

plan. • Monitor the implementation of the management plan. • Collect and collate the issues of concern to stakeholders for the action of the

implementing committee. • Set the agenda for the implementing committee. • Review annual and financial reports, work plans for specific projects by the

implementing committee.

7.4.3 Implementation Committee Namely Lake Nakuru Catchment Management Plan Implementation Committee, herein referred to as the implementation committee This committee will be the executive body mandated with the implementation of the Management Plan and will be composed of the following stakeholders Senior Warden Nakuru National Park

83

Secretary of DEC A representative of the Municipal Council of Nakuru. Two church representatives One representative large scale farmers and ranchers One representative small scale farmers One representative of industrialist in the catchment A representative from the hospitality industry (Tourism and Hoteliers) Two representatives of the Business sector (one large and another small) One representative of the informal sector - Jua Kali sector One representative of NGO sector One representative of CBO (on rotational basis) One representative of Forest Department One representative of Water Department One representative of Agriculture Department One representative of Lands Department One representative of KARI One representative of Institutions of higher learning One representative of Provincial Administration 7.4.4 TORs of the Implementation committee

• Develop a framework defining its operations • Interpret the management plan for purposes of implementation • Co-ordinate the implementation of the integrated management plan. • Mobilize resources for the plan implementation • Evaluate the progress of activities within the plan areas. • In collaboration with other stakeholders, develop a code of conduct, regulation

guidelines or by-laws of the forum. • Identify constraints in the processes of plan implementation. • Produce annual work plans based on the management plan. • Produce annual reports for presentation to the Forum • Recommend review of the management plan.

Standing Sub-committees of the Implementation Committee: i. Research and Monitoring sub-committee: • Conduct research on areas identified by the management plan and the work plans. • Collect and maintain environmental data in the plan area. • Write proposals for funding. • Conduct ecological monitoring and produce status reports on trends in the catchment. • Interpret and disseminate scientific information and new technologies. • Conduct socio-economic surveys.

ii. Education, awareness and extension services sub-committee: • Develop networks and co-ordinate education and awareness programme. • Write proposals for mobilization of resources for education and awareness. • Identify issues for education and awareness. • Identify key players in education and awareness field in the catchment.

84

• Develop education and awareness strategies. • Improve capacities of existing resource centers and promote development of new

ones. • Develop education and awareness materials for different categories of people. • Exploit opportunities like zonal teachers meetings to promote education and

awareness of the plan. • Organize seminars for leaders to sensitize them on environmental conservation and

the plan. • Organize celebration on international environmental related days and organize a Lake

Nakuru Conservation Day. iii. Finance and resource mobilization sub-committee: • Identify development partners for resource mobilization. • Monitor financial activities of the implementation committee and prepare annual

budgets. • Develop mechanism to harmonize resource utilization among stakeholders with a

view to optimize resource utilization. • Prepare annual financial report.

iv. Enterprise Development sub-committee: • Identify income generating and development projects in the plan area. • Identify and initiate dialogue with development partners. • Harmonize development projects with the management plan to ensure compliance

with environmental standards. • Monitor success of enterprise projects in the plan area. • Develop mechanisms for benefit sharing of the enterprise projects..

a) Technical Committee members The implementation committee will determine the composition of the technical committees. There will be four permanent members in each of the technical committees, other members may be co-opted as the need arises. The permanent members in consultation with the implementation committee will identify and appoint members to be co-opted in to the technical committees. b) Adhoc Committees These committees can be formed when the need arises, they will respond to specific issues within a specified time frame. The programme implementation committee shall form these committees in consultation with the standing sub-committees.

85

Figure 17: The Proposed Management Plan Implementation Structure

Notes:

• The structure is not hierarchical.

• The technical sub-committees are formed by the implementation committee. These sub-committees can co-opt other members as need arises.

• The implementing committee can form other ad hoc committees as need arises.

LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT CONSERVATION

AND DEVELOPMENT FORUM

LAKE NAKURU CATCHMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

IMPLEMENTATION COMMITTEE

RESEARCH INSTITUTIONS AND INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER LEARNING

TECHNICAL SUB-COMMITTES:

• RESEARCH AND MONITORING.

• EDUCATION, AWARENESS AND EXTENSION.

• FINANCE AND RESOURCE MOBILIZATION.

• ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT.

• OTHERS ON NEED-BE BASIS.

GOVERNMENT SECTORS.

NGO’s AND CBO’s

DDC

DEC

DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS

86

Operationalization of the Committee KWS to mobilize stakeholders meeting to constitute the committee by October 2001.

KWS to facilitate the committee to develop their constitution and agenda

KWS will support the process in proposal writing and implementation

7.5. Risks and Assumptions

Stakeholders remain committed and willing to participate in the plan implementation

Adequate resources (financial, human, equipment and machinery) will be mobilized to support plan implementation

KWS willingness to facilitate the initial operationalization of the plan along with other stakeholders

Political goodwill and stability

Inter institutional coordination and harmony

87

CHAPTER EIGHT

ACTIVITIES AND BUDGET, MONITORING AND EVALUATION

8.0. MONITORING AND EVALUATION Monitoring and evaluation will be continuous throughout the plan period. To guide evaluation, a log-framework will be institutionalised. The monitoring component will include:

• Evaluating the extent of acceptance of the management plan among the stakeholders and

implementers.

• Evaluating the implementation of activities by evaluating progress reports, work

programmes and work plans, stakeholder involvement and participation.

• Monitor and evaluate the impact of management prescriptions.

• Monitor budget allocations, expenditure and accounting procedures.

• Monitor and evaluate the environmental status of the Lake and its catchment through the

use of biological and ecological, social and economic indicators.

• Monitor and evaluate the responsiveness to the education and awareness initiatives.

• Monitor and evaluate the extent of security activities.

The responsibility of monitoring and evaluation lies with the plan implementation committee and the KWS central monitoring and evaluation unit.

8.1 SCHEDULED ACTIVITIES AND OUTPUTS

This plan identifies activities for the first five years, after this period activities will be drawn for subsequent periods depending on level of implementation of activities in the first five years

88

SCHEDULED ACTIVITIES

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT TIME FRAME IN

YEARS RESPONSIBILITY 1 2 3 4 5

1. Education and awareness

A. Formal education and awareness

School programmes

Develop School education programme & curricula

Type & No. of Programme in place, programme report Programme in operation

KWS, , WCK, MCN, WWF, MOE KIE

Develop education materials Type of materials developed Pamphlets, Magazines, Videos, Puzzle

Facilitate teaching education materials KWS, , WWF,

WCK, MCN KIE

Undertake School education programme

Progress reports, no. of Schools visited

8 Schools @ year visited, schools aware KWS, WWF,

WCK, MCN KIE,

Upgrade , maintain resource/education information center

Conditions of facilities in center Education center in good condition, Easy demonistration

KWS, WWF, WCK, Donors

School outreach programme

Develop outreach programme Type of programme, programme report

Programme in place by year one KWS, WWF,

WCK, MCN, EU

Implement outreach programme Progress report on no. of Schools visited 8 Schools @ year KWS, WWF,

WCK, MCN, EU

School campaigns Organize specific environmental

rallies (environment day, wetland day, world water day)

Rally reports 3 rallies @ year per education zones

, KWS, WWF, WCK, MCN MOE

B. Informal education Mobilization

Identify targets groups & Develop out reach materials

Type of materials developed & groups identified Pamphlets, news letters

KWS, WWF, WCK, MCN CBOs,

Organize public Barazas No. Of Baraza organized/reports 6 Barazas in a year KWS, WWF, WCK, MCN CBOs, ,

2. Community Environmental conservation

Form local environmental conservation committees, committee meetings

No. of committees formed, meeting reports

1 committee in target zones, quarterly meeting reports

KWS, WWF, WCK, MCN, CSS,

89

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT TIME FRAME

RESPONSIBILITY 1 2 3 4 5

3. Community participation in environmental conservation

Develop environmental education programme on soil & water conservation, a forestation, resource use,

Type of environmental education programme & activities in place, programme progress reports

Programme in place by year two, quarterly progress reports

AD, CSS, KWS, WWF, MCN

Develop environmental education materials Type of materials developed Materials in place by

year Three AD, CSS, KWS, WWF, MCN

Undertake programme No. of Villages reached 6 villages in year AD, CSS, KWS, WCK, MCN

Establish demonstration plots No. of plots established 1 per village AD, CSS, KWS, WWF, MCN

Organize workshops for Community leaders

No. of workshop organized in a year,

1 in a year, workshop reports AD, CSS, KWS,

WWF, MCN

4. Human wildlife conflict & community , development & enterprise projects

Establish types & conflict intensity Conflict report Report in place by year 1 KWS, Community

Formulate conflict mitigation measures Mitigation status Report in place by year 1 KWS,

Community

Identify community social projects Projects proposals in place by year 2 No. of proposals KWS,

Community

Undertake community social projects Type of project in place 1 per conflict zone KWS, Donors

Community

Identify community enterprise projects Projects proposals No. of proposals

KWS, Community, Donors

Implement community enterprise projects

No. of projects implemented 1 project per year & zone KWS, Donors,

Community

90

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT

TIME FRAME RESPONSIBILITY

1 2 3 4 5 5. Park

Management Habitat

management (vegetation)

Identify key habitats and establish carrying capacity

Data Habitat utilisation report KWS, UON, MU, EU, Donors

Develop habitat management programme (fire, Mechanical) to meet Park goals

Management programme report 1 Programme report KWS, UON, MU,

EU, Donors

Implement habitat management programme Programme progress reports Improved habitat KWS, UON, MU,

EU, Donors

Control bush encroachment Bush control progress report Acreage controlled KWS, UON, MU,, EU, Donors

Open grass lands Progress report Acreage controlled KWS, UON, MU, EU, Donors

Remove invasives' Area controlled progress report Acreage removed KWS, UON, MU,

EU, Donors

Acacia forest Area controlled progress report Acreage controlled KWS, UON, MU,

EU, Donors

Develop wildlife species management strategy Strategy report Proposal in place by year

one KWS, UON, MU

Species Management

Reduce overstocked species e.g. Buffalo, Impala, Zebra, Rhino

Proportions of target species removed, report

No. of target species removed, quarterly reports KWS, UON, MU,

Donors

91

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT

TIME FRAME IN YEARS RESPONSIBILITY

1 2 3 4 5

1. Park Maintenance & management programme

Complete Staff establishment Cadre of Staff in place No. of staff recruited KWS

Training needs assessment Assessment report Needs identified KWS

Undertake training No. of personnel trained Improved efficiency KWS, Donors

Enhance capacity to monitor water quality river level and climate variables

Data Improved environmental monitoring KWS

Infrastructure Water supply

Identify water sources & undertake water distribution survey

Distribution map for water sources & points

Sources & distribution points outlay KWS

Supply water to specific points for wildlife & staff

Water supply at designated points

Water availability where desired KWS, Donor

Roads Close and upgrade as necessary Closure and upgrading Improved road network KWS, Donors

Routine road maintenance Maintained roads Accessible roads. KWS

Buildings & housing

Maintenance of existing buildings and provide ranger accommodation (non uniformed staff housed in town) Provide adequate office space

Condition of buildings, all Rangers housed in KWS staff quarters by year 3 Office block ready by year 4

Improvement of buildings, improved housing for Rangers, improved office accommodation

KWS

2. Security

Ranger patrols Quarterly patrol reports/OB/Reported insecurity incidences

Park secure/incidences of insecurity KWS

Intelligence information gathering Sitreps reports Tourist insecurity

minimised KWS

Procurement of security equipment Equipment in place Convenient data gathering KWS

92

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT TIME FRAME IN YEARS

RESPONSIBILITY 1 2 3 4 5

3. Tourism Promotion

Produce tourist information materials Brochures Pamphlets Maps Website

Type and number of materials produced & their availability

Increase in visitation & appreciation KWS, KTB, KATO

Develop other tourism facilities Rehabilitate & Equip Sirrikon Quest house Gift shop & information center

Quality Facilities in place 1 of each facility ready by year 3 KWS, Donors, Community

Diversify Tourism

Gazette Menengai Crater as a conservation site Conservation status of the area Gazette notice by year two KWS, MCN, MOLS, MOE,

Establish Tourist facilities in Nakuru Town (Parks, artefacts, curio-shop, cultural villages Facilities in place Ready by year 2 KWS, Donors, MCN,

KATO, Community

Feasibility study & designs for a safari walk around the Park Hq Progress report Safari walk report KWS, Donors, MCN,

KATO, Community

Feasibility study for night game drives Progress report Night game drive report KWS, Donors, MCN, KATO, Community

Develop tourist circuit in the catchment Circuit report1 Report 1 report KWS, Donors, MCN, KATO, Community

Establish cultural center Established cultural center 1 cultural center KWS, Donors, MCN, KATO, Community

Tourist facilities

Close nature trail at Baboon cliff Nature trail closed Minimal danger to visitors KWS

Construct guard rail at Baboon cliff Guard rail in place Visitor safety KWS

Convert Makalia bridge to a foot bridge Barriers in place Closed bridge KWS

Open campsite at Reedbuck site Campsite established Increased camping facilities KWS

Lodges Establish physical lodge boundary Actual area occupied by each lodge

established Known boundaries KWS, Lodges

Appraise lease agreement Verified lease Streamlined leases KWS, Lodges

Develop waste disposal guidelines Guidelines developed & applied Healthy sanitary conditions in the Park KWS, Lodges

Blend lodges with the environment Park/Lodge MOU Eco-lodges KWS, Lodges

93

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT

TIME FRAME IN YEARS RESPONSIBILITY

1 2 3 4 5

Municipality Waste management

Create awareness & support CBOs initiative on environmental conservation No. of CBOs collaborating Increased action on waste

management by residents MCN, WWF, KWS, Community

Enforce legal aspects relating to waste disposal, relocate dumping sites

Reports on & action against offenders

Reduced environmental pollution MCN, DOHS,

MOEW, MMOH

Install traps/screens & cover open drains, control storm water drainage

No. of installations & drains covered

Reduced solid waste to the Lake MCN,

Rehabilitate & expand Lanet trunk sewer Works progress Reduced spillage into the Park MCN,, KWS

Control sewerage spillage from estates adjacent to the Park, increase sewerage network

No. of sanitary facilities put in place

Reduced spillage into the Park Landlords, MCN,,

KWS

Monitor pollution levels by industries, treatment plants and strengthen PRTR Reports Reduced pollutant

discharge MCN

Park Town inter-phase

Greening Park/Town inter-phase Area greened & number of seeds planted Buffering effect Residents, MCN,

KWS, WWF, CBOs

Campaign against polythene and plastics Reduced littering Clean environment CBOs, NGOs, supermarket

4. Catchment Management

Afforestation (on farm tree planting) No. of seedlings planted Increase in tree cover FD, Community,

Constitute Land use planning team to co-ordinate land use Team in place Minimized landuse conflicts Stakeholders & GOK

River bank rehabilitation Rehabilitation progress report reduced siltation MENR, Community

Soil erosion control Soil control measures in place Reduced siltation & erosion MENR, land owners, WWF, CBOs

Control Water abstraction from rivers & ground water Water regulation report Sustained river flow MENR, Community,

Stakeholders

Promote Energy conservation (Jikos) No. of homesteads using energy saving Jikos Reduced use of fuelwood Communtiy CBOs,

NGOs, GOK

Surface runoff harvesting along roads No. of people involved , dams & Tanks in place

Reduced erosion, siltation & abstraction of water Communtiy CBOs,

NGOs, GOK

Initiate long term monitoring programme on land use, rainfall and river flow Data Detection of trends KWS, UON, MU

94

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT

TIME FRAME IN YEARS RESPONSIBILITY

1 2 3 4 5

5. Park Zonation

Develop a zonation map Map in place Map KWS, SOK

Close access roads to Eastern & western shore line except at the designated observation points

Road closed Minimized visitor impact/habitat recovery

KWS

Close access to Baharini springs shoreline/beyond the platform

Access closed Secured habitat & improved KWS

Close unnecessary roads in the Park (wind mill, tracks around Naishi, Enasoit)

Roads closed Secured habitat & improved KWS

Construct a raised walkway/platform to control visitor impact on the shoreline

Facility in place Secured habitat improved KWS

Catchment Zonation

Identify fragile areas (Steep slopes, lowlands fragile soils, rainfall zones)

Areas identified Fragile areas report All stakeholders, landowners

Protect fragile habitats Areas protected Secured habitat All stakeholders, landowners

Identify land use types Map in place Catchment land use zones Research

Institutions, KWS

Quantify environmental impacts of various land use types

Data Impacts quantified by land use Research

Institutions, KWS

Socio economic survey Data Socio-economic categories identified Research

Institutions

95

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY MEANS OF VERIFICATION OUTPUT TIME FRAME IN YEARS

RESPONSIBILITY 1 2 3 4 5

6. Research To strengthen management through generation of scientific information by I. Undertaking ecological monitoring

I. Ecological monitoring Vegetation monitoring

Reports on vegetation trends Vegetation trends reports

Programme in place 1 report @ year KWS,

Collect meteorological data Monthly reports Trends in meteorology established KWS

Collection of River and lake levels Quarterly progress reports Trends in river flow and lake levels established KWS

Animal counts Quarterly reports Trends in wildlife dynamics established KWS

Waterfowl counts Biannual reports Trends in waterfowl populations established KWS, NMK

II. Habitat Monitoring

II. Habitat Monitoring Vegetation monitoring Biannual reports Trends in vegetation structure

determined KWS

Water quality monitoring Quarterly reports Trends in water quality established KWS

Collect environmental data in the catchment Annual reports in environment status Trends in environmental

conditions established WWF, Community, GOK

Initiate a monitoring programme of water quality across the alkaline lakes in the Rift valley used by the lesser flamingo

Data and reports Trend in water Quality that affects lesser flamingo KWS,MU EU,UoN

III. Special species studies

III Species studies to determine population status and viability

Status reports on species, viability Management decisions derived from the reports

KWS, Institutions of higher learning KWS, Institutions of higher learning

Rhino

Giraffe

Grazers

Lions

Leopard

Hippo

Specialised browsers

96

Development

Construction of buildings (Staff houses, Office, Gift shop, workshop, Ablution block, Information center)

Works progress reports Buildings in place KWS

Purchase of vehicles, plant and equipment Procurement report Facilities in place KWS

Operationalization of the Implementation committee

Second stakeholder meeting to elect the implementation committee and endorse the IMP

Stakeholder meeting Elected implementation committee in place

All Stakeholders

Support establishment of network for stakeholders and proposal writing Proposal Flow of information and draft

proposals KWS, MU,UoN,EU and donors

Support initial implementation committee meeting an linkages to other agencies Committee meeting Functional committee KWS.donor

97

8.2. BUDGET

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET YEAR

1 2 3 4 5 TOTAL

EDUCATION AND AWARENESS A Formal education and awareness School programmes

Develop School education programme & curricula 50

Develop education materials 400

Undertake School education programme 100 100 100 100 400

Upgrade , maintain resource /education information center 500 500

School outreach programme Develop outreach programme 50 50

Implement outreach programme Budget as in 1 iii

School campaigns Organize specific environmental

rallies (environment day, wetland day, world water day)

100 100 100 100 100 500

B. Informal education Mobilization

Identify targets groups & Develop out reach materials 400 400

Organize public Barazas 100 100 100 100 100 500

COMMUNITY ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION

Form local environmental conservation committees, committee meetings 50 50 50 50 50 250

98

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET

TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5

COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION IN ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION

Develop environmental education programme on soil & water conservation, a forestation, resource use,

50 50

Develop environmental education materials 300 200 500

Undertake programme 50 50 50 50 50 250

Establish demonstration plots 150 100 50 50 350

Organize workshops for Community leaders 150 150 150 150 150 750

HUMAN WILDLIFE CONFLICT & COMMUNITY , DEVELOPMENT & ENTERPRISE PROJECTS

Establish types & conflict intensity 50 50

Formulate conflict mitigation measures 300 300

Identify community social projects 50 50

Undertake community social projects 1000 1000 2000

Identify community enterprise projects 50 50

Implement community enterprise projects 1000 1000 1000 3000

PARK MANAGEMENT Habitat

management (vegetation)

Develop habitat management programme (fire, Mechanical) to meet Park goals

100 100

Implement habitat management programme

♦ Control bush encroachment 150 100 100 100 50 500

♦ Open grass lands 200 200 400

♦ Remove invasives' 100 100 100 100 100 500

♦ Acacia forest 100 100 200

Develop wildlife species management strategy 100 100

Species Management

Reduce overstocked species e.g. Buffalo, Impala, Zebra, Rhino

400 300 200 900

99

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET

TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5

PARK MAINTENANCE & MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME

Complete Staff establishment 50 50

Training needs assessment 100 100 Undertake training 400 400 400 1200

INFRASTRUCTURE Water supply

Identify water sources & undertake water distribution survey 100 100

Supply water to specific points for wildlife & staff 500 400 100 1000

Roads Close and upgrade as necessary 300 300 Routine road maintenance 500 400 300 200 200 1600

Buildings & housing

Maintenance of existing buildings and provide ranger accommodation (non uniformed staff housed in town

500 500 400 300 200 1900

SECURITY Ranger patrols 100 100 100 100 100 500 Intelligence information gathering 200 150 150 150 150 600 Procurement of security equipment 500 500 1000

100

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET

TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5

Tourism Promotion

Produce tourist information materials 300 200 500

Develop other tourism facilities - Rehabilitate & Equip Sirrikon Quest house - Gift shop & information center

500 500 300 1300

Diversify Tourism Gazette Menengai Crater as a conservation site 100 50 150

Establish Tourist facilities in Nakuru Town (Parks, artefacts, curio-shop, cultural villages

200 200

Feasibility study & designs for a safari walk around the Park Hq

500 200 800

Feasibility study for night game drives 300 300

Develop tourist circuit in the catchment 500 400 900

Establish cultural center 600 600

Tourist facilities

Close nature trail at Baboon cliff 40 40

Construct guard rail at Baboon cliff 200 200

Convert Makalia bridge to a foot bridge 100 100

Open campsite at Reedbuck site 10 10

Lodges Establish physical lodge boundary 50 50

Appraise lease agreement 100 50 150

Develop waste disposal guidelines 100 50 150

Blend lodges with the environment 100 100 200

101

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET

TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5

MUNICIPALITY WASTE MANAGEMENT

Create awareness & support CBOs initiative on environmental conservation 150 100 100 100 100 550

Enforce legal aspects relating to waste disposal 100 100 100 100 100 500

Install traps/screens & cover open drains 600 500 500 400 2000 Rehabilitate & expand Lanet trunk sewer 1000 500 500 2000 Control sewerage spillage from estates

adjacent to the Park 200 200 150 150 600

PARK TOWN INTER-PHASE

Greening Park/Town inter-phase 200 100 100 400 Campaign against polythene and plastics 150 100 50 50 50 400

CATCHMENT MANAGEMENT

A forestation (on farm tree planting) 150 50 50 50 50 400 Constitute Land use planning team to co-

ordinate land use 500 200 700

River bank rehabilitation 100 50 50 50 50 300 Soil erosion control 100 100 100 100 100 500 Control Water abstraction from rivers &

ground water 50 50 50 50 50 250

Promote Energy conservation (Jikos) 100 100 100 100 100 500 Surface runoff harvesting along roads 300 200 100 50 50 700

102

OBJECTIVE ACTIVITY BUDGET

TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5

ZONATION Park

Develop a zonation map 200 200

Close access roads to Eastern & western shore line except at the designated observation points 100 100

Close access to Baharini springs shoreline/beyond the platform 100 100

Close unnecessary roads in the Park (wind mill, tracks around Naishi, Enasoit) 100 100

Construct a raised walkway/platform to control visitor impact on the shoreline 500 200 700

Catchment

Identify fragile habitats 100 100

Protect fragile habitats 100 50 50 50 250

Identify land use types 500 500

Quantify environmental impacts of various land use types 200 200 400

Socio-economic survey 150 150 300

RESEARCH TO STRENGTHEN MANAGEMENT THROUGH GENERATION OF SCIENTIFIC INFORMATION UNDERTAKING ECOLOGICAL MONITORING

I. Ecological monitoring

Vegetation monitoring 300 100 100 100 500 1100

Collect meteorological data 100 10 10 10 10 140

Collection of River and lake levels 20 20 20 20 20 100

Animal counts 200 200 200 200 200 1000

Waterfowl counts 100 100 100 100 100 500

II. Habitat Monitoring

II. Habitat Monitoring

Vegetation monitoring Budget included in 1 above, vegetation monitoring

Water quality monitoring 500 500 500 500 500 2500

Collect environmental data in the catchment 100 100 100 100 100 500

III. Special species studies

III Species studies to determine population status and viability

7000

Rhino

Giraffe

Grazers

Lions

Leopard

Hippo

103

Specialised browsers

Development

Construction of buildings- Education dining hall Information center Office block Senior Wardens house Ranger units Rhino base staff houses Gift shop Recreation hall Ablution block Timber workshop Air strip toilet

1,880 1,500 - - 10,000 10,000 9,0000 - 2,520 300 1,120 -

1,000 - - - 10,000 5,000 -

- - - -

- - 2,000 - 2,000 4,800 1,080 - - - - 70

- - 1,200 934 - - - - -

- - - - - - - - 1,120

2,800 1,500 3,200 2,934 22,320 19,800 9,000 1,080 2,520 300 1,120 70

Maintenance Houses Roads

900 600

800 600

700 600

600 600

400 600

3,400 3,000

Procurement Procurement of vehicles, plant and equipment 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

104

APPENDIX 1: INSTITUTIONAL LINKAGES

INSTITUTION FUNCTIONS POTENTIAL ROLE CAPACITY AREA OF OPERATION MCN Urban Development Urban Planning, development & Pollution control Empowered to enact local Government

policy, has political influence Municipality

KWS Wildlife Management & Conservation Biodiversity & Nature conservation, Tourist development Strong net work, limited resources in comparison to mandate

National Parks, Forest Reserves and Communities, biodiversity areas

Forest Department Forestry Conservation & development Implementation of forest management & extension, catchment conservation

Strong network, weak in resources Gazetted forests and extension country wide

Water Department Conservation & apportionment of water resources

Protection of water supply & the catchment, river bank protection

Strong network, weak in resources Nation-wide and local

District Environment Committee

Coordination of environmental protection and conservation activities

Mobilization of environmental actors and monitoring of environmental conditions

Strong network through elected leaders, limited resources & technical know-how

District level upto Communities

District Development Committee

Planning & coordination of development activities

Mobilization of Communities, feedback & evaluation of project activities at District level and landuse planning

Weak, lack of skilled manpower & resources compared to mandate

District level

Local Authority Nakuru Planning division of services Planning & implementation of project activities Strong mandate but lacks committed staff

Plan area

Kenya Agricultural Research Institute

Agricultural Research & information dissemination

Research & advise on agricultural aspects Strong in research, technical know-how. Nation-wide with international contacts

National Museum of Kenya

Research, Education & conservation of heritage

Research & information provision on biodivesity & cultural aspects

Strong in research National

WWF and other NGO’s or CBO’s

Community based development & conservation initiatives

Mobilization, Conservation, Education & awareness and Research

Strong network & resources Nakuru catchment

WCK Education Mobilization & education Strong network Nation wide

KREMU Natural resources survey and research Research Strong in research, technical know-how. Nation-wide with international contacts

Agriculture Department Agricultural development Soil erosion and siltation control, eutrophication control, agro-chemical pollution control, river basin protection and catchment protection

Strong networking limited by resources compared to mandate, technical know how.

Higher Learning Institutions

Research and education Research and education, information dissemination Strong in research, technical know-how. Nation-wide with international contacts

105

APPENDIX 2: INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK AND COLLABORATION

MANAGEMENT UNIT/AREA ISSUES OPTIONS IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY MANAGEMENT

AUTHORITY/IMPLEMENTERS

CATCHMENT

Afforestation

Establish tree nurseries

Forest Department to give technical expertise in afforestation process. Other agencies to give logistical support. Community to play an active role in forest establishment.

Forest department, Local community and other conservation agencies

Forest rehabilitation Tree planting on communal basis Forest Dept., Community

On farm tree planting Community to plant, with technical advice from the forest department. Other agencies like WWF to assist

Forest department, Community, WWF and Agriculture

Deforestation

Strict adherence to existing law Forest guards and KWS rangers to apprehend law breakers.

Forest Department, KWS, Local authority, Law courts.

Education and awareness on the harmful effects of deforestation

Training of educationists and extension officers while mobilising communities through a bottom up approach.

WWF, WCK and KWS education programmes

Soil erosion, Siltation and eutrophication

Terracing Agriculture to identify areas for terraces & provide Technical advice Agriculture, Community, WWF

Terrace protection Community to undertake embankment Agriculture, Community

Agro-forestry/wind breaks Agriculture to advice community on sustainable methods of agro-forestry Agriculture, Forest, Community, WWF

Land use planning Physical planner to ensure land use and planning confirm to IEM Physical Planner, Administration

Contour plowing Agriculture to ensure all farm on sloppy grounds are terraced Agriculture, Local Community

Migration and Land prospecting

Strengthen the existing laws on land encroachment and prospecting.

Authorities in charge of land adjudication be sensitised on environmental issues.

Ministires of Lands – Environment, KWS, WWF, WCK

Discourage squatters and relocation of people especially tribal clash victims.

Awareness and education programmes especially for migrant landowners not familiar with certain environmental issues.

WWF, WCK, KWS, MENR, MLS

Overpopulation

Plan for rapidly expanding populations. Encourage family planning strategies especially where populations are youthful. Construction of housing schemes that take env. considerations into place

Ministries of Environment, Health, Planning etc to work in concert and articulate issues of mutual concern Stress family planning as a way of reducing over reliance on natural resources

Ministries of Health, Planning, Env to work in concert and with logical support from KWS, WWF, WCK schools and churches.

106

MANAGEMENT UNIT/AREA ISSUES OPTIONS IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY

/IMPLEMENTERS

CATCHMENT

Agriculture Integrated farm use Agriculture to conform to IEM Agriculture, Community

Agro-chemicals

Control leaching Agriculture to confirm to Agro-chemical control Agriculture, Community

Avoid use of non biodegradable agro-chemicals

Promote use and application of biodegradable fertilizers. Agriculture to train farmers on use of biodegradable

Agriculture, Community

River bank protection Use 30m strip for grass plots and forestry

Agriculture and landowners to ensure this strip is used wisely. E.g. Like growing grass Agriculture, Community

URBAN CENTRE

Infrastructure development Control surface run-off Public works and community to ensure roads have adequate and relevant drainage systems in place

Public works, Community, All

Fuel Wood Agro-forestry Community to plat trees and use energy

saving jikos in each home stead; Train community on energy conservation

Community, Forest, All Use of energy conserving stoves

Land use/Planning Encourage Integrated land use practices

Physical planner, Administration, Lands and settlement to ensure all plans comply to IEM

ALL

Pollution (Solid and Liquid waste)

Increase monitoring of solid and liquid waste pollution e.g. oil spillage by tracks and household effluents into rivers.

MCN and KWS to enhance efforts in collaborating together and with others especially in areas where they have no jurisdiction.

Local Councils, KWS, MCN

Drainage

Assess water takeoffs and usage in important catchment areas such as Mau Narok

Water department to provide technical assistance, other institutions to provide logistical support.

Water department, MCN, KWS, WWF

Undertake EIA’s on borehole construction and water distribution strategies

Educate and create awareness on the wise use princiuple. WWF, MCN, KWS, WCK.

107

MANAGEMENT UNIT/AREA ISSUES OPTIONS IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY

MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY/IMPLE

MENTERS

MUNICIPALITY

Liquid waste and pollution

Maintain existing liquid waste treatment facilities and rehabilitate Lanet trunk sewer

Maintain all sewage works and use all facilities therein. Put in place monitoring programme MCN, KWS, WWF

Solid Waste

Separate non & biodegradable wastes Residents of MCN. MCN to collect sorted waste on time MCN, Residents

Construct incinerator All collected solid waste to be burned in the incinerator MCN

Regular waste collection & disposal Waste to be collected thrice for all waste collection points, privatise waste collection MCN

Relocate & improve current dumping site Do EIA for the present dumping site, select a new dumping site

MCN, GOK, KWS, WWF

Infrastructure development

Install screens and cover storm drains MCN to install screens on storm drains to filter solid waste. Open drains to be covered and open air garages to control used oil spillage

MCN, Jua Kali sector

Avoid irrelevant changes for planned infrastructure

MCN to adhere to planners planning and minimize grabbing especially that of public utility land MCN, Physical Planner

Socio-economic developments

Localise recommendations of Agenda 21 Empower municipal council to effectively work on the ground with communities. Ministry of Local

government, MCN and local community organizations such as estate groupings, NGO’s etc.

Strengthen physical planning act

Awareness building and strategy development, human resources development and concentrated capacity building, improve planning and management practices, promote policy dialogue and change through networking.

Planning Encourage integrated Town planning Planning process to consider the interests of all interested

and affected parties MCN, Physical Planner Respect & owner Planning act

Park/Town inter phase Restrict rural sprawl and promote park edge as a green and public face of the city

Implement recommendations of the Nakuru Strategic Structure Plan of 1999. Control and co-ordinate the town planning as the present changes in land use are a major constraint to effective park /town interface.

MCN

Create buffer zones Increase environmental design planning concepts MCN, KWS

Tighten legislation Prosecute those violating council regulations and subject developments to EIA s KWS, MCN

108

MANAGEMENT UNIT/AREA ISSUES OPTIONS IMPLEMENTATION

STRATEGY MANAGEMENT

AUTHORITY/IMPLEMENTERS

MUNICIPALITY

Tourism Development

Improve user facilities

Rehabilitation of existing amenities to conform to world standards

Hoteliers, KWS, KTB, KTF

Integrate services fully to provide a total package

Hoteliers. KTB

Encourage visitor distribution and benefits

Promote tourism on private land so that communities can benefit from proceeds

KTB, KTF, KWS

Water management

Improve on water distribution strategy as there is a considerable amount of water for entire town.

Educate communities on wise use concepts and water saving mechanisms. Penalise illegal water users and repair broken pipes.

MCN Water department.

Air transport

Ensure migratory routes of birds do not coincide with air traffic paths.

Undertake EIA’s with relevant bodies, Museum, KWS, Airport authorities etc, with KWS providing technical and logistical support.

MCN, KWS, Airport authorities.

Reduce noise pollution in the proposed new airport

Rethink the wisdom of constructing airport at the proposed site. Plant trees around the proposed new airport to minimise future noise pollution.

109

MANAGEMENT UNIT/AREA ISSUES OPTIONS IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY

MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY/IMPLEME

NTERS

National Park

Wildlife dynamics, Wildlife Management

Manage stocking rates and populations of wildlife species

Establish Park Ecological monitoring programme & determine Park biomass by: - • Biomass estimation • Census • Remote sensing

KWS, Institutions of higher learning

Establish Park species carrying capacities KWS

Manage species stocks by: - • Culling • Exchange • Trade

KWS

Habitat management Establish habitat management programmes

Develop & implement Active habitat management programme like:- • Fire regime & programme • Habitat mechanical control • Zonation

KWS

Pollution Manage pollution levels, collaborate and network with other institutions

Develop water quality monitoring programme MCN, KWS

Encourage industrialists’ role in PRTRs MCN, KWS

Develop recycling programmes WWF

Visitor management Manage Tourist activities and diversify

Establish Park Tourist carrying capacity KWS, Hoteliers

Develop other tourism facilities Hoteliers

Diversify Tourism activities in the plan area through development of new tourism attractions KWS, Hoteliers

Invader species

Pursue ecologically friendly land use practices that prevent overstocking and animal confinement likely to lead to instability. Prevent soil erosion, compaction and degradation that allows overgrowth of invasive species

Encourage culling of overstocked species and manual removal of invasive plant species. KWS, WWF

110

APPENDIX 3 EXISTING VEHICLE S AND REQUIRMENTS

VEHICLE INVENTORY Location Make and Registration No. District Warden Toyota Corolla KAD 170 M Park Management

Education Bus MV 118 KAC 421 G Suzuki KAC 497 K

Mechanical Workshop Toyota p/up 1000 GK 77 R Honda Motorbike KAD 780 U Honda Motorbike KAD 753 U

Telecommunications KAE 774 F Biodiversity L/R TDI 300 KAE 607 F Rhino Surveillance. Suzuki Maruti KAG 972 F

L/R KAL 260U Fiat Agri Tractor KAH 927 H

Fence MF Tractor KTS 324 Intelligence Mits. Pajero KZV 676 Park Administration Warden’s Office Mits. Pajero KAJ 253 B Administration Mits. P/Up KAJ 709 S

Toyota Dyna KAD 177 M Bedford bowser 4x4 KWS 258 Same Sartuno tractor GK 675 U Isuzu Lorry GK C219 Champion Grader GK 531 U

Security L/R KAA 758 P Suzuki KAB 482 B

Tourism L/Rover TDI KAE 737 S Ticket Inspection Toyota Corola KAD 809 X MACHINERY Location Make and Registration No. Rhino Nganyoi Climax Water pump 2487

Lister Water engine 12/11946

Naishi Honda water Pump 5.5 H.P GC 026581861 Lister 16 H.P.Water Pump C569091 Brgstr 326431 88120114

Education Brgstr 1904128H 80111112

District Hqs. Brgstr Lawn Mower 20025

Main Gate Brgstr Lawn Mower 20034

111

REQUIRED VEHICLE INVENTORY

Location Make and Registration No. Condition Remarks Requirements

District Warden Toyota Corolla KAD 170 M Good Not Ideal for control 4 X 4 P/up Toyota Land Cruiser

Park Management

Education Bus MV 118 KAC 421 G Suzuki KAC 497 K

Good Good

High operation costs Serviceable

1 mini bus Nil

Mechanical Workshop Toyota p/up 1000 GK 77 R Honda Motorbike KAD 780 U Honda Motorbike KAD 753 U

Fair Good Good

Old & problematic Serviceable Serviceable

4 x 4 p/up

Telecommunications KAE 774 F Fair Serviceable Nil Biodiversity L/R TDI 300 KAE 607 F Good Serviceable Nil Rhino Surv. Suzuki Maruti KAG 972 F

L/R KAL 260U Fiat Agri Tractor KAH 927 H

Good Good Good

Serviceable High operation costs Serviceable

Nil Nil Nil

Fence MF Tractor KTS 324 Good Serviceable P/up 4 x 4 L/Cruiser

Intelligence Mits. Pajero KZV 676 Good Serviceable Nil

Park Administration Warden’s Office Mits. Pajero KAJ 253 B Good Serviceable. Nil

Administration Mits. P/Up KAJ 709 S Toyota Dyna KAD 177 M Bedford bowser 4x4 KWS 258 Same Sartuno tractor GK 675 U Isuzu Lorry GK C219 Champion Grader GK 531 U

Good Good Obsolete Poor Fair Fair

Serviceable Serviceable Unserviceable To be rehabilitated Serviceable Serviceable

Nil Nil Mitsubishi Water bowser Agri Tractor Mistubishi Tipper Caterpillar Grader

Security L/R KAA 758 P Suzuki KAB 482 B

Fair Poor

Probelmatic Problematic

4 x 4 Toyota Landcruiser

Tourism L/Rover TDI KAE 737 S Good O.K.

Smart Card Nil Nil Share with Education Cover Operational costs

Accounts Nil Nil Share with Education Cover Operational costs

Ticket Inspection Toyota Corola KAD 809 X Good Not ideal 4x 4 HD

112

APPENDIX 4 EXISTING AND REQUIRED STAFF

Section Designation Number

Existing Required Variance Park Management & Administration

Assistant Director 0 1 +1 Senior Warden 1 1 0 Warden I 1 1 0 Secretary 1 1 0 Driver 2 2 0 Sub-ordinate Staff 1 1 0

Security Security Officer WI 1 0 - Security Officer (AW II) 1 1 0 Sergeant 0 1 +1 Corporal 2 2 0 Ranger 5 12 +7 Driver 1 2 +1

Tourism (POA) POA Supervisor (AWII) 1 1 0 Ranger 16 25 +9 Driver 0 1 +1 Sub-ordinate Staff 0 2 +2

Accounts Park Accountant (A II) 1 1 0 Accounts Assistant (AA) 1 2 +1 Accounts Clerk (AC) 1 2 +1

Human Resource Human Resource Officer 1 1 0 Human Resource Assistant 0 1 +1 Senior Clerical Officer 0 1 +1 Higher clerical Officer 1 1 +1 Clerical Officer 1 1 0 Telephone Operator 1 1 0 Driver 2 2 0 Subordinate Staff 1 1 0

Supplies Supplies Assistant 1 1 0 Store Clerk 0 1 +1 Subordinate Staff 1 1 0

Smart Card (POI & POS)

POI Supervisor 1 1 0 POS Supervisor 1 1 0 POI Clerk 3 3 0 POS Clerk 3 3 0 Driver 1 1 0 Sub-ordinate Staff 0 1 +1

Ticket Inspection Unit Sergeant 1 1 0 Ranger 0 1 +1 Driver 1 1 0

Education Education Officer 1 1 0 Assistant Warden (AW II) 1 1 0 Housekeeper 1 1 0 Audio-visual operator 1 1 0 Ranger Guide 1 3 +2 Cook 0 2 +2 Driver 2 2 0 Copy Typist 0 1 +1 Facilities Attendant 1 2 +1

Radio Communication Radio Supervisor (AW II) 1 1 0 Radio Operator (RO) 4 4 0

113

Telecommunication Snr.Telcom. Superintendent 0 1 +1 Telecom. Superintendent 1 1 0 Snr. Inspector Telecom. 0 1 +1 Inspector Telecoms. 2 2 0 Telecom Technician 1 1 0 Driver 0 1 +1

Partnership (Community)

Partnership Officer (AW II) 1 1 0 Sergeant 0 1 +1 Corporal 2 4 +2 Ranger 7 14 +7 Driver 1 1 0 Secretary 1 1 0 Copy Typist 1 1 0 Subordinate Staff 2 2 0

Rhino Unit Warden in Charge (W I) 0 1 +1 Assistant Warden (AW II) 0 1 +1 Sergeant 0 1 +1 Corporal 1 1 0 Ranger 8 12 +4 Fence Technician 1 1 0 Plant Operator 1 1 0 Driver 2 3 +1 Fence Attendant 6 13 +7

Intelligence Intelligence Officer (W I) 1 1 0 Corporal 0 1 +1 Collator 2 5 +3 Driver 1 1 0

Works Works Superintendent 1 1 0 Works Supervisor 0 1 +1 Plant Operator 1 3 +2 Artisan 4 4 0 Driver 0 2 +2

Mechanical Workshop Superintendent 1 1 0 Workshop Administrator 1 1 0 Workshop Supervisor 0 1 +1 MV Mechanic 4 4 0 Plant Mechanic 2 2 0 Panel Beater 2 2 0 Welder 2 2 0 MV Electrician 1 2 +1 Store Clerk 0 1 +1

Research Senior Research scientist 0 1 +1 Research Scientist 0 1 +1 Research Assistant 1 2 +1 Driver 0 1 +1

Lake Bogoria National ReserveWorld Ramsar Site (No.1057)

Integrated Management Plan 2007 – 2012

�

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012

Lake Bogoria National ReserveWorld Ramsar Site (No.1057)

Integrated Management Plan 2007 – 2012

��

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Published June 2007

This plan was published with support from WWF Eastern Africa Regional Programme Office (WWF-EARPO.

WWF’s mission is to stop the degradation of the planet’s natural environment and to build a future in which humans live in harmony with nature, by:

• conserving the world’s biological diversity • ensuring that the use of renewable natural resources is sustainable • promoting the reduction of pollution and wasteful consumption

Cover photos: (top) WWF-EARPO / Catherine MGENDI, (bottom) WWF-EARPO / Fabian MUSILA

© text and graphics: 2007 County Council of Baringo, County Council of Koibatek and WWF-EARPO All rights reserved

The material and geographic designations in this report do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of County Council of Baringo, County Council of Koibatek and WWF concerning the legal status of any country, territory or area or concerning the delimitation of its frontiers and boundaries.

Editing and Design: Kimunya Mugo

���

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012

ContentsForeword....................................................................................................................................v

Acknowledgements...................................................................................................................vi

Executivesummary.................................................................................................................vii

Listofabbreviations...............................................................................................................viii

Introductionandbackground.................................................................................................1 1.1Introduction................................................................................................................................1 1.2GeneralobjectivesofLakeBogoriaIntegratedManagementPlan...........................................1 1.3PurposeoftheLakeBogoriaNationalReserve.........................................................................2

LakeBogoriaNationalReserveanditscatchment.................................................................3 2.1Introduction............................................................................................................................... 3 2.2Conservationstatus................................................................................................................... 5 2.3Physicalenvironment................................................................................................................ 5 2.4Floraandfauna..........................................................................................................................8 2.5Environmentalandsocio-economicsituationintheplanarea..................................................9 2.6LakeBogoriacatchmentlinkages............................................................................................10

Naturalresourcesandzonationinplanarea.........................................................................11 3.1Criteriaforresourcecategorization.........................................................................................11 3.2Zonationoftheplanarea.........................................................................................................11 3.3 Justification for the recommended intensity of use................................................................. 12

Managementgoal,objectivesandinterventionstrategies....................................................13 4.1Goal,ObjectivesandStrategies...............................................................................................13

Managementprescriptionsandprogrammes.......................................................................15 5.1Introduction..............................................................................................................................15 5.2Landcover................................................................................................................................15 5.3Livestockandagriculture.........................................................................................................16 5.4Waterresources........................................................................................................................17 5.5Landtenureandlandusedynamics.........................................................................................17 5.6 Human–wildlife conflict.......................................................................................................... 18

LakeBogoriaNationalReserveinfrastructureinventoryandmanagement.....................19 6.1Infrastructureandfacilitiesinventory......................................................................................19 6.2Accommodation.......................................................................................................................19 6.3.NationalReservemanagement...............................................................................................20 6.4Reserveinfrastructuremaintenanceandmanagement............................................................ 22

Implementationstrategy,institutionalframeworkandstakeholderinvolvement............23 7.1Introduction............................................................................................................................. 23 7.2Implementationstrategy..........................................................................................................23 7.3FactorsguidingdevelopmentofinstitutionalframeworkfortheIMP................................... 23 7.4Possiblerolesandresponsibilitiesofthemajorstakeholders................................................. 24 7.5ThePlanimplementationstructure......................................................................................... 25 7.6OperationalizationoftheCommittee...................................................................................... 26 7.7Risksandassumptions.............................................................................................................26

Monitoringandevaluation,activitiesandbudget................................................................27 8.1Monitoringandevaluation...................................................................................................... 27 8.2Scheduledactivitiesandoutputs............................................................................................. 27

Appendices...............................................................................................................................37 Appendix1:TreesandshrubsofLakeBogoriaNationalReserveanditsenvirons.....................37 Appendix2.LakeBogoriaNationalReservechecklistofmammals............................................38 Appendix3.LakeBogoriaNationalReservechecklistofbirds................................................... 39 Appendix4:InstitutionalLinkages...............................................................................................41 Appendix5:InstitutionalFrameworkAndCollaboration.............................................................42 Appendix6:LawssupportingIntegratedManagementPlanning(IMP)...................................... 45 Appendix7:ParticipationindevelopmentofIntegratedManagementPlan.................................47

�v

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

ApprovalManagement plans as vehicles for Rural Development has gained more acceptances in the recent years. This is even more crucial in the area of Natural Resource Management, a very high percentage of conflicts among and within communities is linked in one way or another to resource access and control. Water ranks the top while the rest such as Land, Fuel wood, pasture, salt licks, herbal medicines etc. follow in an order determined by the location.

This country has recently witnessed these conflicts of unprecedented magnitude leading to loss of life and property. This plan has attempted to put in place an adaptive mechanism through which best practices in resource use can be achieved from a multi-sectoral and a wide constituency approach. The Local Authority Service Delivery Plan (LASDAP) underpins the consultative process through which this plan was developed.

It is noted that this is one of pioneering initiative by Local authorities and hence shall provide a learning ground to the rest.

WWF has proven a true partner as they have overseen this painstaking process right from the word go to this moment when its implementation is just about to begin.

The Ministry of Local Government approved this Integrated Management Plan for implementation at its sitting of 25 October and 11 November 2005 as a strategic management plan for the Lake Bogoria National Reserve.

Chairman, Baringo County Council Chairman, Koibatek County CouncilLake Bogoria Joint Management Committee Lake Bogoria Joint Management Committee

v

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012

ForewordThe Management of Lake Bogoria National Reserve produced this Integrated Management Plan with theassistance of WWF’s (formerly World Wide Fund for Nature), Lake Bogoria Community Based WetlandProject.Thisdocumenthasbeentailoredtomeetnotonlythenationalstatutoryrequirementsforprotectedareamanagementbutalsotheappropriateregionalandinternationallawsandconventions.Itstronglybuildsitsbasisonaparticipatoryandnegotiatedapproachtoissues,processesanddecisionswhiletakingintoaccountthewidescopeofstakeholders.LakeBogoriaisKenya’sthirdRamsarSiteandthe1,097thintheworldunderpinningthewiseuseconcept.Ittookaboutfiveyearsofpainstakingmultidisciplinaryandconsultativeprocessinvolvingasmanystakeholdersasthetimeandresourcescouldallow.

ThisPlancomesata timewhenthreeveryimportant lawsrelatingtonaturalresourcemanagementinKenyahavebeenenacted:TheNationalEnvironmentManagementandCoordinationAct(1999),TheWaterAct(2002)andTheForestryAct2005.Allthesestatuteslayaverystrongemphasisonanintegratedapproachtoresourcemanagementwiththelocalcommunitiesplayingasignificantrole.

ToalargeextentthisplandemonstratesanacceptancebythelocalauthoritiesresponsibleforthemanagementofLakeBogoriaNationalReserveofaparadigmshiftinnaturalresourcesmanagementasprovidedforbytheabovelistedlegislation.ThetwolocalauthoritiesofBaringoandKoibatekCountyCouncilshaveacceptedtonegotiatethemanagementofthereservewiththelocalcommunitiesandsharerevenuewiththem.However,theyalsorecognisetheneedtoworkwithotherpartnersresponsiblefornaturalresourcemanagementatthenationallevel.ItisinviewofthisthattheKenyaWildlifeService(KWS)asthechiefcustodianofthecountry’swildliferesourcesshallcontinuetobeanimportantpartnertogivethenecessarysupportiveandadvisoryservicesandguidelinestoallprotectedareasirrespectiveoflandstatus.ThelocalDistrictCouncilswillalsoworkwithotherrelevantnational/regionalgovernmentinstitutionsincludingtheWaterResourcesManagementAuthority(RiftValleyRegion)andtheNationalForestServiceamongstothers.

Dr. Kwame Koranteng,Regional Representative, WWF Eastern Africa Regional Programme Office

v�

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

AcknowledgementsThe Joint management of Lake Bogoria National Reserve acknowledges WWF for contributing financial and technical support towards the consultation process in the preparation of this Integrated Management Plan (IMP).

Special thanks go to the following people who were members of the Planning Team and worked tirelessly to prepare this IMP: William Kimosop, Maushe Kidundo, Musila Fabian, Musa Cheruiyot, Michael Kangogo, Kunga Ngeche, Sirma Chepkonga, Daniel Koros, Joel Meto and Sally Kibos. Special thanks also go to Mohamed Awer, Nina Bhola and the late Tom Kabii who made invaluable contribution to the plan and provided oversight of the whole planning process and is greatly appreciated.

Special appreciation also goes to Hellen Gardiner, Julie Thomas, Mark Wright, Richard Barnwell, William Pratesi, Dr. Sam Kanyamibwa, Robert Ndetei, Dr. J M Githaiga, Dr. Kwame Koranteng, George Wamukoya, Kimunya Mugo, Dr. Taye Teferi, Anderson Koyo and David Harper.

The Joint Management of Lake Bogoria appreciates the contributions of all her staff, partners, and stakeholders, local community members who were involved in one way or the other in preparation of this plan.

v��

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012

Executive summaryLake Bogoria National Reserve is an important conservation area in Kenya holding regionally and nationally endangered species. The reserve has unique physiographic features and geothermal manifestations due to its geological history. The combination of landforms, biodiversity content, availability of water and forage makes this site important at community, national and global levels. It was designated as a national reserve in 1974 and in 2001 it was listed as a wetland of international importance under the Ramsar convention. Revenue from tourism, related activities and other natural resources in the reserve can play an important role in the socioeconomic development of the area.

The National reserve is at risk from environmental degradation arising from unsustainable resource exploitation and ecologically negative catchment-wide processes. The root causes of these problems are poverty, poor land use, overstocking and unsustainable farming systems. These socioeconomic circumstances of the populace and the environmental impacts are threatening Lake Bogoria National Reserve and its wider catchment. The prevailing situation has prompted WWF (EARPO) in partnership with the two reserve managing county councils and the local communities to initiate the development of this Integrated Management Plan (IMP). This IMP will be a template for sustainable conservation of Lake Bogoria National Reserve, and will involve the local community and enhance attainment of sustainable livelihoods.

This management plan takes into consideration the natural resources in LBNR, their economic potential and identifies conservation threats from catchment wide processes. The integrated approach to conservation will promote sustainable livelihoods, create new socioeconomic opportunities, harnesses existing ones and safeguard the conservation of the National reserve and its environs.

The IMP plan areas landscape, vegetation, climate, geology and biodiversity are closely inter linked. The socioeconomic activities in the area are to a large extent dependent on the natural resources especially pastures and water that sustain the pastoral economic backbone. Over exploitation of this resources are the main drivers of environmental degradation which in turn has set in motion vicious cycles leading to further degradation and high incidence of poverty in the local population. The linkage between the various ecological components, socioeconomic activities, and effects of catchment wide processes is also explained. The linkages justify the need to extend the plan area’s boundaries beyond the National reserve, in order to minimize the impacts of catchment wide processes. The IMP proposes management strategies that take into account the natural ecological linkages, conservation objectives and needs in designated zones and highlights targeted research to guide reserve management and overall conservation of the plan area while ensuring sustainable livelihoods.

The planning process involved stakeholders to ensure wide participation and ownership of this management plan. The integrated management plan identifies issues that need urgent consideration, proposes mitigations strategies, and identifies appropriate stakeholders and their roles. The IMP has a time frame of five years in which to achieve the immediate objectives. A log frame for executing the IMP components, means of verification, stakeholder responsibilities and approximate costs is included. The IMP also has inbuilt mechanisms for monitoring and evaluating its implementation. This management plan is an adjustable blueprint upon which programmes can be based. It provides a framework for different stakeholders to identify areas where their intervention is needed and their linkages with other stakeholders.

v���

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

List of abbreviationsWWFWorldWideFundforNatureKWSKenyaWildlifeServiceLBNRLakeBogoriaNationalReserveLBIMPLakeBogoriaIntegratedManagementCBOCommunityBasedOrganizationWCKWildlifeClubsofKenyaKATOKenyaAssociationforTourOperatorsEUEuropeanUnionEMCAEnvironmentalManagementandCoordinationActGoKGovernmentofKenyaKARIKenyaAgriculturalResearchInstituteMENRMinistryofEnvironmentalandNaturalResourcesNEMANationalEnvironmentalManagementAuthorityMoLMinistryofLandsFDForestDepartmentMOEMinistryofEducationUONUniversityOfNairobiMUMoiUniversityLALocalAuthoritiesMLFMinistryofLivestockandFisheriesMAMinistryofAgricultureNGONonGovernmentalOrganizationMRDMinistryofRuralDevelopment

1

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Introduction and background

1.1 IntroductionLakeBogoriaanditscatchmentarerichinnaturalresourcesthatincludelandforms,forests,wildlife,wetlandsandpastures.InthecatchmenttherearemoistuplandforestsaroundSubukiathatarethemajorsourcesofsurfaceinflowsintothelakeandarerichinforestproductsandbiodiversity.Thewidercatchmenthasmultipleland-usetypesthathaveundergonemajorchangesinthelast100years.Themoistuppercatchmentareachangedfromforeststolarge-scalecommercialfarmsandranches,whichwerelatersub-dividedintosmall-scaleholdings.Thelowercatchmentwasundernomadiclivestockproduction,whichhaschangedovertimetoarelativelysedentarymodeoflivestockproduction.Livestocknumbersinthisareahaveincreasedovertimeandarerestrictedtoasmallerrangecomparedtothepastherdingsystem.Theselandusechangesandahighhumanpopulationgrowthhasexertedenormouspressureontheenvironmentandnaturalresources.Consequently,thesedevelopmentshavedisrupted ecological processes andhavenegatively impacted the environment.These impacts aremanifestedby severe soil erosion, mass wasting, high silt loads in runoff, agro-chemical pollution, land degradation,deforestation, land fragmentationandencroachment intosensitivehabitats.Therehasbeen increasedpovertyamongst the local community members. The environmental problems have been compounded by the recentexcisionanddegazettementofforestsforhumansettlement.

1.1.1 PreviousmanagementplansandconservationinitiativesintheareaThefirstformalconservationinitiativearoundthelakewasgazettementin1970oftheLakeBogoriaNationalReserve(LBNR)underthewildlifeActbytheWildlifeConservationandManagementDepartment(WCMD).ThemanagementofthereservewaslatertransferredtotheBaringoCountyCouncil.Inthe1990’s,newdistrictswerecreatedandthereservewasputunderthejointadministrationofBaringoandthenewlycreatedKoibatekcountycouncils.ThepartsoftheuppercatchmentwereprotectedundertheforestAct.VariousActsandpoliciesregulatedlandmanagementanduseoutsidetheformallyprotectedareas.

The local community around Lake Bogoria National Reserve had practised effective traditional methods ofenvironmental conservation. Land, water and pasture were communally owned, with strict regulations thatcontrolleddryandwetseasongrazingaccess.Therehavebeenchangesovertimeinlandtenuresystemfromcommunal,trustlandtoindividualownership.

Poverty,environmentaldegradationandfrequentseverefoodshortagesdidprompttheneedforinterventions.StakeholdersintheplanareaincludingWWF,thelocalcommunityandcommunity-basedorganizations(CBO’s)haveinitiatedsustainableconservationpracticesandparticipatedintheplanningprocessforthismanagementplan.

1.1.2 ScopeoftheplanThe core conservation area of the IMP isLBNR.TheReservehas undergone ecological changes emanatingfrommanagementsystemsinplaceandhumanactivities.Theadverseeffectsoriginatenotonlyfromwithinthereservebutalsotheimmediateenvirons.Therearealsootherexternalprocessesthatarelinkedtocatchmentwideecologicalandsocioeconomicfactors.

Thiscatchment-integratedmanagementplanaimsataddressingconservationissueinLBNRthroughanecosystem-basedapproach.AlthoughthefocusisLBNR,theplanaddressesissuesinfluencingecologicalprocessesinthereserve,thecatchmentareacriticalforwaterinflows,wildlifedispersalareasandmigrationcorridors.Someoftheseprocessesemanatefromsocialfactorsanddepletionofresourcesinthecommunityareasprecipitatingpressureonthereserveasagrazingareaforlivestockandasourceofothernaturalresourcestothelocalcommunities.The plan has inbuilt mechanisms for stakeholder involvement, highlights environmental and socioeconomicdevelopmentissuesandsuggestsmanagementinterventions,byidentifyingactivities,resourcesandinter-agencynetworking.Theplan recommends formationofa stakeholder implementationcommittee,with thenecessarytechnicalskillstooverseeandcoordinatethesuggestedactivities.TheplanproposestonetworkstakeholdersandmobiliseresourcestoLakeBogoriacatchmentandprovidesaframeworktoenhancelivelihoods.

1.2 General objectives of Lake Bogoria Integrated Management PlanThesuccessof thisplan is inter-linkedwith thecommunitysocioeconomicstatus improvement,maintenanceof environmental health integrity, and to ensure livelihoods support and continuity of ecological processes.Toachieve this, thecommunities in the loweranduppercatchmenthave toplaymajor role in the integratedmanagementplan(IMP).

2

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

TheIMPhasthefollowinggeneralobjectives:Initiatecommunitysocio-economicdevelopmentthatensuresustainablelivelihoods,reducespressureontheenvironmentandnaturalresources,andarrestsencroachmentonthebiodiversityinthereserve.Developstrategiestomitigateenvironmentaldegradationandrestoredegradedareasintheplanareawhileprovidingviablealternatives.Encourageformationofcommunity-basedmanagementsystemsfornaturalresourcessuchaswaterresourceusersassociations,toguidetheuseandmanagementofwater,whichisacriticalandlimitingresourceinthearea.Supportthereservemanagementcapacitytomanageandmonitorthenaturalresourcesinthereserve.

1.3 Purpose of the Lake Bogoria National ReserveTraditionallyLakeBogoriaNationalReservemanagementhasrevolvedaroundwildlifemanagement.ThisIMPhasredesignedandexpandedtheconservationtoalsoinclude:

Protectionandconservationofthegeneticandbiologicaldiversityofspeciesassemblages,theintegrityoftheabioticresourcesandinteractionstoensurecontinuedecosystemprocesses;Thelocalcommunityandthereservemanagementparticipationinplanning,developmentandmanagementoftheplanarea;Promotionofcommunityenvironmentaleducationanddisseminationofinformationonconservationandsustainableuseofresources.

This expansionof the IMPscope is important to ensure the reserve isbuffered fromnegativeprocesses thatemanatefromitsenvirons.Thisisthroughtherecognitionoftheimmediateenvironsascrucialinprovidingabufferzonethatabsorbsimpactsbeforetheyaffectthereserve.

1.3.1PlanningprocessParticipatoryandstrategicplanningprocesshasbeenused in thedevelopmentof this IMP.ThisprocesswasinitiatedinMay2003andinvolvedconsultationswhereconsensuswasobtainedonvariousaspects.

Theplanningguidelinesusedinformulatingthismanagementplanincluded:TheRamsarConventiononWetlandsofinternationalimportance,TheKenyaWildlifeService(KWS)andtheWildlifeAct,LocalGovernmentActEnvironmentalManagementandCoordinationAct(EMCA)AgricultureActLivestockActForestActTheconsultativemeetingsandinteractiveworkshopsthatprecededtheformulationofthisplanWaterAct2002

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•••••••••

�

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Lake Bogoria National Reserve and its catchment

2.1 IntroductionTheplanareaencompassesLBNR,itsimmediateenvironsandthecatchmentofLakeBogoria.TheLakeisthedeepestalkalinelakeintheKenyawithnumerousalkalinehotspringsthatcontributesignificantinflowsintothelake.TheReservecomprisesofthelakeandtheterrestrialportionwithvariousvegetationtypesdependingonsoiltypesandterrain.Amongstthesevegetationtypesaregrasslands,thicketsandwoodlands.ThewoodlandsformanimportanthabitatfortheendangeredGreaterKudu(Tragelaphus strepsciseros)andothermammals.TheReserveisrichinbiodiversityandthelakeisanimportantstopoverpointforthenorthernavianmigrants.Theareahashighrevenuepotentialintermsoftourism,socio-economicandculturalactivities.ItislocatedincloseproximitytobothcentralandnortherntouristcircuitsinKenya.

The immediate environs of the plan area have a low human population density and currently offer limitedeconomic opportunities, which are largely, restricted small-scale irrigation, livestock and bee keeping. Theupperpart of the catchment aroundSubukiahashigh agricultural potentialwith intense cultivation andhighhumanpopulationdensities.Thehumanactivitiesinthecatchmentandthelakeenvironshaveadverselyaffectedsustainableconservationandmanagementintheplanarea.

2.1.1LocationLakeBogoriaNationalReserve,liesbetween36°4′and36°7′Eastand0°20′Northandabout10kmNorthoftheequatorinBaringoandKoibatekDistrictsofRiftValleyprovinceKenya(Fig.1).Ithasanaltitudebetween970matthelaketo1650metersonSirachoescarpment.TheReserveliesclosetotheeasternwalloftheGreatRiftValleyandhasitsheadquartersatLoboiGate.

Figure 1: The location of Lake Bogoria in the East African Rift Valley

Lake BaringoLake Bogoria

Great Rift Valley

NairobiDemocraticRepublicof Congo

Sudan

Ethiopia

Tanzania

Kenya

Somalia

Uganda

Eritrea

Djibouti

Burundi

Rwanda

�

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Figure 2: Lake Bogoria National Reserve, drainage system.

2.1.2LegalstatusLake Bogoria National Reserve was gazetted as wildlife protected area, vide legal notice number 270 of01/11/1970;andisfoundinboundaryplan216/26delineatingatotalareaof107km2.

2.1.3RoadAccessTherearethreeaccessroadstothereservethroughthreegatesatLoboi,MajiMotoandEmsos.ThemainaccessisalongtheNakuru-MarigatroadwherethreeKilometresbeforeMarigattown,isajunctiontotherighttowardsLBNR.TheLoboiGatewhichalsoservesasthereserveheadquartersis20kmfromthisjunction.AnearthroadthatbranchesofftotherightnearMogotioShoppingCentre,36KmfromNakurutownleadstotheothertwogates.

Waseges River

Emsos SpringEmsos

Loboi Swamp

LakeBogoria

Emsos Gate Outpost

NyalilpuchOutpost

LoboiOutpostGate

Maji Moto Outlook

Post

Loboi River

Hot Springs

Maji Moto

Fig Tree Campsite

�

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

2.1.4 AccessbyairTheReservecanbeaccessedbyair throughairstrips inLakeBaringoand thenby road through theMarigatjunction.However,anon-gazettedandunclassifiedairstrip thatcanbeusedby lightaircraft is locatedat theNorthernpartofthereserveneartheLoboigate.

2.2 Conservation status LakeBogoriawasdeclaredanationalreserveduetoitsrichinbiodiversity,sceneryandhydrologicalfeaturesin1970andwasmadeaRamsarsiteofinternationalimportancein2001.Itusedtobeanimportantcommunaldryseasongrazingareaforthelocalcommunities,andhasimportantsacredandculturalsites.

Twolocalauthorities,BaringoandKoibatekCountyCouncils,currentlyjointlymanageLBNR.WWF(EARPO)is supporting the reservemanagement throughconservation activities aimedat enhancing sustainablenaturalresourceconservation,socio-economicdevelopmentandenvironmentaleducation.

2.3 Physical environment2.3.1Physiography,GeologyandsoilsLakeBogoriaanditscatchmentaregeologicalproductsofpasttectoniceventsoffaulting,warping,andvolcaniceruptions associatedwith the formation of theRiftValley.The area has geologicmanifestations of ongoingvolcanicprocessesintheformoffumaroles,hotspringsandgeyserswithinthelake,alongthelakeshoresandvariouspointsinthesurroundingareas.Thelakeislocatedalongoneofthemajorblock-definingfaultsintheRiftValley,theSolai-Subukiafaultblock,whichincludestheSolai,IguamitiandSouthArabelfaultscarps.LakeBogoriaispartiallyseparatedfromthismainfaultblockbytheKisanana-Chemasa-EmsosfaultthatmergesintoLakeBogoriafaultalongtheEmsosfaultstructureatSirkenHill.Thesefaultlinesarealignedinthenorth-southdirectionwithSandaidepositionpansinfillingalargeportionofthegrabennorthofthelakeandstretchingtoLakeBaringo.

Theplanareaischaracterisedbyvolcanicrocksandsedimentsoverlyingmetamorphicsubstrata,whichbelongtothePleistoceneandMiocenegeologicaleras.Theareaishighlyfaultedandfissuredwiththemajorriversflowingnorthalongthefault-lines.ClosetotheLakeanditssurroundingsarestratifieddeltaicsiltsandsalinedeposits.ThewesternsectionoftheLakecomprisesofanalciticphonolitesandporphyritictrachytes.TheEasternsectionbeyondthedeltaicsiltscomprisesofsedimentarydeposits,volcanicsoils,screesandalluvium.PorphyriticolivinebasaltsarealsofoundalongtheeasternfaultsboundingLakeBogoria.

LakeBogoriadrainagebasinhasthreemajorsoil types;claysoil,clayloamandsilt loam.Soil textureisnotvariableandmostsoilsarecategorizedasloamywithexceptionsofclayloamsrestrictedtoriverineareas.Theriverinesoilsarecomplexwithvariedtexturesdependingonthedrainageconditionsandarecomposedoferodedvolcanicsedimentsandalluvialdeposits.Theyconsistofdiversetypesofgranulomites,conglomerates,siltsandgravels.

Claysoilsarefoundontheupperpartofthecatchment,lowlands.ThemiddlepartisdominatedbyclayloamwhileasmallportionatthemouthofriverWasegestoLakeBogoriawasidentifiedassiltloam.

Figure 3: A cross section of the lake Baringo-Bogoria half-graben (after Renult and Tiercelin, 1994)

Molo Graben

GobalEscarpment

Alti

tude

(m)

MoloEscarpment

10 km

Maji Moto Block LakeBogoria

BogoriaEscarpment

WasegesRiver

EastWest

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

MarmanetEscarpment

Molo Graben

GobalEscarpment

Alti

tude

(m)

MoloEscarpment

10 km

Maji Moto Block LakeBogoria

BogoriaEscarpment

WasegesRiver

EastWest

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

MarmanetEscarpment

�

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

ThesoilsaroundthelakehavehighapHrangingfrom6.8to9.0,withhighsodiumbicarbonatelevelsrangingfrom0.5to9.92meql-1.Thesalinityandsodicityareattributedtotheparentrockmaterial.Highlyalkalinesoilsarefoundalongtheshorelinefringes,butthoseclosetopermanentwatersourceshaveintermediatevalues,whilesoilsintheridgesandscarpshavethelowestpHvalues.

Soilnutrientavailabilityindicesarehighindicatinghighfertilitylevelswithmeanphosphorousconcentrationsof80ppmintheriverinesoils.Kaolinitesconstitute70–80%ofsiltwhileillionitesareinter-stratifiedwiththerest10–20%.Potassium,magnesiumandmanganeseconcentrationsaregenerallylow.Calciumconcentrationsarehighandexhibitwidevariationbetween10.37and37.26meql-1.Thespatialdistributionsofthesoilsareshownbelow.

2.3.2ClimateandrainfallTheclimateintheplanareaisaridtosemiaridregimesexceptinthemoisthighlandsaroundSubukia.TheclimaticconditionsarestronglyinfluencedbytheITCZ(InterTropicalConvergenceZone)andtherearetwodistinctwetanddryseasons.Withinthereserveandadjacentareas,theclimaticconditionsareharshwithtemperaturesattheLakerangingfrom180C-390Cwithadailymeanof250C.Meanannualprecipitationvariesfrom500-1000mmandfallsintwoseasonsApril-MayandOctober-November(figure5).Thephysiographiclocationofthereserveinagrabenplacesitintherainshadowofthesurroundingfaultscarpsandhighlands.Thecombinationofweathervariablesandphysiographiclocationgivethelakebasinahot,semiaridclimate.

LakeBogoriaand its surroundingsarecategorizedunderagro-ecological climaticzoneE.Rainfall reliabilityislow(Mwangi,1992),anddailysunshinehoursaverage10makingtheareahotformostoftheyear(WWF,2003annualreport).ThereisamarkedhotspellfromJanuarytoMarchwhentemperaturesinexcessof340Careexperienced.ColdspellsoccurinthemonthsofJulyandAugust.

Figure 4: Distribution of soil types in the Lake Bogoria catchment and its immediate environs.

El Nino and La Nina events are interpreted from analyses of the 25-year record from the Lake Bogoria National Reserve weather station. The deviation of the average annual rainfall from the 25-year mean reveals 5-7 year cycles of inter-annular variability in precipitation (Figure 6).

Lake Bogoria

Clay

Clay loam

Silt loam

7

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Figure 5: Average monthly rainfall for the period 1977-2001 (LaVigne and Ashley, 2002).

Figure 6: Departures of annual total rainfall (mm) from the 25-year mean. 1977-1979, 1988-1990 and 1997-1998 El Nino years; 1984-1986 La Nina years (LaVigne & Ashley, 2002).

2.3.3HydrologyLakeBogoriaareahasatrellisdrainagepatternandriversflownorthwardsalongfaultlines.Thelake’scatchmentis 930km2drainedby riverSandai-Waseges,which flowsnorthwards towardsLakeBaringobut deviates tothesouthatSandai todrain intoLakeBogoria.TheriverflowisseasonalandoccasionallydriesupbetweenJanuaryandMarch.Inthelongrainyseason,theriverbringsinlargevolumesofsilt,erodedfromthedegradedrangelands.RiverLoboi thatdrains intoLakeBaringodiverts itscourse in thewetseason todrain intoLakeBogoriaduetocloggingofitschannelbysediments.Thishasturnedouttobeanormalflowpatternduringthewetseason,greatlyincreasingtheamountofsurfaceinflowsandsiltloadsintoLakeBogoria.Theplanareahasseveraldrywadisthatarecharacterizedbyflashfloodflowsinthewetseason.InthesouthRiverEmsosandafewperennialspringsdischargefreshwaterintothelake.Thelakelevelfluctuatesbetween11and14meterswith precipitation but does not exhibit extreme surface area variations compared to other shallow rift valleylakes.Itstroughbasinmorphometryprecludemajorsurfaceareavariations,whiledischargefromallthespringscounterbalanceevaporativelossesconsiderably(Tiercellinetal,1987).

AstudycarriedouttodeterminethewaterbudgetforLakeBogoriaquantifiedinflowsandoutflowstothelake.Theinflowsinclude,riverflows,directrainfallintothelakeandflowfromspringsintothelakeof31,24.29and28.38millioncubicmetersrespectively.Theoutflowsaremainlythroughdirectevaporationfromthelake

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Months

Ave

rage

Cum

ulat

ive

Prec

ipita

tion

(mm

)

-600

-500

-400

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

Year

Tota

lrai

nfal

lvar

iatio

ns(m

m)

1977

1978

1979

1980

1981

1982

1983

1984

1985

1986

1987

1988

1989

1990

1991

1992

1993

1994

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Months

Ave

rage

Cum

ulat

ive

Prec

ipita

tion

(mm

)

-600

-500

-400

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

Year

Tota

lrai

nfal

lvar

iatio

ns(m

m)

1977

1978

1979

1980

1981

1982

1983

1984

1985

1986

1987

1988

1989

1990

1991

1992

1993

1994

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

�

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

surface,domesticandlivestockabstractionsat75,0.7and1.2millioncubicmetersrespectively.Totalinflowsare83.67millioncubicmeterswhiletotaloutflowsare70.65millioncubicmetersresultinginadifferenceof13.02millioncubicmeters,whichisaccountedforbyabstractionsforirrigationupstream(OnyandoandMusila,2004).

Theriversandriverineecosystemsinthisaridandsemi-aridplanareaarecriticalhabitatsandproviderefugeforwildlife.Theriverineecosystemshavedistinctecologicalcharacteristicsthatallowthemtosupportwildlife,invertebratesandplantspeciesthatcannotthriveinthearidareas.Theriversystemisavitalresourcetothelocalcommunityprovidingwateranddryseasongrazingandirrigatedagriculture.

Lake BogoriaLakeBogoriaischaracterisedbysteepshorelineandhasatroughbasinmorphometrycomprisingofthreesemi-distinctbutinterconnectedbasinsconsistingof;thenorthern,centralandsouthernbasins.Thesouthernbasin,arelictvolcaniccrateristhedeepestpart(14m),joinedtotherestofthelakebyanarrowisthmus.TheLakehasahighalkalinitywithpHrangingbetween9.8-10.6,alkalinitybetween480-800meql-1andanelectricalconductivityof45,000-85,000μScm-1.Phosphoruslevelsareextremelyhighandoccurintheformoforthophosphates.Totalphosphateandnitrogenconcentrationsof3.5mgl-1and32mgl-1,respectively,havebeenmeasuredinthelake.

The open water is dominated by phytoplankton species such as Spirulina platensis, Microcystis flos-aquae, Anabaenopsis arnoldii andbacteriaextremophiles.The shorelinevegetation is characterisedbyplant speciessuchasCyperus laevigatus,Sporoblus spicatus and Cynodon dactylon amongothers.

Hot Springs, Geysers and springsThehotspringshavehigh temperaturesandarehighlymineralizedandaresourcedfromshallowaquifers incontactwithlavaintrusions.Theyhaveanestimateddischargeof900lsec-1(28.38Mm3)tothelake.Thespringsare found in threemain clusters,Loburu,Chemurkeu andMwanasis-Kibwu-Losaramat areas (Renaultet al.,1987).ThehotspringattheLoburuandChemurkeuhaveashallowaquiferwithtemperaturesofabout1000C,while thesouthernMwanasis-Kibwu-Losaramathotspringshaveadeeper lyingaquiferwith temperaturesofabout1700C(Cioniet al.,1992).All thespringsarealkalinewithapHabove8.0.Therearenumerousothersmallerhotsprings,geysersandfumarolesintheplanarea.

Other wetlands and SwampsSeveralswampsoccurintheplanareaandtheydifferinsize,waterchemistry,biotaandhydrology.TheLoboiswampisthelargestandconstitutesakeyecosystemcomponentintheplanareaasawaterreservoirforlivestock,agriculturalanddomesticsupply.SwampsalongSandai/WasegesRiverplayanimportantroleinnutrientremoval,agro-chemicalretentionandsedimentsfiltration.Therearealsoothernumeroussmallmarshesfedbyfaultrelatedsprings.Thewetlandsespeciallythoseoutsidethereserveareimportanttothelocalcommunitiesforwaterandfoodproduction.Theswampsarealsorichinbirdlife.

2.4 Flora and fauna2.4.1FloraWithin the reserve, biodiversity inventories have identified approximately 210plant species belonging to 53plantfamiliesinthereserveandneighbouringwetlands.Amongstthese,are38speciesofGraminaeand15ofAcanthaceae. Thesespeciesaredistributedinsixbroadvegetationtypes(Mwangi,1992).Theseare;riverineforests,woodedbushland,bushedthicket,bushland,bushedgrasslandandswamps.Thesearefurtherdescribedinto tenvegetation communities on thebasis of dominance.Dominant grasses include;Dominant grasses include;Sporobolus ioclados, Dactyolectenium aegyptium, Chlonis virgata and Digitaria velutina.Shrubsinclude;Grewia tenax, G. bicolor, Acalypha fruticosa and Acacia mellifora.The most dominant tree species isThemostdominanttreespeciesisAcacia tortilis.OthercommunitytypesincludemixturesofBalanites aegyptica, Combretum spp., Ficus spp., andTerminalia sppEvergreenandsemideciduousbushlandcoverlargeareasalongstreamvalleyandotherinhospitableareas.

Thedistributionofthevegetationtypesstronglycorrelatestocombinationsoftopography,soiltypes,elevation,drainagesystemsandsoilmoisturecontent(Appendix1).

In the upper parts of the catchment,mountane forests are found aroundSubukia,OlraraBel,Mchongoi andMarmanetareas.TheseareasarethecatchmentforRiverSandai/Waseges.Thereareotherriverineforestsalongriverscourses,seasonalwaterflowchannelsandfreshwatersprings.

OutsideLBNRandtheforestareasthevegetationcomprisesofgrasslands,bushlands,shrublands,scrublandsandwoodlands.Thesevegetationtypesareassociatedwithunconsolidatedsoils,rockoutcropsandriverineplainsinthearidpartsoftheplanarea.Thesearethecommunityareas,whicharecommunallygrazed.

�

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

2.4.2FaunaWildlifeTheareaisrichinwildlifespeciescharacteristicbyahighdiversityatlowdensities.AnimalsfoundintheplanareaincludetheGreaterKuduandothersshowninAppendixII.Thereareseveralreptilesthatincludemonitorlizard,lizards,tortoise,crocodilesandvariousspeciesofsnakes.

Bird lifeOver373speciesofbirdshavebeenrecordedintheplanarea(Appendix3)includingover50migratoryspecies,makingitoneoftherichestbirdlifeareas(IBA)inKenya.ThezoogeographicallocationofthereservebetweentheEthiopianandtheMasaizoo-regionscontributestotheareashighspeciesdiversity

The lake holds huge congregations of lesser flamingo that feed on the high production of blue-green algaedominated by Spirulina platensis. The lake shore configuration and fresh water points provide favourableenvironmentfortheseassemblagesandattimesmorethan1.5millionflamingoscanbecounted.LakeBogoriasometimessupportsthehighestpopulationofgreaterflamingosintheriftvalleyalkalinelakes.

2.5 Environmental and socio-economic situation in the plan areaThe deteriorating environmental conditions in the plan area threaten sustainable livelihoods, environmentalintegrityand thecontinuationofnaturalecologicalprocesses.Negativeenvironmental impactsareemanatingfromdemographicchanges,inappropriatelandusetypesandtrends,poorgovernanceandpolicyfailureandhighpovertyprevalence.Highlivestockdensitiesofpoorstockqualityhaveacceleratedenvironmentaldegradationinthissemiaridarea.Thesefactorshaveputtheeverdiminishingnaturalresourcebaseunderpressurefromtheirmultiple interactions thataremanifested throughdeforestation,siltation,erosion,eutrophication,species loss,habitatdegradation,lossofpastureandincreaseinpoverty.Thesituationhasbeencompoundedbybreakdownofindigenousenvironmentalmanagementandresourceusesystems.TherecentclimaticvariabilityintheEastAfricanRegionhasaggravatedenvironmentalproblemsinthisecologicallyfragilesemiaridarea.Thesefactorsandprocesseshaveerodedthenatural resourcebase, jeopardizing thecontinuedsustainableconservationandutilizationoftheplanarea.

Theplanareahasundergonesevereenvironmentaldegradationfromtheinterplayofseveralfactorsandprocessesinanecologicallyfragileregion.ThisIMPaimsatreversingtheenvironmentaldegradationtoachievesustainableconservationandsecurelivelihoodsofthelocalpeople.Althoughtheyarecloselyinterlinked,environmentalissuescanbroadlycategorizedasthosethatpredominateoutsidethenationalreserveandultimatelyaffectthenationalreserveandissueswithin thereserve itself.ThestrategiesdevelopedformitigationandmanagementinterventioninthesetwoareasmusthavesynergyifthegoalsandobjectivesofthisIMParetobeachieved.

2.5.1IssuesinthecatchmentThereserveenvironsandLakeBogoriacatchmenthaveseveralseriousenvironmentalissuesthatcascadeintothe Reserve through socio-economic, hydrological and proximity linkages. Outside the reserve, some of theenvironmentalmanagementissuesrevolvearound:

Human – resource conflict. WaterqualityandquantityDeforestationandencroachment.Changes in ground cover affecting underground water recharge and sustenance of river flow regimes.Poorfarmingmethods.Landtenuresystem.Humandemographictrends.EnvironmentalliteracyHumansettlementpatterns

Theinterventionsadoptedfortheseissueswillbeco-ordinatedasanintegratedapproachbythevariousagenciessuch as the Local Authorities of Koibatek and Baringo County Councils, Government departments, NGO’s,CBO’s,communitiesandindividualswhoarealreadyactiveinpartsoftheplanareashouldadoptthisIMPasaframeworktoharmoniseenvironmentalmanagement.

2.5.2IssuesinLakeBogoriaNationalReserveThereservewasacommunitygrazingareabefore1970swhenitwasmadeawildlifeconservationarea.Livestockgrazinghas,however,continuedwithinthereserve,resultingincompetitionforpastures,diseasestransmissionandotherformsofhumanwildlifeconflict.Adverseenvironmentalimpactswithinthereservecanbecategorizedasthosearisingfromestablishmentofthereserveandthosefromhumanactivitieswithinit.

•••••••••

10

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Ecological issues emanating from park management practicesVegetationdynamicsleadingtospeciessuccessionandinvaderspeciesestablishmentintheabsenceofhabitatmanagement.Poorwildlifemanagementduetolackofcomprehensivedataonwildlifepopulationdynamicsandtrends.Negativeimpactsoflivestockgrazinginthereserve.Effects of catchment wide processes on water quality on wildlife, especially flamingo mortalities.

Human induced issues

Impactsofinfrastructuredevelopment.Environmentaldestructionbytouristactivities.Watersourceanddrainagealterationthroughcementpondconstructionaroundspringsandacrossstreams.Highconcentrationoftourisminfragilehabitats.Localizederosionfocialonglivestocktrails.

2.5.3HydrologicalissuesfromcatchmentwideprocessesThesearelargelydrivenbyprocesseswithinthelargercatchmentandinvolve:

Declining and highly variable inflows into the lake due to deforestation and abstraction of surface and groundwater.Siltationduetoextensiveerosionandpollutionbyagro-chemicals.

2.6 Lake Bogoria catchment linkagesLakeBogoriaislinkedtoitscatchmentthroughecological,hydrologicalandsocio-economicfunctionsasshowninFigure7.MostoftheselinkagesareintertwinedandhavecumulativeimpactsontheLakeandthereserve.Lossofvegetationcoverbyovergrazingleadstosoilerosion,siltationofsteamsandwetlands,andlanddegradation.Thiscreatesaviciouscyclethatleadstomoreenvironmentaldegradationandsetinmotionotherprocessesthatmagnifytheinitialimpacts.

•

•

••

•••

••

•

•

Figure 7 Linkages of ecological and socio-economic issues and processes in the plan area

Catchment processes

•Deforestation•Degradation and erosion•Human and livestock population increase•Land sue•Socioeconomic changes

Consequences

• Unsusta�nable l�vel�hoods• Loss of b�od�vers�ty• Poverty prevalence• Unsusta�nable env�ronmental conservat�on

Effects

• Hydrolog�cal d�srupt�ons• Decl�ne �n water qual�ty and quant�ty• Loss of pasture• Increased l�vestock numbers• Land degradat�on• Invader plant spec�es• Decl�ne �n natural resources• Encroachment �nto LBNR

11

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Natural resources and zonation in plan areaTheresilienceofnaturalecosystemsandtheirresourcestohumanimpactscanbeusedasguidelinestozonationdependingontheintensityofuse.Importantnaturalresourcesintheplanareaincludebiodiversity,landscapeaesthetics, geological formations and hydrological systems.The natural resources found in the plan area arean importantbase forsocio-economicdevelopmentand livelihoodsupport.Theoptimumharnessingof theseresources through zonation has high spin-off effects that can enhance economic opportunities and improvedconservation,andsustainablelivelihoodsforthelocalcommunity.

3.1 Criteria for resource categorizationNaturalresourceintheplanareacanbecategorisedonthebasis:

Geologicalformationandscenicfeatures,Biodiversity,culturalandecologicalattributes,Importanceofhabitatforsurvivalofthreatenedandendangeredspecies,Susceptibilityofhabitatssuchasbreeding,roostingandfeedingsitestohumanactivitiesimpactsStatusofpopulationsofthreatened,endangeredandrarespecies.

Thenaturalresourceintheplanareacanfurthergroupedbasedonuseintocategorieslistedbelow.

3.1.1Naturalresourcesfortourism

LakeBogoria,wetlands,geysersandhotspringsFloraMammalianwildlifespeciesBirdlifeArchaeologicalandcontemporaryhistoricsitesLandscape

3.1.2.Naturalresourcesofculturalandsocio-economicimportance

Vegetation,Sand,stonesandmurramPasturesFreshwatersourcesSaltlickandtrona(Magadisoda)Honey,wildfruitsandvegetables

3.2 Zonation of the plan area Theplanareacanbedividedintoseveralzonesdependingonecologicalattributes,typesofuse,conservationstatusandneeds.

3.2.1AquaticzonesThesecompriseofthe:

LakeBogoriaSwampsMarshesGeysersSpringsRivers

3.2.2.TerrestrialzonesTheterrestrialzonesintheplanarecategorizedaccordingtovegetationtypes,topography,conservationstatusandlandusesystem.

Protected areaThiscanbecategorizedintothefollowinghabitats;

GrasslandsScrublandRiverinewoodlandsWoodlands

•••••

••••••

•••••

••••••

••••

12

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Community areaThiscanbecategorizedinto;

FarmlandlandsGrazingareasUrbancentresandhumansettlements

3.3 Justification for the recommended intensity of useThereservehasahighdiversityofhabitatssomeofwhichcanbeconsideredasecologicallyfragile,orcontainrarespeciesofplantsandanimals.Humanactivitiesinthesehabitatscanbedisastrousoraltertheirattributes.Theeffectsofsuchactivitiesonahabitatdependonresiliencetoperturbationsandtheintensityofthedisturbance.Disturbance below resilience thresholds has low impacts and such habitats normally return to their originalconditionafterashorttime,whereaslessresilientonestakealongtime.However,unstablesystemsmayneverreturntotheiroriginalconditiononcedestroyed.Itisimportant,therefore,todeterminethestabilityanddegreeofresilienceofthevarioushabitatspriortosubjectingthemtothevariouscategoriesofuseintensity.Otherhabitatscanbeexcludedfromuseduetospecialfunctionlikebeingbreeding,roostingorfeedingsites.Exclusionofusemaybetemporaryorpermanent.Specialfeedingareasrequirepermanentexclusion,whileseasonallywaterlogged(flooded)areasmaybeclosedduringthewetseasononly.Otherareasarefunctionallydesignedandmodifiedtoaccommodateveryheavyintensitiesofusesuchasreserveadministrativeheadquarters,picnicandcampssites.Secondarynaturalvegetationandagriculturallandcanbemanipulatedtoallowaheavyintensityofuse.

Outsidethereserve,topographyisanimportantfactorindeterminingwhetherornottoputcertainlandundercultivation.Beyondacertaindegreeofslope,landshouldnotbecultivatedduetothehighriskofacceleratederosion.InLBNRanditsenvironsecologicalattributes,sensitivityandongoingusehavebeenusedtodelineatezonesforlow,medium,highandveryhighintensityofuse.TheseareshowninTable2and3.ThedesignatedzonesareshowninFigure8

Table 2: Zonation in Lake Bogoria National Reserve and recommended intensity of use

Zone Habitat type Location Recommended intensity of use

1 a) Frag�le hab�tatsMarshes, spr�ngs, lake shores, open lake, river mouths, breeding sites, hot spring fields

Loburu, R. Sanda� mouth, Emsos, F�g tree, Lake shore, Lobo� swamp, HQ Marshes, Mawe Moto, Steep scarps

No

b) Hab�tats for rare spec�es (breed�ng terrestr�al s�tes)

HQ marshes, shorel�ne, r�ver�ne hab�tats, Habitats known to be specific sites utilized by these spec�es

No

2 Cl�max Forest Vegetat�on F�g tree woodland and other r�ver�ne vegetat�on zones in the reserve

Low

� Reserve adm�n�strat�on and v�s�tor fac�l�t�es Offices, staff quarters, all camp/picnic sites, Hot spr�ngs

H�gh

Table 3: Zonation of habitat types and recommended use intensity outside the reserve

Zone Habitat type Location Recommended intensity of use

1 Frag�le hab�tats H�ghland forests, steep slopes, h�lls, r�ver sources, r�ver valleys, wetlands

Low

2 Settlements, cult�vated and rangelands lands Small & large scale farms H�gh and very h�gh

•••

1�

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Management goal, objectives and intervention strategies

4.1 Goal, Objectives and Strategies4.1.1GoalThegoalofthisIMPistoconserveLBNRforsustainabledevelopmentinaccordancewithNationalpolicies,CBD(Rioconvention),CMS(Bonnconvention),Ramsarprincipalsandriverbasinmanagementconcepts.

4.1.2ObjectivesToachievetheoverallgoaloftheIMP,asetofshortandlong-termobjectiveshasbeenidentified.Theattainmentoftheshorttermwillfacilitateandcreateanenablingenvironmentforachievingthelong-termobjectives.

Short-termobjectivesConserveandmanagetheenvironmentalservicesandvaluesofLakeBogoriacatchmentforsustainabledevelopment.Provide a basis for diversification of tourism, benefit sharing and poverty alleviation by instituting sustainablelandusepractices,environmentalconservationandnaturalresourcemanagement.SecuresupportofnationalandinternationalinstitutionsintheconservationanddevelopmentofLakeBogoriacatchment.Promoteintegration,collaborationandstakeholders’participationinenvironmentalconservation.

Long-termobjectives:Promotecommunitysocio-economicdevelopment.Minimizethreatsandconstraintsthathindersustainableconservationanddevelopmentintheplanarea.Promoteenvironmentaleducationandawarenessforeffectivestakeholders’participation.Strengthen management oriented scientific research and monitoring in Lake Bogoria National Reserve and itscatchment.Minimize human – resource conflicts, threats and enhance compatible land-use practices.

4.1.3StrategiesToachievetheaboveobjectives,theIMPproposestheimplementationofthefollowingstrategies:-

Undertakecompilationandanalysisofdataonkeybiodiversityresources,habitatsandtheecologyofkeyspeciesintheplanarea.Strengthenparkmanagementandadministrationthroughcapacitybuilding.Instituteandsupportenvironmentallyfriendlylandusepracticesandcommunitywildlifeconservationundertakings.Inliaisonwiththelocalcommunity,NGO’sandinternationalbodiestoenhanceenvironmentalconservationandmanagementthroughstrengtheningmulti-disciplinaryparticipationinconservation.Providereliableinformationanddataforconservationandmanagementpurposes.Diversifytourismactivitiesandattractionareas.Incollaborationwithlocalcommunity,Governmentdepartments,CBOsandNGOsinvestinsustainableenvironmentallyfriendlypovertyalleviationprogrammes.Maintainsecurityforwildlifeandvisitorsinthereserve.

Theachievementofthelong-termmanagementobjectivesforLakeBogoriaandcatchmentdependsonanumberofinteractingfactorslinkedtohumanactivities.

•

•

•

•

••••

•

•

••

•

•••

•

1�

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Figure 8: Recommended zones for different activities within LBNR. The exact location of Lake Bogoria within its catchment is illustrated at the top right-hand corner. (Note: Catchment land use zonation is subject to stakeholder consensus and recommendations)

SWSW

GR

PR

PR

WLDLakeBogoria

Emsos Gate Outpost

Nyalilpuch Outpost

WLD

SN

Lookout Post

Airstrip

Loboi Outpost Gate

Maji Moto Outlook Post

KEY:SN Sanctuary

SW Swamp

GR Grazing area

WLD Wilderness

PR Natural preservation area

Roads and tracks

Greater Kudu migration corridor

Camp site

View point

Salt lick

Dam

Ritual site

1�

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Management prescriptions and programmes

5.1 IntroductionThemanagementprescriptionsandinterventionprogrammespresentedinthisIMPrequiretheparticipationofvariousstakeholdersinordertoattaintheoverallgoalofsustainableconservationandmanagementofnaturalresources.Thiswillcatalysesocio-economicdevelopmentinthearea.Themanagementplanaimsformeaningfulandeffectiveinvolvementofkeystakeholders,especiallythelocalcommunityintheexecutionofdevelopmentandmanagementprogrammesintheplanarea.

5.2 Land coverThelandcoverhasbeenextensivelymodifiedthroughvariouslandusesystemstomeethumanneeds,precipitatingsevereadverseenvironmentalimpacts,withfarreachingecologicalandsocio-economicramifications.

5.2.1ForestsTherehasbeenextensivedeforestationintheuplandforestswithconsequencesondownstreamecosystemsandwateravailability.Themaindriversforforestcoverlossare:-

ExcisionsinOrabelandMarmamentforests.Logginginbahati,Muchongoi.WidespreadcharcoalburningwithinthecatchmentespeciallyNyalilpuch,OlkokweandMugurin.CultivationinriparianareasinSubukia,IgwamitiandLoboi.Encroachmentintogazettedforests,riverineforestsandotherfragilemicrohabitats.

Theimpactsofforestcoverlossare:IncreasedseasonalityofWasegesRiverLossofswampsandwetlandsthatdependonuppercatchmentrechargeSiltationdownstreamatSandaiandLoboiLossofbiodiversityFloodinganddisplacementofsettlementsinthelowlandsIncreasedstreamvelocityleadingtogullyformationanddrainageofKesuboswamps

5.1.2CommunalgrazingareasLivestockdensitiesincreasedbeyondthelandscarryingcapacityleadingtoovergrazingandchangeingrazingpatterns.Thecumulativeeffectofovergrazing,localisedandsustainedpressureonforageinthelowercatchmentandtheenvironsofthereserve.Theseandthechanginglifestylestendingtowardsincreasedsedentarizationhasledto:

SoilerosionwithsheetandgullyformationLossofsoilfertilitySparsevegetationcoverwithtopsoilexposureReducedforageavailabilityIncreaseininvaderplantspeciesIntensification of dust stormsFlash floodingIncreasedpovertyprevalenceIncreasedpressureonfragilemicrohabitatsEncroachmentintoswampsPrevalenceofanimaldiseasesHuman – wildlife conflict

Overalltheconsequencesofhumaninducedchangesinlandcoverintheplanareaare:IntensivesoilerosionatMugurin,KisananaleadingtosiltationofRiverLoboi.LossofbiodiversityoutsideandwithinthereserveExtensivelanddegradationintheentireplanarea.DeteriorationandlossofwatercatchmentvalueinMuchongoiandBahatiforests.Loss of ecological value due to loss of water, disruption of nutrients recycling, seasonal flooding and loss of other water bodies as manifested by unusual flooding during the long rains.Lossofculturalandaestheticvalues.

•••••

••••••

••••••••••••

•••••

•

1�

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

5.2.3Landcoverconservationchallenges:Thefollowingarethechallengesintheconservationoflandcovertypesintheplanarea:

Maintenanceofviablelandcovertypes,whilepressureforlandandoverstockingcontinues.Protectionandrehabilitationofdegradedareas,whichwillsoonafterbeconsideredasdesirablegrazingareas.Lack of skilled personnel and financial resources to rehabilitate degraded areas.Diversification of livelihood options in a socioeconomic environment characterized by high poverty levels.

5.2.4InterventiontoconservetheplanarealandcovertypesThefollowinginterventionswillbeundertakentoconservethelandcover:

Educatecommunityonbetterlandhusbandry,soilandwaterconservation.Trainandmobilizecommunitiesthroughextensionprogramstomanagelandcover.Rehabilitateandprotectdegradedareas.Improvelivestockqualityandcreatelinkstolivestockmarketstomanagestockingrates.Exploreandpromotealternativesourcesoflivelihood(gamefarming).Demarcateandacquiretitledeedsfortheforestland.EnhancecapacitywithinGovernmentdepartmenttodealwithlandcoverloss.Supportimplementationofpolices,lawsandindigenousmanagementsystems.

5.3 Livestock and agriculture Demographicchangeshasledtochangesinlifestyleinfluencinglandusepatterns,whereagriculturalactivitiesandpastoralismarepractisedinfragilehabitats.Thishasbeenaggravatedbytheshifttoindividuallandholding,reducedcommunalgrazingandchangesinsettlementpatterns.

5.3.1Issuesonlivestock,agricultureandsettlementLossofpasture,Prolongedgrazinginthereserve.LossofdryseasonpastureinswampsandwetlandsLocalizedextinctionofpasturespeciesthroughseedbankdepletionLocalizeddegradationthroughgullyformationandexposureofbedrock,Siltationofwaterchannelsandswamps,Pronouncedstreamseasonality,Pollutionofwaterbodiesbyagrochemicals,domesticwaste,Farmingonsteepslopesleadingtosoilerosion.Drainageofwetlands.Waterabstraction

Theinterplayofthesefactorshassetinmotionaviciouscycleleadingtoescalatingpovertylevelsandunsustainablelivelihoods.Challengesinaddressingissuesrevolvingaroundagricultureandlivestockare:

A cultural system that glorifies high livestock numbers rather than quality.Institutionalizingappropriatelandhusbandrypracticesinapopulacewherelandtillingisarecentlyacquiredpractice.Instillingasenseofindividualownershipoflandwhereownershipwaspreviouslycommunal.

5.3.2MitigatingmeasuresThe following measures will be undertaken to mitigate the impacts of livestock, agriculture and humansettlement.

Agriculture:Undertakeeducationandawareness,sensitisationandappropriateactiononriverbank,steepslopefarming.Advocateintegratedpestmanagementandwiseuseofagro-chemicals.Introducedripirrigationandregulatecommunityirrigationschemes.Conduct a cost-benefit Analysis of crops grown in the area.Initiatebestagriculturalpracticesandonfarmforestry.

Overgrazing:Educatecommunityonappropriatestockingrates.Initiateincentivesforappropriatestockingrates.Undertakereseedingprogramme.

••

••

••••••••

•••••••••••

••

•

•••••

•••

17

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Regulatedryseasongrazingandcontrolgrazinginsteepslopes.Improvelivestockbreedsandestablishcommunitybasedgrazingcommittees.Discouragegrazinginthereserve.

Thefollowingincentivesarenecessarytoattaintheaboveobjectives:Assistinthemarketingoffarmproduce.Assistinon-farmandpostharvestmanagementandpestcontrol.Diversifyincome-generatingprojectssuchasbeekeeping,Aloe-veracultivationandsmallstockrearing.

5.4 Water resourcesTheplanareaislargelywaterdeficitandthesituationhasbeenaggravatedbyhumanactivitiesthathavedisruptedthehydrologicalregimes,andaffectedwaterqualityandquantity.Cultivationalongriverbanksandclearingofforestsintheupperpartsofthecatchmenthasaffectedwaterpercolation,springsandriverflowregimes.ThereisaseverewatershortageespeciallyinthedrymonthsbetweenDecemberandMarch.

5.4.1IssuesandchallengesWateravailabilityintheplanareaisconstrainedby:

Dwindlingwaterresources.DeforestationinMarmanet,OlaraBel,MuchongoiandWestMauForests.Decliningwaterquality.Conflicts on water rights and use.

5.4.2.MitigationstrategiesThefollowingstrategieswillbeemployedtomanagewaterresourcesintheplanarea:

ImplementthewaterAct,throughformationofawaterapportionmentboardandwaterusersassociationtoresolve conflicts.Undertakeriverinevegetationrehabilitationandriverbankprotection.EncouragealternativewaterharvestingtechnologiesAdopt water efficient irrigation technologies

5.4.3ChallengeRegulatingwaterresourcesutilizationinanareawherealargeproportionofthepopulationdoesnothaveaccesstosafedrinkingwater.

5.5 Land tenure and land use dynamicsLandtenureandlandusesystemsin theplanareahaveundergoneextensivechanges inhistoricalandrecenttimes.Thelandhaschangedfromnomadicpastoralism,tocommunalsedentarygrazingandcurrentlyindividualholding.

Thishasledto:Catchmentdestructionresultingindryingupofriversandencroachmentofriparianareas.Deforestation.Subdivisionoflandleadingtounsustainablelivelihood.

5.5.1.ChallengesInaddressingissueonlandownershipthefollowingchallengesneedtobemet:

Culturalchangetocopewithemergingissuesrelatingtoland.Goodwillinimplementationofrelevantlegislationthatsafeguardtheenvironmentsuchasriverbank,wetlandandspringprotection.

5.5.2StrategiesThefollowingstrategieswillbeemployedtomanageimpactsemanatingfromlandownershipandmanagementproblems:

StreamlinevariousActsandpoliciesrelatingtolanduseandownership.Intensifyeducationandawarenesscampaignsamongthevariousstakeholdersonappropriatelandusesandpractices

•••

•••

••••

•

•••

•••

••

••

1�

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

5.6 Human–wildlife conflictIn the plan area, the human –wildlife conflict has increased due to grazing in the reserve, settlement in wildlife dispersal areas and destruction of crops and property by wildlife. The conflicts have intensified with time due to poormanagementofnaturalresourcesoutsideprotectedareaanditisstronglycorrelatedwithincreasedpoverty.Thisisintheformof:

LivestockpredationSubsistencepoachingCropdestruction

5.6.1InterventionMinimisehuman-wildlifeinteractionsandattendtoPACMinimise human activities in the official gazetted and protected areasDiversify and increase benefits to community accrued from tourism and conservation Establishlandusepracticescompatiblewithwildlifeorbiodiversityconservation

5.6.2StrategiesThe following strategies will be applied to address human wildlife conflict.

Community Education and awareness on conflict coping methods, and sensitisation on range management techniques,DevelopCompensationfordeath,injuryorlossofpropertyduetowildlifeinformofincentiveslikecommunitieslivingadjacenttotheprotectedareabeprovidedwithaccesstowaterresourceswithinthereserve and other conservation benefits,Undertakingenvironmentaleducationandawarenessprogrammethattargetsfarmers,schoolchildrenandteachers,adultlearnersandtheruralurbancommunity

Inadditiontotheenvironmentaleducationandawarenessprogrammetargetingthelocalcommunity,thereservemanagementwillundertakethefollowingactivities:

Developandimplementenvironmentaleducationprogrammedirectlylinkedtoissuesinthereserve.In collaboration with WWF, complete development of the resource and information centres within thereserve.PublishaguidebookontheNationalReserve.

•••

••••

•

•

•

••

•

1�

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Lake Bogoria National Reserve infrastructure inventory and managementThissectiondealsspecificallywithLBNRissuesandtheneedtofocusthereservemanagementtorealiseitsconservationandmanagementobjectives.Infrastructureinventoryinthereservehasbeendoneandprescriptionofmanagementmeasurenecessaryforitsmanagementdocumented.

6.1 Infrastructure and facilities inventory6.1.1AdministrationandstaffaccommodationTheReserveHeadOfficeislocatedatLoboiandconsistsofanofficeblock,staffhouseswith2seniorstaffunitsand8juniorstaffunits.AtMajiMotooutpost,thereare2staffhousingunits,whereasatEmsosthereare4semipermanentsinglehousingunits.Inadditiontotheseisasinglegeneral-purposehouseatNyalilpuchviewpoint.Officespaceandstaffhousinginplaceisinadequate.

Anewgatewasconstructedaspartof the reserveboundary realignment,which iscurrentlydisused.All thereserveentrygatesareradioconnected.

6.1.2LakeBogoriaDrylandEnvironmentalEducationCentre.ThisEducationCentreequippedandsuppliedwitheducationmaterialsandakitchenunit,islocatednexttoLoboiGate.Itisusedinpromotingsustainableuseofnaturalresourcesthroughawarenesscreationamongthelocalcommunity,schoolsandvisitorstotheReserve.Itoffersthefollowingservices:

LecturesonLakeBogoriaecosystemtovisitors,schoolsandothergroups.Videoandslideshows.EnvironmentallessonsandTrainingonenvironmentalthemessuchasconservationofwildlife,wetlands,soilandwaterconservation,LakeBogoriaecosystem,agroforestry,amongothers.

6.1.3CurioshopsThere are several curio shops along the main road leading to the reserve, offering locally made handcrafts,papyrusmatsandotherartefacts.TheseincludeChelabaWomenGroupcurioshoplocatedoppositeLakeBogoriaHotel,

6.1.4CulturalCentersThereare twoculturalcenters,depictingTugenandEndoroiscommunitycultures.TheTugenculturalcenterdisplaystraditionalhomesteadsbuiltinTugenarchitecturaldesign,oldstoolsusedbyelders,andaviewpointandisabout15KmfromtheReservealongMarigat–Loboiroad.TheviewpointoffersapanoramicviewoftheareaincludingtheKiborgochSwamp.Traditionaldancesanddishesareviableatthecentreonrequest.TheEndoroisCommunityCulturalCentre is locatednear theReserveheadofficeandsimilarlyhas traditionalartifactsandresidenttraditionaldancers’troupes.

6.2 Accommodation Twocategoriesofaccommodationareavailable,inthereserveandoutsidethereserve.

6.2.1AccommodationinthereserveTherearethreecampsitesinsidetheReserve:

Acaciacampsite-about6KmbeyondtheHotSprings;RiversidecampsiteandFigtreecampsiteandTheLakeBogoriaDrylandEnvironmentalEducationCentrecampsite

6.2.2AccommodationoutsidethereserveHotelsLakeBogoriaHotel:Thisisa3starhotelwithprivatecottagesandseminarfacilities.Thehotelhasanaturalhealthspaandanormalcold-waterswimmingpool.

PapyrusInnandZakayo’sHotel:ThesearelowbudgetoutfitslocatedneartheReserveheadquartersandofferaccommodationandmeals.

•••

••••

20

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

CampsitesTherearethreecampsoutsidetheReserve;

LoboiRivercampandpicnicsitenexttoLoboiRiverBridge,NETBONcampingsitenearMajiMotogateand,Emsoscommunitycamp.

6.3 National Reserve managementProcessesand impactsarising fromwithin the reserve, its immediateenvironsand thewidercatchmenthavenegatively affected the reserve, minimizing its significance as a wetland of international importance and astopoverformigratorybirds.The impactswithin thereservearedue to thereserve themanagementregimes,livestockgrazingandtourismactivities.

6.3.1InvasiveplantspeciesLackofmanagementinterventionsinthereservehasleadtoproliferationofinvasivespecies.Invasivespeciesmanagementrequireshabitatmanagementlikemechanicalremoval.Invasivespeciesareaseriousthreatinthereserve,especiallyaroundthemaingate,Wasegesriverinlet,SouthofLoburuhotspringsandMaweMoto.

Theimpactsofinvaderplantspeciesare:ReductionofforageforanimalsChangesinhabitatstructure,qualityandutilizationbyanimalsReductioninoverallbiodiversityPooranimalconditionduetotoxinsanddiseasesInfluence on animal species composition, distribution, home range sizes, recruitment and survival

6.3.2.SustainableconservationandmanagementrequirementsThenationalreservehasawidediversityofwildherbivoresindirectcompetitionwithlivestockgrazedinthereserve. This has resulted into confinement of wild herbivores to certain areas. The localization of these herbivores hasresultedinovergrazing,invaderspeciesincreaseandhighincidencesoflivestock-gamediseasetransmission.Forsustainablemanagementofthewildherbivoresthemanagementwill:

Identifykeyhabitatsfor:GrazersBrowsersMixedfeeders

IdentifythereservespeciesequilibriumManage habitats for specific wildlife species while retaining key biodiversity features of the reserve.Establishecosystemmanagementmonitoringprogrammes.

6.3.3ManagementactionsRehabilitatethegrasslandsatSandaiRivermoutharea,areasouthofLoburuspringsandMaweMotoarea.Stoplivestockgrazinginthereserve.RemoveandcontrolspreadofinvaderspeciesthroughmechanicalremovalorburningbetweenreserveheadquartersandNorthernshoreline.Determinereserveproductivity

6.3.4TourismThelong-termtourismobjectiveintheplanareaistodiversifytourismtoincreasetherevenuebaseandenhancetourismproductswhileminimizingenvironmentalimpactsoftourismthroughdiversificationofactivities.

Tourism management issuesVisitorstoLBNRconcentratearoundthehotspringsandfigtreeareas.Thiscreatesdisproportionatepressurearoundthesefragilesites.Therangeofvisitoractivitiesislowduetolackdiversificationandpoormarketingofotherpossibleactivitieswithinthereserve.LinkingthereservetoLakeBaringoandotherpotentialareasaroundMarigatandthecatchmentcanrelievethepressure.

Thequalityof serviceandproductofferedby the reserveand thehotels areadequate;but there is aneed topromoteother tourismattractions in theplanarea.Thecurrentvisitoraccommodationfacilitiesareadequate,howeverthecampsitesshouldberelocatedandrehabilitated.

•••

•••••

•---

•••

•••

•

21

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Tourism zoningWithinthereserve,someofthemostimportanttouristattractionsarelocatedinsensitivehabitatssusceptibletodegradationbyuncontrolledtouristactivities.Sensitiveareasincludethehotsprings,rivermouthsandsectionsofthelakeshoreline.Thereservewillzonedtoreducepressureonsensitivehabitatsasearlierdescribed.

Diversification of tourist activities Toencourageextendedstayandrepeatvisits,thefollowingactionswillbeundertaken:

Undertakeaninventoryofotherpotentialsitesfortourismandmarketthem.Developandmarkettheculturalsiteswithinthecatchment.Improvecurioshopsandtheirproductrange.Introducehikingandsafariwalksinthereserve.Relocateandrehabilitatethecampsiteattheeducationcentre.

6.3.5ResearchandmonitoringTheecologyoftheplanareasiseasilyimpactedbyextraneousfactorsespeciallythoseofanthropogenicorigin.Understandingtheecologicallinkagesintheplanareaisvitalinmakinginformedandjudiciousmanagementdecisions.Managementorientedresearchprogrammesshouldbe initiated toprovidegreaterunderstandingofresource interactions and to help managers respond appropriately to changes that may occur. Collaborativeresearchwithinthecatchmentwillbeencouragedtofacilitateinteractionsamongmanagers,researchersandthecommunity.Thefollowingprogrammeswillbeundertaken.

Ecological/environmental monitoring Thiswill includeenvironmentalattributes,ecologicalandsocioeconomic trends togeneratedata foranearlywarning system; and provide information to guide managers. Socioeconomic indicators to be monitoredinclude:

Catchmentlanduse,Projecteddevelopmentactivities,Livestockstockingrates,ExpansionofareasunderagricultureandLandcovertrends.

Theecologicalmonitoringprogrammeswillinclude:

PhysicalparametersMeteorology:Meteorologicalvariablescurrentlybeingmonitoredare rainfall, temperature, relativehumidity,evaporationandwindspeed.Morecommunitymanagedrainfallstationsshouldbeestablishedinthecatchment.

Lakelevelandriverflow:Thelakeandriverstaffgaugeswillberegularlyreadtocollectdata.

WaterqualitymonitoringAcollaborativeeffortwillbeputinplacetomaintaintheongoingwaterqualitymonitoringanddevelopawaterqualitydatabase.

Ecologicalmonitoring

AnimalcensusQuarterlyanimalcountswillbeundertakenonaregularbasistogenerateinformationonpopulationdynamicsandtrendsformanagementpurposes.Thiswillprovideinformationonhabitatutilizationpatterns,distributionandaidinsecuritypatrolsandmanagementofhuman-wildlifeconflict.

Waterfowlcounts.Thecurrentbiannualwaterfowlcountswillcontinueandinadditionemphasiswillbewet/drytransitionperiods.

HabitatmonitoringVegetationmonitoringtransectsandenclosuresare tobeestablishedandmonitored.Avegetation-monitoringprogrammewillbedevelopedinyearoneandcarriedduringdryandwetperiods.

FlamingoMortalitiesEpisodesoflesserflamingomortalitieshavebecomefrequentintheRiftValleyalkalinelakesandhavebeenattributedtoseveralfactors.Thelesserflamingohealthstatuswillbemonitoredandusedasabio-indicatoroftheecosystemhealth.Thismonitoringwillalsoincludephytoplanktondensities,waterqualityandquantity,physical,chemicalandbiologicalparameters.

•••••

•••••

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

22

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

AmonitoringprogrammewillbedevelopedtocovertheRiftValleylakesinKenyaandLakeNatron.Thefactors,tobemonitoredare:

WaterqualityandquantityPhytoplanktondynamicsAlgaltoxins:microcystin-LRandanatoxin-AHeavymetalsandpesticidesconcentrationsinwater,sediments,algaeandwaterfowl.FlamingomovementsFlamingohealthandinfectiousdiseases

6.4 Reserve infrastructure maintenance and management6.4.1Buildings

Thereservebuildingswillbemaintainedandrehabilitatedtosuithumanhabitationstandards.EducationCentreAccommodationfacilitiesdormitories,ablutionblocks,kitchenanddinninghallwillbeconstructedtocaterforgroupsfromfar.

6.4.2RoadsTheexistingpermanentroadnetworkwillberegularlymaintainedduringtheplanperiod.TheCountyCouncilsofBaringoandKoibatekwillensurethisroadisprioritisedandincludedinthedevelopmentplansfortheDistricts.

6.4.3AirstripThecurrentnon-registeredairstripwillbegazettedandmaintained.

6.4.4CampsitesandPicnicsitesThesewillbemaintainedthroughouttheplanperiod.

6.4.5WatersupplyToaugmentwatersupplytostaffhouses,theclinicandtheneighbouringschools,thecollapsedpipelinetoLakeBogoriaHotelwillberehabilitatedandwaterKiosksprovidedforthelocalcommunity.Likewisethefreshwatersourceateachcampsitewillberehabilitated.

6.4.6VehiclesThereservehasnoreliabletransport,especiallyforfieldoperationsandgeneraltransport.Thecurrentreservefleetwillbemaintainedandadditionalvehiclespurchasedtoaddressthecurrenttransportshortage.

6.4.7CommunicationTheparkhasadequatetelephone,e-mailandradiocommunicationfacilities.

••••••

•••

2�

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Implementation strategy, institutional framework and stakeholder involvement

7.1 IntroductionThis chapter identifies key stakeholders anddescribes the framework for their involvement in the IntegratedManagement Plan (IMP) implementation and provides for linkages, legal framework and responsibilities ofthestakeholders.Thiswillbe inconformity toEnvironmentalCoordinationandManagementAct2000.ThisActprovidesa strategy for stakeholdercollaboration inenvironmentalmanagement throughestablishmentofenvironmentfocusedmanagementcommittee.Collaborativeparticipationprovidesforownership,commitment,resourcemobilizationandcollaborationwithdevelopmentpartnersandotherconservationagencies.

7.2 Implementation strategyTheimplementationstrategyofthishasthefollowingelements:-

InvolvementandcollaborationofstakeholdersintheimplementationoftheIMPanddevelopmentofproposalstoimplementtheIMP.ActiveconsultationandcollaborationamongststakeholdersAdaptivemanagementapproachintheIMPimplementationManagement programmes based on sound scientific findings.

The IMP implementation strategy is based on the ecosystem/catchment approach, collaboration and policymaking.

7.2.1Ecosystem/catchmentapproachThe currentLBNRmanagement system is adhoc, sectoral and fails to consider the reserve as an integratedsystemwithseveralinterdependentcomponents.TheIMPimplementationwillbeguidedbytheecosystembasedapproach toenvironmentalmanagement,whichcalls for theplanarea tobemanagedasoneecologicalunit.Thereisneedtorecognizetheinter-linkagesbetweenthereserveanditsenvironsasenvironmentalissuesareinterlinkedandoftencrosscutting;andadoptacollaborativeapproachtoensureharmonizationandintegrationofconservationanddevelopmenteffortstorealizetheobjectivesofthisIMP.

7.2.2CollaborationImplementing this IMPwill involveestablishingcollaborationand linkagesamongst thevariousstakeholderstoensureconsensus in implementationandformulationofappropriatemitigationmeasures.This isnecessaryasthevariousissuesandchallengestheplanareaareintricate,crosscuttingandmultifacetedaffectingvariousstakeholdersandecosystemcomponentsindifferentways.Integratedapproachtonaturalresourcemanagementisonlysuccessfulifthereis:

Inter-agencylinkagestomanagement,Coordinatedinterdisciplinaryteamstoaddresschallenges,Inter-sectoralteamstoaddressimplementationstrategies,andStakeholderparticipationandsupporttoensuresuccess.

7.2.3PolicymakingStakeholders’ participation in the implementation of environmental decisions will help achieve communityempowermentandenhancepublictrust.Toaccomplishthiscoreobjective,thisIMPencouragesallstakeholderstoaccepteachotheraspartnersindecision-makingandpolicymakingprocess.Subscriptiontothisperspectiveinshapingandreachingdecisionswillgreatlybeguidedbyinstitutionalisingtheconsensus-buildingprocess.

7.3 Factors guiding development of institutional framework for the IMPDevelopinginstitutionalframeworktoimplementthisIMPwillbeguidedbythefollowingprinciples:

The conservation and sustainable use of natural resources in the plan area is influenced by social, cultural, economicandpoliticalfactorsthatmustbeconsideredexhaustively.Taking cognizance of existing linkages, policies and institutional frameworks that are influencing the conservationandmanagementoftheplanarea.Theneedtostrikeanoptimalbalancebetweenenvironmentalconservationandhumanlivelihoods.The need for multi-disciplinary and inter-sectoral teams to address conservation and socioeconomicdevelopmentissuesintheplanarea.

•

•••

••••

•

•

••

2�

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

7.4 Possible roles and responsibilities of the major stakeholders in the successful implementation of this IMP

7.4.1BaringoandKoibatekcountycouncilsThe twocountycouncilshaveauthority tomanage the reserveasprovided for in theWildlifeAct.Theyareresponsible forconservationofbiodiversityandnatural resourcesespeciallywithin theNationalReserveandhaveto:

EnsureecologicalintegrityofthereservethroughproperplanningandmanagementCoordinateandplayakeyroleinsupportingtheIMPimplementationSupportinitiativesoftheotherstakeholdersintheplanareaDevelop a way of incorporating research findings into management of the reserveEstablish strong network and take initiative in establishing collaboration with other stakeholders andgovernmentdepartmentsespeciallytowritejointproposalsforthesuccessfulimplementationofthisIMPPromoteresponsibletourismasanincome-generatingprojectintheplanarea.Promote scientific driven decisions.Havecontroloverdevelopmentsintheurbancentreswithinthecatchment.Developandputinplacedisasterresponsemechanisms

7.4.2ForestDepartmentTheforestdepartmentisresponsibleforconservationanddevelopmentofforestresourcesasstipulatedintheforestAct.InrespecttothisIMP,theforestdepartmentwillberesponsiblefor:

GuidingrehabilitationandconservationofcatchmentforestareasInitiatingandpromotingonfarmforestryControlling forest excision, fires and encroachment Interpretationoftheforestmasterplananditsimplement.EnforcingandpolicingconservationofthegazettedforestsasstipulatedintheforestAct.SecuringtitledeedsofforestlandsandownershipdocumentsUndertakingforestrelatededucation,awarenessandextensionservicesDevelopingintegratedforestmanagementplans.Providingaleadinforestresearch,monitoringandconservation.Developandputinplacedisasterresponsemechanisms.

7.4.3.MinistryofWaterandIrrigationThiswillberesponsibleforconservationofwaterresourcesasstipulatedintheAct,andwillensuretheWRMAisactiveto:

Ensureprotectionofriverbanks.Undertakeeducationandawarenessonwaterconservation.Monitorandenforcewaterqualitystandards.Apportionwaterresourcesthroughpermitsandlicenses.Gazettewatercatchmentareaswithinthebasin.EstablishandgazetteWaterUserAssociations.Interpretthewatermasterplantoallstakeholderswithinthecatchment.Maintainhydrologicaldataandactascustodiansofinformationanddatabaserelatedtowaterconservation.

7.3.4DistrictEnvironmentalCommitteeThiscommitteeisresponsibleforpropermanagementofenvironmentinthedistrictasstipulatedinEMCA.Theresponsibilitiesofthiscommitteewillbeto:

EnsureandsupporttheIMPimplementation.EnsuregazettementoftheplanimplementationcommitteeandprovideitslinktoNEMA.MobilizeresourcestoimplementtheIMPProvidelinkagesbetweengovernmentsectorsandotherstakeholdersActasanexecutiveorgantoensurealldevelopmentprojectsareenvironmentalfriendly

7.4.5DistrictDevelopmentCommitteeEnsureenvironmentalstandardsareadheredtoindevelopmentproject.Addresspovertyreductionissues.Coordinatedevelopmentprogrammesintheregion.

•••••

••••

••••••••••

••••••••

•••••

•••

2�

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

7.4.6LocalprovincialadministrationEnforceenvironmentalregulationsontheground.ProvideanenablingenvironmentforIMPimplementation.

7.4.7NationalMuseumofKenyaDevelop,maintainculturalheritageandmonumentswithinthecatchmentareaCoordinate research and monitoring of flora and fauna especially that of water bird, invertebrates and plants.

7.4.8Non-governmentalorganizations.SupportintheimplementationofconservationanddevelopmentactivitiesCollaboratewiththecommitteesinoperationalisingtheplanEncourageformationofCommunityBasedOrganizationsMobilizeresourcestosupportimplementationoftheplan

7.4.9Community-basedorganizationsProvidenetworksandlinkagesbetweentheimplementationcommitteeandthegrassrootsMobilizecommunitysupportandparticipationMobilizeResourcesandundertakeeducationandawarenessParticipatorydevelopmentandimplementationofActionplans

7.4.10AgricultureDepartmentCoordinateagro-basedactivitiestocontrolsoilerosion,pollutionandsiltation.Provide relevant officers to be co-opted within the committeeIntegrate research findings into applied agriculturePromotegoodfarmingpractices

7.4.11InstitutionsofhigherlearningCollaboratewithotherstakeholderstodevelopproposalsforfundingUndertakeresearchactivitiesincollaborationwithstakeholders.IdentifyplantspeciesthatarepotentiallyharmfultotheenvironmentAssistinmonitoringoftrendsinthecatchment.Providetechnicalsupporttothecommittee.Undertake Training as resource persons and enhance capacity building for specific stakeholders.

7.4.12KenyaWildlifeServiceKenyaWildlifeServicewillprovidetechnicaladviceinaccordancetothewildlifeAct,throughtheLakeBogoriaJointManagementCommitteeofthismanagementplan.

7.5 The Plan implementation structureToimplementthisplanitisproposedthatanimplementationcommitteebeconstituted.ThiscommitteewillbecalledIMPImplementationCommitteeandwillbetheexecutivebodymandatedwiththeimplementationoftheManagementPlanasshowninFigure9.

7.5.1IMPSteeringcommitteeCommitteewillbecomposedofthefollowingstakeholders:

SeniorWardenLakeBogoriaNationalReserveTechnicalexpertfromKWS–DistrictWardenWWFEARPOrepresentativeClerkBaringoCountyCouncilClerkKoibatekCountyCouncilTreasurerBaringoCountyCouncilTreasurerKoibatekCountyCouncilProvincial officer - NEMATwoexpertsfrominstitutionsofhigherlearningwithknowledgeoftheplanarea(when need arise)

••

••

••••

••••

••••

••••••

•••••••••

2�

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

7.5.2TermsofReferenceoftheSteeringcommitteeAs a starting point, the following is proposed as TOR that can be refined by the Committee.

Develop a framework defining its operationsInterpretthemanagementplanforpurposesofimplementationCo-ordinatetheimplementationofthemanagementplan.Co-ordinationofresearchMobilizeresourcesfortheplanimplementationEvaluatetheprogressofactivitieswithintheplanareas.Incollaborationwithotherstakeholders,developacodeofconduct,regulationguidelinesorby-lawsoftheforum.Identifyconstraintsintheprocessesofplanimplementation.Produceannualworkplansbasedonthemanagementplan.Recommendreviewofthemanagementplan.

7.6 Operationalization of the CommitteeStakeholderswillbemobilizedandholdmeetingtoconstitutetheplanimplementationcommittee.ThecommitteewillbefacilitatedtodevelopitstermsofreferenceandimplementationprogrammeThecommitteewilldevelopafundingproposalforimplementationoftheplan.

7.7 Risks and assumptionsStakeholdersremaincommittedandwillingtoparticipateintheplanimplementationAdequate resources (financial, human and equipment) will be mobilized to support plan implementation ThetwoCountyCouncilswillingnesstofacilitatetheinitialoperationalizationoftheplaninconjunctionwithotherstakeholdersWWFEARPOwillsupportthemanagementplanimplementationPoliticalgoodwillandstabilityprevailsInter-institutionalcoordinationandharmonyexists

•••••••

•••

•••

•••

•••

27

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Monitoring and evaluation, activities and budget

8.1 Monitoring and evaluationMonitoringandevaluationwillbecontinuousthroughouttheplanperiod.Toguideevaluation,alog-frameworkwillbeinstitutionalized.Themonitoringcomponentwillinclude:

Evaluatingtheextentofacceptanceofthemanagementplanamongthestakeholdersandimplementers.Evaluatingtheimplementationofactivitiesbyevaluatingprogressreports,workprogrammesandworkplans,stakeholderinvolvementandparticipation.Monitorandevaluatetheimpactofmanagementprescriptions.Monitorbudgetallocations,expenditureandaccountingprocedures.MonitorandevaluatetheenvironmentalstatusoftheLakeanditscatchmentthroughuseofecological,socialandeconomicindicators.Monitorandevaluatetheresponsivenesstotheeducationandawarenessinitiatives.Monitorandevaluatetheextentofsecurityactivitiesinthereserve.

TheresponsibilityofmonitoringandevaluationlieswiththeplanimplementationcommitteeandthetwoCountyCouncilsmonitoringandevaluationunit.

8.2 Scheduled activities and outputsThisplanidentifiesactivitiesforthefirstfiveyearsandafterthisperiodactivitieswillbedrawnforsubsequentperiodsdependingonlevelofimplementationofactivitiesinthefirstfiveyears.

••

•••

••

Figure 9: The Proposed Management Plan Implementation Structure. (The structure is not hierarchical. The implementing committee can form other ad hoc committees as need arise)

District Development Committee

IMP Steering Committee

Government Lead Agencies NGOs and CBOs

Development PartnersDistrict Environment Committee

2�

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Obj

ectiv

eA

ctiv

ityM

eans

of V

erifi

catio

nO

utpu

tTi

me

Fram

e in

Yea

rsR

espo

nsib

ility

1

2

3

4

5

I. Ed

ucat

ion

and

awar

enes

s in

up

per c

atch

men

t A

. For

mal

edu

catio

n an

d aw

aren

ess

• Sch

ool p

rogr

amm

es

Exp

and

Sch

ool e

duca

tion

prog

ram

me

& c

urric

ula

Type

& N

o. o

f Pro

gram

mes

in p

lace

, pr

ogra

mm

e re

port

Pro

gram

me

in o

pera

tion

WW

F , W

CK

, MO

E, L

A

Dev

elop

mor

e ed

ucat

ion

mat

eria

lsTy

pe o

f mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

P

amph

lets

, Mag

azin

es, V

ideo

s,

Puz

zle

Faci

litat

e te

achi

ng e

duca

tion

mat

eria

lsW

WF,

WC

K, L

A, M

OE

Und

erta

ke S

choo

l edu

catio

n pr

ogra

mm

e in

upp

er c

atch

men

tP

rogr

ess

repo

rts, n

o. o

f Sch

ools

vi

site

d8

Sch

ools

a y

ear v

isite

d,

scho

ols

awar

eW

WF,

WC

K, K

WS

Upg

rade

, mai

ntai

n re

sour

ce/e

duca

tion

info

rmat

ion

cent

re to

incl

ude

uppe

r ca

tchm

ent n

eeds

Con

ditio

ns o

f fac

ilitie

s in

cen

treE

duca

tion

cent

re in

goo

d co

nditi

on, E

asy

dem

onst

ratio

nW

WF,

WC

K, L

A

• Sch

ool o

utre

ach

prog

ram

me

Dev

elop

out

reac

h pr

ogra

mm

eTy

pe o

f pro

gram

me,

pro

gram

me

repo

rtP

rogr

amm

e in

pla

ce b

y ye

ar

one

WW

F, W

CK

, MO

E, K

WS

Impl

emen

t out

reac

h pr

ogra

mm

eP

rogr

ess

repo

rt on

no.

of S

choo

ls

visi

ted

8 S

choo

ls a

yea

rW

WF,

WC

K, M

OE

• Sch

ool c

ampa

igns

Org

aniz

e sp

ecifi

c en

viro

nmen

tal r

allie

s (e

nviro

nmen

t day

, wet

land

day

, wor

ld

wat

er d

ay)

Ral

ly re

ports

3 ra

llies

a y

ear p

er e

duca

tion

zone

sW

WF,

WC

K, L

A, M

OE

B. I

nfor

mal

edu

catio

n in

upp

er

catc

hmen

t

Mob

iliza

tion

Iden

tify

targ

ets

grou

ps &

Dev

elop

out

reac

h m

ater

ials

Type

of m

ater

ials

dev

elop

ed &

gr

oups

iden

tified

Pam

phle

ts, n

ews

lette

rsW

WF,

WC

K, L

A, C

BO

s,

Org

aniz

e pu

blic

Bar

azas

No.

of B

araz

as o

rgan

ized

/repo

rts6

Bar

azas

in a

yea

rW

WF,

WC

K, L

A C

BO

s,

Com

mun

ity E

nviro

nmen

tal

cons

erva

tion

Form

loca

l env

ironm

enta

l con

serv

atio

n co

mm

ittee

s, c

omm

ittee

mee

tings

No.

of

com

mitt

ees

form

ed, m

eetin

g re

ports

1 co

mm

ittee

in ta

rget

zon

es,

quar

terly

mee

ting

repo

rtsW

WF,

LA

, NE

MA

, FD

II. C

omm

unity

par

ticip

atio

n in

en

viro

nmen

tal c

onse

rvat

ion

in

uppe

r cat

chm

ent

Dev

elop

env

ironm

enta

l edu

catio

n pr

ogra

mm

e on

soi

l & w

ater

co

nser

vatio

n, a

fore

stat

ion,

reso

urce

us

e,

Type

of e

nviro

nmen

tal e

duca

tion

prog

ram

me

& a

ctiv

ities

in p

lace

, pr

ogra

mm

e pr

ogre

ss re

ports

Pro

gram

me

in p

lace

by

year

tw

o, q

uarte

rly p

rogr

ess

repo

rtsM

RD

, WW

F, L

A,

ME

&N

R, M

A, M

LF

Dev

elop

env

ironm

enta

l edu

catio

n m

ater

ials

Type

of m

ater

ials

dev

elop

edM

ater

ials

in p

lace

by

year

Th

ree

MR

D, W

WF,

LA

, M

E&

NR

MA

, MLF

Und

erta

ke e

nviro

nmen

tal e

duca

tion

prog

ram

me

No.

of V

illag

es re

ache

d6

villa

ges

in y

ear

WC

K, L

A,

ME

&N

R,

MA

, M

LF

Est

ablis

h de

mon

stra

tion

plot

sN

o. o

f plo

ts e

stab

lishe

d1

per v

illag

eW

WF,

LA

, MA

, MLF

, FD

Org

aniz

e w

orks

hops

for C

omm

unity

le

ader

sN

o. o

f wor

ksho

p or

gani

zed

in a

yea

r, 1

in a

yea

r, w

orks

hop

repo

rtsW

WF,

LA

8.2.

1Sc

hedu

led

acti

viti

es

2�

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

III. E

xpan

d hu

man

wild

life

confl

ict

& c

omm

unity

, dev

elop

men

t &

en

terp

rise

proj

ects

to u

pper

ca

tchm

ent

Est

ablis

h ty

pes

& c

onfli

ct in

tens

ityC

onfli

ct re

port

Rep

ort i

n pl

ace

by y

ear 1

LA, C

omm

unity

Form

ulat

e co

nflic

t miti

gatio

n m

easu

res

Miti

gatio

n st

atus

Rep

ort i

n pl

ace

by y

ear 1

LA C

omm

unity

, KW

S,

FD, W

RM

A, P

rov.

Adm

in

Iden

tify

com

mun

ity s

ocia

l pro

ject

sP

roje

cts

prop

osal

s in

pla

ce b

y ye

ar 2

No.

of p

ropo

sals

LA, C

omm

unity

Und

erta

ke c

omm

unity

soc

ial p

roje

cts

Type

of p

roje

ct in

pla

ce1

per c

onfli

ct z

one

LA C

omm

unity

Iden

tify

com

mun

ity e

nter

pris

e pr

ojec

tsP

roje

cts

prop

osal

s N

o. o

f pro

posa

lsLA

Com

mun

ity, D

onor

s

Impl

emen

t com

mun

ity e

nter

pris

e pr

ojec

ts

No.

of p

roje

cts

impl

emen

ted

1 pr

ojec

t per

yea

r & z

one

LA, D

onor

s, C

omm

unity

IV. R

eser

ve M

anag

emen

t

Hab

itat m

anag

emen

t (ve

geta

tion)

Iden

tify

key

habi

tats

and

est

ablis

h ca

rryi

ng c

apac

ity

Dat

aH

abita

t util

isat

ion

repo

rtK

WS

, UO

N, M

U, E

U,

WW

F, D

onor

s

Dev

elop

hab

itat m

anag

emen

t pr

ogra

mm

e (fi

re, M

echa

nica

l) to

mee

t re

serv

e go

als

Man

agem

ent p

rogr

amm

e re

port

1 P

rogr

amm

e re

port

KW

S, U

ON

, MU

, EU

, W

WF,

Don

ors

Impl

emen

t hab

itat m

anag

emen

t pr

ogra

mm

eP

rogr

amm

e pr

ogre

ss re

ports

Impr

oved

hab

itat

KW

S, U

ON

, MU

, EU

, W

WF,

Don

ors

• C

ontro

l bus

h en

croa

chm

ent

Bus

h co

ntro

l pro

gres

s re

port

Acr

eage

con

trolle

dK

WS

, UO

N, M

U,,

EU

, W

WF,

Don

ors

• O

pen

gras

s la

nds

Pro

gres

s re

port

Acr

eage

con

trolle

dK

WS

, UO

N, M

U, E

U,

WW

F, D

onor

s

• R

emov

e in

vasi

ve s

peci

esA

rea

cont

rolle

d pr

ogre

ss re

port

Acr

eage

rem

oved

KW

S, U

ON

, MU

, EU

, W

WF,

Don

ors

Dev

elop

wild

life

spec

ies

man

agem

ent

stra

tegy

S

trate

gy re

port

Pro

posa

l in

plac

e by

yea

r one

KW

S, U

ON

, MU

WW

F,

Spe

cies

Man

agem

ent

Kud

u, K

lip S

prin

ger a

nd o

ther

en

dang

ered

spe

cies

man

agem

ent

Pop

ulat

ion

of ta

rget

spe

cies

P

opul

atio

n gr

owth

of K

udu,

K

lip S

prin

ger a

nd o

ther

targ

et

spec

ies,

qua

rterly

repo

rts

KW

S, U

ON

, MU

, WW

F,

Don

ors

V. R

eser

ve M

aint

enan

ce &

m

anag

emen

t pro

gram

me

Com

plet

e S

taff

esta

blis

hmen

tC

adre

of S

taff

in p

lace

No.

of s

taff

recr

uite

dLB

NR

, LA

, KW

S, W

WF

Inst

itute

con

tinuo

us a

dapt

ive

Trai

ning

ne

eds

asse

ssm

ent

Ass

essm

ent r

epor

tN

eeds

iden

tified

LBN

R, L

A, K

WS

, WW

F

Und

erta

ke re

leva

nt tr

aini

ngN

o. o

f per

sonn

el tr

aine

dIm

prov

ed e

ffici

ency

LBN

R, L

A, K

WS

, WW

F

Enh

ance

con

tinue

d ca

paci

ty to

m

onito

r wat

er q

ualit

y riv

er le

vel a

nd

clim

ate

varia

bles

and

initi

ate

in u

pper

ca

tchm

ent

Dat

aIm

prov

ed e

nviro

nmen

tal

mon

itorin

gLB

NR

, LA

, KW

S, W

WF

Was

te m

anag

emen

t with

in re

serv

e an

d en

viro

nsP

rogr

ess

repo

rts o

n w

est

man

agem

ent

Was

te m

anag

emen

t pr

ogra

mm

es in

pla

ceLB

NR

�0

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

A. I

nfra

stru

ctur

e

(i) W

ater

sup

ply

Iden

tify

wat

er s

ourc

es &

und

erta

ke

wat

er d

istri

butio

n su

rvey

Dis

tribu

tion

map

for w

ater

sou

rces

&

poi

nts

Sou

rces

& d

istri

butio

n po

ints

ou

tlay

LBN

R, L

A, K

WS

, WW

F

Sup

ply

wat

er to

cam

p si

tes,

sta

ff ho

uses

, sch

ool &

clin

icW

ater

sup

ply

at d

esig

nate

d po

ints

Wat

er a

vaila

bilit

y w

here

de

sire

dLB

NR

, LA

, KW

S, W

WF

(ii) R

oads

Clo

se a

nd u

pgra

de a

s ne

cess

ary

Clo

sure

and

upg

radi

ngIm

prov

ed ro

ad n

etw

ork

LBN

R, L

A, K

WS

, WW

F

Rou

tine

road

mai

nten

ance

Mai

ntai

ned

road

s A

cces

sibl

e ro

ads.

LBN

R, L

A, K

WS

, WW

F

(iii)

Bui

ldin

gs &

hou

sing

Mai

nten

ance

of e

xist

ing

build

ings

and

pr

ovid

e st

aff a

ccom

mod

atio

n

Pro

vide

ade

quat

e of

fice

spac

e

Con

ditio

n of

bui

ldin

gs, a

ll R

ange

rs

hous

ed in

LB

NR

sta

ff qu

arte

rs b

y ye

ar 3

Offi

ce b

lock

read

y by

yea

r 4

Impr

ovem

ent o

f bui

ldin

gs,

impr

oved

hou

sing

for

Ran

gers

, im

prov

ed o

ffice

ac

com

mod

atio

n

LBN

R, L

A, K

WS

, WW

F

(iv) E

duca

tion

cent

re h

oste

lsC

onst

ruct

ion

50 b

ed h

oste

l and

as

soci

ated

faci

litie

sS

truct

ures

in p

lace

An

enha

nced

and

effe

ctiv

e ed

ucat

ion

prog

ram

me

LBN

R, L

A, K

WS

, WW

F

1. S

ecur

ityR

ange

r pat

rols

Qua

rterly

pat

rol r

epor

ts/O

B/

Rep

orte

d in

secu

rity

inci

denc

esR

eser

ve s

ecur

e/in

cide

nces

of

inse

curit

yLB

NR

, LA

, KW

S, W

WF

Inte

llige

nce

info

rmat

ion

gath

erin

gS

itrep

s re

ports

Tour

ist i

nsec

urity

min

imis

edLB

NR

, LA

, KW

S, W

WF

Pro

cure

men

t of s

ecur

ity e

quip

men

tE

quip

men

t in

plac

eC

onve

nien

t dat

a ga

ther

ing

LBN

R, L

A, K

WS

, WW

F

2. T

ouris

m(a

) Pro

mot

ion

Pro

duce

tour

ist i

nfor

mat

ion

mat

eria

ls

B

roch

ures

P

amph

lets

M

aps

Web

site

Type

and

num

ber o

f mat

eria

ls

prod

uced

& th

eir a

vaila

bilit

yIn

crea

se in

vis

itatio

n &

ap

prec

iatio

nLB

NR

, LA

, KTB

, KAT

O,

WW

F, K

WS

Dev

elop

oth

er to

uris

m fa

cilit

ies

Qua

lity

Faci

litie

s in

pla

ce1

of e

ach

faci

lity

read

y by

ye

ar 3

LBN

R, L

A, K

TB, K

ATO

, W

WF,

KW

S

(b) D

iver

sify

Tou

rism

Est

ablis

h To

uris

t fac

ilitie

sFa

cilit

ies

in p

lace

Rea

dy b

y ye

ar 2

LBN

R, L

A, K

TB, K

ATO

, W

WF,

KW

S

Feas

ibili

ty s

tudy

& d

esig

ns fo

r a s

afar

i w

alk

arou

nd

Pro

gres

s re

port

Saf

ari w

alk

repo

rtLB

NR

, LA

, KTB

, KAT

O,

WW

F, K

WS

Feas

ibili

ty s

tudy

for n

ight

gam

e dr

ives

Pro

gres

s re

port

Nig

ht g

ame

driv

e re

port

LBN

R, L

A, K

TB, K

ATO

, W

WF,

KW

S

Dev

elop

tour

ist c

ircui

t in

the

catc

hmen

tC

ircui

t rep

ort1

Rep

ort

1 re

port

LBN

R, L

A, K

TB, K

ATO

, W

WF,

KW

S

Est

ablis

h cu

ltura

l cen

treE

stab

lishe

d cu

ltura

l cen

tre1

cultu

ral c

entre

LBN

R, L

A, K

TB, K

ATO

, W

WF,

KW

S

Con

trol a

cces

s to

the

hot s

prin

gsN

umbe

r of i

ncid

ents

Red

uced

inci

dent

sLB

NR

, LA

, KTB

, KAT

O,

WW

F, K

WS

�1

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

(c) T

ouris

t Fac

ilitie

sC

onst

ruct

gua

rd ra

il at

vie

w p

oint

sG

uard

rail

in p

lace

Visi

tor s

afet

yLB

NR

, LA

, KTB

, KAT

O,

WW

F, K

WS

Ope

n ca

mps

ite a

t the

Nya

lilpu

ch

esca

rpm

ent

Cam

psite

est

ablis

hed

Incr

ease

d ca

mpi

ng fa

cilit

ies

LBN

R, L

A, K

TB, K

ATO

, W

WF,

KW

S

Dev

elop

nat

ure

trail

Trai

ls o

pene

dN

ew tr

ails

in p

lace

LBN

R, L

A, K

TB, K

ATO

, W

WF,

KW

S

Dev

elop

tour

ist i

nfor

mat

ion

cent

reW

ork

repo

rtsIn

form

atio

n ce

ntre

in p

lace

LBN

R, L

A, K

TB, K

ATO

, W

WF,

KW

S

3. C

omm

unity

Dev

elop

men

t and

C

atch

men

t Man

agem

ent

Initi

ate

com

mun

ity b

ased

dev

elop

men

t pr

ogra

mm

es in

the

uppe

r cat

chm

ent

and

enha

nce

ongo

ing

low

er c

atch

men

t co

mm

unity

bas

ed d

evel

opm

ent

prog

ram

mes

Pro

gres

s re

ports

on

com

mun

ity

deve

lopm

ent,

repo

rts o

n co

mm

unity

in

com

e an

d po

verty

leve

ls

Impr

oved

com

mun

ity in

com

e le

vels

Com

mun

ity C

BO

s,

NG

Os,

GO

K,

Dev

elop

men

t par

tner

s

Reh

abili

tatio

n of

deg

rade

d si

tes

in b

oth

uppe

r and

low

er c

atch

men

t are

asN

umbe

r of s

ites

reha

bilit

ated

and

th

eir s

tate

Impr

oved

env

ironm

ent a

nd

sust

aina

ble

livel

ihoo

dsC

omm

unity

CB

Os,

N

GO

s, G

OK

, Hig

her

lear

ning

and

rese

arch

in

stitu

tions

Afo

rest

atio

n (o

n fa

rm tr

ee p

lant

ing)

No.

of s

eedl

ings

pla

nted

Incr

ease

in tr

ee c

over

FD, C

omm

unity

,

Cam

paig

n ag

ains

t pol

ythe

ne a

nd

plas

tics

Red

uced

litte

ring

Cle

an e

nviro

nmen

tC

omm

unity

, LB

NR

Con

stitu

te L

and

use

plan

ning

team

to

co-o

rdin

ate

land

use

Team

in p

lace

Min

imiz

ed la

nd u

se c

onfli

cts

Sta

keho

lder

s &

GO

K

Riv

er b

ank

reha

bilit

atio

nR

ehab

ilita

tion

prog

ress

repo

rtre

duce

d si

ltatio

nM

EN

R, C

omm

unity

Soi

l ero

sion

con

trol

Soi

l con

trol m

easu

res

in p

lace

Red

uced

silt

atio

n &

ero

sion

ME

NR

, lan

d ow

ners

, W

WF,

CB

Os

Con

trol W

ater

abs

tract

ion

from

rive

rs &

gr

ound

wat

erW

ater

regu

latio

n re

port

Sus

tain

ed ri

ver fl

owM

EN

R, C

omm

unity

, S

take

hold

ers

Pro

mot

e E

nerg

y co

nser

vatio

n (J

ikos

)N

o. o

f hom

este

ads

usin

g en

ergy

sa

ving

Jik

osR

educ

ed u

se o

f fue

l woo

dC

omm

unity

CB

Os,

N

GO

s, G

OK

Sur

face

runo

ff ha

rves

ting

alon

g ro

ads

No.

of p

eopl

e in

volv

ed ,

dam

s &

Ta

nks

in p

lace

Red

uced

ero

sion

, silt

atio

n &

ab

stra

ctio

n of

wat

erC

omm

unity

CB

Os,

N

GO

s, G

OK

Initi

ate

long

term

mon

itorin

g pr

ogra

mm

e on

land

use

, rai

nfal

l and

riv

er fl

ow

Dat

aD

etec

tion

of tr

ends

KW

S, U

ON

, MU

�2

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

4. R

eser

ve Z

onat

ion

Dev

elop

a z

onat

ion

map

Map

in p

lace

Map

LBN

R

Clo

se a

cces

s ro

ads

to E

aste

rn &

w

este

rn s

hore

line

exc

ept a

t the

de

sign

ated

obs

erva

tion

poin

ts

Roa

d cl

osed

Min

imiz

ed v

isito

r im

pact

/ha

bita

t rec

over

yLB

NR

Clo

se a

cces

s to

San

dai r

iver

mou

th

Acc

ess

clos

edS

ecur

ed h

abita

t & im

prov

edLB

NR

Clo

se u

nnec

essa

ry ro

ads

in th

e R

eser

veR

oads

clo

sed

Sec

ured

hab

itat &

impr

oved

LBN

R

Con

stru

ct a

rais

ed ra

il to

con

trol v

isito

r cl

ose

prox

imity

to L

obur

u ge

yser

sFa

cilit

y in

pla

ceS

ecur

ed h

abita

t & im

prov

edLB

NR

• Cat

chm

ent Z

onat

ion

Iden

tify

fragi

le a

reas

(Ste

ep s

lope

s,

low

land

s fra

gile

soi

ls, r

ainf

all z

ones

)A

reas

iden

tified

Frag

ile a

reas

repo

rtA

ll st

akeh

olde

rs,

land

owne

rs

Pro

tect

frag

ile h

abita

tsA

reas

pro

tect

edS

ecur

ed h

abita

tA

ll st

akeh

olde

rs,

land

owne

rs

Iden

tify

land

use

type

sM

ap in

pla

ceC

atch

men

t lan

d us

e zo

nes

Res

earc

h In

stitu

tions

, LB

NR

Qua

ntify

env

ironm

enta

l im

pact

s of

va

rious

land

use

type

sD

ata

Impa

cts

quan

tified

by

land

use

Res

earc

h In

stitu

tions

, LB

NR

Soc

io e

cono

mic

sur

vey

Dat

aS

ocio

-eco

nom

ic c

ateg

orie

s id

entifi

edR

esea

rch

Inst

itutio

ns

5. R

esea

rch

To s

treng

then

man

agem

ent t

hrou

gh

gene

ratio

n of

sci

entifi

c in

form

atio

n by

I. U

nder

taki

ng e

colo

gica

l mon

itorin

g

I. Ec

olog

ical

mon

itorin

g

Vege

tatio

n m

onito

ring

Rep

orts

on

vege

tatio

n tre

nds

Vege

tatio

n tre

nds

repo

rts

Pro

gram

me

in p

lace

1 re

port

@ y

ear

LBN

R, W

WF

Col

lect

met

eoro

logi

cal d

ata

Mon

thly

repo

rtsTr

ends

in m

eteo

rolo

gy

esta

blis

hed

LBN

R, W

WF

Col

lect

ion

of R

iver

and

lake

leve

lsQ

uarte

rly p

rogr

ess

repo

rtsTr

ends

in ri

ver fl

ow a

nd la

ke

leve

ls e

stab

lishe

dLB

NR

, WW

F

Ani

mal

cou

nts

Qua

rterly

repo

rtsTr

ends

in w

ildlif

e dy

nam

ics

esta

blis

hed

LBN

R, W

WF

Wat

erfo

wl c

ount

sQ

uarte

rly re

ports

Tren

ds in

wat

erfo

wl

popu

latio

ns e

stab

lishe

dLB

NR

, WW

F

II. H

abita

t Mon

itorin

gII.

Hab

itat M

onito

ring

Vege

tatio

n m

onito

ring

Bia

nnua

l rep

orts

Tren

ds in

veg

etat

ion

stru

ctur

e de

term

ined

LBN

R, W

WF

Wat

er q

ualit

y m

onito

ring

Qua

rterly

repo

rtsTr

ends

in w

ater

qua

lity

esta

blis

hed

LBN

R, W

WF

Col

lect

env

ironm

enta

l dat

a in

the

catc

hmen

tA

nnua

l rep

orts

in e

nviro

nmen

t sta

tus

Tren

ds in

env

ironm

enta

l co

nditi

ons

esta

blis

hed

WW

F, C

omm

unity

, GO

K

Initi

ate

a m

onito

ring

prog

ram

me

of

wat

er q

ualit

y ac

ross

the

alka

line

lake

s in

the

Rift

val

ley

used

by

the

less

er

flam

ingo

Dat

a an

d re

ports

Tren

d in

wat

er Q

ualit

y th

at

affe

cts

less

er fl

amin

goK

WS

,MU

EU

,UoN

��

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

III. S

peci

al s

peci

es s

tudi

esIII

Spe

cies

stu

dies

to d

eter

min

e po

pula

tion

stat

us a

nd v

iabi

lity

Sta

tus

repo

rts o

n sp

ecie

s, v

iabi

lity

Man

agem

ent d

ecis

ions

de

rived

from

the

repo

rtsLB

NR

, KW

S, I

nstit

utio

ns

of h

ighe

r lea

rnin

g

Kud

u

Klip

Spr

inge

r

Gra

zers

Leop

ard

Spe

cial

ised

bro

wse

rs

6. D

evel

opm

ent

Con

stru

ctio

n of

bui

ldin

gs (S

taff

hous

es,

Offi

ce, G

ift s

hop,

wor

ksho

p, A

blut

ion

bloc

k, In

form

atio

n ce

ntre

)

Wor

ks p

rogr

ess

repo

rtsB

uild

ings

in p

lace

KW

S

Pur

chas

e of

veh

icle

s, p

lant

and

eq

uipm

ent

Pro

cure

men

t rep

ort

Faci

litie

s in

pla

ceK

WS

7. O

pera

tiona

lizat

ion

of th

e Im

plem

enta

tion

com

mitt

eeS

econ

d st

akeh

olde

r mee

ting

to e

lect

th

e im

plem

enta

tion

com

mitt

ee a

nd

endo

rse

the

IMP

Sta

keho

lder

mee

ting

Ele

cted

impl

emen

tatio

n co

mm

ittee

in p

lace

All

Sta

keho

lder

s

Sup

port

esta

blis

hmen

t of n

etw

ork

for

stak

ehol

ders

and

pro

posa

l writ

ing

Pro

posa

lFl

ow o

f inf

orm

atio

n an

d dr

aft

prop

osal

sK

WS

, MU

,UoN

,EU

and

do

nors

Sup

port

initi

al im

plem

enta

tion

com

mitt

ee m

eetin

g an

link

ages

to o

ther

ag

enci

es

Com

mitt

ee m

eetin

gFu

nctio

nal c

omm

ittee

KW

S, M

U,U

oN,E

U a

nd

dono

rs

��

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Obj

ectiv

eA

ctiv

ityB

udge

t yea

r in

US

D ‘0

001

23

45

TOTA

LI.

Educ

atio

n an

d A

war

enes

s in

upp

er

catc

hmen

tA

. For

mal

edu

catio

n an

d aw

aren

ess

• Sch

ool p

rogr

amm

es

Exp

and

Sch

ool e

duca

tion

prog

ram

me

& c

urric

ula

6.25

6.25

Dev

elop

Sch

ool e

duca

tion

prog

ram

me

& c

urric

ula

6.25

6.25

Dev

elop

mor

e ed

ucat

ion

mat

eria

ls50

50U

nder

take

Sch

ool e

duca

tion

prog

ram

me

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

5.0

Upg

rade

, m

aint

ain

reso

urce

/edu

catio

n in

form

atio

n ce

ntre

6.25

6.25

• Sch

ool o

utre

ach

prog

ram

me

Dev

elop

out

reac

h pr

ogra

mm

e6.

256.

25

Impl

emen

t out

reac

h pr

ogra

mm

eB

udge

t as

in 1

iii

• Sch

ool c

ampa

igns

Org

aniz

e sp

ecifi

c en

viro

nmen

tal r

allie

s (e

nviro

nmen

t day

, wet

land

day

, wor

ld

wat

er d

ay)

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

6.25

B. I

nfor

mal

edu

catio

n in

upp

er c

atch

men

t

Mob

iliza

tion

Iden

tify

targ

ets

grou

ps &

Dev

elop

out

reac

h m

ater

ials

55

Org

aniz

e pu

blic

Bar

azas

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

6.25

Com

mun

ity E

nviro

nmen

tal C

onse

rvat

ion

Form

loca

l env

ironm

enta

l con

serv

atio

n co

mm

ittee

s, c

omm

ittee

mee

tings

0.62

50.

625

0.62

50.

625

0.62

53.

125

II. C

omm

unity

Par

ticip

atio

n In

En

viro

nmen

tal C

onse

rvat

ion

Dev

elop

env

ironm

enta

l edu

catio

n pr

ogra

mm

e on

soi

l & w

ater

con

serv

atio

n, a

fo

rest

atio

n, re

sour

ce u

se,

0.62

50.

625

Dev

elop

env

ironm

enta

l edu

catio

n m

ater

ials

3.75

2.5

6.25

Und

erta

ke p

rogr

amm

e.6

25.6

25.6

25.6

25.6

253.

125

Est

ablis

h de

mon

stra

tion

plot

s1.

857

1.25

.625

.625

4.35

7O

rgan

ize

wor

ksho

ps fo

r Com

mun

ity le

ader

s1.

875

1.87

51.

875

1.87

51.

875

9.37

5

III. H

uman

Wild

life

Con

flict

& C

omm

unity

, D

evel

opm

ent &

Ent

erpr

ise

Proj

ects

Est

ablis

h ty

pes

& c

onfli

ct in

tens

ity0.

625

0.62

5Fo

rmul

ate

confl

ict m

itiga

tion

mea

sure

s3.

753.

75Id

entif

y co

mm

unity

soc

ial p

roje

cts

0.62

525

.0U

nder

take

com

mun

ity s

ocia

l pro

ject

s12

.512

.520

00Id

entif

y co

mm

unity

ent

erpr

ise

proj

ects

0.62

50.

625

Impl

emen

t com

mun

ity e

nter

pris

e pr

ojec

ts

12.5

12.5

12.5

37.5

IV. R

eser

ve m

anag

emen

tH

abita

t man

agem

ent (

vege

tatio

n)

Dev

elop

hab

itat m

anag

emen

t pro

gram

me

(fire

, Mec

hani

cal)

to m

eet P

ark

goal

s1.

251.

25Im

plem

ent h

abita

t man

agem

ent p

rogr

amm

e

•C

ontro

l bus

h en

croa

chm

ent

1.87

51.

251.

251.

250.

625

6.25

•

Ope

n gr

ass

land

s2.

52.

55.

0

•R

emov

e in

vasi

ve1.

251.

251.

251.

251.

256.

25

1.25

1.25

2.50

Dev

elop

wild

life

spec

ies

man

agem

ent s

trate

gy

1.25

1.25

Spe

cies

Man

agem

ent

Spe

cies

pop

ulat

ion

stud

ies

& m

anag

emen

t 50

3.75

2.5

54.2

5V.

Res

erve

Mai

nten

ance

& M

anag

emen

t P

rogr

amm

e

Com

plet

e S

taff

esta

blis

hmen

t0.

625

0.62

5Tr

aini

ng n

eeds

ass

essm

ent

1.25

1.25

Und

erta

ke tr

aini

ng50

5050

150

8.2.

1B

udge

t

��

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

A. I

nfra

stru

ctur

e

(i) W

ater

sup

ply

Iden

tify

wat

er s

ourc

es &

und

erta

ke w

ater

dis

tribu

tion

surv

ey1.

251.

25S

uppl

y w

ater

to s

peci

fic p

oint

s fo

r sta

ff6.

255.

01.

2512

.5(ii

) Roa

dsC

lose

and

upg

rade

as

nece

ssar

y3.

753.

75R

outin

e ro

ad m

aint

enan

ce6.

255.

03.

752.

52.

520

.0(ii

i) B

uild

ings

& h

ousi

ngM

aint

enan

ce o

f exi

stin

g bu

ildin

gs a

nd p

rovi

de s

taff

acco

mm

odat

ion

6.25

6.25

5.0

3.75

2.5

23.7

51.

Sec

urity

Ran

ger p

atro

ls1.

251.

251.

251.

251.

256.

25In

telli

genc

e in

form

atio

n ga

ther

ing

2.5

1.87

51.

875

1.87

51.

875

10.0

Pro

cure

men

t of s

ecur

ity e

quip

men

t6.

256.

2513

.52.

Tou

rism

(a) P

rom

otio

n

Pro

duce

tour

ist i

nfor

mat

ion

mat

eria

ls3.

753.

757.

5D

evel

op o

ther

tour

ism

faci

litie

s

- R

ehab

ilita

te c

amps

ites

& p

icni

c si

tes

6.25

6.25

3.75

16.2

5(b

) Div

ersi

fy T

ouris

mG

azet

te L

oboi

, Bar

ingo

as

cons

erva

tion

area

s 12

.50.

625

13.1

25E

stab

lish

Tour

ist f

acili

ties

(arte

fact

s, c

urio

-sho

p, c

ultu

ral v

illag

es)

0.62

50.

625

0.62

50.

625

2.5

Feas

ibili

ty s

tudy

& d

esig

ns fo

r a s

afar

i wal

k 6.

252.

58.

75

Dev

elop

tour

ist c

ircui

t in

the

catc

hmen

t3.

753.

757.

5C

onst

ruct

gua

rd ra

ils12

.512

.5O

pen

cam

psite

at s

elec

ted

site

s1.

251.

25

3. C

omm

unity

Dev

elop

men

t and

C

atch

men

t Man

agem

ent

Cam

paig

n ag

ains

t pol

ythe

ne a

nd p

last

ics

6.25

6.25

3.12

53.

125

3.12

521

.875

A fo

rest

atio

n (o

n fa

rm tr

ee p

lant

ing)

18.7

56.

256.

256.

256.

2543

.75

Con

stitu

te L

and

use

plan

ning

team

to c

o-or

dina

te la

nd u

se6.

252.

56.

45R

iver

ban

k re

habi

litat

ion

12.5

6.25

6.25

6.25

6.25

37.5

Soi

l ero

sion

con

trol

12.5

12.5

12.5

12.5

12.5

62.5

Con

trol W

ater

abs

tract

ion

from

rive

rs &

gro

und

wat

er6.

256.

256.

256.

256.

2531

.25

Pro

mot

e E

nerg

y co

nser

vatio

n (J

ikos

, sol

ar)

12.5

12.5

12.5

12.5

12.5

62.5

Sur

face

runo

ff ha

rves

ting

alon

g ro

ads

2525

12.5

6.25

6.25

75C

lose

acc

ess

road

s to

flam

ingo

land

ing

poin

ts, S

anda

i Riv

er m

outh

& re

stric

t en

try p

ast h

ot s

prin

gs e

xcep

t at t

he d

esig

nate

d ob

serv

atio

n po

ints

2512

.52.

538

4. R

eser

ve z

onat

ion

(a) P

ark

Con

stru

ctio

n of

gua

rd ra

ils a

t vie

w p

oint

s62

.562

.5de

ntify

frag

ile h

abita

ts &

pro

tect

12.5

12.5

Iden

tify

land

use

type

s &

reco

mm

end

appr

opria

te u

se in

eac

h si

te87

.587

.5S

ocio

-eco

nom

ic s

urve

y18

.75

18.7

537

.5(b

) Cat

chm

ent z

onat

ion

Eco

logi

cal m

onito

ring

Vege

tatio

n m

onito

ring

62.5

62.5

62.5

62.5

62.5

312.

5

��

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

5. R

esea

rch

I. To

Stre

ngth

en m

anag

emen

t thr

ough

ge

nera

tion

of s

cien

tific

info

rmat

ion

II. U

nder

taki

ng E

colo

gica

l Mon

itorin

g

Col

lect

met

eoro

logi

cal d

ata

& e

stab

lish

com

mun

ity ra

infa

ll st

atio

ns in

the

uppe

r ca

tchm

ent

251.

251.

251.

251.

2531

.3

Col

lect

ion

of R

iver

and

lake

leve

ls50

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

60A

nim

al c

ount

s6.

256.

256.

256.

256.

2531

.25

Wat

erfo

wl c

ount

s12

.512

.512

.512

.512

.562

.5II.

Hab

itat M

onito

ring

Vege

tatio

n m

onito

ring

Bud

get i

nclu

ded

in 1

abo

ve, v

eget

atio

n m

onito

ring

II. H

abita

t Mon

itorin

gW

ater

qua

lity

mon

itorin

g18

7.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

4.5

205.

5III

Spe

cies

stu

dies

to d

eter

min

e po

pula

tion

stat

us a

nd v

iabi

lity

58.7

5K

udu,

Klip

Spr

inge

r & G

raze

rs &

ass

ess

man

agem

ent i

nter

vent

ions

56.2

52.

525

0

III. S

peci

al s

peci

es s

tudi

esC

onst

ruct

ion

of b

uild

ings

- Edu

catio

n H

oste

l & A

blut

ion

bloc

k25

0O

ffice

blo

ck12

512

5

6. R

eser

ve D

evel

opm

ent

Sta

ff ho

uses

375

375

Mec

hani

cal w

orks

hop

125

125

Hou

ses

7570

6050

225

Roa

ds15

1515

1515

757.

Mai

nten

ance

P

rocu

rem

ent o

f veh

icle

s, p

lant

and

equ

ipm

ent

1,37

51,

375

�7

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Appendices

Appendix 1: Trees and shrubs of Lake Bogoria National Reserve and its environsScientific Name Common Name Local Name Scientific Name Common Name Local NameBoscia angustifolia Linto Opuntia opuntia Prickly cactus MatunchiateAcacia milliner Hook thorn Ngorore Warbugia ugandesis SokeGrecian villas Mokuywe Grevia bicolor SiteweCasaba farinose Imbirikwo Rrhus natalensis Red currant SiriandeVaries glomeration Chepkoriande Acacia tortilis Umbrella thorn SesiaAcacia militia Egyptian thorn Chepiywe Aloe secundiflora Aloe TangaretweAcacia deficient Barsule Maema angolense CheboskeweCumbersome aculeate Kamsalawa Kigelia africana Sausage RotinwoGrecian tuna Toronwe Calotropis procera Elephant apple LopusakiiCappers trascularis Korobuywe Cordial ovalis cordia TembererweCumbersome hereroense Miskitwe Acalypha indica Walbeyon/

jepnondosSalvadora persica Toothbrush tree Sokotoiwo Aclyrantha aspera ChesirimBalanite aegyptiaca Desert date Ngoswe Albublin spp. Kipnyali/kiptulwaAcacia brevispiza Wait-a-bit thorn Gornista Boscia salicifolia KuriondeCasaba edulis Eidumeitolyon Cucumis spp SolopchesinyAlchornea fruticosa Lokurwe Euphorbia tirucalli Finger euphorbia KormotwoCissus rotundifolia Rorowe Maerua triphylla RosonBerchemioa discolor Wild almond Muchukwe Ludwigia spp. ChepchorusionCommiphora samharansis Kelepmoi Lycium europaeum Kipyambatia

/kipnagetEuphorbia scartina Ele Gardenia ternifolia KipbulwoCommiphora edulis Masian Albizia amara KotutwoCroton dischogamus Kelelwe Commifora africana TolginySterculia stenocapa Mukoywo Acacia gerrardii SibeldiAdenum venenata Sotoplekech Olea europaea Brown olive TemtitAdenum obesum somalensis

Simbalwe Pappea capensis Kibiriokwo

Lannea triphylla Tabuye Solanum nignum SojonteAlbizia anthelmintica Barmukunte Syzygium gguineense/

cordataLomoiwo

Terminalia brownee Koloswo Lanea fulua LelitAspragus africana Tobororwe Dodonaea angustifolia/

viscosahopbush Tibilibkwo

Cumbersome molle Cumbersome Chepchopoiwo Ocorea kenyesis KipnagetAcacia senegalis Gum Arabic

thornChemange Tarchonanthus comphoratus Lelekwet

Dichrostachy cinerea Tinet Carrisa edulis LegetetwetZiziphus macronata Buffalo thorn Noiwet Pisticia aethopica tuldaEuphorbia candlebrum Kunes Ficus thonningii Strangler fig SimotweOrmocarpum kenieuse Chemoyukobil Phyllantus zepialis Ariab lakwaAcacia ceyal White thorn Lengne Crateva adansonii KolewonHaplocoelum foliotosum Kokonte Lantana camara KetipDiospyros scabra Tuwetye Meyna tetraphyila TilingwoCissus quadringularis Sungurtutwe Terminalia spinosa TukuwemetZanthoxylum chalybeum Knob wood Kokchante Acacia drepanolobium Whistling thorn NgoweMaema subcordata Chepuluswo Premna resinosa Britapta/kekechMaema decumbens Monogwo Arundinalia alpina Mountain bamboo TegandeAcacia hockii Tilatilie Vanguemia madagascarensis KomolweTarmarindus indica Tarmarind Orwe Ficus sycomorus Sycomore fig Lokoywe

��

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Appendix 2. Lake Bogoria National Reserve checklist of mammals

Common name Scientific name Remark

Greater kudu Tragelaphus strepsiceros Threatened

Cape buffalo Syncerus caffer Rarely seen

Impala Aepyceros melampus rendilis Common

Grants gazelle Gazella granti Common

Dikdik Rhynchotragus kirki Common

Klipspringer Oreotragus oreotragus Rare

Blue duiker Cephalophus caeruleus Rare

Yellow – backed duiker Cephalophus silvicultor Rare

Anubis baboon Papio anubis Common

Leopard Panthera pardus Very rare

Serval cat Felis (Leptailurus) serval Very rare

Wildcat Felis (Sylvestris) libyca Very rare

Common waterbuck Kobus ellipsiprymnus Rare

Wart hog Phacochoerus aethiopicus Common

Bush pig Potamochoerus porcus Common

Common jackal Canis aureus Common

Spotted hyena Crocuta crocuta Rare

Stripped hyena Hyaena hyaena Rare

Bat-eared fox Otocyon megalotis Rare

Burchell’s zebra Equus (Hippotigris) burchelli Common

Patas monkey Erythrocebus patas Rare

Vervet monkey Cercopithecus pygerythrus Common

Cheetah Acinonyx jubatus Rare

Aardvark Orycteropus afer Rare

��

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Appendix 3. Lake Bogoria National Reserve checklist of birdsCommon Name Scientific Name Common Name Scientific NameCommon Ostrich Struthio camelus Jackson’s Francolin Francolinus jacksoniLittle Grebe Tachibuptus ruficollis Crested Francolin Francolinus saphaenaBlack necked Grebe Podiceps nigricollis Black Crake Amaurornis flavirostrisGreat-white pelican Pelecanus onocrotalus Grey Crown Crane Balearica regulorumCattle Egret bubulcus ibis Black-winged Stilt Himantopujsn himantopusStriaed/Green-backed Heron butorides striatu Pied Avocet Recurviurosta avosettaLittle Egret Egretta garzeta Spur winged Lapwing Vanellus spinosusGredy Heron Ardea cinerea Crowned Lapwing Vanellus coronatusBlack-headed Heron Ardea malanocephala Black-headed lapwing Vanellus tectusHamerkop scopus umbretta Kittlitz’s plover Charadrius pecuariusYellow-billed stork Mycteria ibis Three-banded plover Charadrius tricollarisWooly-necked Stork Ciconia episcopus Common ringed plover Charadrius hiaticulaMarabou stork Leptoptilos crumeniferus Lesser sandpiper Chandarius mongolusSacred ibis Threskiornis aethiopicus Little Bee-eater Merops pasilliusHadada ibis Bostrychia hagedash Cinammon-chested Bee-eater Meros oreobatesGlossy ibis Bostrychia falcinellus European Bee-eater Merops apiasterGreater flamingo Phoenicopterus rubber Madagascar Bee-eater Merops superiliosusLesser flamingo Phoenicopterus minor Lilac breasted Roller Coraciass caudateEgyptian Goose Alopochen aegyptiacus Green Wood Hoopoe Phoeniculus purpureusSpur- winged goose Plectopterus gambensis African Hoopoe Upupa AfricanaKnob–billed duck Sarkidiornis melanotos Red- billed Hornbill Tockus erythrorhynchusWhite –faced Whistling Duck Dendrocygna viduata Von der Deckens Hornbill Tockus deckeniCape Teal Anas capensis Jackson’s Hornbill Tockus jacksoniYellow-billed Kite Milvus parasiticus African Grey Hornbill Tockus nasutusAfrican fish eagle Haliaeetus vocifer Red-fronted Tinkerbird Pogoniulus pusillusAfrican Harrier-Hawk Polyboroides typus Red-fronted Barbet Tricholaema diademataAugar buzzard Buteo augur Black throated Barbet Tricholaema melanocephalaCommon buzzard Buteo buteo White -headed Barbet Lybius leucocephalusMontangu’s Harrier Circus ranivorus d’Arnaud’s Barbet Trachyphonus darnaudiiDark Chantineg Goshhawk Melierax metabates Red and Yellow Barbet Trachyphonus erythrophalusGabar Goshhawk Micronisus gabar Lesser Honeyguide Indicator minorTawny Eagle Aquila rapax Nubian Woodpecker Campethera nubicaSteppe Eagle Aquila nipalensis orientalis Cardinal Woodpecker Dendropicos fuscescnsVerreaux Eagle Aquila verreauxii Bearded Woodpecker Dendropicos namaquusMartial Eagle Polemaetus bellicosdus Grey Woodpecker Dendropicos goertaePygmy Falcon Polihierax semitorquatus Fischer’s Sparrow Lark Eremopterix leucopareiaPeregrine Falcon Falco peregrinus Rock Martin Hirundo filigulaHelmeted Guinea fowl Numida meleagris Plain Martin Riparia paludicolaRed-rumped Swallow Hirundo fuligula Sand Martin Riparia ripariaLesser striped swallow Hirundo abyssinica African scops-owl Otus senegalensisBarn swallow Hirundo rustica Verreaux’s eagle-owl Bubo lacteusWire-tailed swallow Hirundo smithii Pearl-spotted owlet Glaucidium perlatumAfrican pied wagtail Motacilla lutea Little swift Apus affinisCommon bulbul Pycnonotus barbatus White-rumped swift Apus cafferAfrican thrush Turdus pelios Mottled swift Apus aequatorialisIsabelline wheatear Oenanthe pleschanka Nyanza swift Apus niansaeSported morning Thrush Cichladusa guttata Eurasian swift Apus apusGrey-baked camaroptera Camaptera brachyuran Speckled mousebird Colias striatusSouthern black flycatcher Melaenornis pammelaina Blue-naped mouse bird Urocolias macrourusAfrican grey flycatcher Bradornis microrhynchus Red-faced mouse bird Urocolias indicusSilverbird Empidornis semipartitus Grey-headed kingfisher Halcyon leucocephalaRufous chatterer Turdoides rubiginosus Woodland kingfisher Halcyon senegalensisNorthern pied babbler Turdoides hypoleucus Malachite kingfisher Alcedo cristataWhite-bellied tit Parus albiventris African pigmy kingfisher Ispidina pictaNorthern grey tit Parus thruppi Beautiful sunbird Cinnyris pulchellaRed-throated tit Parus fringillinus Eastern violet-backed sunbird Anthreptes orientalisRuff Philomanchus pugnax Common fiscal Lanius collarisCommon sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos Long-tailed fiscal Lanius cabanisiWood sandpiper Tringa glareola Grey-backed fiscal Lanius excubitoroidesGreen sandpiper Tringer ochropus Slate-coloured boubou Laniarius funebris

�0

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Common greenshank Tringa nebularis Brubru Nilaus aferMarsh sandpiper Tringa stagnatilis Black-backed puffback Dryoscopus cubiaSpotted redshank Tringa erythropus Nothern White-crowned shrike Eurocephalus rueppelliLittle stint Calidris minuta Fork-tailed drongo Dicrurus adsimilisCurlew sandpiper Calidris ferriginea Pied crow Corvus albusCommon snipe Gallinago gallinago African black-headed oriole Oriolus larvatusLichtenstein’s sand grouse Pterocles lichtensteinii African golden oriole Oriolus auratusAfrica green-pigeon Treron calva Red-billed oxpecker Buphagus erythrorhynchusSpeckled pigeon Columba guinea Ashy starling Cosmopsarus unicolorEmerald-spotted wood-dove Turtur chalcospilos Ruppell’s long-tailed starling Lamprotornis purpuropterusNamaqua dove Oena capensis Magpie starling Speculipastor bicolarRing-necked dove Streptopelia capicola Supurb starling Lamprotornis superbusRed-eyed dove Streptopelia semitorquata Wattled starling Creatophora cinereaAfrican mourning dove Streptopelia decipiens House sparrow Passer domesticaLaughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis Chestnut sparrow Passer eminibeyWhite-belied go-away-bird Corythaixoides leucogaster Grey-headed sparrow Passer griseusWhite-browed coucal Centropus superciliosus White-browed sparrow-weaver Plocepasser mahaliWhite-billed buffalo-weaver Bubalornis albirostris White-headed buffalo-weaver Dinemellia dinemelliNorthern masked weaver Ploceus taeniopterus Pin-tailed whydah Vidua macrouraSpeke’s weaver Ploceus spekei Straw-tailed whydah Vidua fischeriJackson’s Golden-backed weaver

Ploceus jacksoni Steel-blue whydah Vidua hypocherina

Red-headed weaver Anaplectes rubriceps Village indigobird Vidua chalybeateRed-cheeked cordon-bleu Uraeginthus bengalus African citril Serinus citrinelloidesBlue-capped cordon-bleu Uraeginthus cyanocephalus Streaky seedeater Serinus striolatusRed-billed firefinch Lagonosticta senegala

�1

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

App

endi

x 4:

Inst

itutio

nal L

inka

ges

Inst

itutio

nFu

nctio

nsPo

tent

ial r

ole

Cap

acity

Are

a of

ope

ratio

n

LAU

rban

& R

eser

ve D

evel

opm

ent

Urb

an P

lann

ing,

dev

elop

men

t & P

ollu

tion

cont

rol

Em

pow

ered

to e

nact

loca

l G

over

nmen

t pol

icy,

has

pol

itica

l in

fluen

ce

Cou

nty

KW

SW

ildlif

e M

anag

emen

t &

Con

serv

atio

nB

iodi

vers

ity &

Nat

ure

cons

erva

tion,

Tou

rist

deve

lopm

ent

Stro

ng n

et w

ork,

lim

ited

reso

urce

s in

co

mpa

rison

to m

anda

teN

atio

nal P

arks

, For

est

Res

erve

s an

d C

omm

uniti

es,

biod

iver

sity

are

asFo

rest

Dep

artm

ent

Fore

stry

Con

serv

atio

n &

de

velo

pmen

tIm

plem

enta

tion

of fo

rest

man

agem

ent &

ext

ensi

on,

catc

hmen

t con

serv

atio

nS

trong

net

wor

k, w

eak

in re

sour

ces

Gaz

ette

d fo

rest

s an

d ex

tens

ion

coun

try w

ide

Wat

er D

epar

tmen

tC

onse

rvat

ion

& a

ppor

tionm

ent o

f w

ater

reso

urce

sP

rote

ctio

n of

wat

er s

uppl

y &

the

catc

hmen

t, riv

er

bank

pro

tect

ion

Stro

ng n

etw

ork,

wea

k in

reso

urce

sN

atio

n-w

ide

and

loca

l

Dis

trict

Env

ironm

ent

Com

mitt

eeC

oord

inat

ion

of e

nviro

nmen

tal

prot

ectio

n an

d co

nser

vatio

n ac

tiviti

esM

obili

zatio

n of

env

ironm

enta

l act

ors

and

mon

itorin

g of

env

ironm

enta

l con

ditio

nsS

trong

net

wor

k th

roug

h el

ecte

d le

ader

s, li

mite

d re

sour

ces

&

tech

nica

l kno

w-h

ow

Dis

trict

leve

l upt

o C

omm

uniti

es

Dis

trict

Dev

elop

men

t C

omm

ittee

Pla

nnin

g &

coo

rdin

atio

n of

de

velo

pmen

t act

iviti

esM

obili

zatio

n of

Com

mun

ities

, fee

dbac

k &

eva

luat

ion

of p

roje

ct a

ctiv

ities

at D

istri

ct le

vel a

nd la

ndus

e pl

anni

ng

Wea

k, la

ck o

f ski

lled

man

pow

er &

re

sour

ces

com

pare

d to

man

date

Dis

trict

leve

l

Ken

ya A

gric

ultu

ral R

esea

rch

Inst

itute

Agr

icul

tura

l Res

earc

h &

info

rmat

ion

diss

emin

atio

nR

esea

rch

& a

dvis

e on

agr

icul

tura

l asp

ects

Stro

ng in

rese

arch

, tec

hnic

al k

now

-ho

w.

Nat

ion-

wid

e w

ith

inte

rnat

iona

l con

tact

sN

atio

nal M

useu

m o

f Ken

yaR

esea

rch,

Edu

catio

n &

con

serv

atio

n of

her

itage

Res

earc

h &

info

rmat

ion

prov

isio

n on

bio

dive

rsity

&

cultu

ral a

spec

tsS

trong

in re

sear

chN

atio

nal

WW

F an

d ot

her N

GO

’s o

r C

BO

’sC

omm

unity

bas

ed d

evel

opm

ent &

co

nser

vatio

n in

itiat

ives

Mob

iliza

tion,

Con

serv

atio

n, E

duca

tion

& a

war

enes

s an

d R

esea

rch

Stro

ng n

etw

ork

& re

sour

ces

Nak

uru

catc

hmen

t

WC

KE

duca

tion

Mob

iliza

tion

& e

duca

tion

Stro

ng n

etw

ork

Nat

ion

wid

e

KR

EM

UN

atur

al re

sour

ces

surv

ey a

nd

rese

arch

Res

earc

hS

trong

in re

sear

ch, t

echn

ical

kno

w-

how

. N

atio

n-w

ide

with

in

tern

atio

nal c

onta

cts

Agr

icul

ture

Dep

artm

ent

Agr

icul

tura

l dev

elop

men

tS

oil e

rosi

on a

nd s

iltat

ion

cont

rol,

eutro

phic

atio

n co

ntro

l, ag

ro-c

hem

ical

pol

lutio

n co

ntro

l, riv

er b

asin

pr

otec

tion

and

catc

hmen

t pro

tect

ion

Stro

ng n

etw

orki

ng li

mite

d by

re

sour

ces

com

pare

d to

man

date

, te

chni

cal k

now

how

.H

ighe

r Lea

rnin

g In

stitu

tions

Res

earc

h an

d ed

ucat

ion

Res

earc

h an

d ed

ucat

ion,

info

rmat

ion

diss

emin

atio

nS

trong

in re

sear

ch, t

echn

ical

kno

w-

how

. N

atio

n-w

ide

with

in

tern

atio

nal c

onta

cts

�2

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Man

agem

ent U

nit/a

rea

Issu

esO

ptio

nsIm

plem

enta

tion

Str

ateg

yM

anag

emen

t Aut

hori

ty/im

plem

ente

rs

catc

hmen

tA

ffore

stat

ion

Est

ablis

h tre

e nu

rser

ies

Fore

st D

epar

tmen

t to

give

tech

nica

l exp

ertis

e in

af

fore

stat

ion

proc

ess.

Oth

er a

genc

ies

to g

ive

logi

stic

al

supp

ort.

Com

mun

ity to

pla

y an

act

ive

role

in fo

rest

es

tabl

ishm

ent.

Fore

st d

epar

tmen

t, Lo

cal c

omm

unity

and

ot

her c

onse

rvat

ion

agen

cies

Fore

st re

habi

litat

ion

Tree

pla

ntin

g on

com

mun

al b

asis

Fore

st D

ept.,

Com

mun

ityO

n fa

rm tr

ee p

lant

ing

Com

mun

ity to

pla

nt, w

ith te

chni

cal a

dvic

e fro

m th

e fo

rest

de

partm

ent.

Oth

er a

genc

ies

like

WW

F to

ass

ist

Fore

st d

epar

tmen

t, C

omm

unity

, WW

F an

d A

gric

ultu

reD

efor

esta

tion

Stri

ct a

dher

ence

to e

xist

ing

law

Fore

st g

uard

s an

d K

WS

rang

ers

to a

ppre

hend

la

wbr

eake

rs.

Fore

st D

epar

tmen

t, K

WS

, Loc

al a

utho

rity,

an

d La

w c

ourts

.E

duca

tion

and

awar

enes

s on

the

harm

ful e

ffect

s of

def

ores

tatio

nTr

aini

ng o

f edu

catio

nist

s an

d ex

tens

ion

offic

ers

whi

le

mob

ilisi

ng c

omm

uniti

es th

roug

h a

botto

m u

p ap

proa

ch.

WW

F, W

CK

and

KW

S e

duca

tion

prog

ram

mes

Soi

l ero

sion

, S

iltat

ion

and

eutro

phic

atio

n

Terr

acin

gA

gric

ultu

re to

iden

tify

area

s fo

r ter

race

s &

pro

vide

Te

chni

cal a

dvic

eA

gric

ultu

re, C

omm

unity

, WW

F

Terr

ace

prot

ectio

nC

omm

unity

to u

nder

take

em

bank

men

tA

gric

ultu

re, C

omm

unity

Agr

ofor

estry

/win

d br

eaks

Agr

icul

ture

to a

dvic

e co

mm

unity

on

sust

aina

ble

met

hods

of

agr

ofor

estry

Agr

icul

ture

, For

est,

Com

mun

ity, W

WF

Land

use

pla

nnin

gP

hysi

cal p

lann

er to

ens

ure

land

use

and

pla

nnin

g co

nfirm

to

IEM

Phy

sica

l Pla

nner

, Adm

inis

tratio

n

Con

tour

plo

ughi

ng

Agr

icul

ture

to e

nsur

e al

l far

m o

n sl

oppy

gro

unds

are

te

rrac

edA

gric

ultu

re, L

ocal

Com

mun

ity

Mig

ratio

n an

d La

nd p

rosp

ectin

gS

treng

then

the

exis

ting

law

s on

land

en

croa

chm

ent a

nd p

rosp

ectin

g.

Aut

horit

ies

in c

harg

e of

land

adj

udic

atio

n be

sen

sitis

ed o

n en

viro

nmen

tal i

ssue

s.M

inis

tries

of L

ands

– E

nviro

nmen

t, K

WS

, W

WF,

WC

KD

isco

urag

e sq

uatte

rs a

nd re

loca

tion

of p

eopl

e es

peci

ally

trib

al c

lash

vi

ctim

s.

Awar

enes

s an

d ed

ucat

ion

prog

ram

mes

esp

ecia

lly

for m

igra

nt la

ndow

ners

not

fam

iliar

with

cer

tain

en

viro

nmen

tal i

ssue

s.

WW

F, W

CK

, KW

S, M

EN

R, M

LS

Ove

rpop

ulat

ion

Pla

n fo

r rap

idly

exp

andi

ng

popu

latio

n. E

ncou

rage

fam

ily

plan

ning

stra

tegi

es e

spec

ially

whe

re

popu

latio

n ar

e yo

uthf

ul.

Con

stru

ctio

n of

hou

sing

sc

hem

es th

at p

ut e

nviro

nmen

tal.

cons

ider

atio

ns in

to p

lace

Min

istri

es o

f Env

ironm

ent,

Hea

lth, P

lann

ing

etc

to w

ork

in

conc

ert a

nd a

rticu

late

issu

es o

f mut

ual c

once

rn.

Stre

ss

fam

ily p

lann

ing

as a

way

of r

educ

ing

over

relia

nce

on

natu

ral r

esou

rces

Min

istri

es o

f Hea

lth, P

lann

ing,

Env

to w

ork

in

conc

ert a

nd w

ith lo

gica

l sup

port

from

KW

S,

WW

F, W

CK

sch

ools

and

chu

rche

s.

App

endi

x 5:

Inst

itutio

nal f

ram

ewor

k an

d co

llabo

ratio

n

��

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Man

agem

ent U

nit/a

rea

Issu

esO

ptio

nsIm

plem

enta

tion

Str

ateg

yM

anag

emen

t Aut

hori

ty /i

mpl

emen

ters

Cat

chm

ent

Agr

icul

ture

Inte

grat

ed fa

rm u

seA

gric

ultu

re to

con

form

to IE

MA

gric

ultu

re, C

omm

unity

Agr

o-ch

emic

als

Con

trol l

each

ing

Agr

icul

ture

to c

onfir

m to

Agr

o-ch

emic

al c

ontro

lA

gric

ultu

re, C

omm

unity

Avoi

d us

e of

non

bio

degr

adab

le a

gro-

chem

ical

sP

rom

ote

use

and

appl

icat

ion

of b

iode

grad

able

ferti

lizer

s.

Agr

icul

ture

to tr

ain

farm

ers

on u

se o

f bio

degr

adab

leA

gric

ultu

re, C

omm

unity

Riv

er b

ank

prot

ectio

nU

se 3

0 m

stri

p fo

r gra

ss p

lots

and

fo

rest

ryA

gric

ultu

re a

nd la

ndow

ners

to e

nsur

e th

is s

trip

is u

sed

wis

ely.

E.g

. Lik

e gr

owin

g gr

ass

Agr

icul

ture

, Com

mun

ity

Urb

an C

entre

sIn

frast

ruct

ure

deve

lopm

ent

Con

trol s

urfa

ce ru

n-of

fP

ublic

wor

ks a

nd c

omm

unity

to e

nsur

e ro

ads

have

ad

equa

te a

nd re

leva

nt d

rain

age

syst

ems

in p

lace

Pub

lic w

orks

, Com

mun

ity, A

ll

Fuel

Woo

dA

grof

ores

tryC

omm

unity

to p

lat t

rees

and

use

ene

rgy

savi

ng ji

kos

in

each

hom

e st

ead;

Tra

in c

omm

unity

on

ener

gy c

onse

rvat

ion

Com

mun

ity, F

ores

t, A

ll

Use

of e

nerg

y co

nser

ving

sto

ves

Land

use

/P

lann

ing

Enc

oura

ge In

tegr

ated

land

use

pr

actic

esP

hysi

cal p

lann

er, A

dmin

istra

tion,

Lan

ds a

nd s

ettle

men

t to

ensu

re a

ll pl

ans

com

ply

to IE

MA

LL

Pol

lutio

n (S

olid

an

d Li

quid

w

aste

)

Incr

ease

mon

itorin

g of

sol

id a

nd

liqui

d w

aste

pol

lutio

n e.

g. o

il sp

illag

e by

trac

ks a

nd h

ouse

hold

effl

uent

s in

to ri

vers

.

Loca

l aut

horit

ies

to e

nhan

ce e

fforts

in c

olla

bora

ting

toge

ther

and

with

oth

ers

espe

cial

ly in

are

as w

here

they

ha

ve n

o ju

risdi

ctio

n.

Loca

l Cou

ncils

NE

MA

Dra

inag

eA

sses

s w

ater

take

offs

and

usa

ge in

im

porta

nt c

atch

men

t are

as s

uch

as

Sub

ukia

Wat

er d

epar

tmen

t to

prov

ide

tech

nica

l ass

ista

nce,

oth

er

inst

itutio

ns to

pro

vide

logi

stic

al s

uppo

rt.W

ater

dep

artm

ent,

Loca

l cou

ncils

, WW

F

Und

erta

ke E

IA’s

on

bore

hole

co

nstru

ctio

n an

d w

ater

dis

tribu

tion

stra

tegi

es

Edu

cate

and

cre

ate

awar

enes

s on

the

wis

e us

e pr

inci

ple.

WW

F, K

WS

, WC

K, M

inis

try o

f Wat

er.

��

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Man

agem

ent U

nit/a

rea

Issu

esO

ptio

nsIm

plem

enta

tion

Str

ateg

yM

anag

emen

t Aut

hori

ty/im

plem

ente

rs

Nat

iona

l Res

erve

Wild

life

dyna

mic

s,

Wild

life

Man

agem

ent

Man

age

stoc

king

rate

s an

d po

pula

tions

of w

ildlif

e sp

ecie

sE

stab

l�sh

Par

k E

colo

g�ca

l mon

�tor�n

g pr

ogra

mm

e &

de

term

�ne

Par

k b�

omas

s by

:B

iom

ass

estim

atio

nC

ensu

sR

emot

e se

nsin

g

• • •

KW

S, C

ount

y C

ounc

ils, I

nstit

utio

ns o

f hig

her l

earn

ing

Est

ablis

h P

ark

spec

ies

carr

ying

cap

aciti

esK

W C

ount

y C

ounc

ils, I

nstit

utio

ns o

f hig

her l

earn

ing

Man

age

spec

�es

stoc

ks b

y:C

ullin

gE

xcha

nge

Trad

e

• • •

KW

S C

ount

y C

ounc

ils, I

nstit

utio

ns o

f hig

her l

earn

ing

Hab

itat

man

agem

ent

Est

ablis

h ha

bita

t man

agem

ent

prog

ram

mes

Dev

elop

& im

plem

ent A

ctiv

e ha

bita

t man

agem

ent

prog

ram

me

like:

Fire

regi

me

& p

rogr

amm

eH

abita

t mec

hani

cal c

ontro

lZo

natio

n

• • •

KW

S C

ount

y C

ounc

ils, I

nstit

utio

ns o

f hig

her l

earn

ing

Pol

lutio

nM

anag

e po

llutio

n le

vels

, co

llabo

rate

and

net

wor

k w

ith o

ther

in

stitu

tions

Dev

elop

wat

er q

ualit

y m

onito

ring

prog

ram

me

KW

S, C

ount

y C

ounc

ils, I

nstit

utio

ns o

f hig

her l

earn

ing

Enc

oura

ge K

AR

I to

play

a ro

le IP

MK

AR

I, K

WS

, Cou

nty

Cou

ncils

Visi

tor

man

agem

ent

Man

age

Tour

ist a

ctiv

ities

and

di

vers

ifyE

stab

lish

Res

erve

Tou

rist c

arry

ing

capa

city

LBN

RS

, Ins

titut

ions

of h

ighe

r lea

rnin

g

Dev

elop

oth

er to

uris

m fa

cilit

ies

Hot

elie

rs, L

ocal

Aut

horit

ies

Div

ersi

fy T

ouris

m a

ctiv

ities

in th

e pl

an a

rea

thro

ugh

deve

lopm

ent o

f new

tour

ism

attr

actio

nsLo

cal A

utho

ritie

s, H

otel

iers

, Tou

r ope

rato

rs

Inva

der s

peci

esP

ursu

e ec

olog

ical

ly fr

iend

ly

land

use

pra

ctic

es th

at p

reve

nt

over

stoc

king

and

ani

mal

co

nfine

men

t lik

ely

to le

ad to

in

stab

ility

.

Pre

vent

soi

l ero

sion

, com

pact

ion

and

degr

adat

ion

that

allo

ws

over

grow

th o

f inv

asiv

e sp

ecie

s

Enc

oura

ge c

ullin

g of

ove

rsto

cked

spe

cies

and

man

ual

rem

oval

of i

nvas

ive

plan

t spe

cies

.K

WS

, WW

F, K

AR

I, M

oL&

FD

��

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Man

agem

ent U

nit/a

rea

Issu

esO

ptio

nsIm

plem

enta

tion

Str

ateg

yM

anag

emen

t Aut

hori

ty/im

plem

ente

rs

Nat

iona

l Res

erve

Wild

life

dyna

mic

s,

Wild

life

Man

agem

ent

Man

age

stoc

king

rate

s an

d po

pula

tions

of w

ildlif

e sp

ecie

sE

stab

l�sh

Par

k E

colo

g �ca

l mon

�tor�n

g pr

ogra

mm

e &

de

term

�ne

Par

k b�

omas

s by

:B

iom

ass

estim

atio

nC

ensu

sR

emot

e se

nsin

g

• • •

KW

S, C

ount

y C

ounc

ils, I

nstit

utio

ns o

f hig

her l

earn

ing

Est

ablis

h P

ark

spec

ies

carr

ying

cap

aciti

esK

W C

ount

y C

ounc

ils, I

nstit

utio

ns o

f hig

her l

earn

ing

Man

age

spec

�es

stoc

ks b

y:C

ullin

gE

xcha

nge

T rad

e

• • •

KW

S C

ount

y C

ounc

ils, I

nstit

utio

ns o

f hig

her l

earn

ing

Hab

itat

man

agem

ent

Est

ablis

h ha

bita

t man

agem

ent

prog

ram

mes

Dev

elop

& im

plem

ent A

ctiv

e ha

bita

t man

agem

ent

prog

ram

me

like:

Fire

regi

me

& p

rogr

amm

eH

abita

t mec

hani

cal c

ontro

lZo

natio

n

• • •

KW

S C

ount

y C

ounc

ils, I

nstit

utio

ns o

f hig

her l

earn

ing

Pol

lutio

nM

anag

e po

llutio

n le

vels

, co

llabo

rate

and

net

wor

k w

ith o

ther

in

stitu

tions

Dev

elop

wat

er q

ualit

y m

onito

ring

prog

ram

me

KW

S, C

ount

y C

ounc

ils, I

nstit

utio

ns o

f hig

her l

earn

ing

Enc

oura

ge K

AR

I to

play

a ro

le IP

MK

AR

I, K

WS

, Cou

nty

Cou

ncils

Visi

tor

man

agem

ent

Man

age

Tour

ist a

ctiv

ities

and

di

vers

ifyE

stab

lish

Res

erve

Tou

rist c

arry

ing

capa

city

LBN

RS

, Ins

titut

ions

of h

ighe

r lea

rnin

g

Dev

elop

oth

er to

uris

m fa

cilit

ies

Hot

elie

rs, L

ocal

Aut

horit

ies

Div

ersi

fy T

ouris

m a

ctiv

ities

in th

e pl

an a

rea

thro

ugh

deve

lopm

ent o

f new

tour

ism

attr

actio

nsLo

cal A

utho

ritie

s, H

otel

iers

, Tou

r ope

rato

rs

Inva

der s

peci

esP

ursu

e ec

olog

ical

ly fr

iend

ly

land

use

pra

ctic

es th

at p

reve

nt

over

stoc

king

and

ani

mal

co

nfine

men

t lik

ely

to le

ad to

in

stab

ility

.

Pre

vent

soi

l ero

sion

, com

pact

ion

and

degr

adat

ion

that

allo

ws

over

grow

th o

f inv

asiv

e sp

ecie

s

Enc

oura

ge c

ullin

g of

ove

rsto

cked

spe

cies

and

man

ual

rem

oval

of i

nvas

ive

plan

t spe

cies

.K

WS

, WW

F, K

AR

I, M

oL&

FD

Appendix 6: Laws supporting Integrated Management Planning (IMP)Laws,regulations,policiesandconventionsarenecessaryfortheharmonizationofmulti-sectoralinterestsandpractices in conservation and management of the plan area. These laws give mandate to stakeholders, localcommunity, local authorities, government departments and development partners in implementing the plan.Observance of these laws will enhance participatory approach in decision–making, ecosystem approach inmanagementandprovidelegitimacytostakeholderinvolvement.ItisimportanttonotethattheselawsarenotexclusiveandotherrulesandregulationscanbedevelopedintheformofcodesofconductandbylawsthatwillimproveconservationandmanagementinLakeBogoriacatchment.

EnvironmentalmanagementandcoordinationAct(EMCA)Thelawisbasedontheprinciplethateverybodyisentitledtoahealthyandcleanenvironment. Section42,pertinenttotheimplementationofthisplandealswithwatercatchmentconservationwhereassection29subsection3dealswiththeestablishmentoflocalEnvironmentalCommittees.

SocialserviceslawsonregistrationofCBO’sThisActwillprovidefortheregistrationofCBO’sandempowerthemtocontributetotheimplementationofthemanagementplan.Itwillalsoprovideforthelawsandregulationsthatgoverntheiroperations.

Non-GovernmentalOrganisations’(NGO)registrationActThisActwillprovidefortheregistrationofNGOs,thelawsandregulationsthatgovernthem.AcoordinatedNGOfrontprovidesgreatopportunitiesforresourcemobilizationandoptimumutilizationoftheseresourcesforthebenefitofstakeholders.

TheWildlife(ConservationandManagement)ActThisistheprincipalActregulatingwildlifeconservationandmanagementinKenya,andprovidesguidelinesforwildliferesourcemanagementintheplanarea.TheActestablishesNationalReservesandstipulatespermissibleactivitiesinsidethereserve.

TheWaterActThewaterActseekstoprovidebetterconservation,control,apportionmentanduseof thewaterresources inKenya,and-forpurposesincidentaltheretoandconnectedtherewith.TheActvestsownershipandcontrolofwaterintheGovernmentsubjecttoanyrightsofuser.Underthisprovision,therefore,WaterDepartmenthastheresponsibilitytoregulateaccess,use,andcontrolpollutionofwaterresources.

TheAgricultureActTheAgricultureActCap318oftheLawsofKenyaseekstopromoteandmaintainastableagriculture,toprovidefortheconservationofthesoilanditsfertilityandtostimulatethedevelopmentofagriculturallandinaccordancewiththeacceptedpracticesofgoodlandmanagementandgoodhusbandry.

TheForestActTheForestsAct,Cap385oftheLawsofKenyaprovidesfortheestablishment,controlandregulationofforestsandforestareasinKenya.TheAct,therefore,appliesnotonlytostateplantationsandlandcontrolledandmanagedbytheForestryDepartmentforresearchpurposesorforestablishmentofcommercialtimberplantations,butalsoareaswhichhavebeensetasidefortheconservationoffaunaandflora,forthemanagementofwatercatchmentarea,forthepreventionofsoilerosionorfortheprotectionandmanagementofindigenousforestsonalienatedGovernmentland.

TheLandPlanningActThe Land Planning Act Cap 303 of 1968 of the Laws of Kenya makes provision for planning the use anddevelopmentofland.Sec6(1)ofthesubsidiarylegislationprovidesthat“a local authority may, after consultation with, and with the agreement of the Minister, prepare and submit to the Minister for his approval a town plan or area plan, as the case may be, for that part of the area under its jurisdiction to which these regulations apply.”

PhysicalPlanningActThisActprovides for thepreparationand implementationofphysicaldevelopmentplansandestablishes theresponsibilityforthephysicalplanningatvariouslevelsofGovernmentinordertoremoveuncertaintyregardingtheresponsibilityforregionalplanning.TheActalsopromotespublicparticipationinthepreparationofplansandrequiresthatinpreparationofplansproperconsiderationbegiventothepotentialforeconomicdevelopment,socio-economic development needs of the population, the existing planning and future transport needs, the

��

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

physical factorswhichmay influenceorderly development in general andurbanization in particular, and thepossibleinfluenceoffuturedevelopmentuponnaturalenvironment.

EnvironmentalImpactAssessment(EIA)This act requires any new development to be an environmental impact assessment to minimise negativeenvironmentalimpacts.

LandControlActCAP406Thislawprovidesforthecontroloftransactionsinagriculturalland,especiallythemachineryoftheLandControlBoards

TheLocalGovernmentActCAP265ThislawempowersalocalauthoritytoapplythroughtheMinisterforlandtomeetitsdifferentdevelopmentpurposes. Such requests and purposes are deemed to be public purposes within the meaning of the LandAcquisitionAct(Cap295).Suchalocalauthoritymay,withinsuchland,establishandmaintainaconservationarea.Itmayalsotakemeasuresnecessaryforthepreventionorcontrolofbushfiresorquarryingforminerals,sandgravel,clay,orstones.

TheKenyaTouristDevelopmentCorporationActThisregulatestourismistheKenyaascontainedintheTouristDevelopmentCorporationActCap382oftheLawsofKenyawhichestablishesKTDCasaparastatalbody.ThefunctionsoftheKTDCinclude,inter alia, provisionoftravel,expeditionoftours,whetherhunting,fishing,photographyorotherwise.Thecorporationmayalsoplanthedevelopment,preservation,orstudyofthewildandnaturallife,floraandothervegetation.

TouristIndustryLicensingActThesisterstatutetotheKTDCActistheTouristIndustryLicensingActCap381oftheLawsofKenyadealsprimarilywiththelicensingoftourismactivities.

�7

Integrated Management Plan (2007-2012)

Appendix 7: Participation in development of Integrated Management PlanDetailed list of participants at first brainstorming meeting to develop a strategy for the development of amanagementplanforLakeBogoriaNationalReserveheldon19April2002atWWF-EARPOBoardroom.

Name OrganizationDr. Kelly West IUCN EAROEdmond Barrow IUCN.EARODr. Patr�ck M�l�mo WWF-EARPOHusse�n Cheburet Clerk Ko�batek County Counc�lW�ll�am K�mosop Sen�or Warden LBNRMaushe K�dundo WWF-LBCBWPM�chael Kangogo WWF-LBCBWPMusa Cheru�yot WWF-LBCBWPOl�ver Nas�rwa WWF-LBCBWPAnderson Koyo KWS ((absent w�th apolog�es)Dr. Nathan G�chuk� NMK (absent w�th apolog�es)

Detailedlistofparticipantsduringthe1stplanningworkshopheldatLakeBogoriaHotelconferenceroomon5-6May2003.

W�ll�am K�bet Ch�ef, Ko�bos Locat�on P. O. Box 121 Mogot�o, Kenya W�ll�am Lorukot� Counc�lor S�nende Locat�on P. O. K�sanana, Kenya Justus Tanu� Ag. DSDO 0�1-7�207� Cheburet K�ptu� Secretary, LEPC Ko�tu�met P .O. Box 121 Mogot�o, Kenya W�lson Chesang Counc�lor Ko�batek P. O. Box 121 Mogot�o, Kenya Bernard Chepku� Cha�rman Maj�moto LEPC P. O. Box 121 Mogot�o, Kenya M�chael K�mel� Cha�rman Fr�ends of Nature Bogor�a P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya K�prot�ch Kobetbet Counc�lor. Kamar Ward P. O. Box 121 Mogot�o, Kenya Geoffrey Chepkuto Cha�rman LEPC Lobo� P. O. �� Mar�gat, Kenya S�meon Komen Ag. Ch�ef S�nende Locat�on P. O. K�sanana, Kenya Joseph Kuru� Cha�rman LEPC Olkokwe P. O. K�sanana, KenyaJames K�ptek Sen�or Ch�ef Lobo� Locat�on P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya James K�bowen Ch�ef Kapnosge� Locat�on P. O. K�sanana, Kenya Samuel K. Kabeto Ch�ef Olkokwe Locat�on P. O. K�sanana, Kenya Kibos S. J District Environment Officer, Baringo 053-21870 R. J Seronei (Mrs) District Forest Officer, Baringo 053-22055 Kabarnet, Kenya J. Chepsat Cha�rman LEPC Sanda� P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya M�chael Chepkuto Ch�ef Sanda� Locat�on P. O. Box 1�0 Mar�gat, Kenya R. Kembo� Ass�stant Manager, Lake Bogor�a Hotel P.O.Nachuru Warden, LBNR P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya Joseph K�bet Counc�lor Lobo� Ward P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya M. C. Sang DSCO Ko�batek P. O. Box 71 Eldama Rav�ne S. K. Kitony District Water Office P. O. Box 218 Eldama Ravine J. Kairu DALEOs Office P. O. Box 4 Kabarnet Kimeu Musau District Water Office P. O. Box 31 Kabarnet Peter Ke�tany Clerk to Counc�l Bar�ngo County Counc�l P. O. Box �� Kabarnet, Kenya J. Karato Project Adv�sory Comm�ttee Member P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya Kunga N Project Officer, Natural Resource Planner P. O. Box 43 Marigat, Kenya She�lah Cheburet FA Lobo� P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya John Bereke FA Sanda� P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya Evans K�pkembo� FA Ko�bos P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya Job K�prop FA S�nende P. O. Box �� Mar�ga, Kenya Musa Cheruiyot Project Officer-EE & CD P. O. Box 43 Marigat, Kenya Maushe K�dundo Project Manager LBCBWP P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, Kenya Ko�ma Ben T�ong’�k Cha�rman, LEPC S�nende P. O. K�sanana, KenyaFab�an Mus�la Project Ecolog�st –WWF P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, KenyaHusse�n Cheburet Rep. to Clerk Ko�batek County Counc�l P. O. Box 1� Eldama Rav�ne, Kenya Irene J. Cheb�� Counc�lor, Lobo� Ward P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, KenyaCounc�lor Moses K�mel� V�ce-Cha�rman Ko�batek County Counc�l P. O. Box 1� Eldama Rav�ne W�ll�am Tengecha World V�s�on Mar�gat, KenyaW�ll�am K�mosop Sen�or Warden, LBNR P. O. Box �� Mar�gat, KenyaP. K. K�soyan Lake Bar�ngo GEF Project P. O. Box 111 Mar�gat, KenyaJulius Zephania Lands Officer-Loboi P. O. Box 7 Kabarnet, KenyaDav�d Chelugo Cha�rman-Bar�ngo County Counc�l P. O. Box �� Kabarnet, KenyaSamuel Kas�tet LEPC Cha�rman Kapku�ku� P. O. Box �7 Mar�gat, Kenya Asukile R.Kajuni Facilitator P.O. Box 105994 Dar es Salamm, Tanzania

��

Lake Bogor�a Nat�onal Reserve

Programme for 3rd Planning Workshops for Presentation of proposals to all stakeholders 19th – 23rd January 2003

January 2004 Venue Stakeholders19 Dryland EE centre, Loboi Loboi, Sandai, Kapkuikui, Majimoto, + Marigat Officers20 County Council Chambers, Kabarnet GoK officer, NGOs, County council of Baringo chief officers + All counc�llors of Jo�nt Management Comm�ttee21 Kapnoskei Centre Sinende, Kapnoskei, Olkokwe, + Kisanana officers22 District Education Hall, Eldama Ravine GoK officer, NGOs, County council of Koibatek chief officers + All counc�llors of Jo�nt Management Comm�ttee23 Nakuru, Nyahururu, Nyandarua Site visits and discussions with GoK officers

List of participants during 3rd Planning Workshop for Presentation of proposals by all Stakeholders held at Lake Bogoria Dryland Environmental Education Centre on 19 January 2003

Maushe K�dundo Project Executant WWF Musa Kimaru Land Adjudication Officer, Loboi Ministry of Lands and Settlement James K�ptek Ch�ef Lobo� Samwel Chelal V�ce Cha�rman K�borgoch Swamp Comm�ttee Paulo Chepk�rwok LEPC Kapku�ku� Locat�on Irene Cheb�� Nom�nated Counc�llor County Counc�l of Bar�ngo Jackson Borch�ke� LEPC Lobo� Locat�on Joseph Cheru�yot LEPC Kapku�ku� Locat�on Sal�na Wendot Treasurer Sanda� Women Group W�lson Chebot�b�n LEPC Kapku�ku� Locat�on R�chard Kamuren Member Bogor�a Moran Dancers Jackson K�bon LEPC Lobo� Locat�on Symon Chesang Techn�cal Ass�stant Veter�nary Department, M�n�stry of Agr�culture Joseph Cherut�ch Ass�stant Ch�ef Kapku�ku� Locat�on W�ll�am Kapyeko� Cha�rman Bogor�a Moran Dancers R�chard Yegon Cha�rman K�borgoch Swamp Comm�ttee W�lson Karato LEPC Lobo� Locat�on El�jah K�ptero� Ass�stant Ch�ef Lobo� Locat�on K�prot�ch Kobetbet Counc�llor Ko�bos Ward Stephen Koech LEPC Ko�bos Locat�on John Bereke F�eld Ass�stant WWF Jonathan Tere�to Zonal Cha�rman World V�s�on, Mar�gat Paul K�pkoros LEPC Ko�bos Locat�on M�chael Chepkuto Ch�ef Sanda� Locat�on Samwel Ke�tany Ch�ef Kapku�ku� Locat�on Kas�tet Samwel Cha�rman LEPC Kapku�ku� Locat�on Rael K�ptek Cha�rlady Sanda� Women Group Geofrey Chepkuto Cha�rman LEPC Lobo� Locat�on Joseph K�pkurere Secretary LEPC Sanda� Locat�on Jackson Chepsat Cha�rman LEPC Sanda� Locat�on Evans K�pkembo� F�eld Ass�stant WWF John Changole LEPC Sanda� Locat�on Samson K�pta� LEPC Sanda� Locat�on Joseph Wendot Ass�stant Ch�ef Sanda� Locat�on Mary Mbelel Lobusak�e Women Group Festus K�pt�sha F�eld Ass�stant WWF Kunga Ngece Project Officer NRM Samwel K�pta� LEPC Sanda� Locat�on Dan�el Chepku� Cha�rman LEPC Ko�bos Locat�on

Freshwater Programme CoordinatorWWF Eastern Africa Regional Programme Office (EARPO)P.O. Box 62440–00200Nairobi, Kenya

Telephone: 254 20 3877355 / 3872630,Fax: 254 20 577389E mail: info@wwfearpo.orgWeb: http://www.panda.org

Chief WardenLake Bogoria National ReserveP.O. Box 64–30403Marigat, Kenya

Telephone: 254 (0)51 2211987E mail: ebogoria@wananchi.com